Home & Garden 2017

Guarantee We pledge to you the best service

USA: 814 Proctor Avenue, Ogdensburg, N.Y. 13669-2205 we can provide with personal attention and the best
Canada: 1090 Morrison Drive, Ottawa, Ont. K2H 1C2 values on every order. If you are not satised for any
Tel: 613-596-0350 Fax: 613-596-3073 reason, just return your purchase within 3 months
Dear Customer, by parcel post to our Ogdensburg, N.Y., address.
You can choose to either exchange the product or
Most people who are avid gardeners are also green being mindful of the environmental
receive a complete refund (including our regular
impact of the everyday choices they make. Often, this leads to reducing consumption, shipping charges); we will also refund your return
saving energy or reusing products. Two new products in this catalog are excellent examples parcel post costs.
of these principles.
The full-spectrum LED grow lights shown on page 3 cost signicantly more than the Download our catalogs to the Lee Valley Library
T5 uorescent bulbs we have carried for years. While more costly, they do not use mercury app for
as uorescents do, and are considerably more energy efcient. While the prices may sting iPad,
a bit, the choice is the right one for the long term. Over the next year, we will phase out the iPod,
uorescents completely. iPhone and
Android
The reusable bamboo ber towels shown on page 142 remind us how often we use some- devices.
thing as simple as a wipe for a single use. Not only are they excellent for common tasks such
as cleaning windows, they get softer and perform better with use. Products like this should
make us question how quickly we dispose of everyday paper products and textiles.
When we evaluate products for our line, we try to ensure that our copy addresses the basic
problem each one solves. Within the company, we call this delivering the correct context for
a product, ensuring you know whether you have a use for the item on offer. Thats one of the
most commonly overlooked principles of being green buy what you need, and use what Stay Informed
you buy. Sign up and set your e-mail preferences to receive
Buying less, buying for utility and buying for longevity are solid green strategies. notication about special events & offers, newsletters,
new products, catalogs and more. Visit leevalley.com
Cheers, for more information.

Learn More
Robin C. Lee See page 126 to learn more about Lee Valley, including:
the different ways to view our catalogs
President
our website
our privacy policy

Our website carries additional View Our Catalogs Online

products and new items as they become EASY WAYS TO SHOP At leevalley.com, shopping our online catalogs is
easy. Browse the pages, search for products,
available throughout the year.
click to zoom, or click on the item number to add
Visit leevalley.com 1-800-871-8158 the product to your cart.
For detailed index,
QUICK INDEX see page 127.
leevalley.com
Birding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198-203
Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158-171
Camping & Travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179-191
P.O. Box 1780
Carts & Wagons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59-60
Ogdensburg, N.Y. 13669-6780
Climate Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55-59
Clothing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208-219
Composting & Fertilizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61-64 1-800-513-7885
Container Gardening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-30
Floral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112-114
Habitats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196-197
Hand Care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-221 Prices
Hardscaping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116-125 Prices in this catalog are current as of
January 1, 2017, and are in U.S. dollars.
Harvest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222-224
Prices are subject to change without notice if
Home Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131-149 our costs increase or an inadvertent error has Lee Valley Gift Card
Irrigation Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85-92 been printed. Our website reects our current A gift card from Lee Valley is always welcome.
Kitchen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226-262 prices, which supersede those in print. It is available in any amount of $10 or more and
Labelling & Marking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46-47 can include a personal message. We can send the
Late Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263-264 card by mail or as an electronic version by e-mail.
Lawn Care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99-103 Special Symbols Either version may be purchased and redeemed by
Leisure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192-195 Product is made in USA. phone, fax or mail order, or online.
Lights & Lanterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172-178 Product is made in Canada.
Outdoor Planting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-45 Product is new to this catalog.
Pest Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104-111 Product shipped by ground methods only.
Propagation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-19 Customer Service: 1-800-267-8735
Pruning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 customerservice@leevalley.com
Staking & Trellises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48-54
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150-157 Cover Photo
Tool Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128-130 Garden photographed by Ernie Wearn
Watering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-84 of Woodstock, Ontario.
Weather & Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203-207 Copyright Lee Valley Tools Ltd. 02/2017. Content may
Weed Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93-98 not be copied from this catalog without our express
permission.
 Full-Spectrum LED Grow Lights
Recent advancements in LED technology
have created a real boon for indoor growers. Installed in bookshelf.
Although these xtures consume less energy
than uorescent tubes of comparable size,
they produce more light and less heat, emit-
ting full-spectrum light that closely matches Lights
the wavelengths of natural sunlight. With shown
linked.
a color temperature of 6400 kelvin, they
promote vigorous growth, each illuminating
an area as long as the xture and about 12
wide. To increase coverage or intensity, you
can link multiple lights (up to ten of the 24
xtures or up to eight of the 48) from a single power cord.
Each consists of a high-output LED array set in an aluminum
housing with integrated reectors, and comes with mounting B 48
hardware, a 13 coupler cord and a 78 power cord. One
24 light operates on just 24W; a 48 light operates on
48W. Rated for 50,000 hours of continuous operation.
For use as replacement xtures, these lights simply
snap into the existing mounting clips on the following 24
grow-light stands: PK430, PK431, PK432, PK433
(see our website) and PK520 (on page 18).
A. PK540 LED Grow Light, 24 $59.00
B. PK542 *LED Grow Light, 48 $99.00 A
* In addition to our regular shipping charges,
a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

C. Garden Obelisk D. Battery-Powered Transfer Pump

This is an impressive obelisk, both for its stature This battery-operated pump transfers water at 10 litres (2.6 gallons)
and its quality of construc- per minute. About 23 long with a 1 diameter tip, it can get into
tion. It creates a striking narrow crevices and drain them to the last 1/4 of depth, ejecting the
C focal point in the garden water through a 24 exible output hose. Simply submerge the tip and
and provides a sturdy press the switch no hand pumping needed (a big help in tight spots
support for climbing plants. where a manual pump would be awkward to operate). The impeller-
Standing 79 tall and 20 in style pump resists clogging, so it can be used in water containing light
diameter at the base, it is debris. Two D-cell batteries not included. Not intended for use with
made from square box potable water, it is a convenient option for anything from emptying
section steel, galvanized inside and out, with rain barrels to draining plumbing when winterizing a cottage.
a durable rust-resistant powder coat nish. 09A05.25 Transfer Pump $12.50
The four uprights insert almost 12 into the
ground for stable support. Easy to assemble and
built to last, it will display well in your garden
for years to come. Made in UK.
PD241 *Garden Obelisk $179.00
* A shipping surcharge of $30 applies in addition to our
regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the
Continental USA, contact Customer Service for ship-
79

ping rates.

3
PRUNING Felco Pruners

Felco of Switzerland is probably the worlds most highly

#11 regarded manufacturer of hand pruners. If you have ever
#2 had the misfortune of using a poorly made pruner, you will
quickly appreciate the feel and performance of the Felco line.
The difference can be likened to that between grade-school
paper scissors and precision surgical scissors. The Felco
bypass pruners are designed to cut cleanly and evenly,
leaving no crushed wood that might invite pests or disease.
#4 #6 The blades are made of top-quality steel, hardened and preci-
sion ground. All the features and differences of the various
models are listed in the accompanying chart. Although the
assortment is a bit overwhelming, we can help you get
started by saying that the most popular models are the #8
and #7, followed by the #6 for smaller hands and the #9 for
#12 lefties. Most handles are forged in manganese aluminum
#7 alloy and insulated with red plastic. The blades and all parts
are replaceable. Some handles (models #7, #10, and #12)
rotate as the tool is squeezed shut, allowing a natural hand
movement that prevents blisters and fatigue, as well as
requiring less effort. Able to cut through branches up to 3/4
#8 in diameter, all styles should provide many years of faithful
#10 service. They are the best choice for the serious gardener.

Felco Composite-Handle Pruners

Good-quality bypass pruners at an economical price, the
#160S and #160L have lightweight, comfortably shaped
Left-hand version of #7 berglass-reinforced composite handles. The stamped,
hardened-steel blade gives a clean, precise cut and has a
#9 simple adjustment system. The #160S is 8 long with a
#5 15/8 blade and weighs about 6 oz. The #160L, measuring
83/4 long overall with a 2 blade and weighing 6.7 oz,
Left-hand version of #8 provides greater cutting leverage and is generally preferred
by those with larger hands. A good choice for the
hobby gardener.

Features of a Felco Pruner

#6 pruner shown.
#31 Blade tension adjustment Rubber cushion stops
#13
Wire-cutting notch
(except for #5, #31,
#160S, #160L)

Sap groove
(except for
#5, #31,
#160S, #160L)

#160S
Top-quality,
heat-treated
steel blades

Forged aluminum alloy

Thumb-operated handles are guaranteed Insulated ergonomic
locking catch to last a lifetime. handles
#160L
Left or Repl.
Felco Product Overall Blade Adjust- Ergo Swivel Sap Shock Finger
Price Right Contoured Cutting Notes
# # Length Length able Grip Handle Groove Absorber Grips
Hand Blade
#2 AB208 $56.00 RH 81/2 2 original design
#4 AB220 $47.00 RH 81/4 2
#5 AB221 $32.50 RH 83/4 2 handle is stamped, not forged
#6 AB201 $51.50 RH 73/4 15/8 for smaller hand size
#7 AB206 $71.00 RH 81/4 2 swivel grip reduces fatigue & blisters
#8 AB202 $55.00 RH 81/4 2
#9 AB203 $55.00 LH 81/4 2
#10 AB217 $71.00 LH 81/4 2 swivel grip reduces fatigue & blisters
#11 AB219 $56.00 RH 81/4 2 #7, #10 and #12 have
swivel handle
#12 AB218 $66.50 RH 73/4 15/8 for smaller hand size; swivel grip
#13 AB207 $65.00 RH 101/2 2 extra long handles
#31 AB231 $47.00 RH 81/4 17/8 anvil type; adjustable anvil
#100 AB233 $63.50 RH 81/2 2 see top of facing page for details To order call
#160S AB198 $33.50 RH 8 15/8 for smaller hand size 1-800-871-8158
#160L AB199 $33.50 RH 83/4 2

 A. Felco #100 Cut & Hold Pruner
For harvesting blooms and deadheading, this pruner
has a pair of curved brackets alongside the blades to
grip the stem while cutting it, so you can reach into Curved
foliage, select a bloom and retrieve the cutting, all with brackets grip
cut stem.
one hand. Based on the popular #11 Felco, it measures
81/2 long with a 2 blade made of high-quality steel,
precisely hollow ground and hardened for durability. A
locking catch keeps the blades closed so you can carry
the pruner safely in a pocket; it can also be set so the A
handles open only halfway after each cut, minimizing
Fully opened
effort when making repeated cuts, particularly for those jaws Insulated grip
with smaller hands. Handles are forged manganese-
aluminum alloy coated with insulating plastic grips.
Blade and all parts are replaceable. An excellent tool for
plucking a single prize blossom or gathering a whole Locking catch can be set to
keep the blades closed or to
bouquet. Made in Switzerland. open halfway after each cut.
AB233 Cut & Hold Pruner $63.50

Holsters Felco Replacement Parts E

These leather holsters will hold any Felco pruner. With a lot of use, some compo-
The belt holster is 9 overall and has an inside nents of the Felco pruners may
cavity about 51/2 deep, 21/2 eventually need replacing. Please
wide and 1/2 thick. refer to the price lines to determine
The clip holster is which blade or spring to order for
about 6 tall overall, C your pruner. The hardware kit D
with a 2 /41 /2 opening.
3 1 includes the replacement pieces
B. AB205 Belt Holster $12.00 for the thumb latch mechanism
C. AB204 Clip Holster $12.00 and the bumper.
D. Replacement Blades, each: F
AB209 Felco #6 & #12 $15.00
AB210 Felco #7 & #8 $16.00 E. Replacement Springs, set of 2:
AB211 Felco #9 & #10 $16.00 AB212 Felco #2, #4, #7 to #11, $6.50
AB215 Felco #2, #4 & #11 $16.00 #160L & #160S
AB223 Felco #5 & #160L $13.00 AB213 Felco #6 & #12 $6.50
AB224 Felco #13 $18.00 AB226 Felco #5 & #13 $6.50
B AB225 Felco #30 & #31 $16.00 AB227 Felco #30 & #31 $6.50
C
AB228 Felco #160S $13.00 F. AB230 Hardware Replacement Kit $8.00

Pruning Tools Pruner Sharpener

When performing a range of garden tasks, you generally need more than one pruning tool. These guidelines A simple, inexpensive sharpening jig that
should help you decide which tools will suit your needs. makes it easy to keep your pruners and
Bypass and anvil styles: A bypass tool has a cutting blade that passes by a stationary blade, creating a scissor- loppers in good working condition. It clamps
like action that cleanly slices the branch making it best for green wood as it minimizes infection and infestation. to the back of the blade; the silicon carbide
An anvil pruner works like a knife on a cutting board. The blade cuts through the branch, pressing onto an anvil. abrasive has a rod attached that you insert
Because it may crush wood, it is considered better for cutting dead wood. into a guide hole, ensuring a constant bevel
Tool size: Handle length and blade opening affect what you can cut, but also affect weight. Evaluate the tools angle. With four angles to choose from, this
size, t and balance in your hand. Consider whether it is more important to have long, telescoping handles for sharpener will quickly restore the edge on
increased leverage and reach, or to have a smaller, lighter tool that is easier to manipulate.
your loppers and pruners. Made in England.
Cutting diameter: Trying to cut a branch larger than your tools capacity is hard on you, your plant and your AG701 Pruner Sharpener $13.50
tool. The main difference between tool types is their cutting capacity, so make sure your tool is suitable for the
task at hand.
Sturdiness: If you cut only a few branches a season, a simple, low-cost tool will do. If you have much pruning
work or large material to cut, then consider a sturdier tool with forged blades. A ratchet or gear mechanism
increases cutting force while reducing the effort required.

Tool Characteristics Task Cutting Diameter

Snips & Hand Smaller than hand pruners, often with a
Shears pointed nose for precision work
Sometimes called secateurs; all-purpose
Hand Pruners
pruners that are heavier duty than snips
Smaller plants such as herbs; cutting
Up to 1/4
owers and deadheading
Annuals, perennials, vegetables, Up to 3/4 green branches,
small tree branches and bushes 1/2 dry branches

Longer handles than the hand pruner, with
Loppers
greater cutting capacity and leverage
Look like giant scissors that require two
Hedge Shears
hands to operate
Japanese-style blades that cut on the pull
Saws
stroke work best in the garden
A pruner or a saw attached to a long pole;
Tree Pole
pruner versions have pulleys and ropes for
Pruners
easier cutting
Tree branches and heavy-stemmed 3/4 to 2; some anvil lop-
bushes pers may cut up to 3
Shearing plants into hedges or formal
Up to 1/2
shapes
3/4 and up; for best results,
Larger-diameter branches that are
a saws cutting capacity is
too big for loppers
half the length of the blade
High tree branch pruning without the
3/4 and up
need of a ladder

Pruning 5
 Lwe Pruners
Inventors of the original anvil pruner, Lwe has been
manufacturing in Germany since 1923, producing
A
high-quality pruners that are valued by commer-
cial vineyards, orchards and nurseries around
the world. Designed to make efcient cuts Arc-shaped
against a xed anvil, they cut exceptionally handle

well with little force, even through difcult

woods and larger diameter stock.
Successive renements in blade geometry Cuts branches
up to 5/8.
permit relatively thin but strong blade construc-
tion, with a low-angle taper from back to edge that not only
All models
reduces effort when cutting tough, dry wood, but also cuts have a safety
cleanly in soft, green stems without crushing adjacent plant B catch.
tissue. Suitable for right- or left-handed users, all models have
C
sturdy steel bodies that are chrome plated for rust resistance, and hardened steel
blades that are precision ground to a keen edge. Contoured handles have a soft rubber- Cuts branches up to 1.
D
ized coating for a comfortable grip. The internal spring mechanism has been rated to withstand one million
compressions without failure well over a lifetime of use, even for a professional. All blades and parts are replaceable.
Replaceable
blade
Anvil Pruners Cuts branches Curved Anvil Pruners
Designed closely after the up to 1. This innovative design combines an anvil-style cutting action with
original Lwe anvil pruner, a distinctive head shape similar to that of a bypass pruner. The long,
these cut efciently with curved shape of the single blade and matching anvil helps grip the mate- C&D
minimal strain on the hand rial, preventing it from twisting out of the jaws. The slim design also
Handle adjustment screw
and wrist. The smaller B permits detail cuts close to the stalk or in conned spots where a regular
model #5.104, with a 13/4 anvil pruner cannot reach. Model #8.104 has the traditional Lwe handle Cuts branches
blade that powers through material up to 5/8 in diam- shape, while model #8.107 has an arc-shaped handle designed to t up to 1.
eter, is 7 long overall, ideal for smaller hands. The smaller hands comfortably. For a perfect t, both have handle-adjustment
larger model #1.104 has a 23/8 blade, suitable for screws to let you ne-tune the span between the handles. Each pruner is
material up to 1 in diameter, and is 8 long overall. 81/4 long, with a 21/2 blade that can cut material up to 1 in diameter.
A. AB371 Model #5.104 Anvil Pruner $41.50 C. AB373 Model #8.107 Anvil Pruner $59.50 D
B. AB370 Model #1.104 Anvil Pruner $49.50 D. AB372 Model #8.104 Anvil Pruner $59.50

E
Blade is fully G
guarded in the
closed position.

E. Pocket Pruner G. Forged Pocket Pruner

An excellent design for both small and large hands, this bypass pruner
can be carried in a pocket since the blade is fully guarded in the closed
position. The velvet-nish handle coating provides good grip and the
chrome-plated metal body and stainless-steel blades minimize rust.
Capable of serious work, it can be used on green stock up to 3/4 diameter.
AB580 Pocket Pruner $12.95
Measuring only 51/2 overall, this high-quality European-made pruner ts
perfectly in a pocket or stores out of the way in a kitchen drawer. Forged
from high-carbon steel, it is razor sharp and great for cutting branches and
stems up to 3/8 in diameter. Perfect for deadheading plants, collecting
bunches of owers or removing small wayward branches.
AB320 Forged Pocket Pruner $25.95

F. High-Quality Bypass Pruner H. Forged Flower Snips

If you are looking for good value in a pruner, this is about as good as it gets. These high-quality forged chrome-vanadium steel snips are perfect for
This one is made like a nely crafted European tool, but is offered at a much light-duty detail work such as trimming and harvesting. Razor sharp, they
better price! The cast aluminum alloy and hardened tool-steel construction is are made in Japan to exacting standards, and
well tted, making a pruner that cuts cleanly, reliably, and without much are especially suited to collecting owers and See page 114
effort. Measures 73/4 overall with a 15/8 blade. Comes with an extra blade to deadheading roses. 7 overall. Made in Japan. for a selection of
Bonsai cultivation tools.
ensure many years of service, and has brightly colored handles so you wont EB125 Forged Flower Snips $34.50
lose it in the grass. Also available as part of a pruning set (facing page).
AB330 High-Quality Bypass Pruner $23.50
AB332 Repl. Blade $ 3.95 H

Includes replacement
blade and wrench.

F
6 Pruning
 D

A E
A. Florian Ratchet Pruner
This is the original ratcheting pruner, patented by Steuart
Florian in 1960 and made by the family business ever since. F
Similar to a car jack, its ratchet mechanism lets you cut through
tough branches with the greatest of
ease. A heavy-duty pruner with a
UV-resistant, berglass-reinforced
nylon body and handles, it has a cold- Ratcheting G
forged, high-carbon steel blade that is action makes
it easy to cut
Teon coated to resist residue build- through tough
up. Cutting capacity is 3/4. branches.
BL505 Nylon Ratchet Pruner $34.90

Japanese Pruning Tools

As is often the case with Japanese tools, the beauty of these lies in the simplicity of
design and quality of workmanship. Robust in construction for long-term service, yet
Micro lightweight and balanced for comfortable use, each is an effective cutting tool for its
serrations purpose. The series includes a general-duty bypass pruner, large and small shears for
more detailed work, and a folding handsaw for thicker branches. The pruner and shears
are forged from heat-treated high-carbon steel, with highly polished blades to maximize
sharpness. The blackened handles t nicely in the hand and have a simple locking catch.
The large shears also have a brass knuckle guard. The handsaw, with a Damascus-
etched carbon-steel blade, cuts quickly and cleanly on the pull stroke and is taper
B ground to reduce binding. The oil-nished wenge handle has a lock to hold the blade
open. Made in Japan, these tools are a pleasure to use and will be prized in
any collection. Total Length Blade Length
B. All-Purpose Scissors D. AB360 Bypass Pruner 73/4 21/4 $64.50
For those of us who are guilty of using our good pruners for E. EB603 Large Shears 10 4 $99.00
odd jobs that we shouldnt, here are sturdy all-purpose scissors F. EB602 Small Shears 8 21/2 $64.50
that will endure abuse in the garden, kitchen and workshop. G. EB600 Handsaw 12 5 $73.50
The solid 11/2 long stainless-steel blades have micro serrations
to prevent slippage during cutting, and a wire cutter for cutting
thin wire, such as ties and electrical wire. Compact at 51/2
long, they tuck easily into a pocket. The comfortably shaped Pruning Set
polypropylene handles have rubber grips that dont slip when This set pairs a high-quality bypass pruner and compact saw to cover most tasks
wet. Appropriate for both right- and left-handed use. 1+ 3+ in the garden. The pruner cuts cleanly, reliably and without much effort. Its cast
AB535 All-Purpose Scissors, ea. $7.95 $7.15 aluminum alloy and hardened tool-steel construction is well tted. Measures
73/4 overall with a 15/8 blade (one extra blade and wrench included). The
C. Precision Scissors folding saw has a classic Japanese-style taper-ground blade that requires no set
With ne tips and comfort- in the teeth, producing a clean, quick-healing cut in all woods. The blade has
able wide-looped handles, excellent stiffness and locks open; when folded, the saw measures 73/4.
these Japanese-made scissors EC677 Pruner & Saw Set $31.50
allow excellent control when H. AB330 Bypass Pruner $23.50
making precise cuts in tight J. EC650 Compact Pruning Saw $16.50
spots. However, they are not
just for delicate work; the
11/2 long stainless-steel
blades are capable of cutting
wire, thick fabric, card stock or other tough materials. Rust resis-
tant, they also serve as good general-purpose scissors in the garden
or kitchen. Usable in the right or left hand, the handles have a
composite plastic coating for good grip. 61/4 long overall.
AB508 Precision Scissors $11.50 H

J
Pruning 7
 A. Bypass Loppers
To order call Weighing less than 2 lb so theyre easy to maneuver,
1-800-871-8158 these 21 loppers have a bypass-style head that cuts
or visit our website at cleanly and evenly, leaving no crushed wood that
leevalley.com might invite pests or disease. With a stout 33/4 drop-
forged blade set against a toothed jaw that helps
prevent slippage during the cut, they can trim
B & C have
telescoping branches up to 1. The solid aluminum handles have
handles. grips made of tough, exible TPR (thermoplastic
rubber), with soft bumper pads to cushion contact
between the handles as they close. An easy-to-access
lubrication port lets you apply oil directly into the
hinge assembly to maintain smooth operation. Great
value in a well-made tool.
C EB315 Bypass Loppers $44.50

Heavy-Duty Bypass & Anvil Loppers

With telescoping handles and a large ratcheting head,
these loppers provide increased cutting power with
B reduced effort.
The aluminum Ratcheting action
makes it easy to cut
pin-locking through tough branches.
handles have
comfortable
rubber grips, and
A the carbon-steel
blades have a
non-stick coating
to reduce cutting
friction. Both models cut branches up to 2 in diam-
eter. The bypass loppers weigh 3.3 lb and extend
from 27 to 40 overall. The extreme-duty anvil
loppers weigh 4.4 lb and extend from 28 to 41.
B. EB340 Heavy-Duty Bypass Loppers $37.50
Wide bumpers
C. EB341 Extreme-Duty Anvil Loppers $46.50
cushion blade
closure to reduce Corona Professional Bypass Loppers
elbow fatigue. D&E These professional loppers were the clear favorite
of our testers. Simple in design, they are strong and
lightweight, featuring forged carbon-steel blades,
aluminum handles with a UV-resistant, baked enamel
coating and wide bumpers that cushion blade closure
to reduce elbow fatigue. The 16 version weighs
11/2 lb and has a 11/4 cutting capacity; it combines
the compact size of a hand pruner with the extra
reach and leverage of a lopper for a small, two-
handed tool that is easily carried in your tool belt.
The 36 version (weighs 2 lb 13 oz) is the best all-
purpose lopper we could nd, providing a clean cut
E on branches up to 13/4 in diameter. Both are comfort-
able, well-balanced tools with a deep sap groove,
self-aligning pivot bolt and nut-retaining clip (to prevent
loosening) subtle design features that increased our
appreciation for the quality of these loppers.
D. EB320 Professional Bypass Loppers, 16 $52.50
E. EB321 Professional Bypass Loppers, 36 $73.50
D
F. Lwe Curved Anvil Loppers
With an anvil-style cutting action and a curved bypass-
like head shape, these are sturdy, versatile loppers,
capable of cutting branches up to 13/4. The unique head
shape steadies the material,
preventing it from twisting Anvil jaw
F out of the jaws, and allows
ne cuts close to an adjacent
stalk. With their oval-
shaped prole, the tubular Cuts
aluminum handles are light- branches
up to 13/4.
weight yet incredibly strong,
with stout plastic hand grips. A Teon coating helps
prevent the blade from sticking, while also inhibiting
rust. 32 long overall. Made in Germany.
EB335 Model #22.080 Anvil Loppers $105.00
8 Pruning
 A. Standard Hedge Shears
A
Pruner extends from 71 to almost 10.
These are excellent, sturdy economic hedge shears with
wavy blade edges that trap branches and reduce slipping
during cutting. Weighing 2 lb 14 oz, they provide a wide-
angle opening that requires minimal arm movement. A
Fiberglass handles, padded handgrips and an adjustable
blade-tension knob make these good-value shears. 9
stamped, medium carbon-steel blade. 25 long overall.
EC510 Standard Hedge Shears $28.50

B. Light-Duty Shears B
These lightweight, light-duty
shears are designed for
tender growth and detail B
work. Dont expect them to
trim your cedar hedge, but if
you are looking for trimmers
that are comfortable to wield with minimal arm fatigue, Sheath included.
these weigh 1 lb 8 oz and do very nicely on light topiary,
small hedges and grass. The curved handles allow you to
keep your elbows closer to your body and reduce the
tendon stress that can result from repeated use of wide- Sap groove
angle pruning shears. Comfortable and convenient for in blade
sculpting work, they have an integral tension-adjust
knob to maximize cutting efciency. 71/2 stamped, Japanese Hedge Shears
medium carbon-steel blades. 22 overall. Of all the shears weve tested, these are our favourite.
EC520 Light-Duty Shears $39.50 They can be used with the nesse of ne sculpting shears but have
the strength of forged hedge shears, allowing heavier work. The 71/2
Shears Set (items A & B) blades are forged from heat-treated high-carbon steel, and then highly polished to
EC520 light-duty shears and EC510 maximize sharpness. The 18 varnished oak handles have ared ends that prevent
hedge shears are available as a set for slipping. With a total length of 28, this tool provides extra reach while remaining
a reduced price. light (1 lb 15 oz) and well balanced. Includes sheath. Made in Japan.
EC505 Shears Set $61.50 EB605 Japanese Hedge Shears $105.00

Long-Arm Pruners E. Raspberry Cane Cutter

These are exceptionally good long-arm pruners. They can cut and
hold small branches and stems or (with one gripping jaw removed)
just cut branches up to 3/4 in diameter. The cut-and-hold feature
makes them particularly useful for reaching in among shrubs or
D over borders to harvest a prize blossom, or to reach up into a tree to
remove a piece of fruit without damage to either. The handles on both
models rotate to orient the blades in the best position for the job at
hand. Sturdy aluminum, steel and reinforced poly construction. The
shorter pruner has a xed length of 39 and is suitable for pruning up
Fixed length of 39
Clearing old raspberry canes can be
tricky. With hand pruners, you stoop
headrst into the thorns, and loppers are
too awkward. We designed this cane
cutter with a handle that adjusts from 30
to 46 long to suit your height, so you can
prune canes while standing upright. Just
extend the handle to the desired length and
twist it to lock in position. Then hook the

to 9 and for reaching into beds to harvest blossoms. The telescoping blade around the cane and pull upward.
pruner extends from 71 to almost 10 in length. This gives the The sharp blade cuts cleanly and easily.

Extends from 30 to 46.

average person the ability to reach things up to 16 from the ground. An unusual yet useful tool for pruning or
Both are great for spring pruning or summer and fall harvesting. for clearing small-diameter brush.
C. PB330 Cut & Hold Pruner, 39 $27.50 ED725 Raspberry Cane Cutter $21.50
C D. PB335 *Telescoping Pruner, 71 $42.50 ED726 Repl. Blade $ 4.95
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping
charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer
Service for shipping rates.

Close-up of blades and

gripping jaws E

9
 All saws fold for
9 tpi blade shown actual size. compact storage.

A A & B handles can be set

in-line with the blade
or offset.

C Gomboy 240M comes with a protective

Silky Saws B storage case.

Perhaps best known for its folding saw line
under the brand name Silky, UM:KOGYO has
been manufacturing saws in Japan since 1919.
Exceptionally well made, the saws are designed
to withstand the rigors of professional use. The
blades are all exible SK-4 high-carbon steel
with precision-ground teeth that have been
impulse hardened for fast, clean cuts and long
service. The blades securely lock when open,
and release with a convenient spring-loaded
thumb lever. When the blade is folded closed,
the teeth sit in a channel in the handle,
protecting them from damage. The saws are
well balanced, and have comfortable rubber-
ized handles to help reduce vibration transfer
and for enhanced grip, especially in wet condi-
tions. All come with a lifetime warranty against
defects in materials and workmanship.
Pocketboy and Gomboy Folding Saws
These are impressive saws for both pruning and
general construction work. Each has an aggres-
sive yet smooth-cutting 9 tpi taper-ground blade
that is suitable for use with green or dry wood.
The steel handles have 101/2 long folded, and comes with a protective
textured rubber grips. All A storage case. Weighs 9.6 oz. With a substantial
fold for compact storage 111/2 long blade, the Gomboy 300M is 241/2
and easy transport. The long overall when open and about 13 long
Pocketboy 170M has a Pocketboy folded. Despite its length, it remains lightweight
61/2 long blade and is 170M comes (11.6 oz), comfortable to use and easy to control.
with a storage
under 15 long overall case that clips All have a lanyard hole at the end of the handle.
when open. At just over 8 to a belt. A. 60T60.13 Pocketboy 170M $39.00
long folded, it is a great 60T60.14 Repl. Blade, Pocketboy $25.00
size for backpackers (weighs just 7.2 oz) and B. 60T60.34 Gomboy 240M $49.00
comes with a plastic storage case that can clip 60T60.35 Repl. Blade, Gomboy 240M $31.00
to a belt. The Gomboy 240M, with a 9 long C. 60T60.53 Gomboy 300M $61.00
blade, is about 20 long overall when open and 60T60.54 Repl. Blade, Gomboy 300M $34.00

39 handle
D

E. Silky Sugoi Pruning Saw Quick-release

D. Long-Handled Pruning Saw
Assuming a sharp blade, the two main frustrations with
pruning saws are inadequate handle and blade length. This
13 pruning saw blade, coupled with a 39 handle, allows
people of average height to cut branches that are 10 off the
ground. The 6 tpi curved blade permits both under-cutting
and over-cutting at height. Japanese-style tooth-tip bevels
enable fast, clean cutting with a smooth start. Also, since the
teeth cut on the pull stroke, blade distortion and user fatigue
are minimized. The blade (with two Chicago bolts for
installation) is available separately for those who want to
make custom handles, easily made from 3/411/4 stock
(incidentally, a wooden hockey stick handle has those
dimensions). Blade made in Korea; handle made in USA.
09A03.55 Long-Handled Pruning Saw $27.50
09A03.56 Pruning Saw Blade only $18.50
Actual size
D
belt loop
This professional arborist saw is exceptionally well made. Aggressive
but smooth-cutting, the 14 long, 5.5 tpi blade is precision ground
with a Japanese tooth pattern for clean, efcient cuts on the pull
stroke. To reduce binding in the cut, the blade is taper-ground from
tooth to back. It is also curved, making it easier to keep the teeth in
the cut and to allow over- and under-cutting of a limb. The special
hooked end of the blade is sharpened for quickly cutting through
small-diameter brush. Hard-chrome plating on the steel blade deters
rust, and makes it easier to remove resin.
The soft rubberized handle helps reduce
vibration transfer and provides excellent
grip in wet conditions and when wearing
Scabbard
gloves. An included high-visibility yellow secured
plastic scabbard has a quick-release belt- to leg
attachment mechanism and comes with two
removable hook-and-loop belts to allow the
scabbard to be secured to your leg. Lifetime
warranty against defects in materials and
workmanship. Made in Japan.
60T70.11 Sugoi 360 Pruning Saw $95.00
60T70.12 Repl. Blade only $65.00

14
E

Hooked end
for clearing
10 Pruning Actual size
smaller brush
 G

7 overall
B
G. Lee Valley Pruning Blade for
A Reciprocating Saws
If youve ever used a Japanese-style
pruning saw, you know how well this
blade will work. With a 6.5 tpi Japanese
tooth pattern, the 7 long blade cuts
quickly and cleanly through branches up
to 5 thick. Its curved blade helps you
maintain contact with the branch,
resulting in a smoother cut. The teeth are
impulse hardened for durability, and a
hard chrome plating helps protect the
blade from corrosion. It has a 1/2 shank
that ts most reciprocating saws. An
European Buck Saws excellent addition to any arborists arsenal.
Made in Portugal, these saws have the same blade style and over-the- 1+ 3+ Actual size
center blade-tensioning lever that made this type of saw famous a EC680 Pruning Blade, ea. $15.95 $13.60
century ago. We offer a compact, portable 21 size with 6 of clear-
ance between the blade and frame, and a
full-size 36 saw for thicker material (8 clear- To order call 1-800-871-8158 or
C Actual size
ance between the blade and frame). The rigid visit our website at leevalley.com
oval steel-tube frame is supplied with a hard-
point 3 tpi blade (in a pattern of four plain
teeth plus a raker) typically used on green
wood. Replacement blades and optional stan-
dard 3.5 tpi plain-tooth blades that are best D Actual size
suited for dry wood are available separately. Swedish Clearing Axe
The four-piece set includes the 21 and 36 This clearing axe is designed specically for
saws (with the supplied blades) plus the stan- cutting brush and small trees. The 7 replaceable
dard plain-tooth blades. blade has 51/2 exposed for cutting. It cuts faster
A. 13T01.21 *21 Buck Saw $ 9.95 with less fatigue than an ordinary axe because
B. 13T01.36 *36 Buck Saw $10.95 it weighs only about 2 lb, including the handle,
13T01.20 *Buck Saw Set, 21 & 36 $17.00 and because its balance makes it ideal to use one
C. 13T01.23 Repl. Blade, 21 $ 2.70 handed while holding brush aside. The blade is
13T01.38 Repl. Blade, 36 $ 3.50 sturdy yet, at just over 1/16 thick, has minimal
D. 13T01.22 Standard Plain-Tooth Blade, 21 $ 2.70 wedging action, allowing deep penetration. The
13T01.37 Standard Plain-Tooth Blade, 36 $ 3.50 blade can be resharpened the same way as a
13T01.40 *4-pc. Set: 2 Saws & 2 Standard Blades $19.95 regular axe. Made in Sweden.
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping ED701 Clearing Axe $51.50
charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service ED702 Repl. Blade $12.95
for shipping rates.

E. Pruning Saw & Scabbard

This is an excellent all-purpose pruning saw. The 10
long blade is useful for cutting branches up to 5 in
diameter. The diamond-sharpened teeth cut quickly and
cleanly, leaving a smooth stub that minimizes disease risk. Cuts
on the pull stroke for extra control. The handle has a comfort-
able grip and the scabbard can be worn left or right handed. E
Overall length is 16. Good for both green and dry wood, it is
very practical for use in orchards and general landscaping.
Actual size
EC653 Pruning Saw & Scabbard $22.50

F. Curved Pruning Saw

The unique curved blade on this saw helps it to stay in the F
kerf while cutting. It also lessens the overall cutting effort,
because you concentrate less effort on positioning the blade.
F The Japanese-style teeth are extremely sharp, and make a
smooth cut that promotes quick healing. 19 overall with a
13 long blade. Suitable for branches up to 5 in diameter.
Made in Japan. Comfortable wood handle. Actual size
EC630 Curved Pruning Saw $29.50
Pruning 11
 A. Jameson Professional Tree-Pruning Kit
Widely used by hydro, phone and arborist
companies, this professional tree-pruning kit
is ideal for large, well-treed properties that
require a reliable tool for regular maintenance.
It includes a bypass pruner head, a 13 saw
head, and either a 12 or 18 pole. Reinforced
with Kevlar ber for a sturdy, lightweight
shaft, the berglass pole comes in 6 snap-
together sections with aluminum ferrule ends.
The hardwearing forged pruner head, with a
1 cutting capacity, has a double-pulley mech-
anism that reduces cutting effort. The true
bypass blade cuts cleanly, and a heavy-duty
recoil spring keeps it from sticking shut.
The 13 Japanese-style pull-cut saw is hard-
chrome plated with impulse-hardened teeth
for quick, clean cuts. A 16 saw with a wider,
thicker blade is offered separately, but the 13
saw is ample for most uses. The 13 saw and
the pruner head each include a pole adapter to
make switching heads quick and easy (16 saw
has no adapter). A serious tool, built to last.
PB160 *Tree-Pruning Kit, 12 $175.00 D. PB149 Pole Saw only
PB162 *Tree-Pruning Kit, 18 $195.00 E. PB141 *Telescoping Pole only
B. PB163 16 Optional Saw Blade $ 33.00
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a
length surcharge of $10 applies per order.
A Place hook
Pole Pruner and Saw D C
This is an excellent combination of pole-mount tree pruning
tools. The berglass pole extends from 64 to a full 118
long and can be locked at any spot. The
non-conductive pole is much safer to use
than aluminum and stronger than wood.
Maximum effective reach is 16 for an
average person standing on the ground.
The pruner head has a true bypass blade
that provides a much cleaner cut than
most pole pruners. It also has a triple-
action pulley for extra power to easily
cut through green or dry wood up to 11/4 in diameter.
For larger branches, the saw has a 17 blade that cuts
on the pull stroke and a 14 working surface to cut through
branches up to 7 in diameter. The Japanese-style tooth pattern
cuts cleanly and quickly. An undercutting blade helps to
prevent tear-out, and the top hook not only prevents accidental
disengagement from the saw cut, but also lets you grab and pull
branches down or out of the way. Both the blade and the hook
are sharp enough to remove small branches.
We offer each element separately, as well as a set at a discount.
C. PB143 Pruner Head only $22.50
$24.50
$34.50
PB151 *Complete Pole Pruning Set $69.50
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge
of $10 applies per order.
E
1
C
of pruner
head over
branch.

2
Pull rope
pulley to cut
branch.

Extends from 64 to 118.

When rope pulley
is released, 3
B branch falls
to the
ground.
16
optional
saw blade
Actual size

The Pruning Book, Revised Edition

by Lee Reich
First published in 1999, this standard reference book has
been revised in 2010, updating most of the photographs and
some of the text. It covers how to prune a full range of plant
types, including deciduous and evergreen trees and shrubs,
Actual size vines, various fruit and nut trees and bushes, house and
herbaceous plants, plus gives specic instructions for each
genus of plant. In some cases (e.g., clematis), it lists every
variety and separates them into groups, each with its own
pruning technique. Other specialized techniques discussed
include topiary, pollarding, pleaching and espalier. An all-
around pruning book suitable for novice and experienced
gardeners, it is lled with detailed and specic instructions.
Softcover, 81/211, 233 pages, 2010.
LA837 The Pruning Book $16.50

12 Pruning
 PROPAGATION
A. Cedar Potting Table
This is an excellent potting
table. Made exclusively for A
Lee Valley, it is built to last,
with ample room to work
and plenty of space for tools
and supplies. It stands 301/2, Storage
compartments
a comfortable height for
working whether youre
sitting or standing, and the
sloping front allows good
leg room underneath.
Hinged panels in the table
top permit access to a pair Easy assembly
of 7 deep storage compart-
ments. In addition to two 301/2
shelves, one above the table and one below it, the table has a rear
slat wall where you can mount hooks for hanging items (see our
website for a selection of stainless-steel hooks). It is constructed
entirely from 3/4 thick offcuts of rot-resistant cedar from the
Canadian timber industry, so it can withstand long-term exposure
to the elements. Easy to assemble without tools. Made in Canada.
XJ225 *Cedar Potting Table $279.00
* A shipping surcharge of $20 applies in addition to our regular ship-
ping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact
Customer Service for shipping rates.

B. Seed Keeper D. Stainless-Steel Riddle with 3 Screens

Visit us at leevalley.com
Our seed keeper conveniently stores used seed Gardeners have been using riddles for years to sift twigs, stones
packages or harvested seeds in one location. Its and other debris out of their soils and composts. This riddle is more
plastic sleeves C. Soil Scoop versatile than most because it comes with three interchangeable
with zip locks This handy tool is like a cross screens, each having a different mesh size (3/32, 3/16 and 1/4),
keep moisture between a trowel and a soil permitting a wider range of uses, including preparing soil for
out and the seeds scoop, making it perfect for bonsai and lling ats with compost. Made of stainless steel, it is
in. It includes potting or planting jobs. It has a 12 in diameter. Includes a metal cross support on the bottom to
self-sealing reus- pick-like end that eases digging give extra strength to the screens. Also good for winnowing beans.
able envelopes in hard soil and can be used to PR405 Riddle with 3 Screens $25.50
(with headings form shallow trenches for
for jotting perti- seeding. The 61/2 long stainless- E. Deep Soil Sieve
nent information) steel blade has serrations on each Supplied with two interchangeable screens for coarse or ne
for saving your side to help in cutting through sifting, this English-made soil sieve lets you remove twigs,
own seeds or to root-bound soil when trans- stones and other debris from earth or compost. At 14 square by
repackage, as planting or setting out bulbs. The 5 deep, it handles a larger volume of material than most. The
well as a detailed whole tool is well balanced and walls are strong polypropylene and the screens are galvanized
information sheet on keeping seeds. The attrac- tted with a comfortable hard- steel with 6mm (1/4) and 12mm (1/2) mesh. Also convenient for
tive 9141/221/2 binder ts on a bookshelf wood handle. 12 long overall. a range of other tasks, from sorting beans to rinsing your harvest.
and includes six plastic sleeves (enough to hold AD520 Soil Scoop $19.90 PT302 Deep Soil Sieve $15.50
36 seed envelopes), 20 envelopes and the seed
information sheet. Extra envelopes and sleeves
are available. 1+ 10+
AA720 Seed Keeper $39.50
AA721 Extra Envelopes (20) $ 7.50
AA723 Extra Plastic Sleeve, ea. $ 2.95 $2.65

D
C
E

B
Propagation 13
 Soil Block Molds For best results, we Homemade Soil Block Mix
Transfer cube
Use these molds to recommend using this Amount Ingredients
into larger make your own soil soil mix with the soil coir or New Zealand
block molds. Add water 40 litres/36 quarts sphagnum moss
block for blocks for starting as needed to obtain the
further growth.
seedlings. Filled consistency of masonry 20 litres/18 quarts aged and sifted compost
with a simple mortar. Recipe yields 20 litres/18 quarts sand
enough mix for about 250 millilitres/1 cup blood meal or sh meal
potting mix that you 400 2 blocks. For
prepare from the smaller or larger 250 millilitres/1 cup rock phosphate or bone meal
ingredients in the batches, adjust quanti- 250 millilitres/1 cup greensand or seaweed
ties accordingly. 125 millilitres/1/2 cup lime
chart at right, the
molds form lightly compressed blocks of planting medium that are rm enough
A
that no pots are required. Because the blocks hold moisture well and permit good
aeration, seedlings germinate and grow quickly. As roots grow to the edges, they
are naturally air pruned, forming a robust, brous root structure. When ready to be
planted out, the blocks can be placed directly into the ground, minimizing trans-
plant shock. The cube mold makes twenty 3/4 cubes; the block mold makes four
2 blocks. Removable inserts form a dimple on top of the block or cube to accept a
seed. In the block mold, dimple inserts can be replaced with included cube inserts
that make a 3/4 cavity in the block you can start a seedling in a cube, then transfer
B the cube directly into the larger block for further growth. Molds are available sepa-
rately or combined as a set. Produced by a small British rm, they are well made,
easy to use, and reusable year after year. Instructions included.
A. XK904 Soil Cube Mold $22.00
B. XK905 Soil Block Mold & Cube Inserts $34.50
XK906 Soil Cube & Block Mold Set $55.00

C. Kenaf Seed-Starting Sheets

What makes these seed-starting sheets so effective is
their ability to retain moisture, helping ensure that
delicate seedlings wont dry out. Made of the
C
naturally absorbent bers of the kenaf
plant, each sheet has a pattern of perfo-
rations dividing it into 36 squares
just under 13/4, with a small hole
in the middle of each square
where you can insert a seed. The
perforations let you neatly tear away
individual squares for seedling transplant.
Once transplanted,
the kenaf bers continue
to retain moisture, slowly
releasing into the soil as it dries,
Tray, pots
and seeds
before eventually breaking down within weeks.
not included. Sold in packages of two 10101/4 thick
sheets. Made in USA.
XB855 Kenaf Sheets, pkg. of 2 $6.50

D. CowPots
Used as fertilizer for centuries, manure now has
a further use as a biodegradable seed-starting pot.
Sterile and odorless, these pots have permeable walls
that roots easily penetrate, becoming naturally air-
pruned to form a dense, healthy root structure. When
seedlings are ready to be planted out, the pots can
be placed directly in the soil, minimizing transplant Naturally air-pruned
shock. The pots hold their shape for up to 12 weeks
during propagation; once planted, they break down
in 3 to 4 weeks, allowing unrestricted root growth
while supplementing the soil with natural, nitrogen-
rich fertilizer. Pots are 3 square at the top and 27/8
deep. Package of 18 pots (three six-cell ats).
Approved for organic use by Ecocert Canada,
Baystate Organic Certiers, Pennsylvania Certied
Organic and Quality Certication Services. Made
in USA. Pots can be placed
directly in the soil.
XB656 CowPots, pkg. of 18 $7.95

D To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit

our website at leevalley.com

14 Propagation
 C

Coir Containers
See page 31 for a hand-
Coir (coconut husk) is an effective alternative to peat when
held seed dispenser.
starting plants. Coir containers have brous walls that absorb
and retain water readily, allow air and water transfer for
healthy root growth, and promote air pruning of roots. Planting
them directly in the garden saves time, avoids mess and Three color-coded nozzle attach-
prevents transplant shock; once planted, roots penetrate easily, Seeds and pot
ments are each appropriate for a
different range of seed sizes.
so plants become established quickly. We offer round coir not included.
pots, 3 in top diameter, as well as coir grow strips (one-piece A cap that snaps to the
units of multiple square cells). Grow strips make efcient use bottom stores the
of space, and you can carry several seedlings at one time (use nozzles in the
seeder.
scissors to separate cells for planting). Eight-cell grow strips
measure about 510, with 21/4 square cells. Ten-cell strips
measure 493/4, with 13/4 square cells. Either pots or strips
can be used to start seedlings or root cuttings; choose the larger Professional Seeder
containers for faster-growing plants. This seeder picks up and releases even the tiniest seeds
A. XB630 Round Coir Pots, pkg. of 24 $5.50 one at a time with ease. Akin to a turkey baster, it works with a simple squeeze-and-
B. XB643 8-Cell Coir Grow Strips, pkg. of 8 $6.50 release action. You can plant single seeds as fast as you can move the seeder from
C. XB644 10-Cell Coir Grow Strips, pkg. of 10 $7.50 your palm (or container) to the planting location. Polypropylene with a brass-tipped
nozzle, it comes with three color-coded nozzle attachments, each appropriate for a
D. Coir Pellets different range of seed sizes. A cap that snaps onto the bottom of the seeder stores
A great medium for starting seeds or propagating cuttings, coir the nozzles and can also hold seeds while planting. Made in England.
is a biodegradable peat alternative made from coconut husk AA155 Professional Seeder $26.50
bers, a renewable by-product of the coconut harvest. These
compressed pellets are particularly convenient because you
dont need soil or pots. Just drop the pellet into warm water E. Tabletop Tarp
and it expands to several times its original 13/43/8 size, This simple, practical mini tarp helps keep surfaces
making it ready for planting immediately. A ne mesh clean during messy tasks. Made of thick woven
covering holds it all together. When the plants have grown to polypropylene, it has strong, rust-resistant fasteners
size, you can drop the whole thing directly into the ground or to draw the corners in, forming exible sidewalls that
into a planter. 1+ 4+ stand approximately 3 high to help prevent runoff. At 3232
XB609 Coir Pellets, pkg. of 50 $9.50 $7.60 overall, it provides a generous 2626 working space with the snaps fastened, and
folds compactly. Handy for model building, potting or transporting plants.
Potmaker XJ316 Tabletop Tarp $7.50
This smart little device turns
strips of old newspapers Strong, rust-resistant fasteners
draw the tarp corners in.
into ideal starter pots for
young transplants and
seedlings. No glue is
required. Just roll and
press to create an environ-
mentally friendly pot that
naturally decomposes in
the ground. Eliminates
the need for dispos-
able plastic pots B
and ats. Forms
21/4 dia. pots.
Potmaker, ea.
E
WP101 $13.80
15
 A. Lee Valley Self-Watering
Clear
Seed Starter cover
Anyone who starts plants from Seed
seed knows how critical tray
regular watering is to the
Capillary
process. We developed this mat
seed starter to provide water
Growing
on demand through a capillary stand
mat, as well as create a mini-
Water
environment for the seedlings. reservoir
Its features and compact
design make it one of our most popular gardening tools. Once the
seed tray is lled with soil, the multi-legged stand is used to tamp
A the soil in place. The stand is then placed in the reservoir with the
Water-level indicator capillary mat draped over it; the mat is wetted as the reservoir is
lled and the seed tray is placed on the mat. The clear dome mini-
mizes evaporation and speeds germination. A water-level indicator
lets you know if any topping up is needed. When the transplants are
ready for setting out, the tray is pushed down over top of the stand
pegs and out pop the transplants. Nothing could be easier and there
is no transplant shock. The stand, reservoir and seed tray are made
from a high-density polystyrene, and the capillary mat is non-
rotting. Measures 1597 high when assembled. Tray has
Seedlings Turn
twenty-four 2 square cells. An excellent and reusable seed
receive water growing stand starter. Patented. 1+ 3+
through capillary mat. over to eject seedlings. AA700 LV Seed Starter, ea. $23.50 $21.20
AA702 Repl. Capillary Mat, Lg. $ 2.00

B. Lee Valley Windowsill Seed Starter

B a windowsill. Even when not used on a windowsill, the slightly
Turn growing stand over to eject seedlings.
Similar to our full-sized seed starter, but with smaller cells and a
narrower base, this reusable unit is suited to growing transplants on
smaller cells are great for starting slow-growing plants such as
lettuce or broccoli, or many perennials. Compared with the full-
sized seed starter, this one gets the same number of plants started in
a smaller area, which is important, especially when starting plants
under lights or on a windowsill. Twenty-four 11/4 square cells.
Measures 1551/27 high. 1+ 3+
AA715 Windowsill Seed Starter $19.90 $17.90
AA716 Repl. Capillary Mat, Sm. $ 2.00

Push onto stand.

Deep-Root Seed Starters

Used in commercial nurseries, these reusable deep-root seed starters
have big cells with lots of rooting area to promote faster growth.
D The grooved sidewalls direct the roots straight down, discouraging
root spiralling. Each cell has an opening at the bottom that air-
prunes the roots and also lets you water from the bottom up (from a
capillary mat or ood table). Transplants slip out easily when
pushed up through the bottom. Offered with either 72 cells per tray
(each cell is 11/2 wide by 3 deep) or 32 cells per tray (2 wide by
4 deep). The smaller cells are more suitable for slower-growing
C plants, but either size can be used to root cuttings. Sold as a set of
three rooting trays with three matching catch trays. Both starters
measure 2110. These performed better than the other deep-root
trays we tested, including heavy plastic trays that cost much more.
C. AA655 72-Cell Starters, set of 3 $19.95
D. AA650 32-Cell Starters, set of 3 $19.95
Substantial root
mass encourages
quick plant
development.

Grooves minimize
16 Propagation root spiralling.
 A. Self-Watering Propagator Set
This unique self-watering unit
holds seven individual propaga-
tors, each with its own
humidity cover and airow
adjusters. In single-dome
propagators it is difcult to
start more than one variety of
seed at a time because different
germination rates require you to remove the humidity dome
too early for some varieties and too late for others. Seeded
and watered trays are placed on a stand with a watering mat
that draws from a reservoir below. At 307 overall, the unit
can be used on windowsills 5 or more wide, on tables in
front of windows, or under lights. Made in England. A
AA718 Self-Watering Propagator Set $39.50

B. Budding and
Grafting Knife
Victorinox of
Switzerland makes one Cuts t together
of the nest propaga- perfectly for maximum
cambium contact.
tion knives available. C
It has two blades. One
is specically suited to
bud grafting, having a
rounded blade and a
bump on the top to pry
open the bark after
making a cut. The B Two spare blades included.
other blade is straight Grafting Tool
and is designed for The omega-shaped cut of this grafting tool eliminates the ddly (and often inaccu-
making cuttings or rate) work of V-notch and whip grafting. As long as you have rootstock and scion of
scions. Each stainless- the same diameter, two centered omega cuts will t them together perfectly, giving
steel blade is about you a stable graft, with maximum cambium contact, ready for taping. With a good
21/2 long. When taping job, no wax or whipping is needed.
closed, the knife is A six-sided grooved anvil keeps the cutting stock centered as you notch it. If the
only 4 overall and anvil wears over time, you can rotate it to one of the other ve grooves. If the blade
easily ts in a pocket. Excellent quality. should dull, you have two spares for replacement. The only poorly functioning part
The grafting wax is used to seal the graft wound, holding in of this tool is the bypass pruner tip. Do not expect it to make the kind of cuts you are
moisture while it heals and keeping out pests and disease. accustomed to. Fortunately, the rest of the tool more than compensates.
4 oz tin. Industry standard formulation. Instructions included. BL132 Grafting Tool $27.50
BL130 Budding and Grafting Knife $33.50 BL134 Repl. Blades, pkg. of 2 $ 5.95
C. SC205 Grafting Wax, 4 oz $ 8.50

D. The Rooter Pot
With the rooter pot system, in just 8 weeks
you can produce a brand new plant of a size
that would take 3 years from seed or a
cutting. Simply remove a strip of bark from
a branch on a mother plant, apply rooting
hormone, attach the rooter pot to the stem,
ll the reservoir in the base with water, and
pack the interior of the pot with moist, soil-
less (peat-based) potting medium such as
sphagnum moss. Every week or two, add a
bit of water to the pot if necessary we
found our curved-tip syringe perfect for this.
After 8 weeks (additional time required for
colder climates), if roots have developed,
remove the newly rooted plant from the
mother plant and transplant it to a container
or directly into the soil. It couldnt be easier,
and the pots are reusable. Full instructions
are included. Offered as a set of ve pots
with lids and 15 labels. Each pot is 3 in diam-
eter and 4 deep. This winner of numerous
international innovation awards will save you F
money and make your gardening easier.
The root stimulator we offer combines a root-
stimulating hormone and a mild fungicide in a
gel carrier. Comes in a 50ml (1.7 oz) bottle,
enough to do hundreds of plants. Also works on Cutting at left is untreated.
all types of cuttings softwood or hardwood.
AA640 Rooter Pots, set of 5 $14.95
E. 25K07.05 Curved-Tip Syringe, ea. $ 2.95
F. SG690 *Root Stimulator $ 6.95
Rooter Kit
A rooter kit is available that includes ve
rooter pots, root stimulator and a syringe. D
AA642 *Rooter Kit $22.50
* Root stimulator must be protected from freezing.
Available between April and October only.

1 2 3 4
Top
Soilless
medium

New roots
Wound F
Water
reservoir 17
E
 B

A. Grow-Light Indoor Garden Water travels up

B. Grow-Light Indoor Mini-Garden
Combining full-spectrum grow capillary mat to Occupying little space on a shelf or
lights, a self-watering capillary holes in container. countertop, this compact unit
tray and planting containers, this combines a grow light, a self-
compact growing unit ts on a watering tray and planting
counter or table top. Height containers, so you can grow a year- Convenient ll
adjustable to accommodate plants round supply of fresh herbs or greens hole for topping
up reservoir
up to 12 tall, the canopy has two in your kitchen. Measuring 188,
22 high-efciency uorescent tubes that emit light closely matching the it has a 171/2 tall height-adjustable
wavelengths of natural sunlight (color temperature of 6400 kelvin). The four canopy, which contains an 11 full-
included containers (141/251/421/2 tall) rest directly on a capillary mat, spectrum light that closely matches
allowing roots and soil to wick water from the 8.3-litre (2.2 U.S. gal.) reser- the wavelengths of natural sunlight
voir. Plants are never overwatered or underwatered, promoting healthy root (color temperature of 6400 kelvin).
growth. An inner platform keeps plants The four 61/233/42 tall B
above the water level, and a convenient containers rest directly on a capillary
ll hole lets you top up the reservoir as A mat, allowing roots and soil to wick
needed. It can be used year-round to water from the 3-litre (0.8 U.S. gal.)
grow salad greens or herbs indoors, and reservoir. An inner platform keeps Minor
serves as an excellent seed starter or plants just above the water level, so assembly
required.
grow area for houseplants. Measuring they are never overwatered or under-
24153/419 tall overall, it can watered, promoting healthy root growth. Not just for use as a kitchen
produce an impressive yield in limited garden, it also makes an excellent growing area for small houseplants.
space. Made from sturdy plastic with aluminum supports. CSA certied in Made from sturdy plastic with aluminum supports. CSA certied in
Canada and the USA, it operates on just 48W and has a 78 power cord with Canada and the USA, it operates on just 11W and has a 78 power cord
an on/off switch. Minor assembly required. Made in England. with an on/off switch. Minor assembly required. Made in England.
PK520 *Grow-Light Indoor Garden $120.00 PK521 *Indoor Mini-Garden $85.00
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For
areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates. areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

C. Mini Hygrometer/Thermometer
This compact gauge lets you accurately monitor humidity and temperature
in locations such as greenhouses, workshops or storage areas. The LCD
screen shows current results in Celsius or Fahrenheit, and gives min/max
readings at the push of a button. Supplied with a folding wire stand that
can also be used as a hanger, it measures 411/41/2 thick, has an oper-
ating range of -9.9C/14.2F to 50C/122F and runs on one included
button-cell battery.
KD336 Hygrometer/Thermometer $14.95

Temperature sensor Temperature

C
Humidity sensor Relative humidity

18 Propagation
 A. Light Meter A
When growing plants C
indoors, it is often
hard to know if they
are getting enough
light. This handy
meter directly reads
the amount of light
(in foot-candles)
from sunlight, high-
E
intensity discharge
lights and uorescent
lights. No batteries
are needed because the meter is powered entirely by
the incoming light. Instructions and recommended F
light levels for various plants are included.
PK933 Light Meter $27.00

See pages 62, 64 and 80 for soil moisture and pH meters.

B. Double-Outlet Timer
To grow healthy plants T5 Full-Spectrum Lights
with articial light, a These self-ballasted grow lights are
regular schedule is designed to be screw-mounted for easy
important. This 115-volt, installation. They produce light with a
15-amp indoor mechan- color temperature of 6400 kelvin, closely
ical timer automatically matching the wavelengths of natural C
turns lights (or pumps, sunlight, casting it over an area equal to
greenhouse heaters, etc.) the length of the xture by about 12
on and off. Settings are B wide. The lights can be used indepen-
programmed in dently or up to eight can be linked to
15-minute intervals for increase light coverage or intensity. Each
up to 96 settings that light comes with a xture, a bulb reector,
repeat every 24 hours a high-output grow bulb and mounting
(good for hydroponic hardware, but does not include a power D F E
ood-and-drain pumps). cord. If lights are to be used indepen-
Most timers have only dently, order one power cord per light. If the 46 light operates on 54W per xture.
one outlet, but this has a you plan to link lights, you will need one C. PK510 T5 Full-Spectrum Light, 22 $36.50
pair of three-prong power cord plus one coupler for each PK511 Repl. T5 Bulb for 22 Light $ 6.80
grounded outlets, both additional light to be linked (e.g., if you D. PK514 *T5 Full-Spectrum Light, 46 $42.50
activated by the timer. A manual switch can override want to link three lights, order one power PK515 *Repl. T5 Bulb for 46 Light $ 9.95
the preset timing to turn the system on without losing cord plus two couplers). The coupler is E. PK516 Power Cord, 78 $ 5.50
your settings. Also suitable for lights and small appli- 13 long; the power cord is 78 long and F. PK517 Coupler, 13 $ 3.95
ances. UL and CUL certied. has an integral on/off toggle switch. The * In addition to our regular shipping charges,
PK415 Double-Outlet Timer $17.50 22 light operates on just 24W per xture; a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

G. Seedling Sprayer
Most watering methods are Second rose
too forceful for seed propaga- applies powders.

tion, washing soil away from

seedling roots and disrupting
early, tender root growth.
Not so with this sprayer. It
produces a soft spray through
the 3/4 brass rose as you
gently squeeze the rubber
bottle, giving a light surface
watering without disturbing G
the soil or seedling roots. A
second rose is included for
applying anti-fungal powders
to prevent damping off, a
common fungal problem
with seedlings. The assem-
bled sprayer is 11 long and
has a 12 oz reservoir. An
We offer more grow lights invaluable tool to help ensure
and accessories online at success when starting plants
from seed. Made in USA.
leevalley.com
Seedling Sprayer
DB130 $16.95
19
 CONTAINER
GARDENING
E. Heavy-Duty Brush
A good cleaning E
brush is an essential
garden tool. For
cleaning spades,
A
garden shoes, and many
Offset other items, this brush has a tapered shape that allows it to reach into
handle corners, while coarse palm-leaf bristles aggressively remove residue
and caked-on mud. Ideally shaped for cleaning pots, it helps rid them
of pests and diseases, removes unsightly calcication, and leaves pots
looking like new. With an overall length of 11, the brush is 4 in
diameter at its widest point, tapering to 21/2 at the top, and the ash
B handle has a clear varnish nish. Handy to have in any garden shed.
C DB320 Heavy-Duty Brush, ea. $15.95

F. Small Garden
Lee Valley Container Garden Tools Tool Set
Easier to maneuver in pots and planters, these scaled-down versions of our These are not
garden tools (page 34) are equally well made and have all the same feeble plastic
features as the larger tools. The handles are a comfortable size and shape tools. Made
for smaller hands. All are under a foot long; from glass-ber-
the narrow trowel has a 53/4 long, 11/2 reinforced
wide blade. Available individually or as a C polypropylene,
set of all three. they are light-
A. AB644 Jekyll Weeder $18.50 weight, strong,
B. AB643 Trowel $22.50 and non-rusting.
C. AB641 3-Prong Cultivator $19.50 Children will
AB650 Set of 3 Tools $55.00 enjoy learning to
garden with this
Size comparison of our smaller-scale narrow
trowel (AB643) to our full-size narrow trowel
brightly colored
(AB623 on page 34). B selection of tools,
suitably sized F
from 8 to 9
long. Adults
can use them for
indoor gardening,
and they wont scratch surfaces the way metal tools can. The set of six
Stainless-steel ferrule
includes a wide trowel, four-prong cultivator, two-prong cultivator,
weeding fork, narrow trowel and weeder. A great value.
AA615 Small Garden Tools, set of 6 $9.95

D. Transplant Knife G. Miniature Spade

With a thin (0.8mm) and exible yet strong blade that easily slides along
the sidewalls of pots, this knife quickly loosens and lifts plants from their
containers. The ne, sharp teeth then cut cleanly through the roots, splitting or
butterying the root ball before planting. The 51/2 long hardened stainless-
steel blade is perforated at 1 intervals to gauge planting depths and distances.
Urethaned Japanese ash handle. Total length is 14. Made in Japan.
BL118 Transplant Knife $18.50
In a world where you can get 50 different digging tools for use in your
yard, it is peculiar that so little is offered for indoor gardening. This 7
spade serves a multitude of purposes indoors, and is equally useful
when it comes time to transplant seedlings into beds. It lets you separate
seedlings, with root balls intact, for low-shock transplanting. Made of
hardened, ground and polished stainless steel.
AB550 Miniature Spade $4.95

Flexible yet strong blade

D

20 Container Gardening
 Surface Protectors
Placed under potted plants, these discs protect furniture and
oors against moisture damage. A pattern of raised dots on
the bottom keeps the disc elevated, allowing air to circulate so
any moisture underneath can evaporate. The smooth plastic
bottom wont scratch nished surfaces. Available in ve sizes
to match common pot sizes, with natural cork or charcoal-
gray fabric tops. A simple and effective way to avoid
unsightly rings on decks, oors and furniture. Made in USA.
A. EA850 6 Surface Protector, Cork $1.90
EA851 8 Surface Protector, Cork $2.90
EA852 10 Surface Protector, Cork $4.50 A
EA853 12 Surface Protector, Cork $6.20
EA854 14 Surface Protector, Cork $7.80
B. EA855 6 Surface Protector, Fabric $1.90
EA856 8 Surface Protector, Fabric $2.90
EA857 10 Surface Protector, Fabric $4.50
EA858 12 Surface Protector, Fabric $5.80
EA859 14 Surface Protector, Fabric $7.80 A B Bottom shown.

Pot Feet
Pots sitting directly on decks can cause
wood to rot; on a patio they can stain.
These strong and attractive terra cotta feet
C lift them to prevent such damage. Use two
sets for large rectangular planters.
Pot Feet, set of 3 1+ 4+
D
AC331 $8.50 $7.20

C
D

C. Plant Turntable D. Pot Pads

A sturdy plant saucer mounted on a lazy Susan These simple, inconspicuous discs raise a potted
base, this simple device makes it easy to turn plant off the surface of a deck or patio, helping avoid
a large potted plant for tending or consistent sun stains and rot caused by moisture trapped underneath
exposure. Made of tough glass-reinforced plastic the pot. They also make it easier to slide heavy pots
with UV inhibitors, the 12 diameter saucer over short distances, since the lower domed portion
rotates smoothly on a ball-bearing race, and of the disc is made of a tough, low-friction plastic
supports up to 250 lb. To serve as a catch basin, that glides easily on at surfaces. The upper portion
the saucer has a raised lip that helps contain of the pad is high-friction synthetic rubber for grip on
overow. With six smooth, non-marring feet, it the base of the pot. Suitable for any pot with a bottom
keeps the pot elevated off the surface. Suitable diameter of 6 or greater, each set includes four 2
for indoor or outdoor use. Sold in pairs. diameter by 1/2 thick discs.
GD305 Plant Turntables, pr. $26.50 GD328 Pot Pads, set of 4 $6.50

Pot Toes
These economical spacers slide under a planter and lift it off your deck, patio or
walkway to prevent wood rot and staining. Suitable for any size of round or rectan-
gular planter, the low-prole spacers can be stacked where greater lift is required.
Terra cotta or black in color, they are made of tough, weatherproof plastic that will
not break or chip. You will need three for most round pots, and four or more for a E F
square or rectangular planter, depending on the size. Made in Canada. 1+ 4+
E. GD324 Terra Cotta Pot Toes, ea. $1.70 $1.45
F. GD326 Black Pot Toes, ea. $1.70 $1.45

G. Deck Protectors
G
These ingenious deck protectors have dozens of small feet to let air ow freely
underneath to prevent stains, rot and other types of water damage. Offered as a
set of two; each one can be center cored so the pieces can hold one small and
one large planter. Each protector measures 12 in diameter and holds a pot 1/2
off the surface. Made from a non-breakable high-density polymer. A simple
solution to a common problem. 1+ 3+
GD310 Deck Protectors, set of 2 $12.95 $11.65
E F 21
 Medium planter shown with
F medium frame and green-
house cover (XB580).

32
32

B
Minor assembly required.

D. VegTrug Potting Table

VegTrug
101/2
Specically designed for use with our
small or medium VegTrug planter,
this table top creates a convenient
Planters
These raised planters are among the
25
work area for planting, tending or
harvesting. The 2430 surface
C provides plenty of room for pots,
best weve seen. Solidly constructed, they tools and other supplies, and stands
permit a signicant amount of growing 32 tall, a comfortable working Potting
space. The small and medium planters height whether seated or standing. table hooks
have a V-shaped trough that makes ef- It attaches easily to the side of the on to the
cient use of soil, letting you grow deep-rooted vegetables side of the
planter with included hardware and planter.
towards the center and shallow-rooted herbs and vegeta- folds down for off-season storage.
bles closer to the sides. As the center is nearly 16 deep, All wooden components are sustainably harvested cedar or r
stakes can be used to support tall or heavy plants. The (depending on supply) and have a food-grade nish. The leg-end
32 height lets you work comfortably seated or standing. caps are plastic. Minor assembly required; instructions included.
The small planter, about 41 long and 30 wide, provides EG327 *VegTrug Potting Table $65.00
just under 8 sq.ft. of growing space; the medium, at 72 A&B
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping
long and 30 wide, provides almost 14 sq.ft. of growing charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer
space. The compact planter occupies only 191/218 Service for shipping rates.
of oor space, yet provides over 2 sq.ft. of growing area.
The sloped front is suitable for shallow-rooted plants,
while the back is 101/2 deep. At just under 25 tall, it is 16
suitable as an accent planter or for kids. On each model,
the slats used for the sidewalls are spaced to ensure good
drainage and soil aeration, and soil is contained with an
included fabric liner. All the wooden components are
sustainably harvested cedar or r (depending on supply)
and have a food-grade nish. Leg end caps are plastic. V-shaped trough
Minor assembly required; instructions and stainless-steel
hardware included. D
A. XB575 *Small VegTrug Planter $189.00
B. XB576 *Medium VegTrug Planter $259.00
C. XB571 *Compact VegTrug Planter $ 79.00
VegTrug Planter & Potting Table Sets Side slats spaced for good
The small and medium planters are available in drainage and aeration.
sets paired with the potting table EG327.
XB595 *Small Planter & Potting Table $229.00
XB596 *Medium Planter & Potting Table $299.00
* A shipping surcharge applies in addition to our regular
shipping charges: $10 for XB575 & XB571, $20 for XB576 Potting table shown
& XB595 and $30 for XB596. For areas outside of the with small planter
(sold separately).
Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

 E. VegTrug Wall Hugger G
Based on the same smart design concepts as the
original VegTrug line (facing page), this compact
planter is about half the width of the regular model
so its easier to t on patios or balconies short on
space. It occupies only 4117 of oor space yet
provides over 41/2 sq.ft. of growing area. Shallow-
rooted plants can be grown toward the front of the
sloped trough, while the 14 soil depth at the back
accommodates deeper-rooted plants. Sidewall
slats are spaced to ensure good drainage and aera-
tion, and the included fabric liner keeps soil
contained. At 311/2 tall, it is a comfortable
working height, whether you prefer to tend it from 311/2
a standing or seated position. Wooden components
are sustainably harvested cedar or r (depending
on supply) with a food-grade nish. Minor
assembly required; instructions and stainless-steel
hardware are included. A great way to make the
most of limited growing room.
EG305 *VegTrug Wall Hugger $169.00 E
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to
our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of
the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for
shipping rates.

H. VegTrug Cold Frame

For use with our small VegTrug planter
(XB575), this removable cold frame ts over
the top of the planter, trapping heat and
shielding plants from frost. For ventilation on
sunny days, integrated posts can be set to prop
the hinged lid open wide or just a crack. The
sloping cover stands approximately 25 above
Once planter is lled with the top of the planter along the tall side. All
soil, tuck liner inside and wooden components are sustainably harvested
All planters include liners. add plants.
cedar or r (depending on supply) with a food-
grade nish; the panes are tough polycarbonate
VegTrug Frame and Covers
plastic. Minor assembly required; instructions
These two covers are tailored to t snugly
and stainless-steel hardware are included. A
on your VegTrug planter. The green-
great way to extend the growing season.
house cover traps heat to create a warmer
EG325 *VegTrug Cold Frame $109.00
microclimate in your garden and extend
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas
your growing season. It is made from
outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
clear polyethylene plastic with embedded
netting for strength. The frame included Frame and greenhouse cover
Cold frame shown
with the greenhouse cover is just under 2 with small planter
tall, providing ample growing room for (sold separately).
plants. Made of 5/8 steel tubing with a
weather-resistant powder nish, it rests
on a lip just inside the VegTrug, and can
be attached more permanently with
Greenhouse cover
included mounting hardware.
For when the weather gets warmer, the H
micro-mesh cover (available separately)
protects your plants from birds and
insects. With perforations 0.6mm (about
1/32) in size, it lets air, water and sunlight
Micro-mesh
through but keeps most pests out. cover
Each cover attaches to the frame with
hook-and-loop fastener ties and has a zipper in the middle that lets
you tend the plants. The small and medium covers have a double-
ended zipper for access from either side.
Great covers, designed specically for your small, medium or
Wall Hugger VegTrug planter. Replacement liners are also avail-
able for the small and medium planters.
XB578 Small Frame & Greenhouse Cover $38.50
XB577 Small Micro-Mesh Cover $19.50
EG315 Small Repl. Liner $10.95
F. XB580 Medium Frame & Greenhouse Cover $59.50
XB579 Medium Micro-Mesh Cover $28.50
EG316 Medium Repl. Liner $14.50
G. EG307 Wall Hugger Frame & Greenhouse Cover $35.00
EG308 Wall Hugger Micro-Mesh Cover $18.50
23
 VegTrug Poppy
Though compact, this raised planter gives you a
surprising amount of growing space. At nearly
15 wide and 24 long, it provides 21/2 sq.ft.
of surface area. The 12 deep V-shaped
trough allows efcient use of soil it lets
you grow deep-rooted plants such as
carrots in the center while growing
24
herbs and shallow-rooted vegetables
closer to the sides. The synthetic felt
trough ensures good drainage
and soil aeration, and has
A hook-and-loop fastener
strips around its edge
for a secure attach-
ment to the
A. Two-Tier Cedar Planter frame. A
This unique planter makes good use of tightly woven
vertical space. You can give owers, inner layer
herbs or leafy greens their own separate Easy assembly keeps soil
growing areas, or layer plants of various contained. The
colors and textures to create eye-catching planter stands
displays. In addition, the planter can help about 32 tall, a
dene outdoor spaces, acting as a physical height that lets you
boundary alongside a patio or walkway, work comfortably
for example. Built for long-term exposure without stooping.
to the elements, the 341/4 wide, 38 long The frame is sturdy
and 24 tall unit is made of naturally rot- steel with a powder-
resistant cedar offcuts from the Canadian timber industry, and is easy to coat nish and
assemble without tools. Each 12 wide, 61/2 deep tier holds approxi- stainless-steel hardware
mately 1.5 cu.ft. (42 litres) of soil and has a drainage hole to help prevent for rust resistance, and
excess rainwater from oversaturating the planter. Made in Canada. folds for convenient
EG341 *Two-Tier Planter $189.00 off-season storage.
* A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For *VegTrug Poppy
areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates. XB573 $59.95

B. Elevated 44 Garden * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies

This 16 sq.ft. elevated planter provides a in addition to our regular shipping
large growing area, while permitting easy charges. For areas outside of the
access from all sides. Raised 29 off the Continental USA, contact Customer
Service for shipping rates.
ground, it is a comfortable height to tend
while standing. The 83/4 deep planting
box has small gaps between the bottom C. Raised-Bed Grow-Box Corners
slats for aeration and drainage and comes The advantages of gardening in grow boxes less weeding, more control over
with a lightweight fabric oor liner to water and fertilizer, and ease of tending and harvesting are well documented.
keep soil contained. Easy to assemble This set of stacking corners gives you everything you need, except the lumber,
without tools, the planter is made in Easy assembly to make one 8 high tier out of nominal 18 material (or 28 material that
Canada, entirely from 3/4 thick offcuts of has been chamfered for t). Each set includes four heavy-gauge galvanized
rot-resistant cedar from the Canadian timber industry, so it can withstand steel stacking corners, screws for fastening the lumber, and instructions. A
long-term exposure to the elements. three-tier box gives you a bed deep enough to be both effective and conve-
EG342 *Elevated 44 Garden $239.00 nient. Tall people might want four tiers for best height. A 4 wide and 8 long
* A shipping surcharge of $20 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For grow box is easy to reach across comfortably and prevents boards from
areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates. bowing in the middle. The kit is also good for making removable sides for
wagons or utility trailers, which can be collapsed at for storage when not in
use. Several kits can make a stacking composter. Made in Sweden. 1+ 5+
XK605 Stacking Corners, set of 4 $16.50 $14.90

Wood not
included.

Removable sides for

wagons or utility trailers.

C
Grow box shown measures 34
and uses 12 stacking corners.
24 Container Gardening
 Support stake
(sold separately)
A. Self-Watering Planter
Suitable for use indoors or out, this large planter has a built-in reservoir
to automatically provide plants with an optimal amount of water to help
maximize growth and yield. Great for growing a crop of tomatoes or a
kitchen garden of salad greens or culinary herbs, the container holds
about 2.13 cu.ft. (60 litres) of soil in just over 31/2 sq.ft. Holds 2.13 cu.ft.
of space. At 131/2 deep, it provides enough Fill port
(60 litres) of soil.
growing room for carrots or other deep-rooted
crops. Its double-wall construction provides an
insulating air space in the walls to help protect Double-wall
A
construction provides
the soil against light frosts in spring and fall. an insulating air space.
The reservoir holds 2 U.S. gallons (7.5 litres),
while a pattern of X-shaped slots in the oor of
the liner lets the water wick into the soil. An
Built-in
upper ll port lets you top up the water as needed; water reservoir
a second port near the base allows excess water to Pattern of X-shaped slots lets Fill port
drain and lets you easily monitor the water level. Drainage port the water wick into the soil.
Eight holes in the liner securely hold our 7/16 diameter stakes (XM206, available sepa-
rately on page 50) for supporting taller plants. Made in Canada from UV-resistant plastic,
the container measures 33151/4131/2 tall. A well-made, well-designed planter. Double-wall
PL604 *Self-Watering Planter $54.50 construction provides an insulating air
space in the walls to help protect the soil
* A shipping surcharge of $20 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside against light frosts in spring and fall.
of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

Fabric Pots
Commercial growers value fabric pots because the porous material
permits the aeration and drainage needed for healthy growth. Proper
ventilation ensures roots become naturally air-pruned, which helps
them develop into a hardy, brous root system that is more efcient
at absorbing water and nutrients. The ventilation also helps disperse
excess heat. Although supple enough to fold at easily for end-of- Naturally
B air-pruned
season storage, these fabric pots have hemmed rims that help the
pot walls remain rigid enough to hold their shape in use. The 2-gallon pot is just the right E
size for small plants or seedlings, and the hook-and-loop seam in the side allows you to
easily keep the plant, roots and soil intact when removing them from the pot, minimizing
transplant shock. The three larger sizes have sturdy nylon handles for easier handling
when lled with soil. The 7-gallon pot is a convenient size for growing herbs and greens,
the 10-gallon is ideal for tomatoes, peppers or large perennials, and the 20-gallon is suit-
able for small trees, shrubs, potatoes or large mixed plantings. With any of the three larger
sizes, you can make small Dimensions Volume
X-shaped cuts to allow small B. XB872 81/281/2 2 U.S. gal./7.6l $ 6.50
plants to grow through the sides of C. XB862 1412 7 U.S. gal./26.5l $ 9.95 B
the pot. Dimensions listed are D. XB863 1613 10 U.S. gal./37.9l $12.00 D C
diameter by depth. Made in USA. E. XB864 2015 20 U.S. gal./75.7l $15.50

F. Tomato Crater G. Grow Pots

This simple device makes tomatoes grow faster and bigger. Set on the These odd-looking pots have been popular with British gardeners for years.
soil under the plant, it suppresses weeds, blocks cutworms, concentrates Designed to reduce the time required to produce a crop vegetable, they are
water at the roots, warms the soil to increase root growth, and even helps shaped similar to a Bundt pan, with a central core for planting and feeding and
prevent blossom end rot. The red color increases yields and makes the an outer trough for watering. This allows fertilizer to be directed towards the
fruit set earlier. (Research has shown that red reects a certain spectrum higher feeding roots and water to be directed towards the lower watering roots,
of light, triggering photosynthesis to stimulate growth and development.) resulting in faster root growth and a healthier plant. Made of heavy-duty plastic,
Made from heavy-duty plastic, the crater is reusable. 11 in diameter. Set the 11 diameter pots can be set directly in a bag of soil (as is popular in
of three craters. England) for greenhouse use or they can be placed in garden soil. They are ideal
SG101 Tomato Craters, pkg. of 3 $24.50 for a variety of vegetable plants (peppers, melons, zucchini, cucumbers, and
eggplant) but can be used with any plant that Outer trough Central core
prefers to have the feeding roots in warm topsoil, for watering for planting
such as roses and delphiniums. Sold as a set of and feeding
three. Made in England.
SG203 Grow Pots, set of 3 $27.50
F

G
Container Gardening 25
 Set of 3 Hanging Baskets
Coir block expands to 8 litres
These popular wire-frame hanging of potting medium.
baskets come with pre-formed coir
(coconut ber) liners that provide
excellent drainage and aeration. Each C
basket hangs from three 22 long
Baskets with coir liners chains and provides an attractive way
sold in sets of three. B to display owering plants.
A
Sold as sets of three, they are available in two sizes. The 14 diameter
size is appropriate for smaller spaces, and holds 8 litres (about 7 U.S.
quarts) of potting medium. The 18 diameter basket provides a
dramatic display of color and is better for larger spaces. It holds
16 litres (about 14 U.S. quarts) of potting medium.
Replacement coir liners are available separately. For a much fuller
globe arrangement, try cutting holes in the coir and planting your
annuals through the side.
C A substitute for soil, the coir block (sold separately) expands to
8 litres of potting medium.
A. XB616 14 Hanging Baskets, set of 3 $31.00
XB614 Repl. 14 Coir Liner, ea. $ 5.00
B. XB608 18 Hanging Baskets, set of 3 $39.50
XB607 Repl. 18 Coir Liner, ea. $ 5.50
1+ 4+
C. XB601 Coir Block, ea. $3.50 $2.80

Kenaf Basket Liners

An ideal basket liner material, natural kenaf plant ber (similar to jute)
has excellent water retention abilities. In our tests it reduced runoff
during watering and, more important, released moisture slowly,
helping to maintain soil moisture longer than common coir liners.
Available in pairs in two sizes; the 22 disc ts baskets from 12 to 14
in diameter, and the 25 disc ts baskets from 16 to 18 in diameter.
D E Made in USA.
D. XB850 22 Basket Liner, pkg. of 2 $13.95
E. XB852 25 Basket Liner, pkg. of 2 $15.95

F. Kenaf Liner Sheet To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit our website at leevalley.com
An ideal basket liner material, natural
kenaf plant ber (similar to jute) has
excellent water retention abilities. In our K. Hanging Basket
tests it reduced runoff during watering This unique hanging basket has 12 removable screens that provide
and, more important, released moisture aeration and allow for planting of mature plants for instant all-
slowly, helping to maintain soil moisture around color. Constructed of a UV-inhibiting polypropylene, it
longer than common coir liners. The has a top diameter of 131/2 and includes a galvanized steel chain.
4060 roll is easy to cut for custom An integral basin with a raised drain hole retains water to maintain
tting odd-shaped baskets, such as our soil moisture. Sold in sets of three, these baskets enable colorful,
Stratford planter (page 28). Made in USA. cascading oral displays. Made in England.
XB854 Liner Sheet, 4060 $24.50 XB641 Hanging Baskets, pkg. of 3 $39.00
F Soil-Hydrating Kenaf Liners
Made of the naturally absorbent bers of the
kenaf plant, these disc-shaped pot inserts
help maintain soil moisture, reducing the
need for frequent watering. Placed in the
bottom of a pot, the liner slows drainage so
water doesnt run straight through the pot,
allowing it to soak into the soil more evenly.
Excess water runs off, but the insert retains
a considerable amount of moisture, which it
slowly releases into the soil as it dries. In
addition, the lightweight, porous material
permits good aeration, promoting air
pruning of roots for healthy root growth.
About 3/8 thick, the inserts are available in
61/2, 10, and 121/2 diameters to t
common pot sizes (please check the inside
G bottom diameter of your pots before
H ordering; oversize inserts can be easily cut K
J to t). Packages of two. Made in USA.
G. XB856 61/2 Pot Liners, pkg. 2 $3.20
H. XB857 10 Pot Liners, pkg. 2 $6.50
J. XB858 121/2 Pot Liners, pkg. 2 $7.90
26 Container Gardening
 Hanging basket
and liner sold
separately.

Seedlings
grown only in
C SumiSoil.

A. Flower Well C. SumiSoil

Hanging baskets dry out all too easily, especially Ceramic-coated, peppercorn-sized beads with a charcoal
outdoors. This reservoir maintains soil mois- center, used as a soil amendment or a soil alternative. Each Charcoal
center
ture between waterings and bead absorbs up to 70% of its volume in water, slowly
helps keep water from releasing water when the soil begins to dry. Also improves
running through the root aeration, allows seedlings to be removed easily and
bottom of the basket. absorbs odor. Each package lls about four 4 diameter pots,
It consists of a 33 oz or can be mixed in a ratio of one part SumiSoil to 10 parts
(1 litre) basin, 9 in potting medium. For use indoors and outdoors. Made in Japan. Ceramic
diameter, and a KD406 SumiSoil, 1kg (35 oz) $18.50 coating
perforated cover
with a central duct. D. Soil Moist
Put the basin in the This potassium-based copolymer
bottom of any basket or absorbs and stores over 200 times
A
planter 12 or more in diam- its weight in water. It slowly
eter and ll with water. Fit the releases moisture when soil begins
cover and add soil and plants. The soil in the duct wicks water up to the to dry, reducing the need to water.
roots. When the soil dries, water from above as usual. Made in England Because the crystals expand and
from recycled plastic. 1+ 3+ contract as they absorb and release
XC499 Flower Well, ea. $8.95 $8.05 water, soil aeration is improved.
The crystals last 3 to 5 years, and
B. PlantWell Watering Bulb break down naturally. Each 200g
Heres an easy way to ensure water is (7 oz) container has forty 5g D
delivered close to the plants root zone, (0.18 oz) packets; we recommend
preventing water loss through runoff and using one packet for an 8 pot. Not
evaporation. It can be used in a container or for use with food plants.Appro-
directly in the garden, buried with the spout priate for use indoors and out, it is
exposed for lling with a hose or watering perfect for a sunny window box.
One 0.18 oz package
can. You may add a water-soluble fertilizer Soil Moist, 200g (7 oz) of hydrated crystals lls an 8 oz bowl.
to feed your plants at the same time. The XB312 $14.50
durable polypropylene insert is 10 long
with a 3 diameter bulb. Package of three. E. Small Watering Pitcher
PlantWell Bulbs, pkg. of 3 Many watering cans have a spout thats too wide and imprecise for
B watering smaller houseplants. This 11/4 cup (300ml) pitcher has a slender,
AK204 $6.50
beak-like spout that allows a ne, controlled pour. Particularly convenient
for reaching into foliage or accessing narrow openings in densely planted
pots, its ideal for watering cacti or plants such as African violets that dont
like to get their leaves wet. 23/4 diameter, 4 tall. A simple, effective
design, made in the Netherlands.
XB588 Small Watering Pitcher $4.50

B
Water is delivered to
root zone.

E
Large pots may require
multiple bulbs.
Container Gardening 27
 D

E D
Usable
on a
variety Usable on a variety Pot not
of pot of containers. included.
styles. C
E

A All-Purpose Garden Hooks

If you ever wanted to quickly hang a planter, bird feeder or lantern but didnt
have an easy method, you will appreciate the utility of these hooks. They can
A. Stainless-Steel Adjustable Hanger be hung over a nail, beam or branch and can even be linked together to make
This cinching hanger converts virtually any a chain of hooks. Both styles are 16 long; the small one has 2 diameter
rimmed container into a hanging 1 3 hooks at both ends, and the large one has a 2 diameter hook at one end and
basket or planter. Quick to a 41/2 diameter at the other. The large one is more suitable for use with
adjust, it securely holds containers up branches. Either will hold more than 20 lb. 1+ 3+
to 12 in diameter and supports up to C. PD155 Small Garden Hook, ea. $4.90 $4.40
20 lb. Made largely from 2 D. PD157 Large Garden Hook, ea. $5.40 $4.85
exible, stainless-steel wire
for strength and rust resistance, it has E. Extension S-Hooks
durable plastic beads for wire guidance and Sometimes you need only a few extra inches of length to properly hang a
non-marring, soft plastic tubing for grip on smooth container walls. Hanging planter, bird feeder or lantern in its desired position. These 8 hooks, with a 1
length decreases as the diameter of the container increases: a 4 container hook at one end and a 11/2 hook at the other, can be hung over a nail, beam or
will hang about 28 from a hook, while a 12 pot will hang about 20. An branch. Green PVC-coated 5mm wire, they are useful for a variety of other
attractive hanger suitable for indoor or outdoor use. 1+ 3+ applications, such as tool storage. Sold in packages of 10, they are great value.
XB680 Adjustable Hanger, ea. $11.50 $10.35 PD151 Extension S-Hooks, pkg. of 10 $9.95

B. Stratford Planter F. Pot Stand

This attractive planter box looks great mounted under windows or on deck This stand supports several sizes of standard clay
rails. It measures 3289 high and will hold several potted plants in a pots between 8 and 9 in diameter (the European
nice display. Made from lightweight, UV-stable reinforced poly resins, it standard of 22cm, which is about 81/2, ts best).
wont crack or rust and will It holds the pot 20 above the ground to put it in
provide years of use. Clay pot not included. an attractive display position and give it adequate F
Comes with two heavy- drainage. Made of steel with a durable polyester
duty mounting brackets. powder coat. Measures 26 overall. Good for use
Made in England. beside a path or doorway. A great way to add vertical
An ideal basket liner interest in your garden. 1+ 3+
material, natural kenaf EG205 *Pot Stand, ea. $19.90 $17.90
plant ber (shown on B * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our
page 26) has excellent regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental
water retention abilities USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
that help to maintain
soil moisture. Easy to cut and shape, a 4060 roll is available separately
and can be used with the Stratford planter.
EG210 Stratford Planter $51.50
XB854 Liner Sheet, 4060 $24.50

Pots not
included.
Rustproof and UV stable, the
planter will provide years of use.
28 Container Gardening
 A
Hook
rotates
360.
B

A. Hanging Basket Pulley

This clever device lets you quickly lower your
hanging plants for watering or tending. Working
much like a common roller blind, it has an internal
ratcheting mechanism that locks or releases at any
height within a 32 range. To lower the basket, just B. Swivel Hooks
pull the cord slightly, then ease the basket downward; Made of stainless steel with a nickel-plated brass 360 pivot, these
to raise it again, just lift it to the desired height, then S-hooks are weatherproof and turn smoothly even when bearing loads up
give a light tug to engage the lock. Can be used with to 33 lb. Sold in pairs. The hook ends are about 11/8 in diameter and have
or without the included swivel hook, which lets you A rubber tips.
turn the plant as needed for consistent sun exposure. PD152 63/4 Swivel Hooks, pr. $7.95
Made from strong, UV-stable plastic, it is effective
indoors or out with baskets from 4 lb to 25 lb To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit
(maximum weight includes water). Made in England. our website at leevalley.com
AE402 Hanging Basket Pulley $15.95

Garden Pole Sets

These versatile poles provide sturdy mounts for F
birdhouses, feeders, hanging baskets or lanterns, and
are available in freestanding or post-mount versions. C 91 to tip
Each of the two freestanding sets consists of a top of nial
xture, three 28 long steel tubes that t together to form
an 81 tall pole, and a 201/2 ground screw. Standing 91 E
tall to the tip of the nial, the three-arm pole has a top D
xture with arms that project 14, with upturned hook
ends to securely suspend items up to 10 lb. The ange- E G
top pole has a 31/451/2 mounting plate with eight F
screw holes (four mounting screws included). Not Pole is
81 tall.
recommended for use in soft, loamy soil.
Designed for use with the quick-connect hangers Hangers sold
(available separately), the 271/2 tall post-mount separately.

pole attaches to a wooden fence or railing post.

It has a decorative nial tip and two 11/2 wide
L-shaped mounting brackets that offset the pole
21/4 from the mounting surface. Accessories not included. E
The optional pole extender ts all three pole sets,
extending their height by 20. The quick-connect
hangers slip onto any of the poles with a twist and
wedge rmly in position at any height. The 8
hanger holds up to 10 lb; the 16 hanger holds F
up to 7 lb.
All parts are made in USA from rust-resistant H
powder-coated steel. Weight capacity of each pole
is 30 lb.
C. EG215 Three-Arm Pole Set, 91 $79.50
D. EG214 Flange-Top Pole Set, 81 $63.50
E. EG216 Quick-Connect Hanger, 8 $ 7.50
F. EG217 Quick-Connect Hanger, 16 $ 9.20 G
G. EG218 Post-Mount Pole, 271/2 $34.50
H. EG219 20 Pole Extender $ 9.95 201/2 ground
screw included
with C and D. Container Gardening 29
 A B
Pots not included.

Plant Stands
These sturdy three-tiered plant stands are an excellent way to display your
plants. The staggered shelf design and open framework offer ample light
to each level. They
can be used inside or
outside, singly or C. PotLifter
grouped, to provide a Not just for moving large
variety of congurations. container plants, this ef-
They create an eye- cient hauling harness is
catching focal point great for easily and safely
when placed against lifting tree root balls, rocks
a wall, in a corner or or awkwardly shaped items
C
anywhere on a deck or with a low center of
patio. These all-metal A B gravity. A tremendous help when landscaping. The strong anti-slip
stands, with green polymer straps detach and refasten to encircle and grip whatever you
powder-coat paint, are available as a quarter-round unit or as a straight might be moving. The self-cinching nylon straps securely cradle objects
stand. The straight stand measures 242234 high; the quarter-round up to 27 in diameter or 7 in circumference. The double PVC handles are
stand measures 222234 high. Units snap together in seconds. height adjustable so two people can safely lift, balance and transport up to
A. PL561 Plant Stand, Straight $76.50 200 lb without stooping or straining. Drawstring storage pouch included.
B. PL563 Plant Stand, Quarter Round $69.00 XD305 PotLifter $31.50

OUTDOOR PLANTING E. Seeding Square

This square foot template helps you maximize
growth in limited space. The concept is based
D. Lee Valley on a popular method, whereby seeds are sown
Garden Tote Bag in specic positions within one square foot,
This tote has everything allowing enough room for each to grow to
we look for in a garden maturity without wasting space. Simple to use,
bag. It has a large opening the template shows correct seed spacing with
to make it easy to color-coded holes matched to a planting chart
view and sort of 46 vegetables, allowing you to quickly
through the know where to drop seed. A graduated dibber
contents and takes the guesswork out of setting the right
plenty of planting depth. The dibber also functions as a
pockets and seed spoon, which can be used with the included funnel to deposit tiny seeds
open space to accurately. When youre done seeding one section the template can be
hold tools and moved over to plant the adjacent square foot, letting you use it to plant your
supplies. It can entire garden. Made from durable ABS and polypropylene plastic.
even transport AA730 Seeding Square $26.95
a number of
seedling pots.
The 91610 Color-coded holes show correct seed
deep interior has spacing within a square foot.

two pockets and Tools not

included.
a row of elastic
loops for holding tall, D
narrow supplies such as plant
markers. There are also nine outer pockets and an elastic cord along the E
sides to hold tool handles upright. The thick walls and a wire core in the
rim provide rigidity to the bag, and the hard plastic bottom protects against
wear and keeps out ground moisture. Cleaned easily with a hose, the tough
600 denier nylon sheds water well. An excellent tote with many uses.
XH561 Garden Tote Bag $44.50
30 Outdoor Planting Container Gardening
 Focus range
Seed Dispenser E. 8-MP Time-Lapse Camera setting
This handy device takes the work out of sowing even the With this 8-megapixel Camera
tiniest seeds. Turning the wheel on the handle creates a camera, you can produce lens
vibrating action that causes seeds to ow through the high-quality stop-motion
interchangeable bafes, over a series of ridges in the imagery capturing a
V-channel and drop off, one by one. This allows you sequence of events as it
to sow as precisely as you wish; the need for thin- unfolds over time. It auto-
ning is virtually eliminated. Four bafes are matically takes photos at
included to accommodate different seed sizes. intervals ranging from
Youll be surprised how far a package of carrot seed every 10 seconds, great for
will go when using this efcient helper. Brightly fast-moving events such as
colored so you can nd it easily. It pays for itself by parties or sports, to once a
saving you seed and time. Made in UK. day, suitable for capturing
AA204 Seed Dispenser $9.50 seasonal changes. These
photos can then be made E
Memory card slot
into a time-lapse video up to
A. Rite in the Rain Weatherproof Notebook 5 minutes long. You can adjust the focus from 6 to
Developed for use by loggers in the Pacic Northwest, the patented all- innity. The camera comes with instructions, a built-in
weather paper in this notepad will not absorb water. It wont curl or tripod mount and hardware for mounting on a post or
wrinkle from exposure to moisture, and you can write on it with an ordi- tree. Requires eight AA batteries and an SD memory E
nary pencil without smudging or tearing the paper, even if its completely card you supply. Images can be uploaded to a PC or
submerged. You can even take notes in a downpour if you have to. digital TV; the camera is also compatible with Wi-Fi
With rigid plastic covers and a top-spiral SD cards (not included) so you can upload images
binding, the 50-page 46 note- A wirelessly from the camera to a computer or the
book can be slipped into and out Internet. USB and TV cables not included. A rugged
of a pocket without snagging. gasket-sealed housing protects against damage and the
The pages are ruled on both sides elements. Measures about 61/2 tall by 41/2 wide by
with solid horizontal lines at 1/4 23/4 thick. Additional technical specications are listed
(6mm) spacing, crossed by dotted on our website.
vertical lines, forming a light grid AB956 Time-Lapse Camera $109.00 F
pattern that is helpful for sketching.
An excellent pad for use outdoors or F. Camera Stake
in a basement, garage or shed. Made As an alternative to mounting the camera on a tree or
in USA. post, we offer a convenient three-pronged stake for
88K90.01 Notebook, 46 $6.95 positioning it about 36 above ground level. Made of
painted steel, the stake has a mounting screw for
Plant Wheels attaching the camera by its integrated tripod mount,
These are not your average garden-planning guides. They provide an and an adjustment knob to position its angle.
instant visual reference to help you select plants coordinated by height and Assembles without tools.
by color, while also planning for continuous bloom through the seasons. AB959 Camera Stake $24.95
Each wheel shows color photos of 25 common perennial, shade or annual
plants (suitable for zones 4 to 8), with tall plants on the outer ring, medium See page 203 for a motion-activated camera.
ones in between, and short ones in the center. Just turn the rings to select
various combinations, while comparing bloom
times and light needs, indicated by symbols G. Sunlight Calculator
beside each photo. Specic plant details Sunlight intensity is affected by many factors, such as season, time of day,
are listed on the back. Sold individually and general shade conditions. Also, as a garden grows and changes, a spot
or as a set of all three, the 101/2 dia. that was sunny may eventually become less so. Designed for use during
wheels are made of waterproof, the growing season, this meter measures the duration and intensity of
UV-stabilized plastic. A great tool to sunlight falling at a given spot over a 12-hour period, indicating results as
bring along when choosing plants at a full sun, partial sun, partial shade or full shade (to match common planting
garden center. Made in USA. guidelines). Durable and water resistant, it is 71/2 long with an ABS
B. LG120 Perennial Wheel $ 9.50 plastic stake and casing. Runs on three button cell batteries (included).
C. LG121 Shade Wheel $ 9.50 Helps you locate plants where they will grow best, and helps determine
D. LG122 Annual Wheel $ 9.50 why certain plants arent thriving.
LG124 Set of 3 Plant Wheels $26.00 Back of wheel AB906 Sunlight Calculator $25.50

B
G

D
31
 A. Memory Foam Knee Pads
These are knee pads you can wear all day.
The straps are soft to the touch, easily ex as you
move and dont pinch or bind behind your knees
when crouching. The pads have soft layers
of memory foam that conform to the shape
of your knees and a thick core of dense
EVA foam to prevent debris or surface irreg- A
ularities from creating pressure points. The outer covering is
nylon with a neoprene lining for water resistance. Hook-and-loop
fasteners make strap adjustments easy. Memory foam
The only downside to these knee pads is that the hook portion EVA foam
of the strap can sometimes snag and fray the nylon covering.
A While this may detract from their appearance over time, it wont Memory foam
diminish their comfort or performance. Highly recommended.
EE120 Memory Foam Knee Pads $34.95

B. Flexible Gel Knee Pads

Offering sturdy knee protection without feeling stiff or
bulky, these are exceptional knee pads for garden and
landscape work. The tough, puncture-resistant outer
B shell provides rm support to stabilize the knee against
rocking, while its articulating ribs allow the shell to
ex with your knees natural movements. A thick inner
layer of soft cushioning gel conforms to the shape of the B
knee, helping distribute your weight away from painful pressure points. The mesh-covered
foam lining has a pattern of ventilation holes, so your skin stays cooler and drier than with ordi-
nary knee pads. Both straps have secure snap buckles and are easy to adjust; the lower nylon
strap holds the pad in position, while the upper elastic strap lets the pad move with you without
pinching or binding. Excellent support, without sacricing comfort or freedom of movement.
XH322 Knee Pads, pr. $23.50

C. Contoured Knee Pads

These knee pads have the best shape of any on the market.
Their unique contour, combined with the water-resistant
foam, creates a comfortable knee pad that is perfect for
lightweight garden jobs. Nice and light so they dont feel
objectionable when doing more walking than kneeling. Strong,
washable and mildew proof, they have double elastic straps with
quick-attach hook-and-loop fasteners. One size ts most.
XH305 Contoured Knee Pads, pr. $22.50 C

C To order call 1-800-871-8158

D. Contoured Kneeling Pad

This unique pad provides ultimate knee
comfort. Contoured to t both knees, it
distributes pressure evenly over the knee
and upper shin, eliminating painful pres-
sure points. Made from non-absorbent
closed-cell foam that moisture will never
seep through, it is thick enough to protect D
knees during gardening, landscape work or
home renovations. An integral handle makes
it easy to carry and reposition. Well made
D in Germany.
EE106 Contoured Kneeling Pad $27.50

Memory Foam Kneeling Pad F

This is a remarkably comfortable kneeling pad.
It has a thick core of dense EVA foam to prevent
debris or surface irregularities from creating
pressure points, but what really makes it excep-
tional are the soft outer layers of memory foam
that instantly conform to the shape of your knees.
The covering is made from durable nylon and has a
neoprene lining for water resistance. Not just for use
around the home, it doubles as a cushion for hard Memory foam
stadium seats. The integral handle makes it easy to carry. E
Measures 20 long and 12 wide overall and nearly 2 thick. EVA foam
E. EE115 Green Kneeling Pad $34.95 Memory foam
F. EE116 Red Kneeling Pad $34.95
G
32 G. EE117 Teal Kneeling Pad $34.95
 A. Kneeling Strip
The length of this kneeling A
strip is what makes it so
convenient. At 42 long by
12 wide, it provides plenty of
room to maneuver, so you can
work comfortably over a large
area without having to get
up to reposition the strip. To work along a garden row,
we found leapfrogging a pair of strips to be especially
efcient. Made from a puncture-resistant closed-cell
foam that wont absorb water, it is 1/2 thick to cushion
knees during gardening, landscape work or home A
renovations. It can be rolled for compact storage.
Made in USA.
EE108 Kneeling Strip, ea. $26.50
EE109 Kneeling Strip, pr. $46.00

B. Garden Kneeler
The unique design of this kneeler emphasizes
freedom of arm movement and comfort in use.
It has several distinguishing features. First, the
kneeling pad is at ground level to minimize back
fatigue. The reversed handles allow maximum B
freedom of forward and lateral arm movement in
use, as well as greater stability when getting up
or down. A contoured closed-cell pad distrib-
utes pressure evenly over knees and upper
shins, and allows transfer of weight from one
to the other by shifting only an inch or two.
Finally, a tough silk cover bonded to the foam protects it and allows air circula-
B
tion between limbs and pad. The all-steel frame containing the 919 pad is
nished in durable powder-coat paint and has handle-bar grips.
09A04.50 Garden Kneeler $39.90

Folding Kneeler Stool and Tool Holder

Weeding low to the ground often means C
wet, cold, dirty and stiff knees. This
kneeler solves the problem and, when
turned over, provides a handy seat. The
221017 tubular steel frame has a
green enamel nish. The platform has a Sitting
position
waterproof pad attached. Turn the kneeler
over and the two support handles become
legs and the platform a seat. Folds at for
storage. Made of tough nylon, the C D
optional 1215 multi-pocket tool holder Kneeling
attaches in either the kneeling or the position
sitting position.
Accessories
C. EB410 Folding Kneeler Stool $31.00 not included.
D. EB415 Kneeler Tool Holder $19.50
Folded
EB416 Kneeler/Tool Holder Set $48.50

E. Steerable Rolling Seat

With the added convenience of steering,
this rolling seat has a comfortable metal
tractor-style seat that is adjustable from
17 to 20 high and swivels 360, so you
can position your body comfortably
while working. The rolling base, Basket and
tray provide
constructed of 1 diameter powder- Easy to steer. storage.
coated steel tubing, has four wide
pneumatic tires that move easily through
soil without sinking. Includes an under-
seat poly tool tray and a rear storage
basket for supplies. Useful not only for
planting, maintenance and harvesting,
but also for washing cars and painting.
Measures 31 long by 18 wide and
weighs 35 lb. Some assembly required.
Useful for other chores.
PS211 *Steerable Rolling Seat $99.50
* A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For E
areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
33
 Lee Valley Garden Tools
Made to our specications, these high-quality tools will
Hole for
easily last a lifetime. Besides the beech handles, all hanging
components are stainless steel for durability and corro-
sion resistance. The blades and tines are well formed
and secured to the tangs with strong, smooth welds,
and have bevelled or tapered ends where required
to penetrate soil easily. Shaped for comfort, Offset
D handle
the handles are lacquered and have a E
Offset
ferrule that caps the end grain to B handle F
prevent swelling or splitting. All C
the tools are well balanced, A
with overall lengths
between 101/2 and 18.
The tools can be purchased
individually, as a set of all eight
(including the sod knife described
at right) or as a set of the three
most commonly Stainless-steel
used tools the ferrule

three-prong H
cultivator, trowel G
and Jekyll weeder. The
rounded tines of the three-prong cultivator move through
soil easily, aerating it while uprooting weeds. The trowel has a 51/4 long, 23/4 wide
blade and an offset handle for knuckle clearance. Using the Jekyll weeder, you can
remove shallow-rooted weeds by lifting them from below or loosen the soil around deep
roots to make them easier to pull out.
We also offer a longer narrow trowel (blade is 73/4 long and about 2 wide), a two-
prong version of the cultivator, a crack weeder with a sharp slicing blade and thin-prole
hook for weeding between walkway and patio stones, and a narrow hand rake for tidying
up debris as you work. The rake is just under 18 long and 4 wide overall, with seven H. Lee Valley Sod Knife
closely spaced tines. Designed like a bread knife, the scalloped blade of this
A. AB621 3-Prong Cultivator* $ 23.50 knife wont snag when cutting roots. At 65/16, the blade is
B. AB620 Trowel* $ 26.50 long enough to cut through two layers of sod at once, so
C. AB624 Jekyll Weeder* $ 22.50 you can cut out the area youre replacing from a roll of
D. AB623 Narrow Trowel $ 28.50 fresh sod, ensuring a perfectly tted patch. A 31/2 sharp-
E. AB625 2-Prong Cultivator $ 22.50 ened section at the tip of the spine allows more delicate
F. AB622 Crack Weeder $ 28.50 cuts. It has the same high-quality stainless-steel and beech
G. AB627 Hand Rake $ 27.50 Size comparison of our full-size narrow trowel (AB623) to our construction as our other garden tools. 141/4 long overall,
AB630 Set of 3 Tools* $ 66.00 smaller-scale narrow trowel (AB643 on page 20). it is well balanced and comfortable to use.
AB633 Set of all 8 Tools $175.00 AB626 Sod Knife $28.90

Sneeboer Hand-Forged Garden Tools

These professional-grade garden tools are hand forged by a small family
in the Netherlands. Made of stainless steel, they have unnished hardwood
handles for a good grip and excellent strength and durability when
exposed to the elements.

Most manufacturers try to make tools that do all things for all people. Not
so with these each is designed for a specic job and does it very well.
J The cultivator has extremely sharp tines, so it does the work instead of
your arm and wrist. It is set to the proper angle for use from a kneeling or
seated position. Prevents hand fatigue. Beech handle. 11 overall.
The transplant trowel is a workhorse. Its well-sharpened edges and tip
make it easier to cut through roots. The blade is 6 long and 33/4 at its
widest, with a relatively shallow bowl. Lets you move a good volume of
soil quickly. Beech handle. 12 overall.
The traditional Dutch weeding fork has sharp tips and wide, at tines
that prevent weeds from breaking at the root
before being fully removed. Beech handle.
101/2 overall.
Useful for planting multiple seeds and bulbs,
L
K the dibber has a nely sharpened tip that
quickly pierces the soil to the desired depth and
width. The ash handle offers a comfortable grip
M
whether you are kneeling or seated. 5 head and
overall curved length of 16.
J. PG404 Forged Hand Cultivator* $49.00
K. PG401 Forged Transplant Trowel* $47.50
PG409 Cultivator & Trowel Set* $87.00
Visit us at leevalley.com L. PG402 Forged Weeding Fork $47.50
M. PG405 Forged Dibber $34.00
34 Outdoor Planting
 Radius Ergonomic Hand Tools E
Many hand tools must be used at an angle
that is awkward on the wrist. These tools B A
have handles that are designed to let the
strongest arm muscles do the work, while
keeping the joints in natural positions. The
large diameter of the handles (13/8) also
makes them easier to grip especially for
arthritic hands. The blades and tines are made C
from a very strong aluminum-magnesium
alloy, and all come with a lifetime warranty.
Handles are about 6 long. Sizes stated refer
to head length by width.
A. AD833 Cultivator, 73* $11.50 Wrist maintains a
B. AD831 Trowel, 51/23* $11.50 D natural position
as you work.
C. AD832 Bulb Trowel, 921/2* $11.50
AD835 Set of 3 Tools* $31.50
D. AD834 Weeder, 91 $11.50
E. AD836 Soil Scoop, 83/443/8 $15.95
AD837 Set of all 5 Tools $56.50

DeWit Hand Tools Stainless-Steel

Lightweight and well balanced, these Dutch- Trowels
made tools are incredibly strong. Each is With simple one-piece
laser-cut from a single piece of solid steel, so designs, these U.S.-
there are no welds or brazing to compromise made trowels have no
strength. The tang is embedded deep in the welds or joins, so they
ash handle and secured with a steel ferrule. are highly resistant to
The sharp, thin tines on the three-tine bending or breakage.
cultivator penetrate and separate the Constructed of heavy-
soil, aerating it, uprooting weeds and gauge stainless steel,
raking out debris. Overall length is they will never rust and
123/4; weighs 51/2 oz. should easily last a life-
The soil scraper is designed time. Two styles
for scraping, chopping and available: a 10 long
backlling soil, and is also spear-point trowel for
great for furrowing. The 3 use in hard-packed soil J
head has a bevelled edge and a 12 transplant-
that slices through and style trowel with a
loosens soil while F G narrow 2 wide blade.
uprooting weeds. Both have tough vinyl
Overall length is handles that provide
121/2; weighs good grip, and insula- K
61/2 oz. tion from the metal.
Available individu- Clearly marked Imperial and metric graduations on the blades aid in plant
ally or in a set of both tools. spacing and planting depth. Rugged tools, with designs that have remained
F. PG136 Cultivator $12.95 unchanged for almost 50 years.
G. PG135 Soil Scraper $12.95 J. AB602 10 Spear-Point SS Trowel $14.50
PG139 Dutch Hand Tool Set of 2 $23.50 K. AB603 12 Transplant SS Trowel $14.50

H. Garden Hand Tool Set L. Hori Hori Knife

This set includes a cultivator, a graduated transplant trowel and a regular A cross between
trowel. Each one is constructed from an unbreakable and rustproof a knife and a
aluminum alloy that wont bend or buckle in use. The formed rubber grips trowel, this tool
are insulated so they wont transmit cold or become unbearably hot in the is useful for
sun. They provide a natural grip on the top and bottom for your index many tasks such
nger and your thumb, which keeps the tools from sliding around in your as planting,
hand when in use. Each tool measures 12 long. transplanting,
AD810 Garden Hand Tool Set $18.95 grubbing,
removing roots
or deep-rooted
weeds, dividing
perennials and
cutting sod.
Traditionally used in Japan to
collect specimens for bonsai L
(hori means digging), the
knife has a rust-resistant
stainless-steel blade that is
dished, with a serrated edge on one side and a sharpened edge on the other.
H Hardwood handle. Comes with a belt sheath. Approximately 12 overall.
Made in Japan.
BL112 Stainless-Steel Hori Hori Knife $36.50
Outdoor Planting 35
 Sneeboer Perennial
Fork & Spade
Every planting season, gardeners
spend time digging, splitting and
planting perennials. Using a long-
Long handle extends reach. handled garden fork, shovel or
spade often means kneeling to
work with the plant, standing to
A use the tool, and kneeling again.
It is exhausting work. Hand
C forged by a small rm in the
Netherlands, these professional-
grade tools have 16 T-shaped Overall length
of each tool
B ash handles that are short enough is approxi-
to wield from a kneeling or seated mately 22.
position, or to dig in raised beds.
Both have tempered stainless-
steel heads that are perfectly sized J
H
and shaped for getting under
bulbs or a mass of roots to pry
Lee Valley D them out. The well-formed 5
Mid-Length Garden Tools tines on the fork are slightly
A convenient length for working in raised beds or from a seated or curved to permit an efcient
kneeling position, these medium-handled garden tools are made to our levering action. The spade has a
specications and will easily last a lifetime. About 23 long overall, they sharp 551/2 at blade. Each
let you reach farther than typical hand tools while still being easy to tool is about 22 overall. Excellent quality. Available individually or as a set.
maneuver. Besides the beech handles, all components are stainless steel H. PG398 Perennial Fork $ 64.00
for durability and corrosion resistance. The blades and tines are well J. PG400 Perennial Spade $ 62.00
formed and secured to the tangs with strong, smooth welds. Shaped for PG396 Perennial Fork & Spade Set $115.00
comfort, the handles are lacquered and have stainless-steel ferrules that
cap the end grain to prevent swelling or splitting. The trenching hoe Forged Japanese Trowels
has a 4 wide, 51/2 long spear-point blade thats equally useful for Unlike conventional trowels, Flat prole
weeding, furrowing or breaking up soil. It has bevelled edges to slice this Japanese version combines
under soil to sever roots and remove shallow-rooted weeds. The three- features of a knife blade and a
prong cultivator has rounded tines that move through soil easily, trowel. Designed to easily cut
aerating it while uprooting weeds. The bulb planter has a narrow 13/4 through roots and penetrate soil, it is ideal for
wide, 53/4 long blade with a bevelled spear-point tip to penetrate soil dividing plants, weeding and transplanting.
easily. The crack weeder has a sharp slicing blade and thin-prole hook The 7 long by 31/2 wide forged
for weeding between walkway and patio stones. All the tools are well carbon-steel blade comes ground K
L
balanced and surprisingly lightweight for their size. Available individu- to a keen edge, and has
ally, as a set of three tools (hoe, cultivator, weeder) or as a set of all four. a relatively at
A. AB670 Trenching Hoe* $ 31.50 prole, making
B. AB661 Three-Prong Cultivator* $ 27.50 it easy
C. AB664 Bulb Planter $ 31.50 to maintain
D. AB662 Crack Weeder* $ 31.50 the edge
AB672 Set of 3 Tools* $ 79.00 with a le. The Japanese oak handle is fastened with a
AB673 Set of All 4 Tools $105.00 steel ferrule. Available with a 7 handle or with a 171/2
handle for extra reach. Sold individually or as a pair.
DeWit Mid-Length Garden Tools K. AB611 Forged Japanese Trowel, Long $23.50
About 24 long overall, these tools are a convenient size for working L. AB610 Forged Japanese Trowel, Short $21.50 K
from a seated or kneeling position. With handles longer than those of AB612 Forged Japanese Trowels, pr. $41.00
typical hand tools, they extend your reach while still being easy to
maneuver. Strong, lightweight and well balanced, each has a hand-
forged, boron steel head. The tang is embedded deep in the ash handle To order call
and secured with a steel ferrule. The three-prong cultivator has 1-800-871-8158
offset, curved tines that penetrate soil deeply with minimal effort,
aerating it while uprooting weeds. The L
half-moon hoe has a gooseneck shaft
that sets the head at an effective angle
for slicing weeds near the surface and for
moving earth. Its sharp corners can also be
used for edging, furrowing or other tight work.
The heart-shaped weeder has a curved,
spear-like tip used to work accurately into tight
spots without damaging adjacent plants. It also
works well for cultivating or furrowing. Each G
weighs about 10 oz. Made in Holland. Offered
individually or as a set of three. Excellent E F
value for practical, well-made tools.
E. PG143 Three-Prong Cultivator $27.50 E
F. PG144 Half-Moon Hoe $39.50
G. PG145 Heart-Shaped Weeder $39.50
PG147 Set of all 3 Tools $95.00

 Remove
core of soil.

Overall length is 27.

Put bulb
in hole.

A A
A. Mini Shovel
For on-your-knees gardening, this tool has a short length
and smaller-than-normal blade that make it just right for
transplanting or pot lling. It is also excellent for chil-
dren since it is a real shovel, not a piece of imsy tin. Use plunger
to replace
27 overall, it has a steel blade (51/28) and wooden soil.
shaft with a plastic D-grip handle. Other obvious uses
are for camping or as an emergency tool kept in the car
trunk, but nowhere will you appreciate it more than in D. Soil-Replacing
your garden. Weighs 11/2 lb. Color may vary. Bulb Planter
CB215 Mini Shovel $13.95 What sets this planter apart is its
ability to retain and replace soil
cores, reducing stooping and D
The Vegetable Gardeners Bible, 10th Anniversary Edition bending during bulb planting. Push
by Edward C. Smith the planter into the soil with your
The original 2000 edition of this foot to capture a core of soil,
book remains a standard refer- leaving a 3 diameter hole up to 6
ence on growing vegetables in deep. After positioning a bulb in the
all North American climate hole, use the planters plunger to
zones. The popular four-part replace the soil and cover the bulb.
approach involves using wide Designed for utility, not aesthetics,
rows, organic methods, raised this 36 long sturdy steel tool saves
beds and deep soil. This revised both time and effort. Also ideal for
edition has new listings on 15 creating planting holes for annuals
additional vegetables, as well as new sections and seedlings.
outlining techniques for growing in limited space EL308 Bulb Planter $41.50
and for extending the growing season. It covers starting seeds, preparing
the soil, composting, irrigation, controlling pests and weeds, maintaining E. Leverage Cultivator
healthy soil and more. Detailed growing instructions for 70 fruits, vegeta- This tool has many
bles and herbs are listed. Softcover, 81/211, 351 pages, 2009. advantages over commonly avail-
LA939 Vegetable Gardeners Bible $19.90 able cultivators. No twisting is
required (as with claw tools) and
an offset handle reduces the need E
Radius Junior Spade & Rake to bend. The 73/4 tines penetrate
These tools are a good size and weight for children, and are suited for adults deeply to loosen the soil and
when kneeling or sitting or when tending raised beds. The rounded rake head provide aeration before replanting
has rigid tines, suitable for quickly moving soil or gathering debris. The spade the area. A well-balanced tool, it
has a sharp point, so less effort is required to penetrate hard-packed earth. Its is simple to use by stepping on
Overall length is 413/4.

wide, long steps are folded forward for comfortable foot registration. the wide center step, pushing
Each tool has a lightweight resin-encased berglass handle with a down, and then pulling back on
comfortable paddle-style grip. Heads are carbon steel with a the handle. Made of UV-resistant
powder-coat nish to resist rust. Though the spade can bear powder-coated steel with an insu-
55 lb of force at the end of the handle without breaking, it is lating plastic-coated T-handle. At
not for uprooting saplings or prying large rocks. Overall 413/4 long and weighing 51/2 lb, E
lengths listed. it is a sturdy tool that should last a
B. PG125 Radius Junior Rake, 39 $17.50 lifetime. Made in USA.
C. PG124 Radius Junior Spade, 36 $17.50 *Leverage Cultivator
PG126 Junior Spade & Rake Set $29.95 PG321 $49.50
* In addition to our regular shipping
charges, a length surcharge of
$10 applies per order.
B C

1 2
Tines
penetrate
soil
deeply.

37

A. Garden Weasel
Designed in Germany,
this time-tested culti-
A vator has been available
for over 40 years.
Though there are count-
less imitators, none
matches the performance
of this original. It has
three sets of intersecting
tines that penetrate the
soil easily as they roll
over the surface. With a
scissor-like action, the
barbed tines break up and separate the soil, aerating it while also uprooting
weeds. Each of the three sets of tines is detachable, so you can make a
narrow cultivator head for use between plants, or remove the middle set
to straddle a row. Measures 54 long overall. The tines and handle are
aluminum. The head is UV-resistant nylon-reinforced plastic. A great tool
for reducing the time and effort required to prepare a garden bed just run
it back and forth over the area you want to cultivate and youre done.
PG322 *Garden Weasel $32.50
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies
per order.
B. Lee Valley U-Bar Digger
We have designed what we think is the
best U-bar digger available. Used to
loosen garden beds at the beginning of
the season, it provides results similar to
a spade and fork, but
rather than turning the
soil, it loosens it without
disturbing the soil strata.
1 Loosening down 10 or
more, it produces a
deeply aerated planting
bed. The two long
2 handles provide extraor-
dinary leverage, allowing
a person of average
strength to loosen large
areas of garden much
3 quicker than with a spade
and fork. Not suitable for
clay or densely packed
soil. Measures 58
overall with ve 10 long high-strength
alloy steel tines that span 18. Weighs
19 lb. All-metal construction with
comfortable handgrips. Handles are
B removable for easy storage.
LB101 *U-Bar Digger $135.00
* A shipping surcharge of $25 applies in
addition to our regular shipping charges.
For areas outside of the Continental USA,
contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
38
C
C. Lee Valley Trenching Hoe
With a spear-point blade thats
equally useful for weeding,
furrowing or breaking up soil, this is
an excellent all-purpose hoe. Made
from stainless steel, the blade is about C
51/2 long and has bevelled edges to
slice under soil to sever roots and
remove shallow-rooted weeds. The
handle is 54 long to let you work
from a comfortable standing position.
A real workhorse in the garden.
PD236 *Trenching Hoe $39.50
* In addition to our regular shipping
charges, a length surcharge of $10
applies per order.
D
D. Trench Digger
This is an amazing general-purpose gardening tool. It quickly
makes a 10 deep trench, even in difcult soils. Based on the
design of a Swedish tool for ghting forest res, it came to us
from a customer who loved it for garden work. Our version
has several modications to better suit it to gardening and
yard work in general. We lengthened the handle to 39 and
made it of vibration-dampening hickory. The 5 wide head
is curved to trap loosened soil for easy removal. The
sharpened front edge, made from hardened carbon steel,
slices through soil and roots. At only 31/2 lb, it is ideal for
D digging simple drainage trenches, burying hose, rabbit-
proong fences (burying the bottom few inches), or even
excavating transplant holes. Much simpler to use than a
spade for these jobs, and much easier on the back.
PG250 Trench Digger $44.50
E. Pulaski Axe
The Pulaski axe is a tool of the U.S. Forest
Service and widely used by reghters every-
where in forest re control. The combination
single bit axe and grub hoe makes short work of
cutting through tree roots, unearthing stumps
and excavating even in heavy clay soil. The 33/4 lb
forged steel head has a 41/2 wide axe blade
on one face and a 31/4 wide grub hoe blade on E
the other. The hardwood handle is about 35
long. A superb, rugged tool for
controlling overgrown brush.
Weighs nearly 6 lb overall.
65U12.01 *Pulaski Axe $84.50
65U12.02 Repl. Handle $21.50
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies
in addition to our regular shipping
charges. For areas outside of the
Continental USA, contact Customer
Service for shipping rates.
 D. Small Mattock
A larger version of the mini
tiller below, this tool is most
suitable for working areas of
15 handle A heavy soil, removing weeds D
and planting small trees. The
10 double-sided head
Carbon-steel blade features a cutting blade on one
side and a three-pronged weed
fork on the other. The
comfortable 26 handle is
Each blade edge
A. Hoe Dag has a single bevel.
made of resilient American
Superb for digging, planting, tilling, hickory. Although very 26 handle
weeding and even chopping through roots, strong, it weighs only 3 lb and D
this rugged tool has been hand crafted in the USA for over 50 years. is suited to one-handed use.
Weighing less than a pound, it is comfortable to wield and surprisingly Great for removing old woody
non-fatiguing in use. The 81/2 arc-shaped blade has a 21/2 wide edge at roots in planting beds.
one end and a 7/8 edge at the other for precise work, each sharpened with PA403 Small Mattock $23.50
a well-ground single bevel. Heat-treated for durability, the blade is made
from a single piece of rigid carbon steel and afxed with sturdy welds to Mini Tiller and Mini Planter
the ferrule, then screwed and pinned to a 15 seasoned hardwood handle. These are light, rugged tools for use in
Easy in the hand; a workhorse in the garden. small garden plots or owerbeds. With a
PA400 Hoe Dag $31.50 ductile iron head and 16 long hickory
handle, each weighs about 1 lb and is
E
Stainless-Steel Mattocks easily used with one hand. The mini tiller
These high-quality, Japanese- has a 41/4 long three-tine end for shallow
made mattocks are surprisingly digging and clearing weeds and debris,
lightweight and well balanced and a 17/8 wide mattock end to chop
for comfortable one-handed B through small roots and smooth excavated
use. The cultivator mattock has areas. For planting and transplanting, the
a 4 long, four-tine cultivator mini planter has a 43/8 long pick to break
end for digging and clearing soil and a 3 wide planter end for digging.
debris, and a mattock end (3 Ideal for working when kneeling. F
long with a 23/4 wide blade) E. PA397 Mini Tiller $16.95
for chopping small roots and 14 handles F. PA396 Mini Planter $16.95
trenching. The pick mattock PA398 Planter & Tiller Set $29.95
has a 3 pick end for breaking
up compacted soil, and a 3 C
long by 21/2 wide mattock end.
Each has a tough, rust-resistant E
stainless-steel head, a 14 long 16 handles
Japanese white oak handle with
a rubber grip, and an exposed
wedge that can be tapped to
tighten the handle if required. Available individually or as a set, these are
F
good tools for smaller gardens.
B. PA310 Cultivator Mattock $31.50
C. PA312 Pick Mattock $31.50
PA315 Cultivator & Pick Mattock Set $56.00

G. Lee Valley Sod Lifter

A sod lifter comes in handy for a number of tasks, To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit our website at leevalley.com
such as preparing new garden beds, planting trees
or laying patios. When you need a piece of sod to
repair a bare spot in the lawn, the sod lifter can be
used to make the transplant patch. Designed specif-
ically to cut and lift sod, it is more effective for
this job than a spade or other implement. However,
most sod lifters are terribly expensive and designed
to be used at much too low an angle, requiring
you to get on your knees to position the handle G
and blade at the correct cutting angle. We remedied
Sod lifter can
these drawbacks by redesigning the tool and also be used as
offering it at a reasonable price. The tool measures a lawn edger.
56 overall, has a 9 wide steel blade, and easily
slices through any turf. The handle is made of
resilient ash, and is topped with a tough but
comfortable D-grip.
PD210 *Sod Lifter $66.00
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to
our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of
the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for
shipping rates.
39
 C
Overall length is 45.

C
A
A
C. Lee Valley Claw Cultivator
With its extended middle tine, this cultivator can
plunge straight down into corners and close to
plants or walls to drag weeds away. The aggres-
sively curved side tines aerate the soil and pull
weeds out by the roots. Made from stainless steel
A. Lee Valley Rose Fork for rust resistance, the tines are well formed and
Loosening the soil around a secured to the tang with strong, smooth welds,
plant or bush promotes its and have tapered ends to penetrate soil easily.
growth by not only aerating The 60 kiln-dried ash handle is long enough to
the soil, but allowing water let you work with your back straight. 66 long
and nutrients to more easily overall with a 33/16 wide head.
reach the roots. This fork PD235 *Lee Valley Claw Cultivator $38.50
makes that work easy. The * In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length
stainless-steel head has two surcharge of $10 applies per order.
slender tines with conical
Overall length is 66.

Overall length is 60.

tips to penetrate soil and D. Spading Fork
steps on both sides for good Whether you are digging potatoes, lifting other
foot registration. Its long root crops or dividing perennials, this is a handy
D-grip handle provides fork. The 48 long ash handle lets you work with
control and leverage when less effort (greater
breaking up packed soil. mechanical advan-
From end to end, the fork tage) while standing
measures 45. Its 91/2 long erect, an advantage
tines are 2 apart. An excel- over D-handle forks. Tines have
a triangular
lent tool, designed to last The head, with four shape (back
a lifetime. at-prole hardened shown) with a at front.
PG450 LV Rose Fork $72.00 tines, is forged in Austria from 1/4 thick steel
and measures 71/2111/2. Fork measures 60
B. Macgregor Tool Butler overall. Its also great for moving clumps of sod
Robert Macgregor designed or turning heavy wet compost.
this tool butler when he was D PH150 *Spading Fork $34.50
90 because he was tired of * In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length
Tools not constantly stooping to pick surcharge of $15 applies per order.
included. up rakes, hoes and shovels
when working in his garden.
When he brought us this
simple but very effective
design four years later, he did
not claim it as the cause of
his longevity but, like
chicken soup, it hadnt hurt.
It is easily installed (just step
on the prong supports to push
it into the ground) and will
hold a half dozen tools
upright out of the dirt and
ready to hand. The two
curved arms defeat the forces
of gravity while keeping
your tools easily accessible.
All steel construction with a
durable powder-coat poly-
ester nish. 36 overall. D
B
*Macgregor Tool Butler
PC975 $15.95
* In addition to our regular ship-
ping charges, a length surcharge
of $10 applies per order.
 A. Lee Valley Narrow Rake To order call 1-800-871-8158
The width of conventional garden rakes can make working between plants dif- or visit our website at
cult. This narrow 8 rake easily reaches into spaces a full-size rake cant, and leevalley.com
requires less effort to use since it moves less soil with each pass. The stainless- A
steel head has eight 21/2 long tines and comes tted with an ash handle. It weighs
just under 2 lb and has an overall length of 59. Well made and a pleasure to use.
PG455 *Lee Valley Narrow Rake $42.50
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.

B. Hula-Ho
In production for over 50 years, this oscillating hoe is an outstanding culti-
vating tool that runs just below the soil surface to slice weeds off at the root. It
gets its unusual name from the slight wiggle in the blade as you push it back
and forth, the double-edged forged steel blade automatically sets itself at the B
correct cutting angle in each direction, so the backward stroke is just as effec-
tive as the forward stroke. The 54 hardwood handle lets you weed a garden
bed from a comfortable standing position, and the 6 wide stirrup-shaped
blade cuts a wide swath, so you can cover ground quickly. Made in USA.
PK120 *Hula-Ho $24.50
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies
per order.

San-Kaku Hoes
While these may look like something youd carry into battle,
they are truly effective hoes, and real workhorses in the
garden. Popular in Japan for weeding and trenching, they
have hardened stainless-steel spear points to break up soil and
sever roots, and sharpened edges for slicing through soil to
remove shallow-rooted weeds. Designed for use in a standing C
position, the long-handled hoe is 571/2 long overall, with a
71/2 long, 41/2 wide head (minor assembly required; hard-
ware and hex key included). The short-handled version, 18
long overall with a 51/2 long, 33/4 wide head, is ideal for working on your knees, in
raised beds, or in conned spaces. Each has a comfortable, oval handle. Well made 59.
in Japan. For the curious, san-kaku is Japanese for triangle.

7 1/2.
is

is 63.
.
ngth

Overall length is 65.

57 1/2
C. PA318 *San-Kaku Hoe, 571/2 $72.50

th is 5
rall le

D. PA319 San-Kaku Hoe, 18 $34.50

length
is
ngth

ll leng
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.
Ove

all le

Overall
Overa
Ho-Mi Diggers
Over

The Ho-Mi digger (pronounced Hoe-Mee and

meaning little ground spear in Korean) was rst
made in Korea during the Bronze Age. The tool has
been a standard for 5000 years. Strong, yet light, it
is hand forged from steel with a sturdy tang well E
xed in the handle. Two handle sizes are available:
a short 5 handle for single-handed use and a long
5 ash handle for use while standing (the long-
handled digger is 63 overall). The miniature
plowshare design makes it perfect for opening the soil for seeding or
setting out transplants, for weeding and for planting bulbs. The unique
shape allows you to do many tasks (hilling, digging, weeding, and
planting) with only one tool. Blade is 61/2 long. Made in Korea.
E. CB101 Short-Handled Ho-Mi Digger $19.90 A
F. CB103 *Long-Handled Ho-Mi Digger $41.50
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of
$10 applies per order.
18.
gth is

G. Lee Valley Rock Rake

This rake winnows rocks as
ll len

small as 3/4 in diameter from

Overa

soil. In well-tilled soil, it is

B
easy to clear the top 2 or 3 G
completely of stones. You can
then scoop them up in the 6 G
wide basket-shaped head for D
transfer to a wheelbarrow or bucket. No more stooping
to pick up stones or trying to rake them onto a spade. E
The tool is light (the head weighs only 3/4 lb) and has 8
hardened steel tines that ex without deforming. 65 he
ad C
overall. Also ideal for harvesting potatoes.
PC725 * Lee Valley Rock Rake $46.50 F
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length
surcharge of $10 applies per order.
 C D E F G H J

A
B

Carbon-steel
Stainless Steel with Ergonomic Handles planter

Unique spine Oversized steps are

C-H. Radius Lightly cush- Extra-long, seamless Stainless-steel adds strength to ergonomically designed
Ergonomic ioned grip stainless-steel socket head back of weeder. for secure, comfortable
foot placement.
Stainless-Steel
Digging Tools
Spade has
folded steps. These tools are a
real innovation in Resin-encased Innovative blade designs suit
traditional digging steel shaft a variety of gardening tasks.
tools. The large,
comfortable circular handles allow a greater range of natural J. Radius Ergonomic
hand positions, avoiding wrist strain. The steps (found on all Carbon-Steel Planter
of the tools except the forks) are larger, higher set and offset With the same style of handle and
slightly from the shaft, to provide a wider surface with better step as the digging tools at left, this
36 ash Ergonomic Ash-Handled foot registration than traditional steps. The steps are also planter has a resin-encased steel
handles
have a Digging Spade and Fork folded forward and slightly curved, which softens the corner shaft core and a powder-coated steel
slight Sturdily constructed for depend- to reduce ankle injuries. Last, the angle of the step is slightly head. The teeth easily penetrate soil
curve.
able service, these tools are greater than the traditional 90 relative to the blade, providing to quickly create multiple 31/4 diam-
ergonomically designed and well a better push angle. All the tools have a resin-encased steel eter holes for bulbs and annuals.
balanced so theyre comfortable to shaft core and a stainless-steel
use. About 461/2 overall, they are head. They are so strong that Radius Ergonomic Stainless-Steel Head
Length Weight Price
Digging Tools Size
longer than most and have 36 you can apply over 150 lb of
handles made of strong, light- prying force at the end of the C. PG101 Digging Spade 431/2 137 5 lb 4 oz $ 52.50
weight ash, steam bent to a slight handle without breaking it.
curve that allows you to make The line includes a digging D. PG102 Digging Fork 43 111/47 4 lb 13 oz $ 52.50
better use of the leverage afforded spade and fork (for heavy
C&D PG103 Digging Spade $ 89.00
by the added length. The stainless- digging, ground preparation & Fork
steel heads measure about 117, and harvesting), a smaller C, D Digging Spade,
with smooth surfaces and sharp transplant spade and border PG110 $135.00
&H Fork & Weeder
edges to easily penetrate soil. fork (for lighter work such as
E. PG104 Transplant Spade 42 1161/4 4 lb 4 oz $ 52.50
Folded steps on the spade provide digging borders, transplanting
a place to register the foot against perennials and working in F. PG105 Border Fork 41 91/451/2 4 lb $ 51.50
when digging in hard-packed close quarters), a shovel and a
earth. An extra-long socket weeder. The versatile weeder, E&F PG106 Transplant Spade $ 89.00
& Border Fork
strengthens the shaft exceeding with its narrow blade, can also
E, F Transplant Spade,
the British Standard for strength, be used to loosen hard-packed PG111 $135.00
&H Border Fork & Weeder
these tools can bear over 121 lb of and rocky soil, for digging in
force at the end of the handle tight spaces around plants, G. PG107 Shovel 411/2 1181/2 5 lb 1 oz $ 52.50
without breaking. While we dont rocks and roots, or as a long-
H. PG108 Weeder 421/2 102 4 lb 2 oz $ 54.50
recommend using them to uproot handled dibber. The digging
saplings or pry boulders, with reasonable use spade and fork are sold indi-
they should easily last a lifetime. vidually, as a matched pair, Radius Ergonomic
Length
Head
Weight Price
A. PG261 *Digging Spade $49.50 or as a set of three with the Carbon-Steel Planter Size
B. PG260 *Digging Fork $49.50 weeder, as are the transplant J. PG109 Carbon-Steel Planter 41 1031/2 4 lb 8 oz $ 52.50
PG262 *Spade & Fork Set $89.00 spade and border fork. Overall
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a lengths, head sizes and weights
length surcharge of $10 applies per order. are shown in the chart. Visit us at leevalley.com
42 Outdoor Planting
 A B C D E F

A-F. Stainless-Steel Spades, Forks and Shovel Steel-Handled Spades, Forks and Shovel Length Head Size Weight Price
These attractive tools have stainless-steel heads and
weatherproof tubular steel handles with molded A. PG241 Digging Spade 45 111/27 6 lb 2 oz $39.00
plastic covers. B. PG242 Digging Fork 45 117 5 lb 12 oz $39.00
The beauty of stainless steel is that it scours well A&B PG243 Digging Spade & Fork $67.50
because it is non-rusting. It is also more durable than
carbon steel. All of these tools are so strong that you C. PG244 Border Spade 44 951/2 5 lb 4 oz $36.00
can apply 150 lb of force at the end of the handle and D. PG245 Border Fork 44 81/251/2 4 lb 14 oz $36.00
be condent it will not break. We guarantee them fully
and will replace any that fail you in use. C&D PG246 Border Spade & Fork $62.00
Because the digging tools are only a few dollars more E. PG247 Transplant Spade 45 1151/2 5 lb 10 oz $39.00
than the border tools, many people buy the larger tools
F. PG249 Border Shovel 43 86 5 lb 2 oz $36.00
to ensure they are getting the most value for their
money. This is one time you should not be buying
something based on price per pound; you should buy G. DeWit Spork
the size suited to your height and to the nature of the The great benet of
work you will be doing. You will be happier in the long this tool is its ability
run. The spades and shovel have nicely nished foot to easily cut into
treads, which not only prevent damage to your foot- hardened soil. Its
wear, but make life easy for your arches as well. unique carbon-steel
Spades & Forks head combines the
The digging spade and fork are ideal for all heavy functions of a spade
digging jobs, double digging, ground preparation and and a fork it has
harvesting. The smaller border spade and fork are sharp teeth to pene-
suited to digging in and around borders, transplanting trate soil, a large
perennials, mixing in soil amendments, and digging in surface area for lifting and turning soil, and
close quarters. We offer both sizes as matched pairs 1 gaps in the blade that riddle soil while
(one spade and one fork). also reducing friction and suction when
Transplant Spade digging. The 93/46 blade is sized
We have taken the best features of a rabbiting spade between a traditional digging spade and
and a trenching spade to make this highly versatile border spade, making it easy to wield.
transplant spade. It is ideal for working in a conned With the ash T-handle the total tool length
area. Most standard spades are far too wide for precise is 46. Forged in Holland, this high-quality
work in a ower garden. They cause damage to tool is an excellent addition to any garden
surrounding plants and do not capture a decent depth of shed for working soil in the spring and fall,
root structure when transplanting. This transplant spade moving perennials, and edging borders.
is ideally sized for those jobs. PG130 Spork, 46 $79.00
Border Shovel
The border shovel is particularly useful for close work To order call 1-800-871-8158 or G
where you do not need the depth of blade of our trans- visit our website at leevalley.com
plant spade. It is a boon for smaller gardeners.

Outdoor Planting 43
 Clarington Forge Spades & Forks
In operation since 1780, Clarington Forge is
the last remaining forge in England that still
produces garden tools. The head of each of these
spades and forks is individually forged from a
single piece of steel for strength and durability.
In fact, these are the strongest gardening tools
we offer, with a strength rating far in excess
of the British standard (which species that
C digging tools bear at least 121 lb of force at the
end of the handle, and border tools bear 88 lb,
B
without breakage). Though robust, they are not
A For users
indestructible, so we do not recommend them for
For users over 57
52 to 57 tall uprooting saplings or prying boulders. The shaft
For users tall
under is American white ash with a traditional wood/
52 tall steel combination D-handle grip. The digging
tools are perfect for heavy digging, double
digging, ground preparation and harvesting. The
border tools are smaller, making them more
suited to lighter digging or for gardeners with less
strength. The rabbiting spade, with its narrow
curved blade, permits digging and transplanting
in close quarters without disturbing surrounding
plants. Although originally used for opening up
rabbit holes when a hunters ferret (used for Spades are
ushing out the rabbits) went astray, this style of treaded for
comfortable
spade makes a much better gardening tool. All digging.
the spades are treaded for comfortable digging.
Overall lengths, weights and head sizes are
shown in the chart. All are built to last a lifetime.
Head
Clarington Forge Spades & Forks Length Weight Price
Size
D. PG310 Rabbiting Spade 42 101/251/4 4 lb 8 oz $ 69.00
E. PG331 Digging Spade 42 111/271/2 5 lb 8 oz $ 71.00
F. PG332 Digging Fork 42 1271/2 5 lb $ 73.00
E&F PG333 Digging Spade & Fork $120.00
Green Heron Ergonomic Shovels G. PG334 Border Spade 40 951/2 4 lb 12 oz $ 65.00
The lightweight, ergonomic design of these H. PG335 Border Fork 40 951/2 4 lb 11 oz $ 67.00
shovels is of great help when performing garden G&H PG336 Border Spade & Fork $112.00
work. Three main features set them apart from
Textured grip traditional shovels. First, the shafts come in
three lengths, so you can choose the tool most
appropriate to your height. Second, the wide
D-shaped handle permits a comfortable grip in
a range of natural hand posi-
tions and is set at a slight
forward tilt to allow you to
apply leverage more effec-
tively. Third, the extra-large
Ash shaft folded steps (the largest in our
line) provide a reliable place
to register the foot against,
with a prominent tread pattern
to avoid slippage. Each shovel
Forward
tilt of handle has an 1181/2 wide head
improves made of 14-gauge carbon
leverage.
spring steel, fastened with a
strong rivet-and-socket
connection to an American
Large tread
14-gauge for traction
ash shaft. Highly efcient
tempered shovels, they are sure to
carbon become favorites. Not recom-
spring
H G F E D
steel mended for prying large rocks
or roots. Made in USA.
Ergonomic Overall Recommended
Weight Price
Shovels Length User Height
A. PG222 3 lb 12 oz 391/2 <52 $68.50
B. PG223 3 lb 14 oz 411/2 52 to 57 $68.50
C. PG224 3 lb 15 oz 45 57+ $68.50

 A. Wheel Hoe
This tools design stems directly from that of the
famed Planet Jr. wheel hoe, popular a century ago.
The 11/2 wide, 15 diameter steel wheel makes it
remarkably maneuverable, and the powder-coated B B
steel base provides a sturdy mount for the attach-
Sweeps are adjustable to cut between or
ments. The 58 Amish-made hardwood handles beside rows.
are height adjustable. Three included removable
tines are particularly good for shallow cultivation,
breaking up and aerating compacted soil, preparing
seedbeds, and raking debris from the soil surface.
Optional sweep, plow and oscillating attachments A
are also available. The sweeps are adjustable to cut C C
between or beside rows, running just below the The plows can be positioned to open or close
surface to loosen soil and slice weeds off at the a furrow and for hilling.
root. The plows can be positioned to open or close
a furrow and for hilling. The oscillating attach-
ments (8 or 12 wide) have hinged arms to pivot
20, and the self-cleaning blade is sharpened on
the front and back edges to cut through weeds and
soil in both directions. The wheel hoe is a superb
tool for preparing and maintaining garden beds,
faster and with much less effort than a regular hoe,
and without the noise and smell of a power tiller. 8 o
r 12
Made in USA. wide
PW105 *Wheel Hoe $179.00
B. PW106 Sweeps, pr. $ 46.50
C. PW107 Plows, pr. $ 44.50 D&E
D. PW108 Oscillating Attachment, 8 $ 28.50
E. PW109 Oscillating Attachment, 12 $ 34.50
* A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in addition
to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of Epic Tomatoes
the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for by Craig LeHoullier
shipping rates.
Any tomato lover will appreciate this book. Along with
detailed, in-depth information on growing tomatoes, it
F. Seeder Attachment for Wheel Hoe gives proles of heirloom and hybrid varieties perfect
An efcient, low-strain method for seeding for anyone looking to go beyond the commonly avail-
medium to large gardens, this convenient attach- able types. For 33 favorite varieties, the author gives a
ment for the wheel hoe (PW105, above) makes description of their avor and growth habits, their
fast, precise work of seeding rows. As the wheel origins and the stories behind their names. He even throws in a few recipes and
hoe rolls along, the attachment automatically preparation suggestions. Chapters provide the history and anatomy of the modern tomato, how to
plows a furrow, seeds it, and covers the soil over plan and plant your garden, growing, maintenance and care, harvesting, preserving seeds and
it again. Planting depth is adjustable from 1/4 to creating your own hybrids, along with regional growing tips, Q&A and troubleshooting sections.
11/2 in 1/4 increments. Six seed plates are A comprehensive guide for tomato growing. Softcover, 81/211, 255 pages, 2015.
included; each plate not only conforms to a LA961 Epic Tomatoes $15.95
specic seed size, but also meters out the seed at
controlled intervals so there
Seed plates
is minimal need for thinning. Hopper
Drives hopper.
When youre nished, the
removable hopper makes it Adjusts
easy to pour unused seed furrow F
depth.
back into the container. The
seeder attachment is
ruggedly built for a lifetime
of use, with all exposed
metal parts made of powder-
coated steel or stainless steel
F
to resist rust. Sold separately
or in combination with the wheel hoe.
A row-marker outrigger is also available.
Adjustable for row spacing from 6 to 18, it proj- Creates furrow. Chain moves dirt over seeds.
ects from the side of the wheel hoe, scribing a line
for you to follow on your next pass to ensure
parallel, evenly spaced rows. It can be easily Seeder bolts onto
ipped from one side to the other as you turn wheel hoe.
around at the end of each row.
PW110 Seeder Attachment only $179.00
G. PW120 *Wheel Hoe & Seeder $339.00 G
H. PW115 Row Marker $ 26.50
* A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in addition to our Seeder attached
to wheel hoe with
regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the optional row marker
Continental USA, contact Customer Service for
shipping rates.
H 45
LABELLING & MARKING D
Flower and Plant Markers
These four styles of plant markers are perfect for
labelling shrubs, perennials or rows of vegeta-
A C bles. Made of etched zinc, the writing surface
provides a rustproof and inconspicuous method
for identifying plants. A carbon pencil, grease A E
pencil or permanent garden marker will create
a durable, weatherproof marking. The regular
marker stands 10 high and has a 25/87/8
nameplate. The regular rose marker stands 11
high, while the tall rose marker stands 211/2
high; both have the largest writing surface,
measuring 31/211/4, and the wire actually
B pierces the label, making label loss virtually
impossible. The hairpin marker, also 11 high,
features a vertical 7/833/8 nameplate that is
D crimped on the support wire over a large area,
providing more stability against the heaving
effects of ice and snow. Each style is sold as
a set of 25 markers. A large-diameter carbon
pencil is available separately. B
A. EA301 Regular Markers, set of 25 $17.50
B. EA307 Regular Rose Markers, set of 25 $17.50
E C. EA306 Tall Rose Markers, set of 25 $23.50
D. EA305 Hairpin Markers, set of 25 $18.50
E. EA302 Large-Diameter Carbon Pencil $ 2.00

G. Copper Pot Labels

Visit us at Perfect for marking
leevalley.com potted plants or ats,
these labels can be
engraved with a ball-
F. Brass Herb Markers point pen. Place the
This beautiful set of solid, 10 label on a smooth
long, die-cast brass markers surface like a pad of
looks terric in any herb paper and press hard
garden. Offered as a set of eight as you write. The
one for each of the most letters will form into
popular herbs: basil, dill, mint, the soft copper,
sage, oregano, parsley, rose- creating a permanent
mary and thyme. They are label. A nice alternative
rugged and durable. to plastic stick labels.
Brass Herb Markers, set of 8 Set of 20. Each label
EA320 $29.50 measures about
21/22.
Copper Pot Labels (20) G
AN109 $9.50

H. Oversize Aluminum Markers

Made of strong, rustproof aluminum, these double-sided garden markers
are oversize to provide a large writing surface so that you can mark plant
names in large script for reading at a distance, or include plant-care
information. Measuring 10 tall by 23/8 wide, they are 0.05 (1.3mm)
thick rigid enough for years of use. They can
be used in the soil or hung from trees and shrubs
F using the through-hole at the narrow end of the
marker. Well made in Canada. 1+ 3+
EA330 Aluminum Markers (5) $9.50 $8.55

46 Labelling & Marking

 B. Colored Garden Markers
A AN202 Colored Markers, pkg. of 50 $15.95
A. Copper Plant Tags
Theres no need to worry that the information
on these copper plant tags will wash off,
because they can be permanently engraved
using only a regular ballpoint pen. Lightweight
and durable, they quickly attach to any plant or
stake with the included copper wires and will
weather to an attractive green patina. Sold in
boxes of 50, they are a great way to perma-
nently identify and date shrubs, trees and other
woody plants. Surface measures 33/43/4.
AN101 Copper Plant Tags, pkg. of 50 $14.50
D They are attractive and blend with surrounding
Sold in
packages
of 10.
C it can be read from above or in front. The
D C.
D.
E.
F.
These brightly colored hardwood markers
make it easy to identify plantings from a
distance. At 12 long, they are easy to spot,
and their 11/8 width provides plenty of room
for labelling. Both sides of the markers are
at and smooth. A non-toxic coating helps
protect them from the weather and prevents
ink from bleeding into the wood, so writing
stays clear and readable. Offered in a package
of 50 markers that includes 10 of each color
(blue, white, yellow, orange and red).
B
Permanent Garden Marker
Commonly available perma-
nent markers are not UV stable,
making them unsuitable for
outdoor use. This marker has UV
inhibitors in the ink and takes
years to fade, even when fully exposed
to the weather in all four seasons.
Alcohol based and non-toxic, it can
freeze and will still work upon thawing.
Aluminum casing. Suitable for use on
wood, metal and stoneware.
EA315 0.8mm Permanent Marker $3.95
Lee Valley Plant Markers Wooden Markers
Our plant markers offer several advantages. Whether you are planting vegetables or ow-
ering annuals, these hardwood markers will
vegetation, and the labels are replaceable. The come in handy. The larger row marker (7/8
23/41 labels come in two styles, copper or wide and 10 long) is ideal for labelling your
polyethylene. The rows of vegetables in the garden, while the
copper labels, when smaller at marker (133/4) is more suited to
written on with a labelling ats or pots. The smooth surface
standard ballpoint makes both styles easy to write on. Though they
pen, indent to create are reusable, their low cost makes them attrac-
a permanent and tive as disposable markers. Offered in packages
beautiful marker. F of 50.
The polyethylene G. AN207 Sm. Flat Markers, pkg. of 50 $ 4.95
labels are weather, H. AN205 Lg. Row Markers, pkg. of 50 $12.50
tear and abrasion
resistant. They can E
be written on with
an ordinary pencil, G
grease pencil or
permanent garden
marker, and are
reversible. Each
label slides into a pocket in the marker head
and, because it is set on the stem at a 45 angle,
marker head and stem (11 long overall) are
made of molded plastic treated for UV resis-
tance. Markers come in sets of 10, complete
with 10 labels.
EA602 Markers/Copper Labels (10) $18.50
EA608 Markers/Poly Labels (10) $18.50
EA607 Extra Copper Labels (10) $ 5.50 H
EA609 Extra Poly Labels (10) $ 5.50
Labelling & Marking 47
 STAKING & TRELLISES
A. Garden Arch
This arch, made of 7/8 dia. steel
tubing, is ideal for supporting
and displaying climbing roses
and owering vines. Measuring
44 wide by 88 high, it is both
tall and wide enough to stand
before an entrance or to cover a Grow-Through Support Rings
main pathway. Comes with two Perfect to support clusters or groups of tall
types of feet: one type to mount perennials. These circular supports are
to a at surface, the other to made of steel that is covered with a green
stick directly into the ground (5 plastic to make them blend into the
deep). Makes an excellent focal surrounding foliage. Different widths of B
point in your garden. Sides are rings and lengths of legs can be mixed and
A approximately 15 wide. matched to accommodate different types of
(Minor assembly required.) plants. Legs are sold separately in sets of C
FG201 *Garden Arch $62.50 three (enough to hold up one ring). Made
* A shipping surcharge of $10 in England. 1+ 5+
applies in addition to our regular B. SX205 12 Ring, ea. $ 9.20 $ 7.80
shipping charges. For areas SX207 16 Ring, ea. $10.20 $ 8.65
outside of the Continental USA, SX209 20 Ring, ea. $13.00 $11.05
contact Customer Service for
C. SX301 18 Legs, pkg. of 3 $ 4.70 $ 4.00
shipping rates.
Assembles with either at- SX302 24 Legs, pkg. of 3 $ 5.50 $ 4.65
mounting or in-ground feet. SX303 30 Legs, pkg. of 3 $ 7.20 $ 6.10
We offer an
aluminum Rings and legs sold separately.
A garden
arbor on B
page 123
and various
arbor plans
Legs sold in
on page 168. packages of three.
18 legs shown. C

D. Tomato Spirals To order call 1-800-871-8158

The easiest way to support indeterminate or semi-
determinate tomatoes is with these tomato spirals.
Instead of being tied to a stake, the plant is allowed E. Downspout Trellis
to grow into the spiral, which provides a natural The great advantage of this trellis is that it can make E
support. This is the most popular way to support downspouts disappear. The three 8 semi-circular sections
tomatoes in many European countries and is easier (each 36 long) will completely cover a downspout. They
than trying to tie half-mature or fruit-laden plants can also be used to surround posts or just as tall narrow
to wooden stakes. They are also great for beans trellises. Made from heavy 8-gauge powder-coated steel
and cucumbers. Each steel spiral stake is 6 long wire. A versatile, useful and attractive product.
(stands 5 above ground). Sold as a set of ve. FG211 Downspout Trellis, set of 3 $28.50
XM101 *Tomato Spirals, set of 5 $21.50
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length
surcharge of $15 applies per order.
8
4
Overall length is 6.

D
D

36

Set of 3 trellises
is 108 long.
48

 B
Hoop is
hinged for
easy installation
B around plant.
Clamp adjusts height

B. Lee Valley Peony Support

Can be congured as a
at trellis or as a cage.
A hoop. The hoops are interchangeable to accom-
A. Tomato Cage for Planters
Supporting tomatoes in a planter can be dif-
cult. This three-sided cage is the answer. Easy
to install, the 6 wide cage stands 20 tall when
in place. The 29 legs give a full 9 of in-soil
support. Place around the plants when they are
young and they will grow through the openings
in the sides to become self-supporting. Can
also be congured as a at trellis measuring
2019. A great solution to a nagging problem.
Made of plastic-coated steel. 1+ 3+
CA401 Tomato Cage, ea. $13.95 $12.60
This is the best peony support made, but it can also hold
up other types of plants that tend to op or lean into a
pathway. Designed with a hinged hoop to easily
encircle the plant, it can be installed whenever you need
it, and you can adjust the height as required. Simply
drive the 4 long steel stake into the ground next to the
plant, open the hinged hoop, put it around the plant
and click it into the support clamp. The support
is available with a 12, 18 or 25 diameter
modate growth. The support clamp adjusts to
exactly the height you want, to give you the best
spread but still keep your plant well supported
during wind or rain storms. Hoops are 1/4 dia.
steel with a stainless-steel rivet hinge, and the
stake is 1/2 dia. steel. Their dark green powder-
coat polyester nish makes them almost
invisible in the foliage. The clamp is powder-
coated aluminum with solid brass ttings a Height-
rustproof combination. This peony support will adjustable
hoop
last for generations.
PD809 12 Peony Hoop with Stake $34.50
PD801 18 Peony Hoop with Stake $37.50
PD805 25 Peony Hoop with Stake $39.50
PD810 12 Peony Hoop Only $20.00
PD802 18 Peony Hoop Only $23.00
PD806 25 Peony Hoop Only $25.00

C. Stem Supports D. Sectioned Plant Ring

These are plastic-coated steel stakes with open The great advantage
loops that inconspicuously hold top-heavy of this plant ring is
blooms upright. Ideal for use with gladioli, its three split
tulips, lilies and many others. Made in England. sections that let
1+ 5+ 10+ you encircle and
SX101 24 Support, ea. $4.60 $3.90 $3.45 support a group
SX103 36 Support, ea. $5.50 $4.65 $4.10 of stems, elimi-
nating the need
to feed all stem
C
growth through a
xed opening. Simply D
designed, the 10 diameter ring has a center
clasp that ts onto any stake from 7/16 to 3/4
in diameter (such as our XM206 and XM208
stakes on page 50), and can be adjusted in
height as the plant grows. Each section clips
together like two puzzle pieces. Made in U.K.,
the UV-resistant, green styrene plastic blends
with foliage. Set of six rings.
PL415 Sectioned Plant Rings, pkg. of 6 $10.50

D
Each section
clips together.

Stake not
included.

Staking & Trellises 49

 Example
A. Tripod Cap of trellis
Stakes
not This simple connector lets you
included. C
quickly create a tripod to support
climbing plants. The UV-resistant,
malleable plastic cap tightly secures
three stakes between 1/4 and 1/2 in
diameter. The green color is unobtru-
sive in the garden, and the soft, wide
A top protects against eye and face
Cap holds injury. Sold in packages of 10. Made
stakes between in U.K.
1/4 and 1/2 in
diameter. Tripod Caps, pkg. of 10 1+ 3+
EA226 $4.95 $4.20

B. Permanent Stakes
Sealed inside a heavy plastic coating to prevent rust and ensure durability,
these steel stakes are ideal for staking up tomatoes or other tall plants. Unlike
bamboo or wooden stakes, they will not rot in the ground or buckle under the
weight of a bountiful crop. Can be used over and over. Surface is textured for
grip. Two sizes are available: 35 long by 7/16 dia., or 70 long by 5/8 dia.
XM206 357/16 Stakes, pkg. of 10 $15.50 C
XM208 *705/8 Stakes, pkg. of 10 $31.50
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies
per order.

Lightweight steel tube

B Plastic coating
C. Looped Trellis Wire
This is the type of wire used in commercial
Notches for vineyards and nurseries to construct large-scale
extra grip trellises. Developed in California, it has loops that
provide secure
connection points
Cap of 70 stake at xed 8 inter-
Cap of channelled for vals for tying off
35 stake holding twine.
stems and vines
or for attachment
to stakes. C
50 long
Galvanized for
corrosion resistance, the 16-gauge wire comes in
50 lengths. Strong, durable and easy to install, it is
outstanding trellis material for long-term use. Made
35 stakes shown. in USA.
PA305 Looped Trellis Wire, 50 $24.50

Cane Connectors
With these versatile D
E connectors, you can

link canes or
E poles to
build an
array of
garden
D
structures
quickly and
easily. The E
sleeves snugly hold any support from 5/16 to 5/8
D in diameter; the exible ring linking the sleeves
lets you orient them in almost any direction. The
three-arm version is useful for making simple
triangular structures or can be combined to make
cubic forms. The four-arm version lets you build
more complex structures. Made from green
EPDM rubber, they are durable, weather resistant
and reusable. 1+ 4+
D. EA231 3-Arm Cane Connector, ea. $3.20 $2.90
E. EA232 4-Arm Cane Connector, ea. $3.60 $3.25

To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit

our website at leevalley.com
50
 Trellises for vining
vegetables

A
B
Support trellis

11/4 mesh 30117 bale shown.

Garden Netting
Made from soft multi-strand nylon twine that has a break test strength
exceeding 50 lb, this netting has no memory like plastic nets, so it will not
tangle and is easy to store. Since each junction is tied with a knot, it can be
cut to any size without unravelling.
Available in two mesh sizes with 11/4 squares or 1/2 squares. The netting with
11/4 mesh squares is perfect for making a trellis suitable for peas, beans, squash,
cucumbers and other vining plants. The 1/2 mesh size is more suited for
protecting new plantings from animals and birds (be sure to
close the netting at the bottom so birds cant get underneath it).
We offer the 11/4 mesh netting in a 3029 size and in
the full bale size of 30117. The 1/2 mesh netting comes C
in 1229 and 12117 sizes. All can be cut with scissors.
Netting Clips Excellent value in netting that is rotproof and reusable for
Used to link two sections of netting, the 1 long net-to-net clips many seasons.
have symmetrical hook ends to capture netting strands. The 11/2 long C. PA201 11/4 Mesh Netting, 3029 $ 45.00
D
net-to-wire clips have a wide hook at one end for hanging netting, PA203 11/4 Mesh Netting, 30117 $159.00
and a narrow hook at the other to bind securely on trellises or other D. PA205 1/2 Mesh Netting, 1229 $ 45.00
supports made of thin-gauge wire or twine. Made in Germany from PA206 1/2 Mesh Netting, 12117 $159.00
UV-stable polypropylene.
A. EA193 Net-to-Net Clips, pkg. of 50 $4.95 E. Trellis Netting
B. EA194 Net-to-Wire Clips, pkg. of 50 $4.95 This soft woven nylon trellis netting has
large, 7 square openings so you can reach
through it for easy tending and harvesting.
Vertical Vegetables & Fruit At 56 wide and 175 long, it can easily
by Rhonda Massingham Hart be cut to size and is perfect for growing
Vertical gardening many types of plants vertically, allowing
lets you grow more you to grow a great deal more in a limited
in limited space, area. Each strand has a 60 lb breaking
while often strength, making it suitable even for heavy
reducing the need crops. Great for tomatoes, beans, peas,
for weeding and cucumbers, melons, squash and many
pest control. This owering climbers.
book covers a wide PA220 Trellis Netting, 56175 $10.50
range of ideas for
building teepees,
trellises, hanging
containers, living
walls and other vertical structures for
growing crop plants, using common
materials and repurposed objects.
Much of the book is devoted to seven
types of vine-grown vegetables (beans, E
peas, tomatoes, cucumbers, squash and
gourds, melons, sweet potatoes) and ve perennial fruits (black-
berries, raspberries, strawberries, grapes, kiwis) well suited to
vertical gardening methods, with helpful growing tips specic to
each. It even includes a chapter on espalier, the ancient practice of
training fruit trees into a single at plane to boost yield within a
small, manageable space. Softcover, 71/210, 167 pages, 2011.
LA950 Vertical Vegetables & Fruit $13.80

51
 A F
E

G
A. VELCRO Brand Plant Tie
Ideal for supporting oppy plants in the garden
or potted plants in your home. Offered as a 1/2
wide 30 roll with fuzz on one side and micro-
A hooks on the other, it can be cut with scissors
into dozens of small ties. Strong and reusable.
30 Plant Tie Roll, ea. 1+ 3+
EA175 $3.80 $3.40

B B. Plant Ties
This multi-purpose
wire tie is covered
with a durable, spongy
foam. It is perfect for
giving rm support to Quick-Release Rubber Ties H
tender plants without Easy to secure and quick to
bruising them. Ideal release, these rubber ties are
for tomatoes or young great for tying woody vines to
trees, it can be twisted trellises, or saplings to stakes,
B by hand (because it is as well as for bundling hoses,
cushioned) and is reus- extension cords or other loose
able from year to year. material. Simply stretch the
3/8 thick. Comes in a 32 roll. elastic loop around the mate-
EA101 Plant Ties, 32 Roll $7.95 rial and over the anchor-shaped hook to lock it securely. You
can instantly release it with one hand by twisting the anchor
Visit us at leevalley.com sideways. Made from a strong, UV-stable synthetic rubber
compound that can stretch up to double its length. For use
indoors or out. Available in 4, 8 and 12 lengths (for use on
C. Soft Rubber Tie items that are 11/4 to 21/2 in diameter, 21/2 to 5 and 33/4 to
This versatile tie has a 71/2 respectively), as well as in a sample pack containing four
pliable galvanized steel 4 ties, four 8 ties, and two 12 ties. Made in Belgium.
wire core for strength, E. EA121 4 Rubber Ties, pkg. of 20 $4.95
covered with a cush- F. EA122 8 Rubber Ties, pkg. of 20 $6.95
C ioning layer of G. EA123 12 Rubber Ties, pkg. of 10 $7.95
rubber to avoid H. EA124 Sample Pack of 10 $4.10
damage to plants or
C other materials being held. J. Fingertip Plant Clips
Cut to length with scis- This exible plastic clip ts
sors, it binds in place with comfortably over the tips of your
a few easy twists and grips well to stay put. index nger and thumb, so you
Useful for securing plants to stakes or trellises, can quickly gather foliage and
assembling cane structures or quickly bundling simultaneously secure it to a
materials in general. Easy to reposition, stake or line. Simple to use,
remove and reuse, it is UV-stable, 3/16 (5mm) the clip opens and closes in
in diameter and comes as a 5m (161/2) roll. unison with your ngers
EA118 Soft Rubber Tie, 5m (161/2) $4.95 natural movement and locks
shut when you pinch your nger- J
D. Melon Cradles tips together. Capable of securing stems
These cradles up to 1/2 in diameter, the reusable clip is
elevate melons bright green with leaf-shaped ends to
D while they D help blend with foliage. Sold in packages
grow, allowing air of 50. Made in USA.
circulation to keep their Fingertip Plant Clips, pkg. of 50
undersides dry, reducing the risk of rot. The EA116 $11.95
oval cradle has a webbed design that provides
good support for the melon and wont trap
water. Suitable for squash as well as canta-
loupes and other melons, they can hold up to
8 lb. Each cradle is 65 with a 31/2 spike.
Molded from sturdy UV-resistant plastic, they
can be reused for many seasons. Made in Italy.
An excellent solution to a common problem. J
Cradle elevates melon to prevent rot.
PL716 Melon Cradles, pkg. of 6 $11.50
52 Staking & Trellises
 A
G H

A. Plant Clips J
These are like clothespins for plants.
They let you stabilize and support plant stems by clipping them to stakes, leaving
ample room in the center loop of the pin to avoid crushing and chang. Can
easily be attached using one hand. Offered as a package of 12 clips. 1+ 3+
EA112 Plant Clips, pkg. of 12 $5.95 $5.05

B. Vine Clips
These inexpen-
sive clips make
simple work of
securing vines
and thin stems
to trellises or
supports up to
1/2 thick. Just
squeeze the tabs
between your
thumb and fore- B
nger to open the jaws, leaving your
other hand free to position stems or hold foliage out of the
way. When released, the clip springs back to its original
shape, capturing the stem and support within the hooked
G. Brass Stem Support
jaws. Made of exible polyethylene with UV inhibitors, they are reusable season
Ideal for orchids, daffodils, tulips,
after season. Colored green to blend with foliage, they come in packages of 100.
lilies and many other blooming
Made in South Africa.
plants, this 21 long stem support holds
EA198 Vine Clips, pkg. of 100 $4.50
top-heavy blooms upright without detracting from their presen-
tation. All brass, it combines function and form, making a
Victorian String Holder & Garden Twines
perfect staking solution for container bulbs and plants both
This reproduction Victorian string holder is cast in steel, instead of the more
indoors and out. 1+ 3+
fragile cast iron. The halves twist apart for insertion/removal of string or twine,
SX108 Brass Stem Support, ea. $11.95 $10.80
and the top has a tab for hanging. About 41/241/2, it works best with string or
twine balls about 33 (not included). H. Plant Stakes
Great for garden use, both our 240 sisal ball and 200 jute ball t our string Suitable for use indoors or out, these are simple, sturdy stakes.
holder. Strong and coarse, the sisal is suited to rough tasks such as bundling Each 1/8 diameter steel stake has a durable UV- and rust-resistant
branches. The softer jute, which is green to blend into foliage, is ideal for tying plastic coating and a soft PVC tip-guard. They are available in
plants to trellises, etc. It also comes in a l lb roll (about 515). 1+ 5+ packages of six in 18, 24 and 30 lengths, or as a set of 18
C. 01K26.90 Victorian String Holder, ea. $19.50 $17.60 containing six of each size. Made in England.
Soft PVC tip-guards
D. EA214 Sisal, 240 Ball $ 2.95 1+ 3+
E. EA212 Green Jute, 200 Ball $ 2.90 SX104 18 Stakes, pkg. of 6 $ 7.20 $6.10 H
F. EA210 Green Jute, l lb (515) $ 5.95 SX105 24 Stakes, pkg. of 6 $ 8.20 $6.95
SX106 30 Stakes, pkg. of 6 $ 9.80 $8.35
SX107 Set of 18 Stakes $22.50
J. Orchid Clips
F These miniature plastic clips are ideal for supporting an orchid
plant weighted with blooms. Suitable for use with our 1/8 plant
stakes (above), the clips will secure stems up to just under 1/4 in
diameter. Colored green to blend with foliage, they are offered
in packages of 20.
EA110 Orchid Clips, pkg. of 20 $3.95

Actual
J size

E
C D

 Thread the
eyebolt into
the plate.

Drive spikes
through the plate A
at a 45 angle.

A. Model II Ground Anchor
Although our original ground anchor
was very popular, we found that we
could further increase the resistance by
adding a second plate to the anchor to
lock all three spikes in position, thus
preventing any of the spikes from
working loose independently. The
result is a substantial increase in pull-
out resistance.
Tested in a mature lawn with loamy
soil and partial sunlight, the Model II
anchor showed resistance values of
700 lb in a vertical pull, 1500 lb in a
45 pull, and 2,000 lb for a pull parallel to the ground. The anchor has
greatest pull-out resistance in hard packed soil but is most commonly
used in mature lawns like the one we used for testing.
The anchor can be used in loosely-tilled soil or in sandy soil that has
minimal grass root structure but both will have reduced pull-out resis-
tance for obvious reasons.
The level of ground moisture can also alter pull-out forces. For
example, if the soil is over-saturated due to spring run-off or heavy rain-
fall, it will lower the pull-out resistance but if the soil is dry and
hard-baked by a hot summer sun, it will raise the resistance.
Comes with three 12 long spiral spikes, two anchor plates (one in
which to drive the spikes and the other to lock them in position) and one
eye bolt. All components of the anchor are made of galvanized steel.
09A08.21 Model II Ground Anchor $12.50

B. Screw-In Stake D. Brick Clip Fasteners

This is an anchor stake with a difference. Using a standard 1/2 These handy clips let you quickly
(13mm) wrench, you can turn this 16 long screw-in stake into attach items to brick without in any
the ground. Once it is in place, it takes a tremendous amount of way damaging either the bricks or the
force to pull it out again. It is ideal for anchoring tree guy wires, mortar bond. Great for tying up vines,
greenhouses, large dogs,A etc. The steel loop at the top provides holding a trellis in place or hanging wreaths
a convenient attachment point. If carefully installed, it can be on a brick wall. Clips securely snap in place
B mowed over. These are the stakes used to anchor soccer nets in by hand and each can hold up to 25 lb
Europe. Made in France. 1+ 4+ no tools are needed for installation. D
ST101 Screw-In Stake, ea. $25.00 $22.00 Offered in three sizes: the standard size
ts on brick from 21/8 to 21/2 in height;
Wide, at the large size ts on brick from 21/2 to 23/4 in height; the extra-large size
webbing
with is designed for bricks 3 to 31/8 high. Please measure your bricks before
rounded ordering. Note: mortar line must be recessed; clips wont work on ush or
edges
wont
extruded mortar.
damage AC450 Std. Brick Clip Fasteners (4) $8.50
bark. AC455 Lg. Brick Clip Fasteners (4) $9.50
AC457 X-Lg. Brick Clip Fasteners (4) $9.95

C E. Wall Trellis Kit Sample trellis shapes

This is an ingenious product. With it, you

Ends wont fray when cut.
C. Arbor Tape
Though traditionally
used by professional
arborists as a guy for
newly transplanted trees,
this durable tape is a versatile tie for quickly and reliably
securing materials. Made of tough, rot-resistant polypropylene,
the 3/4 wide ribbon-like material is at-woven with rounded
edges to provide a wide, smooth bearing surface that wont
abrade or cut into surfaces. The tape is also supple, making it
easy to tie and untie knots wont jam after loading. Supplied in
a 100 roll, the weave is strong (900 lb break strength) and lock-
stitched to prevent fraying or unravelling when cut. One of our
favorites, it comes well tested and recommended. Made in USA.
EA137 Arbor Tape, 100 roll $25.50
can make a trellis of any shape and put it
almost anywhere. To make a trellis, use
the silicone glue to bond a number of the
anchors to a wall or window. Next, string
the wire from anchor to anchor to create a
frame. Finally, use the vinyl tape to
support plants on the newly created trellis.
Extremely versatile, it adheres to virtually
any surface. The glue is easy to remove
with a putty knife. Kit includes 90
anchors, 175 of wire, a roll of vinyl tape
and a tube of silicone glue. Made in USA.
FG215 Wall Trellis Kit $24.50

To use our arbor tape for staking young trees, we recommend

using a loose slip knot above the lowest branch, then tying the
other end to a wooden ground stake. Leaving the tape slightly E
slack allows the roots to develop and support the tree on their
own, yet ensures the tree is braced during strong winds. Secured
in this way, it will hold well for several seasons, yet allows for tree
growth and prevents accidental girdling.

54 Staking & Trellises

 CLIMATE CONTROL

A. Garden Cloches
These plastic cloches act like little greenhouses, both by protecting your
seedlings from frost and by warming the surrounding soil. They have a 1
vent hole in the top to prevent overheating. The 1 lip around the outside
is for anchoring them. They measure 10109 high. Should last for 10
A
years under normal use. Made from recycled plastic pop bottles.
ED903 Garden Cloches, pkg. of 10 $19.95

B. Frost Protectors
These frost protectors allow you to plant tender seedlings (tomatoes,
peppers and eggplant) into the ground ahead of schedule. They can
lengthen the growing season by up to 8 weeks. Basically a series of joined,
exible plastic tubes that are lled with water to make a freestanding
cylinder 18 across, they protect seedlings with a wall of water that not
only insulates, but actually releases warmth, yet still provides sufcient
ventilation. If a late or early frost hits, the part of the plant inside the
protector will be undamaged by freezing temperatures down to 16F
(-9C). Sold in packages of three. 1+ 3+
ED801 Frost Protectors, pkg. of 3 $12.50 $11.25

See page 23 for the

VegTrug cold frame.

C. Shrub & Potted Plant Protector

This convenient tent-like cover protects
shrubs and tall potted plants in cold weather.
During spring and fall, the thick, breathable
synthetic eece material traps warm air
inside, helping insulate the plant against
frost damage. It can also be used as a long-
term shelter during the winter months, acting
as a barrier to snow and ice. The two-way
zipper allows easy installation and removal,
and lets you open the cover to ventilate,
inspect or tend to the plant as needed. A
drawstring lets you cinch the bottom snugly
around the base of a plant or container. Sizes given are overall height by
maximum bottom diameter. 1+ 3+
XC512 Plant Protector, 5929 $15.50 $14.00
XC513 Plant Protector, 7839 $23.50 $21.20 C
55
 Row Covers
Row covers in the garden offer good protection against
insect pests and are best used in combination with crop
rotation. Choose a lightweight, breathable material that will
create a solid barrier between susceptible plants and ying
or crawling insects while still allowing in light and water.
Row covers should be put in place as soon as the young
plants are in the ground. Leave enough room between the
cover and the plants to allow for growth. It is important to
secure all of the edges by burying them under a layer of soil
to keep insects out. Some plants thrive under a row cover
for the entire season but, for plants such as cucumbers,
peppers and squash, this cover must be removed when the
owers begin to appear, to allow pollinating insects to do
their work. Ideally, the covers would be removed only
during the day.

A. Floating Row Cover

A Absolutely the best way to grow perfect cabbage, broccoli
and cauliower is by keeping ying insects out. This light,
semi-transparent, spun-bonded material is just right for
putting over your plants for extended periods of time
to protect them from insects, wind, hail and light frost.
Measures 750 (350 sq.ft.). Ensures early crops due to
faster germination, and protection from the ravages of
Optional hoops nature. Can be used over and over. Pile soil on the edge
to hold it down, leaving enough space under the cover to
permit plants to grow. A great environmentally friendly
insect barrier. Can be cut with scissors.
XC505 Row Cover, 750 $19.95

B. Shade Cloth
B Shade cloth is great for
covering lettuce before
it bolts, cooling green-
houses, shading patios
and gazebos, etc. Creates
50% shade and, therefore,
lowers the temperature of
the air around the plants.
Shade house
The green cloth is made
of a tough UV-stable poly material that has a rated life of
over 5 years with constant outdoor exposure. The tight-
knit weave will keep out most insects. It is 2m4m
(61/213) and can be stretched horizontally over beds or
held on hoops. The optional hoops are 76 long to readily
cover a 3 wide area.
BL612 Shade Cloth, 61/213 $22.50
XL802 *Optional Hoops, pkg. of 10 $22.50
* A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in addition to our regular
shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA,
contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

C. Super Red Mulch

From time to time research comes up with some
astounding results. This is one of them. When this red
plastic mulch is put on the soil under tomatoes, it will
increase yields by up to 20% over black mulch, and makes
the fruit set earlier. It works by reecting a certain spec-
trum of light back to the plants, which in turn triggers
photosynthesis to stimulate rapid growth and development.
The research was done by a number of universities and our
own tests proved it accurate. It also conserves moisture,
blocks weeds and warms the soil to encourage growth. 4
wide and 30 long. Punch small holes to allow rain to pene-
C trate. Also works with strawberries. Most effective in
cooler regions. 1+ 3+
EC220 Super Red Mulch, 430 $13.50 $12.15

See page 104 for reective pest-control sheeting.

56
 Kit includes plastic and hoops.
A. Plastic Row Cover Kit Wooden frame and red mulch
Growing heat-loving vegetables is tricky at best not included.
in most northern regions. This pre-slit 0.8 mil
polyethylene row cover, supported by the
included hoops, greatly increases your chances
of success by providing up to 4F of frost
protection and, more important, by elevating
daytime temperatures by 10 to 30F. The slits
open and allow excess heat to escape during
periods of extreme heat. At night and on cool
days the slits remain at and closed, reducing
convective heat loss and maintaining higher
interior temperatures. It can move up your rst
harvest date by two weeks and, with some crops
(e.g., watermelon), it permits a crop where one
would otherwise be impossible. Film is 6 50.
The 10 metal hoops are 76 long, and bend to
A
cover a 3 wide row (about 20 high).
XL803 *Row Cover Kit $34.50
XL804 Extra Plastic, 650 $15.00
XL802 *Extra Hoops, pkg. of 10 $22.50
* A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in addition to
our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of
the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for
shipping rates.

B. Frost Blanket
This 61/230 (2m9m) blanket is made of
spunbonded polypropylene that is fuzzy on the
underside and water repellent on the top side.
With a weight of 80g/m, it is 33% heavier than
the majority of blankets, which are usually
60g/m. The fabric is tear and puncture resistant
and the dark green top color minimizes deterio- B
ration in sunlight.
Our overnight tests in a zone 5A area during
March and April of 2012 showed a typical
temperature difference between inside and
Bamboo stakes
outside air of 2 to 7F (or 1 to 4C) without not included.
using any performance improvers such as C
watering the soil before installation or putting
jugs of warm water under the blanket.
A typical example was:
- Ambient air temperature at ground level
23.6F/-4.7C D. Garden Staples
- Ground temperature 48F/9C Simple yet effective, these 4 long steel staples To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit
- Temperature under blanket 31.2F/-0.4C are ideal for securing landscape fabric, protective our website at leevalley.com
- Degrees of protection 7F/4C garden netting, oating row covers, soaker hoses,
09A04.70 Frost Blanket, 61/230 $26.50 burlap, and heavy-duty tarps and covers. Made
in USA. E. Fabric Pins
C. Stainless-Steel Ground Pins EC210 Garden Staples, pkg. of 40 $10.95 Use these sturdy plastic spikes to hold down
Ground pins are particularly useful for pinning landscape fabrics, row covers or netting. Sold
down garden fabrics such as frost blankets and as a package of 10 spikes. Each measures
row covers. The 63/4 (170mm) long 51/2 long. 1+ 3+
pins are made of electropolished EC205 Fabric Pins, pkg. of 10 $3.95 $3.35
stainless-steel rod, 1/8 (3.5mm) in
diameter. The 3/4 (19mm) loop at the
end makes them easy to insert and
distributes the force exerted on the
pinned fabric. Sold in bags of 20 pins.
09A04.75 Ground Pins (20) $13.50

D E
Climate Control 57
 A B C D E F G H J

PVC Connectors
Link sections of U-clips snap over pipe to secure
PVC pipe. netting or other material. These versatile connectors let you link sections of commonly available PVC
pipe to build a wide variety of low-cost utility structures. Suitable for use
indoors or out, they are available in eight congurations and in three sizes to t
1/2, 3/4 and 1 nominal standard PVC pipe. Made from high-grade PVC that
is impact-, scratch- and UV-resistant, they secure to pipe with a snug friction
t, permitting disassembly for reuse or storage (PVC cement may be used for
permanent installation). The open ring section of the Slip-T tting allows a
sliding or hinged pipe connection. All pipe connectors are sold individually.
Supplied in packages of 10, the 4 long U-shaped clips are designed to snap
Suitable for simple frames
or complex structures. over the pipe to secure plastic sheeting, netting or other material.
PVC 1/2 3/4 1
Connectors 1+ 10+ 1+ 10+ 1+ 10+
A. Slip-T EA263 $2.80 $2.50 EA272 $3.00 $2.70 EA281 $3.00 $2.70
B. 45 Elbow EA265 $2.50 $2.25 EA274 $2.80 $2.50 EA283 $3.00 $2.70
C. 90 Elbow EA267 $1.50 $1.35 EA276 $1.70 $1.55 EA285 $2.30 $2.05
D. 3-Way T EA268 $1.60 $1.45 EA277 $2.20 $2.00 EA286 $2.80 $2.50
E. 4-Way Cross EA266 $3.00 $2.70 EA275 $3.60 $3.25 EA284 $3.80 $3.40
F. 3-Way Branch EA260 $2.20 $2.00 EA269 $3.00 $2.70 EA278 $3.60 $3.25
G. 4-Way Branch EA261 $2.20 $2.00 EA270 $3.00 $2.70 EA279 $3.60 $3.25
H. 5-Way Branch EA262 $3.00 $2.70 EA271 $3.90 $3.50 EA280 $4.80 $4.30
J. U-Clip (pkg. 10) EA264 $4.80 EA273 $5.80 EA282 $6.80

K. UV-Resistant Tape
This is an excellent transparent tape for
outdoor use. Made from UV-resistant
plastic and UV-resistant acrylic adhe-
sive, it wont break down in the sunlight
and is perfect for patching greenhouse
plastic (its waterproof and will outlast
the greenhouse plastic itself), taping
windows or bundling products for
outdoor storage. Unlike most other
tapes, the adhesive will not come off the
tape and stick to bundled items even
when left outdoors in full
sunlight for a year or
How to Build Your Own Greenhouse
more. 2100 roll.
by Roger Marshall
Although it looks green
This book shows you how to design and build a greenhouse customized
in the roll it is virtually
to your needs, allowing you to extend the garden season, reap year-round
clear when applied.
harvests and grow exotic plants. The rst few sections help you deter-
Made in Switzerland.
mine what kind of greenhouse is most appropriate, then explain
K UV-Resistant Tape construction considerations and optional accessories, such as shelving.
PM215 $8.50 There are full plans for 10 types of greenhouse, ranging from a basic
cold frame to a slope-roofed model with a concrete-block base. Line
L. Eyelets drawings accompany the text. Softcover, 81/211, 141 pages, 2007.
These tough plastic eyelets make it easy to tie down a sheet, tarp, LA649 Build Your Own Greenhouse $19.90
fabric or plastic lm. Just fold the material over, put the eyelet halves
on either side of the material and hammer together for a permanent,
strong connection. The material can be held in place with cord or rope
See page 204 for wireless
up to 1/2 in diameter. Works well with our oating row covers, shade
environmental data loggers that help
cloth and plastic lms. you keep track of conditions in your
BL623 Eyelets, pkg. of 10 $4.95 greenhouse.

58 Climate Control
 CARTS & WAGONS
C. Garden Tool Cart
Not only great for moving all your tools around the garden, this cart doubles as a permanent
tool holder for your garage or shed. Its large at-free tires (91/2 in diameter by 3 wide)
easily roll over rough or soft ground. It has a strong load-plate on the front that will carry
150 lb, so its ideal for toting bags of soil or peat. A wire loop keeps a paper yard bag upright
or holds an included 12816 deep reusable harvest bag. The cart holds dozens of long-
and short-handled tools, and also comes with a seven-pocket front pouch to hold seed packets
and other small supplies, a two-pocket rear pouch for larger items such as knee pads, and a
pouch that slips over the handle with a 612
A pocket and a water bottle holder. Measures Tools not included.
452827 overall.
XH420 *Garden Tool Cart $119.00

A. Heat-Activated Window Opener * A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to

Controlling temperatures in a cold frame or green- our regular shipping charges. For areas not served by
house is straightforward with this automatic control. ground parcel service, contact Customer Service for
shipping rates.
It incorporates a gas-charged cylinder of adjustable
volume. As the temperature rises, the gas expands; it
will open a 15 lb window, more than adequate in
cold frames and greenhouses. A simple adjustment
lets you control the operating range. As tempera-
tures uctuate, the 121/2 long unit will open and
close a window as necessary to prevent disasters.
Made in England. Non-rusting anodized aluminum
and powder-coated steel.
C
AM401 Window Opener $44.50

B. Peel-and-Stick Zipper Reusable Two-pocket

harvest bag rear pouch
Designed for use with vapor barrier to seal off work
zones at construction sites, this adhesive-backed
zipper is also ideal for creating a simple resealable Large
Yard bag at-free tires
access doorway in a greenhouse, cold frame, indoor support
grow room or other structures made with plastic
sheeting. It installs in minutes without special tools
and will permanently bond to any clean plastic
sheeting, letting you restrict air movement for
temperature and moisture control. The 84 long,
heavy-duty #5 zipper is sewn to a 950-denier high-
density polyethylene backing that has a permanent Bag not
included.
high-tack acrylic adhesive. Also useful for providing
access to dusty work areas, shrink-wrapped boats,
plastic tent structures and ice shacks. Instructions
included. Sold individually. 1+ 4+
97K20.05 Peel & Stick Zipper, ea. $9.95 $8.95 Wagon Wheels
These 10 pneumatic wheels are ideal for home-built
projects such as custom carts, dollies, wagons, etc. The
central bushing rides on ball bearings and accepts a 5/8
axle or bolt. Each wheel is rated to carry 300 lb, so four
of them together will hold more than half a ton. For
extra durability the tires are tubed, not tubeless.
1+ 4+
VA253 Wagon Wheel, ea. $14.95 $13.45

D. Universal Flat-Free Tire and Rim

Anyone who has experienced a at wheelbarrow
tire will appreciate this at-free tire. Made from
B tough micro-cellular polyurethane foam
(stronger than rubber), it is hardwearing and
puncture proof. The tire has the bounce and
load-handling characteristics of conventional
air-lled tires and handles loads up to 500 lb.
Measuring 141/2 in diameter and 3 wide, it
has an 81/2 steel rim and a 3 wide hub. Various bearings and
spacers supplied.
Supplied with 5/8, 3/4 and 1 bearings as well
as a variety of spacers to ensure proper t, it is a Micro-cellular polyurethane
D foam is hardwearing and
good retrot for carts and barrows that normally puncture proof.
use 141/2 pneumatic wheels. It is also suitable for
custom carts or wagons.
XP230 Universal Flat-Free Tire $39.95

 Folds for
compact B A. Folding Hand Truck
storage. Whenever you have to move large, heavy objects, a hand
truck is invaluable however, the usual problem is where
to store it when you are done with it. Thats why this folding
hand truck is such a good idea. When not in use, it folds to a
compact 1931 panel only 21/4 thick, so its easy to hang
A on a wall or store in a closet or car trunk. Well balanced and
maneuverable, it supports up to 330 lb (150kg) and has a
1319 bed to carry large, bulky objects. It has a sturdy
steel frame, an aluminum and plastic handle that is offset
T-hook attached T-hook
for hand clearance when moving tall objects, and an 80
to container securely elastic cord to help secure loads. Stands about 43 tall when
fastens unfolded. 63/4 dia. puncture-proof tires. Weighs 111/2 lb.
container
to hand We offer an optional mounting T-hook that lets you
truck. anchor objects directly to the frame of the hand truck.
The hook can be permanently afxed (fasteners not
included) to a custom-built case that you make, or
attached directly to an item such as a toolbox that you
B frequently transport. The hook docks in either of two
T-slots molded into the upper and lower cross-members
of the frame, and slides out easily with an upward pull.
XD512 *Folding Hand Truck $119.00
B. XD513 T-Hook $ 2.00
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular
shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA,
Hand truck and T-hook sold separately (container not included).
contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit D. Quick-Connect

our website at leevalley.com Hitch Pin
This durable quick-
C. Ultimate Carryall connect hitch pin is
D
This folding hand truck with removable tote is gentle on the knuckles.
ideal for carrying myriad items from groceries Simply depress the
to laundry. The water-resistant, durable plastic handle and slide D
polyester tote has a 121021 the heavy-duty nickel-
primary storage area, a plated steel pin into Depressing
mesh top with draw- place. Release the the handle
string closure, four handle to lock in place. retracts the
toggles for
outside pockets, a The exposed portion pin insertion
sleeve to hold an of the pin is 57/16 long or release.
57/16
umbrella, a detach- Depending on the and is designed to t any
able top and location of your cart that uses a standard
large handles. hitch connection, you 1/2 hitch pin. Periodic
The 39 tall may experience some lubrication will protect it
drag over hilly ground or
chromed-steel steep inclines due to the pins length.
against the elements.
cart, with a 10 Tote can be separated from cart. AG714 Quick-Connect Hitch Pin $14.50
/
bed and 5 8 dia. foam-lled rubber wheels,
7
easily travels up steps or through gravel, and Two-prong Two-prong tow hook E. Universal Hitch Plate
holds up to 60 lb. It doubles as a light-duty tow hook (chain not included). A simple retrot for a riding
hand truck to haul small boxes or D tractor or ATV with a standard
recycle bins, and comes with a hitch-pin mounting hole, this
bungee cord to secure loads. 3-in-1 attachment provides sepa-
Used in combination, the E rate mounting locations for a ball,
Can be used
carryall is great for taking items with a hitch pin and chain so you never have to
to the cottage, the picnic site, pin (sold Anti-rotation bracket exchange hitches. It accepts a ball
separately).
an outdoor sporting event, etc. restricts movement. hitch of any common size (max.
Ultimate Carryall Ball hitch Storage channel
shaft length 13/4), as well as a 1/2
Hitch pin (sold
XD525 $79.00 separately) location for hitch pin diameter hitch pin; a two-prong
D shown in hook secures tow chains or ropes
storage
channel. up to 3/4 in diameter. A conve-
nient storage channel lets you keep
a hitch pin at the ready but out of
Included bungee the way when not in use. The solid
cord secures
loads on cart. one-piece cast-steel body has a
E Hitch pin location E tough enamel coating to resist rust
C and wear, and an anti-rotation
Ball hitch use (ball
hitch not included). bracket to restrict plate movement,
helping prevent damage to the
plate or vehicle. (Ball hitch, hitch
pin and chain not included.)
Universal Hitch Plate
AG719 $28.50

 COMPOSTING & FERTILIZING
B D G

Compostable bags
sold separately. C Roll of 100 bags shown.
J
F

Stainless-Steel Compost Pails & Compostable Bags F. Countertop Collection Bin

These stainless-steel compost pails wont take on the smell of onion scraps Hung over the edge of a cupboard door or drawer face, this small bin sits
or the color of beet juice (as plastic containers often do) and are handsome right under the edge of a countertop, providing a convenient spot to sweep
enough to keep on the countertop if kitchen scraps while preparing a meal. Made of durable, dishwasher-safe
you wish. The small pail measures plastic, it has a 681/2 wide opening and holds up to 5 litres (1.3 U.S.
71/2 high by 8 in diameter and holds gallons) of material for later disposal in the garbage or compost pail. The
up to 4 litres (1 U.S. gallon). The snug-tting lid helps control odors. Fits material up to 7/8 thick.
large measures 81/2 high by 91/2 in Made in Italy.
diameter and holds up to 6 litres C 12K78.10 Countertop Collection Bin $14.90
(1.6 U.S. gallons). Each includes a
stainless-steel handle and lid. Just
needs a quick rinse to clean. An
excellent-quality product.
A perfect companion to the pails,
the compostable bags let you lift
compost out cleanly for disposal.
Made primarily from vegetable oil
and cornstarch, the bags break down at about the same rate as other vege-
table material when micro-organisms from organic matter are present,
leaving no harmful chemicals or residues. (Check with your municipality
not all accept these bags for curbside compost pick-up.)
A. XG155 Stainless Compost Pail, Sm. $21.50
B. XG150 Stainless Compost Pail, Lg. $24.50
XG183 Compostable Bags, roll of 20 $ 4.95
C. XG182 Compostable Bags, roll of 100 $21.50

To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit F

F
our website at leevalley.com

D. Countertop Compost Pail Kitchen Compost Pails

Not only is this stainless-steel pail
attractive for countertop use, it has two
activated charcoal lters in the lid to
absorb odors. The polished nish
requires only a quick rinse with soap
and water to clean. Unlike plastic,
stainless steel wont take on the smell
of onion scraps or the color of beet
juice. Measuring 11 tall by 7 in diam-
eter, it holds 4.4 litres (1.16 U.S.
gallons) of kitchen scraps. Replacement lters (that should be changed
E small pail (988) holds 4 litres
Filters in lid absorb odors.
This kitchen-scrap pail can sit on or under
your counter or hang inside a door, where it
can be easily lifted off for emptying. The
(1 U.S. gallon) of material; the large
(9811) holds 7 litres
(1.85 U.S. gallons). Each includes an acti-
vated charcoal lter to absorb odors. Change Hung inside
a door, the
lters every 4 to 6 months (replacement pail is easily
lters available separately). Made of long- lifted off for
lasting and easy-to-wash polyethylene. emptying.

every 3 to 6 months) are available separately. G. XG227 Compost Pail, 4 litres $15.95
XG140 Compost Pail & Filters $46.50 H. XG225 Compost Pail, 7 litres $18.50
E. XG142 Repl. Filters, set of 2 $ 4.50 J. XG213 Repl. Filters, pkg. of 3 $ 7.95
Composting & Fertilizing 61
 C 83/4 long

C. Soil & Compost

Thermometer
This thermom-
eter is perfect for
measuring soil
and compost
temperatures
A. Lee Valley Compost & Mulch Fork because the glass
The long, slender, closely spaced tines tube is shielded
of this fork are particularly suited to by a chrome-
handling mulch and compost. It can also plated copper
be used for picking up stones greater than case. It requires
A 1 in diameter. With a basket shape, it longer dwell
holds leaves, wood chips, etc., well and time for reading
is much more effective than a shovel in than more exposed thermometers, but
such material. Comes with a traditional 2 minutes is usually enough. Has Celsius and
54 ash handle with a curved ferrule. Fahrenheit scales, and reads from -10 to Organic Compost Accelerator
661/2 long overall. +110C (14 to 230F). Particularly useful for This is an all-organic natural concen-
PD223 *Compost & Mulch Fork $66.50 preventing seed rot and indicating when trate that accelerates the breakdown
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, compost needs treatment. 83/4 long. of waste vegetation into rich humus.
a length surcharge of $10 applies per order. AA235 Soil & Compost Thermometer $10.95 All-natural nutrients and enzymes.
Package weighs 700 grams.
B. Compost Visit us at leevalley.com SG501 Compost Accelerator $10.95
Aerating Tool
Overall length is 661/2.

This long-handled aerator B

is used to mix and aerate
compost. Unlike many aera-
tors, it has wings that fold at D
against the shaft for easy inser-
tion, but unfold when it is
pulled out again, providing a
lifting and stirring action. The
resultant mixing in of air and
exposure of material to the D
surface assists oxidation, D
speeds decomposition and
helps to eliminate odors caused
by anaerobic micro-organisms. E
36 long.
Compost Aerating Tool
XG401 $29.90
Overall length is 36.

B
E

Compost Thermometer & Moisture Meter

The temperature and moisture content of your compost are impor-
tant factors that inuence how quickly and efciently materials
break down. Each of these tools has an extra-long stainless-steel
probe to reach into the middle of the compost pile for a quick and
accurate reading.
17 long

Compacted Aerated The 20 long thermometer has an easy-to-read dial face that
20 long

measures from 0 to 200F, and has markings to indicate decom-

position speed zones. Organic matter decomposes slowly in the
Steady Zone (80 to 100F), faster in the Active Zone (100 to
130F), and most rapidly in the Hot Zone (130 to 160F).
The 17 long moisture meter detects moisture only at the tip; you
can insert the probe to the desired depth and the display provides
readings on a relative scale from one to ten. A simple calibration
screw lets you pre-set the display to indicate the optimum moisture
level according to your preferences; for subsequent readings, it
will show you whether moisture is higher or lower. It can also be
used as a quick-reading probe to test relative soil moisture, as
when checking the span or penetration depth of an irrigation
system. AAA battery included.
D. CT102 Compost Thermometer $29.90
E. CT103 Compost Moisture Meter $34.50
CT104 Thermometer & Moisture Meter $59.00
62 Composting & Fertilizing
 A. Dual-Batch Rolling Composter
With two separate side-by-side
compartments, this rolling composter
lets you continuously cycle two
batches of compost from your kitchen Built-in
scraps and yard waste. Once you have churning A
lled one compartment, leave this rst bafes

batch to age while adding fresh mate- Solid wall

rial to the second compartment; when separates
compartments.
the rst batch is ready, the compart-
ment can be emptied to accept new
material, while the second batch is
then left to break down, continuing A
the cycle. Turning the barrel every
few days introduces air into the
compost, speeding decomposition.
Internal bafes aid mixing, and an
adjustable vent lets you control
airow. The sliding lid provides
access to the contents, with symbols
to identify which compartment contains new material and which one is being
left to age. With each completed batch, simply rotate the lid to ensure correct
identication. Finished compost is produced in just 4 to 6 weeks. The 2628
UV-resistant polypropylene barrel stands 36 tall on the galvanized aluminum
frame. Each compartment has a capacity of 2.5 cubic feet. Made in Canada.
CT106 *Dual-Batch Composter $89.00 B
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For
areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

B. Wire Compost Bin

This extra-large composter holds 22 cubic feet of lawn and garden waste,
making it especially useful for composting leaves and grass clippings. Made of
heavy-gauge 1/8 steel wire with a polyester powder-coat nish, it has pull-out
corner rods to make everything accessible. Bin measures 363630 high.
Two or more bins can also be joined together, if desired, for ease of turning.
WT110 *Wire Compost Bin $32.50
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For
areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.

C. Compost Bin
A good choice for small gardens as a composter for leaves and other yard or
vegetable waste, this bin is adjustable from 22 to 42 in diameter, and will hold
up to 29 cu.ft. of material at maximum capacity. Small holes in the bin walls
allow aeration without letting contents escape. Made of durable recycled poly-
ethylene, the bin is 36 tall and includes fastening hardware and instructions.
A simple, effective composter.
XG316 Compost Bin $39.50
C
C
D. Composter Bracket Set
These heavy-duty brackets allow
you to make a composter that ts the D
space you have available, providing
48 cu.ft. of capacity at its largest
conguration. It is based on one of
the original designs by Sir Albert
Howard, a founder of organic
gardening, with the boards angled
and spaced to provide good air circu-
lation and moisture to promote
decomposition. Easy to assemble,
the set includes four powder-coated
steel brackets that hold a total of twenty
16 wooden boards (that you supply). Wood not included.
Screws included. It is recommended
that some boards be left unscrewed for
quick removal, to easily access your
compost for turning and removal. At a
height of 3, the recommended
maximum dimensions are 48 long by
48 wide (but this can be reduced to t
available space). Makes an effective and
sturdy composter.
CT110 Composter Bracket Set $82.50
63

B D. Soil pH Meter
A
Organic Growth Promotant 8-6-6
This product tested so well in our trials that we must
recommend it. To use, dilute it in a ratio of 200:1
(approximately a teaspoon to a quart of water) and
apply to plants every 2 weeks. Our tester used only
1 litre for the whole season to fertilize 350 sq.ft. of
vegetable gardens, with exceptional results. The
secret of its strength is the concentrated constitu-
ents used in its make-up. The formula (which is a
secret) includes potent ingredients imported from
all over the world. 100% natural. Available in two
sizes, 500ml/17 oz and 1l/34 oz.
A. HK563 Promotant, 500ml/17 oz $13.95
B. HK565 Promotant, 1l/34 oz $22.50
C. Brass Siphon Mixer
Fertilizing while you water saves time and ensures even
application, reducing the chance of over-fertilizing and
burning plants. To use this siphon mixer, just prepare
any water-soluble fertilizer in a pail, attach the siphon
unit to your faucet, drop the siphon line into the pail
and turn on the faucet. Fertilizer is automatically drawn
up from the pail and blended with the water as it ows
to your sprinkler, soaker hose, etc. The siphon automat-
ically mixes at a rate of 16:1 (16 parts water to 1 part
fertilizer) but the nal application rate can be adjusted
by diluting or concentrating the liquid fertilizer before-
hand. An integral backow preventer keeps the
fertilizer from backing up into the water source, or
water into the fertilizer, if there is a loss of pressure.
Instructions included. Maximum hose length of 50.
Made in USA.
AL817 Brass Siphon Mixer $25.95
C treatments. Insert the tip into the soil for 3 to 5 minutes; the bi-metal
C
64
261/2 long cord
You can easily check the pH level of your
garden soil with this quick-read meter,
ensuring that your plants have the correct
balance for healthy, vigorous growth. It
requires no tablets, paper strips or batteries
chemical reactions between the bi-metal
probe and acidic or alkaline soil produce Bi-metal probe
enough voltage to make the indicator needle
move, measuring pH from 3.5 (strongly
acidic) to 9 (strongly alkaline). All you need
to do between test locations is wipe the dirt D
off the probe. The 261/2 long cord lets you
insert the 41/4 probe into the soil with one
hand and hold the meter in your other hand to
easily read the results. A chart listing over 430
plant species and their preferred pH range is
provided, along with instructions for adjusting
the pH of your soil. Includes a cleaning pad for
removing any oxidation that accumulates on
the probe between uses. A simple way to
check the pH of your garden soil.
The pH meter is available paired with a
moisture meter in a set. See page 80 for details.
AB927 Soil pH Meter $19.95
AB929 pH & Moisture Meters Set $32.00
E. Soil Test Kit
When you plant in
soil of unknown
chemistry, you risk
the well-being of your
plants. This compre-
hensive soil test kit
tells you exactly the
state of your soil, so
you can adjust it to
suit the plants you
wish to grow.
Includes everything E
needed to perform ten
tests for each of four
different factors: pH
(acidity/alkalinity),
nitrogen, phosphorus
and potassium. The
kit contains test tablets, mixing chambers, dropper, color comparison chart, test instructions,
information on pH preferences for various plants, and instructions on how to alter your soil
chemistry. We found it easy to use, yielding quick results.
AA211 Soil Test Kit $16.95
F. Soil Moisture & pH Meter F
Trusted by horticulturalists for over 60 years, this meter requires no
batteries or chemical tablets, accurately measuring two key soil vari-
ables with a single hand-held probe. The easy-to-read needle gauge
indicates a precise reading, eliminating guesswork when applying soil
probe measures moisture content from 0 to 100%, and pH from 3.5
Gauge
(strongly acidic) to 8 (moderately alkaline). You can toggle
between the two readings at the push of a button. A refer-
ence chart on the side indicates how much
limestone treatment to add (per acre or
1000 sq.ft.) to optimize soil pH. To
ensure consistent, accurate readings,
any accumulated oxidation should be
removed from the metal sensor plates
Bi-metal
using a sheet of conditioning lm (two probe
included, each good for about 20 uses;
replacements are available). The meter
comes in a protective vinyl storage sheath.
Made in Japan.
AA212 Soil Moisture & pH Meter $132.00 Conditioning lm
AA213 Conditioning Film, 12 sheets $ 9.95
F
 A. Lifetime Hose
This is the last hose you will ever need to buy. Virtually indestructible, it is made of
eight-layer construction (many hoses have only one layer) and has a burst strength
WATERING
of 500 psi, well above that of a regular hose. Still, it is only 2/3 the weight of a rubber
hose. The outer layer is glossy and abrasion resistant. The 5/8 and 3/4 inside diame-
ters permit greater water ow than the more common 1/2 diameter. At 60 psi and
using 50 of hose, the approximate ow rate in
gallons per minute is 10.5 for a 1/2, 18 for
a 5/8 and 31 for a 3/4 dia. hose. This means
much less waiting for watering cans to ll up. A
The hoses have heavy-duty brass couplings.
The 5/8 size has a spring collar at the faucet
end to prevent kinks. Each is guaranteed by
the manufacturer for as long as you own it. 3/4 5/8 1/2
A super buy. Comes in 25, 50, 75 or 100 Lifetime Lifetime common
hose hose hose
lengths, and in 5/8 or 3/4 diameters.
XB106 Lifetime Hose, 5/825 $21.50
XB101 Lifetime Hose, 5/850 $36.50
XB108 Lifetime Hose, 5/875 $54.50 Morning, not evening,
XB103 Lifetime Hose, 5/8100 $64.50 is the best time to water
your garden. Nighttime
XB115 Lifetime Hose, 3/425 $36.50 5/8100
makes damp foliage hose shown.
XB111 Lifetime Hose, 3/450 $56.50 vulnerable to molds
XB117 Lifetime Hose, 3/475 $78.50 and fungi.
XB113 Lifetime Hose, 3/4100 $94.50

Flexzilla Garden Hose

Remarkably easy to handle, this hose is made from a strong but supple polymer
blend that resists kinks, tangles and stiffness, even in cold temperatures. It has
virtually no spool memory so it uncoils neatly, lies at in use
and wont put up a ght as you wind it back onto
the reel or hose hanger. Resistant to split-
ting and abrasion, it has sturdy plastic
kink-eliminator cuffs to reduce strain
at the hose ends. We offer 15, 50 and
100 lengths of 5/8 inside diameter
hose (ow rate of the 50 hose is about
18 gallons per minute at 60 psi). Each
has standard threaded ttings made
of non-corroding anodized aluminum
with a thick O-ring gasket on the faucet
connection for a reliable seal. The high-
visibility color is easy to spot in the grass.
Highly recommended, this is a well-made,
manageable garden hose. 1+ 3+ B
XB128 5/815 Hose, ea. $22.50 $19.10
B. XB126 5/850 Hose, ea. $54.50 C
C. XB127 5/8100 Hose, ea. $89.50

Sprayer not
D. Lightweight Hose included.
All too often, hoses labelled as lightweight are
also light-duty since they are made of poor-
quality materials prone to kinks, splits and leaks.
Not this one. It is made from rugged polyurethane
with nickel- and chrome-plated
Rugged polyurethane hose
ttings and nylon kink elimina-
tors at either end. It resists
D
abrasion, punctures and degra-
dation due to UV exposure,
ensuring years of reliable use.
Nylon kink Lightweight without sacricing
eliminator at each end strength, it is 1/2 in diameter
Nickel- and chrome-plated ttings
and available in lengths suit-
able for watering suburban
yards or balcony gardens. When empty, the 25
hose weighs less than 11/2 lb and the 50 length
weighs just 3 lb either is a good choice for those
who lack the strength to haul a heavier-gauge
hose. FDA approved for use with potable water.
Made in USA.
50 hose shown.
XB124 Lightweight Hose, 251/2 dia. $36.50
XB122 Lightweight Hose, 501/2 dia. $58.50

 50 hose shown.

B. Deluxe Watering Set

Walls of professional
A. Professional Soaker Hose soaker hose are twice soaker
Made in the USA, this professional-grade
as thick.
soaker hose has sidewalls twice as thick as ordinary soaker hoses, allowing it to
operate at pressures from 10 psi up to 100 psi, so multiple hoses can be
connected (up to 1000) without losing effectiveness. The thick walls also make
it resistant to kinking and crushing. Used above ground, under mulch or buried
up to 6 underground, it is an efcient method of watering. Because evapora-
tion is minimized, less water is required than with surface sprinklers while
achieving the same results. In our test, we found that the hose operates best
under low pressure, requiring only a quarter turn of the faucet. The leak rate
was 36 gallons per hour. 50 long with a 1/2 inside diameter. Brass ttings.
XC128 Professional Soaker Hose, 50 $28.50
Unequalled for watering potted plants, patio plants,
seedlings and hanging baskets, this system comes
with either a 25 or 50 self-coiling hose that springs
back into a neat coil about 17 or 30 in length
Narrow
respectively. The hose has a 3/8 inside diameter spray
Close-up of
that provides good water ow, and its 3/4 brass
soaker hose couplings t standard garden faucets and hose-end
weeping. accessories. The 16 stainless-steel wand comes
with two of the best interchangeable rose heads
available. The fan spray rose is ideal for greenhouse
use as it provides an incredibly ne spray that wont
damage emerging seedlings. The narrow spray rose
is more suited to watering potted plants. The wand
Common
has an on/off trigger valve and comes with standard
brass ttings that will connect to a regular garden
hose hose. An adapter is included for connecting the
Fan spray
hose to a kitchen or bathroom tap. Hose material is
opaque to eliminate algae build-up. Hoses are also
available separately. Not for use with hot water.
XC455 Deluxe Watering Set, 25 $38.50
XC457 Deluxe Watering Set, 50 $45.50
XC471 Coil-Up Hose, 25 $18.50
XC472 Coil-Up Hose, 50 $25.50
To order call 1-800-871-8158

C. Compact Hose & Reel

Fan Not only is this hose system incredibly
compact, it has one of the best spray
guns weve found. Designed to t the
hand comfortably, it has an oversize
Gentle
Gentle quick-release Large rubber grip for spray
shower
shower
Strong shower trigger that auto- pattern adjustment
matically locks
when pressed,
so you can
water for long
Quick-release
periods without trigger
Handle and knob fold in for Jet hand fatigue.
compact storage. The large rubber grip on the nozzle lets
you adjust the spray pattern easily (jet,
fan or strong or gentle shower) even
with wet hands. Our favorite setting is
the rain-like gentle shower, which
Retractable
waters without eroding soil. The PVC
hook lets hose is tough and exible, with a 7.5mm
you hang (5/16) inside diameter. Both the 10m
reel on
C a fence. (32) main hose and 2m (61/2) leader
hose have quick-connect ends that can
attach to the spray gun or the faucet
adapter. A retractable hook lets you
hang the reel on a fence, and a folding
handle makes it easy to carry.
Thoughtfully designed, all the compo-
nents store on board the 111051/2
casing. Well made in Japan.
XC470 Compact Hose & Reel $52.50
66
 D. Lee Valley Stainless-Steel Hose Hanger
A This durable wall-mount hose hanger was
designed after we made a simple discovery: if
you mount a hanger 6 high on a wall and hang
your hose in long loops just shy of the ground,
you need only four loops for a 50 hose and
eight loops for a 100 hose. Not only does this
make the hose fast to deploy,
it also avoids virtually
all twisting and D
kinking you get with
smaller loops. Made
from heavy-gauge
stainless steel and
Hose not included. designed with high
sidewalls, it will
A. Wrought-Iron Hose Hanger easily hold 100 of
3/4 diameter hose
Our attractive scrolled hose hanger is hand made from wrought iron. It
easily holds 200 of hose, and if you mount it up high you can store your with loops hanging Hose not
hose in long loops that dont kink or twist when taken off the hanger. down about 4. Measures 10 included.

Mounts on a wall using screws or lag bolts (not included) through the two
small openings on the back. Protected with a durable polyester powder-coat
paint. Measures 14711. A great way to neatly organize your hose.
FG125 Wrought-Iron Hose Hanger $39.50
B. Hose Holder
This unique hanger is designed
B to reduce the frustration of knots
Hose not and tangles that often occur while
included. unravelling hoses. Nine ngers,
spaced 11/4 apart, rmly hold and
separate eight individual layers of
hose; each layer accommodates
two loops of hose up to 3/4 in
diameter. Simply push the hose
between the ngers, xing the hose
in position. Give a slight tug to free
one loop at a time without tangles.
Made of UV-resistant polypro-
pylene, it holds over 100 of hose.
Mounting hardware not included.
AK510 Hose Holder $12.75
A version of the above holder that ts extension cords is offered on page 151.
C. Hose Storage Pot
Hoses can make an unsightly mess in or around the yard. This ingenious
pot solves that problem by hiding your hose when its not in use. Through
a hole in the side of the pot, you connect the hose to a faucet. The rest of
the hose (up to 100 of 5/8 hose) can be coiled in the pot when not in use.
As a side benet, it comes with a plug for the side hole so that it can
double as a planter. Made from polyethylene, it measures 2191/2.
AK505 *Hose Storage Pot $49.50
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For
areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
wide, 41/2 deep and 91/4 high.
Stainless-Steel Hose Hanger
XB808 $31.50
Hose not
included.
E
E. Classic Hose Hanger
This high-quality hanger is both attrac-
tive and practical. The curvature of the
bracket reduces the drop-off angle of the hose,
eliminating kinking from the hot sun. Made to last
from non-rusting cast aluminum with a UV-stable
bronze powder coating, it is 18 wide by 9 high by 5
deep. When installed at a height that accommodates 3 long
loops, it holds up to 125 of 5/8 hose or 100 of 3/4 hose.
FG130 Classic Hose Hanger $69.50
F. Hose Guide
If youve ever mutilated a tender plant by unwittingly dragging your hose
over it, then this hose guide is for you. Placed at the corners of growing
beds, it will protect plants. Made of heavy plastic, the guide comes in two
pieces. The spike-shaped bottom half is pushed into the ground to make a
permanent base that sits ush to the soil. The upper half inserts into the base
and rotates smoothly as a hose is pulled by it. This piece can be removed
for easy lawn mowing, then quickly replaced in the base. Measuring 12
overall, 4 remain above ground when installed. Dark-green color. Also
used at corners of buildings to prevent abrasion of your hose. 1+ 3+
AK302 Hose Guide, ea. $7.50 $6.75
Upper half of guide rotates,
allowing hose to move freely.

C
Hose not included. Watering 67
 Reel
A pivots
180.

65
hose

Pull to
unwind and
give a swift
tug to retract
the hose.

A. Auto-Retracting Hose Reel B

Made in the UK by Hozelock, this reel
Spray nozzle
makes winding and unwinding a garden
hose far less of a struggle. You can play
Easily removed out as much hose as you need with just
for storage.
a light, steady pull; a short, swift tug
retracts the hose automatically, coiling it
back onto the spool evenly. The reel ts
onto a wall-mounted bracket, locking in
position (hardware included), and pivots
180. For winter storage, removing the B. Lee Valley Hose Guide
locking pin allows you to lift the reel off We designed this hose guide with a number of
the mount without having to remove the advantages over typical hose guides. First, it is
hose or wall bracket. Made of UV-stable convenient; it is quick to place and easy to remove
plastic. It comes with a 65, 1/2 diameter and replace for mowing. Second, the hose drops
78 feeder hose hose, a spray nozzle and a 78 feeder in straight from the top, and it will not accidentally
hose for connection to your faucet. come out (unless lifted straight up!), so you can
Auto-Retracting Hose Reel snake hose through a garden or around corners
XB138 $129.00 with condence. Third, it is made from 5/16 steel
rod with a powder-coat nish, so it is virtually inde-
T-lters (see page 78) help prevent sprinklers or other watering devices from getting clogged by mineral structible in normal use. Finally, it is well priced; an
build-up or debris. They are recommended for use with any hose attachments that have ne outlets, or excellent buy. Measures 151/2 overall. 1+ 3+
with any devices supplied by well water or other water sources with high mineral content. AK470 Hose Guide, ea. $12.50 $11.25

Lee Valley Hose Stand

Now you can have a hose
stand and water outlet
anywhere on your prop-
C erty. No need to drag
F
long hoses around or
go back to the house
every time you want
to turn on or shut off
the water. The solid
steel stand has a
durable forest-green
powder paint, is 50
overall and 38 tall G
installed, and holds
100 of 5/8 hose. It
has an easy-to-use

solid brass ball valve
that, by virtue of its
D large internal opening,
F. Faucet Extension
does not decrease water
This portable water
ow, unlike a regular
valve on a 20 stand
faucet. A saddle keeps
lets you put your water
thin-walled hose from
outlet anywhere you
kinking in the sun. The stand
want it in your garden.
is ideal in a vegetable garden, on Hose not
It can be attached to
the side of the house where you included.
any length of garden hose and the hose can be buried
dont have a faucet, or just hooked up with the
to create a semi-permanent watering station. We also
optional Lifetime 6 (5/8 I.D.) hose to get you
offer a 6 section of 5/8 I.D. Lifetime hose to let you
clear of shrubs next to the house. Stand also
use it just far enough away from your foundation to
available without the ball valve faucet.
prevent tramping through owerbeds or shrubs to
Designed by Lee Valley. E get to the tap. Solid brass ball valve on a forest-green
C. XB794 *Stand & Ball Valve $64.50
steel stand. The ball valve has an easy-to-use handle
D. XB105 Optional Hose, 6 $10.50
and, by virtue of its large internal opening, it does
E. XB791 *Stand only, no valve $37.50
not decrease water ow, unlike a regular faucet.
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a
length surcharge of $10 applies per order.
EP746 Faucet Extension $39.50
G. XB105 Optional Hose, 6 $10.50
68
 A. Wall-Mount Swivel Hose Reel Reel swivels 180 when
Unlike xed hose reels that must be set either parallel or perpendicular to the wall, mounted on corner of house. Top View
this one swivels in a radius up to 180, making it easy to unwind the hose from any
direction. Made of sturdy, rust-resistant powder-coated steel, the 18 diameter
reel and 20 wide mounting bracket are built to last. The swivel mount
and reel rotate smoothly, and the spool handle has a textured coating Hose can be pulled
for good grip. The reel holds 100 of 5/8 or 75 of 3/4 Lifetime hose. It from any direction.
includes a 5 leader hose with brass ttings to connect the unit to a standard 3/4 faucet. For
convenient winter storage, the reel can be lifted off the mount without removing the main
hose or bracket. Mounting hardware included.
XB133 *Swivel Hose Reel $115.00
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular
A shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA,
contact Customer Service for shipping rates. In regions with below-freezing
weather, its important to empty
water from all your irrigation
components and watering
accessories including hoses,
timers, nozzles, valves, sprin-
klers, watering cans and rain
Shown open barrels to prevent damage
to 90.
caused by the water expanding
as it freezes. Open ball-type
Closed valves (on nozzles, Y-valves
and shut-off valves) to a 45
angle when not in use; leaving
them totally open or closed will
trap small amounts of water that
will crack the valve as it freezes.
Includes 5 It is best to remove valves and
leader hose
(hose on reel timers from outdoor faucets and
not included). store them in a warm place.

B. Compact Hose-Reel Cart

This is a reliable hose-reel cart sized just right for
suburban lawns and gardens. Well balanced and durable,
it has a rustproof powder-coated steel frame, rubber-tread
wheels, brass ttings and cushioned handles; holds 100
of our 5/8 (or 75 of 3/4) Lifetime hose. The 5/8 faucet- Cushioned
upper frame
connector hose is 5 long, and the 1619 footprint Hose not handle stands
allows for compact storage. Built to last. included. 36 high.
XB134 *Compact Hose-Reel Cart $99.00
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular
shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA,
contact Customer Service for shipping rates. B

To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit

our website at leevalley.com Stable unit
with rugged
steel frame

Gardening with Less Water

by David A. Bainbridge Cushioned reel
crank handle
Written by a noted
dryland irrigation
expert, this book
presents tried-and-true
techniques for any
gardener facing water
restrictions or who is
simply interested in
conserving water. It
describes a range of Brass ttings
at each end of
methods and devices, included 5 hose
many dating back to
ancient times, to minimize evaporation by delivering water directly to soil
Rubber-
and roots, with advice on installing and maintaining each. In addition, it tread
offers tips on water-wise gardening, rainwater collection, creating water wheels
catchments and planning irrigation systems. Supplemented by color
photos and diagrams throughout. Softcover, 68, 127 pages, 2015.
LA964 Gardening with Less Water $11.95
69

A Shut-Off Valves
B to the faucet each time, reducing frustration when adjusting impulse sprinklers or soaker
Ball valve operation
Closed
Open
The Best Shut-Off Valves Ever
Most control valves and faucets have internal mecha-
nisms that substantially reduce water ow, even when
they are completely open. They are also commonly dif-
cult to operate. These shut-off valves overcome both
problems. The internal mechanism is a cross-drilled ball
that can be fully opened or fully closed in a quarter turn.
The polished stainless-steel ball in an all brass body oper-
ates with a 31/2 long handle that is a breeze to turn. The
oversize internal openings dramatically increase water
ow compared with other in-line valves. They make
wonderful in-line shut-off valves to let you control sprin-
klers without having to run back to the hose bib every
time. For cantankerous faucets, you can attach one
directly, turn the faucet on full and then use the smoothly
functioning ball valve for shut-off or general control
the rest of the summer. The valves have standard male
and female ttings. Available in two styles, straight or
Y-valve. Both are excellent valves at remarkable prices.
1+ 3+
A. AL220 Straight Valve, ea. $14.50 $13.10
B. AL228 Y-Valve, ea. $25.50 $23.00
In areas with below-
freezing weather, empty
water from all your irriga-
tion components before
winter and store them in a
warm place.
E faucet and hose ttings, and will supply
F on the faucet. Adding a hose kink elimi-
70 Watering
Thumb-Operated
These shut-off valves have Closed Open
easy-to-use thumb-operated
levers to control ow.
Each has an internal
cross-drilled
nylon ball that
can be fully
D
opened and closed
by pivoting the C
lever back and forth.
The in-line valve lets you turn off the hose at the output end, rather than running back
hose systems. The Y-valve mounts to a faucet; each branch has its own ow control
lever, allowing you to run two independent hoses from it at once. Each valve is made of
aluminum with a tough textured thermoplastic rubber coating and has a swivel connector.
C. AL808 In-Line Valve $7.50
D. AL809 Y-Valve $9.50
G. Four-Way Water Distributor
This water manifold is made in Italy
from rugged ABS plastic it will never
corrode or seize up. Four independent
Without hose
kink eliminator outlets supply water to hoses, sprinklers or
E irrigation systems from a single faucet and
each outlet has an easy-to-turn ow-control
knob. All outlets have quick-connect
couplers to let you switch out hoses or
attachments. The outer two couplers can
be unscrewed and a hose can be attached
directly to the distributor. (Those couplers
can then be used at the other end of the hose
With hose kink for accessory attachment.) Especially when
eliminator
used with timers, it is a convenient means
of managing the water supplied to various
areas with different irrigation needs. Should
E not be exposed to freezing temperatures.
Attaching a hose kink eliminator between
your faucet and distributor provides
E. Hose Kink Eliminator
increased exibility and reduced strain on
Trying to get the last few inches of reach by
the main connection when hoses are pulled.
pulling on a hose often causes it to kink at
AL852 Four-Way Distributor $36.50
the faucet. Once kinked, it more readily
kinks the next time, shutting the water off
and causing material fatigue, which eventu-
ally leads to leaks. This 6 kink eliminator G
simply connects between a standard hose
and faucet, bending in a smooth curve
under tension to prevent unwanted kinks
and extend hose life. The 3/4 I.D. rein-
forced PVC hose has a stainless-steel spring
protector and machined brass ttings.
AE302 Hose Kink Eliminator $9.50
F. Four-Way Brass Manifold
Made of long-lasting solid cast brass, this
E Two outside outlets have
manifold is threaded to connect to standard removable couplers that
can be used at the other
end of hose.
water to four devices such as hoses, irri-
gation systems and mist systems. Each
outlet has its own leak-proof shut-off ball
valve. The shut-off valves and the faucet G
connector are rubber coated to be easier on
the ngers. Supplied with a manifold-to-
wall stabilizer arm so no stress is placed
nator is recommended. As with all water
connectors, be sure to remove it from the
faucet before frost hits.
AL218 Four-Way Brass Manifold $23.50
Visit us at leevalley.com
 B C D
A

Brass Quick Couplers

A. Easy-Turn
Tap Grip
This pliable grip
snaps onto a variety of tap handles to increase
leverage and to cushion and protect your hands.
Readily ts all standard 2 diameter tap styles
(commonly found on faucets, propane tanks and
indoor plumbing), including 5, 6 and 8-lobe
faucet keys and oval shut-off valves. Great for
use on outdoor taps. Sold individually.
These quick couplers are the perfect answer
to the frustration of threading and unthreading
hoses, hose attachments and sprinklers. Made
of solid brass, they allow you to connect and
disconnect quickly just by sliding the spring-
loaded ring about 1/4. Offered as a set, they
are also available separately because you often
need more male ttings than female. A simple
solution to one of lifes little frustrations. Built
to last. 1+ 5+ E
B. AL904 Male Fitting, ea. $ 4.10 $3.70
C. AL903 Female Fitting, ea. $ 7.90 $7.10 E. Silicone Washers 1/8 thick silicone

1+ 3+ AL905 Male & Female Set $10.50 $9.45 Made of silicone, these
AL101 Tap Grip, ea. $3.50 $3.00 D. AB107 Repl. Step Washer, ea. $ 2.20 $2.00
washers compress to
effectively seal ttings
O-Ring Washers
with minimal tight- Four nubs x washer in place.
O-rings seal better than at rubber washers in faucets and hose
ening. The highly exible material can be used
couplings. Not only do they last longer but they seal with less
with either hot or cold water and wont shrink,
pressure. Offered as a set of 10 O-rings. Made of long-lasting
crack or tear easily. The bright yellow color
EPDM the same stuff 20-year pond liners are made from.
makes them easy to nd if dropped. Sold as a
They t standard 3/4 hose couplings. Economically priced.
package of six. Made in Canada.
AB109 O-Ring Washers, pkg. of 10 $3.40
AB110 Silicone Washers, pkg. of 6 $3.95

1 2
Indoor Faucet Adapter
Faucet
With this simple connector, you can adapters
easily attach a hose to an indoor faucet.
Designed to t standard threaded
faucets, it includes adapters (with
built-in aerators) for internal and
external threads that can be left
installed if desired, and a plastic Bracket
slides to
quick-connect hose tting. The lock quick-
quick-connect tting has a sliding connect
tting to
bracket to lock it securely to the faucet
faucet adapter. Made in Germany. adapter.
XC474 Indoor Faucet Adapter $23.50 Quick-connect
hose tting

Compression Hose Couplers & Mender Hose Menders & Couplers

These well-made ttings let you durably mend 5/8 diameter hose or These handy devices let you mend broken hose or add a male or female coupler
quickly add a male or female coupler to an end without tools or adhe- to an end. Just cut the hose end square, insert the part and tighten the screws.
sives. Just cut the hose end square, slip the two interlocking parts of the Sizes listed refer to hose diameters that will t the device.
coupler onto the end, and hand tighten the parts together to form a secure, J. XB415 Male Coupler, 5/8 & 3/4 $2.50
watertight connection. Made from aluminum and brass, with synthetic XB414 Male Coupler, 1/2 $2.50 In areas with below-freezing weather,
rubber washers and cushioned collars for good grip, even when wet. K. XB416 Female Coupler, 8 & 4 $2.50
5/ 3/ empty water from all your irrigation
components before winter and store
F. XB420 5/8 2-Ended Compression Hose Mender $6.80 XB417 Female Coupler, 1/2 $2.50 them in a warm place.
G. XB421 8 Male Compression Coupler
5/ $5.95 L. XB413 Hose Mender, 8 & 4 $3.20
5/ 3/
H. XB422 5/8 Female Compression Coupler $5.95

F
L
Assembled

F G H Watering 71
 Jet
Flow control knob
Reaches up to 30
(with 5/8 hose at 60 psi).
A
Quick-connect Mist
adapter

Head Rubber head

pivots 90. C
Trigger lock Textured gripping surface

Fan

Jet Fast-ll

Spot
sprinkler Rubber-encased
aluminum body
Soaker
Spray pattern adjustment
Wide Gentle shower C. Heavy-Duty Hose Nozzle
shower
Built to last, this sturdy aluminum nozzle is encased in rubber to protect it
A. Ultra Twist Sprayer/Spot Sprinkler from damage and provide insulation to keep cold water from chilling your
This is no ordinary spray pistol doubling as a highly effective spot hand. The spray adjusts from a high-pressure jet that reaches up to 30 (with 5/8
sprinkler, it is an excellent tool for watering targeted areas. With the handle hose at 60 psi), through various cone-shaped spray patterns (ranging from
lying at on the ground, the head can pivot up to 90 to either side, spraying narrow to wide), to a high-volume, low-pressure soaker setting. It is 5 long
straight upwards or aimed at an angle to water an area up to 30 in diameter. overall, with a 31/2 handle that offers a generous gripping surface.
The pistol has four spray patterns (jet, fast-ll, wide shower and gentle AL600 Heavy-Duty Hose Nozzle $14.50
shower) and a large dial that lets you switch settings easily. On the gentle
shower setting, water ows through an aluminum rose with over 200
tiny holes, yielding ne rain-like droplets to avoid eroding soil or harming
delicate seedlings. A large thumb knob on the back controls ow, and the
trigger lock lets you water without having to squeeze continuously. Made
of tough UV-stabilized plastic, the pistol is lightweight and strong, with an Fine spray Medium Full action
insulating TPR coating on hand-contact areas to enhance grip. Comes
with a universal quick-connect hose adapter that automatically stops the
ow when removing the tool. Cleverly designed and built to last, this is D. Water Gun
a well-made, versatile sprayer. This unusually comfortable spray gun
AL848 Sprayer/Spot Sprinkler $39.90 has the trigger mounted on the front
rather than the back, which makes D
B. Garden Shower Spray Pistol it easier to hold and squeeze. The
The gentle shower setting on this sprayer is one of the best weve found. water gun can be set to spray without
Hundreds of ne holes in the oversize nozzle allow a remarkably soft spray, any further squeezing of the trigger. The grip is insu-
similar to rain, that wont harm young plants or erode soil. It can be used in lated so your hand wont turn numb from cold water, and
a wide or narrow pattern. The pistol also has standard spray patterns jet, the brass nozzle is innitely adjustable from a ne spray to
fan, mist and strong shower making it useful for a variety of watering full action, making this water gun suitable for a wide variety
and cleaning jobs. You can change the spray pattern easily, even with wet of jobs. The nozzle can also be removed to expose a standard
hands, using the oversize rubber grip on the nozzle. The rubberized pistol hose thread that will accept a variety of attachments. Great for
grip is comfortable to hold and has a quick-release trigger that automati- spot watering or cleaning up after planting.
cally locks when pressed, so you can water for long periods without hand AL825 Water Gun $14.50
fatigue. A lever on the back of the nozzle lets you adjust the water ow.
Made from tough plastic, it is lightweight yet strong.
AL844 Garden Shower Spray Pistol $34.50
Rotate nozzle to adjust spray pattern.

E F G
Rubberized
pistol grip Front view
of nozzle Brass Nozzles
These durable solid brass nozzles t any standard garden
Thumb lever adjusts ow. hose. The fogging nozzle creates the dense mist so useful E
in starting seeds and cuttings. It can be mounted above
Locking trigger benches and used to automatically water pots and
ats and increase humidity. Great for watering ne
seeds (in ats or new lawns) where a heavier
B water ow would cause erosion. The sweeper
nozzle produces a high-pressure stream of
water suitable for sweeping drives and side- F
walks, ushing eavestroughs, washing
cars, etc. The internal design makes
it effective at creating a smooth
Gentle Narrow gentle stream. A must for every garden,
Jet
shower shower the traditional hose nozzle can be
adjusted to spray anything from a
ne mist to a sharp stream.
E. AL815 Brass Fogging Nozzle $ 8.95
Strong F. AL801 Brass Sweeper Nozzle $ 4.20 G
Fan Mist shower
G. AL902 Brass Hose Nozzle $10.80
72 Watering
 A C

40 overall
A. Water Wand
This sturdy aluminum wand is the same type used by
professional nursery workers. The durable construction ensures A
that it will last for generations. It is coupled with a heavy-duty trigger
valve that gives water on demand and a 1 dia. aluminum spray rose.
The trigger valve is also available separately (see PB310 below). The
complete unit measures 40 overall and has brass ttings. The optional
2 aluminum rose is ideal for watering high volumes of plants, such as
masses of ats or pots in a greenhouse. This 1 spray rose
wand will do double duty as a driveway included.
washer (see page 133 for spray tip).
PB300 Water Wand $34.50
B. PB303 Optional 2 Rose $ 5.00

C. Trigger Valve Thumb control C

Our heavy-duty trigger valve has standard Offered on page 133,
ttings for use with any hose and watering B
the Little Big Shot Optional 2 spray rose
wand lacking a trigger. It has a comfortable nozzle creates spray
grip with a simple throttle that sets water ow patterns ranging
and holds its place so your hand can remain from a gentle stream
relaxed during watering. 61/8 long. A simple to a high-pressure
way to upgrade your existing watering wand. sweeper setting. B
PB310 Trigger Valve $8.95

D 24 overall

D. Haws Brass Water Wand

For over a century, Haws of England has made the nest watering cans, with
unique watering roses that deliver a soft rain-like spray that is gentle on plants
and soil. Haws has combined the benets of the brass rose with the convenience
of a high-quality watering wand. This solid brass wand has a powder-coated
steel trigger handle to control water ow, and a unique brass ring mechanism D
to lock the trigger in the on position. Weighing 11/2 lb and measuring 24
long, this is a beautiful, well-made garden tool that will last a lifetime.
PB312 Brass Water Wand $72.00
Visit us at leevalley.com

E 37 overall

E. Lightweight Spray Wand

This spray wand feels almost weightless in Rotate nozzle to adjust
spray pattern.
use; the reactive force from water owing
through it has a balancing effect, making it
Strong shower
easy to hold steady. The nozzle has a large
rubber grip that lets you adjust the spray
pattern easily (jet, fan or strong or gentle
shower) even with wet hands. The rain-like
gentle shower setting is particularly useful Jet
for hanging baskets since it waters without
eroding soil. You can easily adjust the water
ow with a thumb lever. It has a comfortable Thumb lever
handle design, with a trigger that automati- adjusts ow.
cally locks when pressed so you dont have
Gentle shower
to squeeze it continuously. Rubberized panels Rubberized
provide excellent grip even when wet. A loop grip
on the sprayer head lets you hang it up for
storage. Made in Japan from tough plastic
and aluminum, the wand is lightweight yet Locking
strong. Just over 37 long overall. trigger
PB313 Lightweight Spray Wand $46.50 Fan

 B Mechanical Water Timers

Water timers just dont get any easier to use
than these. Simple and reliable, they work like
Swivel faucet connector
a mechanical egg timer, without batteries or elec-
tronics, automatically shutting off the water after
A B a chosen length of time (up to 2 hours). The large
rubberized dials offer good grip even when wet,
with high-contrast numerals that are easy to read.
A manual override setting lets you use the hose without engaging the
timer. Available in single- and double-outlet models. The double-
outlet timer lets you control two hoses independently from a single
faucet, useful when you need to irrigate areas with different watering
requirements, such as a lawn and a vegetable patch. Both models
work with water pressure from 15 to 120 psi and have a durable plastic
housing. Instructions not included you simply wont need them.
Rubberized dial A. AA323 Single-Outlet Timer $14.95
B. AA324 Double-Outlet Timer $24.50

C D
Set a different schedule
Separate programming E
for two areas
for each day. Separate
programming
for four areas

Detachable display

Easy-to-follow prompts

to remove it from the faucet F

before frost hits. A smart, ef- E
cient way to manage watering,
Electronic Water Timers and a great advantage in areas Moisture
sensor
Intuitive to use, these digital timers simplify programming an with daily watering restrictions.
irrigation schedule. Following straightforward prompts printed To automatically override the
on a ring around the LCD display, you can select the weekday, watering schedule in wet weather,
time, watering interval and frequency, or program an indepen- we offer an optional moisture
dent schedule for different days of the week. A manual setting sensor that you can connect to the
permits watering between cycles, and the rain-delay option timer. The sensors probe has a
suspends watering for up to seven days, all without altering simple dial that lets you select a moisture level from one
your pre-set schedule. We offer a one-zone timer for controlled to ve. When soil moisture reaches the selected level, the
watering of a single area, and two- and four-zone units that allow sensor triggers your timers rain delay to avoid wasting
you to program separately for different sections of your lawn water when it isnt needed. Comes with a 16 sensor wire.
or garden. The four-zone timer has a detachable display so you C. AL241 One-Zone Water Timer $39.50
dont have to be near your outdoor faucet to program it. All D. AL242 Two-Zone Water Timer $52.50
models work with water pressure of 20 to 80 psi. Requires two E. AL243 Four-Zone Water Timer $79.50
AA batteries (you supply). As with all water connectors, be sure F. AL244 Moisture Sensor $26.50

Controller unit
G. Wi-Fi Water Timer
This timer lets you set a watering schedule for four different hoses without even going
outside. Controlled via Wi-Fi, the system consists of a faucet-mounted four-outlet unit
and a controller unit that you keep indoors. Using a web page that can be accessed from a
computer, tablet or phone, you can see all the settings at a glance and program the watering
schedule for each valve individually. There are 11 preset watering intervals to choose from,
ranging from once a week to six times a day, or you can make a schedule that only activates
on specic days. Watering durations of up to 240 minutes can be set in one-minute incre-
ments. An optional ECO mode intermittently pauses the ow to let water sink into the
soil, reducing runoff and evaporation.
You can override the programming at any time without losing your
G settings, or manually turn the water on or off at each outlet. You can also
use the web page to start a one-off watering session, or to introduce a
rain delay of up to seven days.
The timer works with water pressure of 20 to 80 psi. Remove from the
faucet before frost hits to prevent damage. Requires four AA batteries
(not included).
AL240 Wi-Fi Water Timer $179.00

74 Watering
 A B

Easy-To-Set Water Timers

With these versatile, high-quality timers, controlling how much and how
often you water is a straightforward process.
The dial-operated timer takes seconds to program. One dial sets watering
frequency, with nine options ranging from every 3 hours to every 14 days.
A second dial controls watering duration, with ten settings ranging from
2 minutes to 9 hours. A delay-start button postpones activation for 1 to 12
hours, so you dont have to wait for the right hour to set the unit.
The digital timers exible programming makes it ideal for use in areas
with daily water restrictions. With an LCD screen and easy push-button
programming, it can be set to water on any or all days of the week, up to four
times per day, for a duration ranging from 1 minute to 12 hours (in 1-minute
increments). Manual override buttons let you water between cycles, or pause
them, without altering the settings. It has a low-
battery indicator, and it stores settings for 30
seconds while you change the battery.
Each model has a weather- and UV-resistant
ABS housing and requires a 9-volt battery
(not included). They work with water pressure
from 14 to 140 psi. The timers should not
be exposed to freezing temperatures, and we
recommend changing the battery once a year.
A. AL245 Dial Timer $39.50
B. AL246 Digital Timer $39.50
Battery
compartment
Screen cover
C. Bluetooth Water Timer
Using an app on your Android or iOS device*, this water timer can be
programmed wirelessly, letting you set or adjust a watering schedule from
up to 90 away; easy-to-follow cues displayed on your device guide you
through the process. It can be set to water on any or all days of the week, up
to four times per day, for a duration ranging from one minute to 12 hours in
one-minute increments. You can even manage multiple timers from the same
app. A rain-delay setting lets you postpone your irrigation cycle without losing
your preset program. You can also manually control the settings right at the
faucet, without using the app. The timer has a weather- and UV-resistant ABS
housing and requires one 9-volt alkaline battery (you supply). Works with
water pressure from 14 to 145 psi. A smart, efcient way to manage watering.
AL248 Bluetooth Water Timer $49.50
* Minimum required Android V4.3 or iOS 7.
To order call 1-800-871-8158

D. Flow Meter
Unlike most water timers, this simple water meter controls the volume of
ow rather than the duration. Turn the dial to the desired amount and let the

tap run; the meter automatically stops the ow once that quantity has been
released. The paddle-drive mechanism operates without batteries, and a
manual override lets you bypass the meter. Volume markings are shown in
Conserving Water Outdoors metric and Imperial
(up to 5000 litres/1200
Effective and efcient watering involves understanding when your gallons). To give you
plants need water and how much they need, measuring amounts an estimate of how long
of water, and selecting appropriate methods of supplying it. it will take to release
Plants signal when they need water. Depending on the type of plant, the pre-set volume,
the rst effects of stress will be visible on leaves. Some plants may fold approximate time
up their leaves to reduce the area exposed to the drying effects of the
increments are also
sun and wind. Succulent leaves will acquire a soft wrinkled look.
Grasses tend to take on a bluish gray tone while glossy-leafed plants
marked (based on a
lose their shine. Conifers may turn yellowish. typical ow rate with
pressure of 60 psi). The D
Take stock of the different areas of your yard. Be aware not only of the
obvious hot spots (open areas, top of a sandy hill or beside the driveway) meter mounts on any
but also note where the wind howls through and where the sun reects off standard threaded
a wall. This will help you select plants for a given location. By getting to faucet and works with
know your plants and their needs, you will be able to take a more tailored water pressure from 10
approach to watering rather than soaking everything evenly. to 120 psi. A straight-
Measuring and controlling water usage can be as simple as using forward way to regulate
a ow meter to control the volume of water used. Rain gauges can track water consumption.
how much water has fallen in a rainstorm or from the sprinkler, while Flow Meter
timers can be used to control how much water is used and when. AL214 $11.95
Early morning is the best time to water. Run-off and evaporation are kept
to an absolute minimum and the leaves have time to dry before nightfall.
Watering 75

A feature makes it useful for
A. Spot
Sprinkler
This tiny sprin-
kler has no A and ne-tune the sprinklers oscillation from full to
moving parts
(which can
break down)
but puts out a
ne rain-like
spray covering
an area up to
20 in diameter. The inner construction creates
a vortex, forcing the water to exit in evenly
dispersed droplets. Amazingly, a similar design
was originally marketed in 1899 but was out of
production for most of the following century.
31/2 overall. Made of non-rusting zinc/aluminum.
Great for watering small lawns or gardens, or for
focusing the water on one particular spot.
XB150 Spot Sprinkler $10.95
If possible, you should hang your garden hose in a
shady spot. The suns UV rays will damage all but
the toughest hoses over time.
B. Bubbler Spot Soaker
The name bubbler is somewhat of a misnomer,
since this spot soaker doesnt actually aerate or
bubble water. Instead, water percolates through
layers of polyethylene mesh bafes, seeping
out of many small ports to provide a steady but
diffused ow that minimizes soil erosion. It is
great for targeted watering of delicate plants,
new transplants, or in areas where sprinklers
cant reach, such as under dense shrubs. Made D. XB128 15 Hose, ea.
of durable, rustproof aluminum.
XB170 Bubbler Spot Soaker $8.00
Spot soaker is
lled with layers
of mesh bafes.
B lets you seal the outow port at the end
76 Watering
Spray pattern dial
C. Multi-Adjust Sprinkler/Mister C Sprinkler nozzles
This is an oscillating sprinkler like
no other, giving you the ability to
Oscillation
control not just where you water, adjustment dial
but also how you water. In addi-
tion to adjusting the sprinklers
movement to target selected
areas, you can choose between
regular sprinkler nozzles and ne
misting nozzles. The misting Mist nozzles
Rotate to use
gently watering delicate mist or spray
seedlings or freshly seeded nozzles.
areas. Intuitive to use, the
simple controls let you adjust
the watering pattern from
narrow to wide coverage,
partial swing or just to one side, allowing you to direct
water only where its needed. Using 5/8 dia. hose at
60 psi, coverage is up to 320m (3444 sq.ft.) on the full-
spray setting, and up to 92m (990 sq.ft.) on the mist
Mist
setting. Made of UV-resistant plastic, the 51/220
Regular
base provides stable support. A nozzle-cleaning pin spray
and a universal quick-connect hose adapter are
included. Well made by Hozelock, an innovative
European maker of high-quality watering equipment.
AB178 Sprinkler/Mister $44.90
15 Flexzilla Extension Hose
If you use sprinklers, you need this hose! Hose bibs are often located in garages or out of sight from
the area you want to water, which means that adjusting a sprinklers spray pattern by controlling the
water ow involves doing laps between the
tap and the sprinkler location. No longer!
Used as an extension to the main hose,
this hose combined with the in-line
valve (offered separately) provides
an in-line ow controller 15 away D
from the sprinkler just far enough
to stay dry while ne-tuning the spray
pattern to cover exactly the area you
want. It also makes moving and reset-
ting the sprinkler a snap. The 5/8 inside
diameter hose is made from a supple,
kink-resistant polymer with aluminum E
hose ttings and plastic cuffs to reduce
strain at the hose ends. The cast zinc
valve opens or closes smoothly in a
quarter turn. 1+ 3+
$22.50 $19.10
E. AL810 In-Line Valve, ea. $ 3.95
F. In-Line Spot Sprinkler
This is an excellent spot sprinkler. While we like it for the soft, rain-like droplets it
emits, what truly sets it apart for us is that you can link multiple units using garden
hoses. This not only lets you run a series of sprinklers off the same faucet, but also
lets you place them exactly where you want to ensure coverage even on irregu-
larly shaped lawns and gardens.
The sprinkler evenly covers an area up to 24 in diameter, providing a ne spray F
that wont disturb owers or erode soil. Its brass nozzle has no moving parts to
break, making it reliable and durable. The powder-coated zinc base has an inte-
gral step to make it easy to insert in the
ground and a double-spiked foot to
ensure it wont move once set. The
inow port has a stainless-steel mesh to
lter out particles, and an included cap
of a run. Highly recommended, this is a
high-quality sprinkler.
XB151 In-Line Spot Sprinkler $18.50
 A

A. Wind-Resistant Sprinkler
By automatically reducing ow at
the apex of its swing, this oscillating sprinkler limits
spray height to minimize the amount of water lost or
redirected due to wind drift. This makes it easier to
ensure water goes only where its needed and is more
consistently applied. The oscillation is easily adjusted Ordinary oscil- Wind-resistant
lating sprinkler sprinkler
from full to partial swing, or just to one side. Total
coverage is up to 3800 sq.ft. (353m) using 5/8 dia. A
hose at 60 psi. Made largely of UV-resistant plastic,
with a sturdy 718 aluminum base for stability. Filter
washer and nozzle-cleaning pin included. All New Square Foot Gardening
AB174 Wind-Resistant Sprinkler $36.50 by Mel Bartholomew
In this updated edition, best-selling
A author Mel Bartholomew, an ef-
ciency expert with a background as a
civil engineer, explains how to grow a
wide range of plants in a small space

Adjusts from 21 to 33 high.

Flow is automatically reduced at the apex, minimizing
water loss due to wind drift.
with less weeding, less watering and
more production. The process involves
dividing the planting area into 1
squares and precisely planting within
them, as well as growing vertically on
low-cost frames. Beginners can follow
the step-by-step instructions easily, but
even veteran gardeners will nd lots of valuable information, espe-
cially regarding space efciency. Color photographs and helpful
tips throughout. Softcover, 710, 272 pages, 2013.
LA767 All New Square Foot Gardening $19.90

C. Telescoping Rain Sprinkler

The advantage of this telescoping sprinkler is that it can be set
taller than surrounding foliage, reaching over obstructions to water
plants from above. Adjustable from 21 to 33 high, the all-brass
sprinkler head emits a gentle rain-like spray in a radius of up to 20.
The two-piece telescoping shaft is made of strong, lightweight
aluminum and has a two-spike ground stake at the base to ensure it
wont shift once set. In addition to the usual threaded inow port, C
the sprinkler also has an outow port, allowing you to link two
or more sprinklers in series using any standard garden hose (an
B included cap seals the outow port on the last sprinkler in the run).
AB124 Telescoping Sprinkler $26.50

B. Perrot Impulse
Sprinkler
This is the best impulse
sprinkler that we have
tested. Made in Germany,
it gives a consistent and even
distribution of water droplets.
The action is smooth and precise, C
providing a far better result than
the poorly made impulse sprin-
kler heads that are so common.
We offer this as a complete unit
(head and spike base) or as the
head only, to replace a cheap
head on your current sprinkler.
Waters up to 3500 sq.ft.
DS107 Impulse Sprinkler Head & Base $39.50
DS106 Impulse Sprinkler Head $33.00

An impulse sprinkler is effective for use on large lawns

because it disperses water to a wide area.
77
 A Flexible spray outlets F

A
Ground
spike

1/2 connection for

riser or ground spike
For larger areas, tower can be set to rotate 360.
Plugs

A. Noodlehead
First
Watering irregularly shaped gardens with pass
a sprinkler often wastes water on areas that
dont need it. This sprinkler waters an area
of any shape with its 12 exible PVC hoses,
each with 3 spray outlets. Aim the hoses Second
pass
just where water is needed, bending and
turning them to adjust height, distance
Flexible watering
and angle. Reaches 10 in any direction (at patterns
45 psi), covering up to 400 sq.ft. At 31/2 in
diameter by 4 tall, it is inconspicuous enough Covers a 40 radius in
arcs of 20 to 360.
B to set up permanently and includes a ground F
spike for this use. It also has screw holes to
mount it on a fence or eaves to water from above. To adjust the sprinklers

Adjusts from 27 to 51.

height as your garden grows, an optional riser is available; its 8, 16 and
24 levels reach over plants or obstructions. The sprinkler and riser have
3/4 connectors to t a regular garden hose, and the riser has a connector to
t the sprinkler. An easy way to avoid watering decks and driveways.
AB118 Noodlehead $19.50
B. AB119 Riser for Noodlehead $14.50
Tower can be raised
Wobbler Sprinkler as plants grow.
We really like this sprinkler for its ability to emit a
gentle, rain-like water ow with uniform coverage.
Called a Wobbler sprinkler due to the rocking, spin-
ning motion of the water-dispersion mechanism, it
operates with water pressure as low as 10 psi. An inte-
gral water-pressure regulator prevents misting of the water
stream, a common cause of uneven coverage. Available separately, or with a ve-leg sprinkler base
that stands 36 high (enough to reach over most plantings) and distributes water up to a 35 radius for
use in garden beds, or with a spike base that distributes water up to 25 for lawn use. Made in USA.
C. DS116 Wobbler Sprinkler only $12.50 F. Telescoping
D. DS120 Five-Leg Base & Sprinkler $55.00 Sprinkler Tower
E. DS122 Spike Base & Sprinkler $19.00 T-Filter Height-adjustable from
This in-line lter 27 to 51, this telescoping
has a 150-mesh sprinkler tower can be
stainless-steel raised as your garden grows,
screen to remove reaching over obstructions to
C even the water plants from above.
smallest Adjustable for distance, it
particles. covers a radius up to 40
Best suited (5000 sq.ft.) in two passes
for use with well one pass covers the outer
water. It should part of the range and a
be ushed second pass sweeps back in
D periodically to a closer arc, ensuring thor-
remain efcient. ough, consistent coverage.
3/4 T-Filter, ea. Two dials set the range of
E XC220 $6.95 horizontal swing from a
narrow 20 arc to a full 360.
Installation or repositioning
T-lters help prevent sprin- is a breeze; the tower mounts
klers or other watering on a triangular ABS base
devices from getting with three 61/4 stakes to
clogged by mineral build-up anchor it rmly. A versatile
or debris. They are recom-
mended for use with any
watering device.
hose attachments that have Telescoping Sprinkler Tower
fine outlets, or with any AB120 $42.50
devices supplied by well
water or other water sources
with high mineral content. Visit us at leevalley.com

78

A drip emitter; it is unique among tree-watering
ABS plastic ground
spikes stabilize the unit.
C. Tree Irrigator
Extends to 72.
Adjusts
from full- to
partial-circle A drought and reduces transplant shock in newly
spray
pattern.
D. 80-Litre Water Bag
A. Rain Tower
Emitting a gentle rain-like spray, this elevated
sprinkler can be set to any height between 40
and 72 to clear tall plants and other obstacles
that could otherwise block the spray. By
adjusting the spray pattern as well as the height,
you can eliminate dry spots normally found in
hard-to-reach areas of the lawn or garden. The
all-brass sprinkler head can be adjusted from a
full- to partial-circle spray pattern to water only
where its needed. A tubular aluminum tripod
base and sturdy ABS plastic ground spikes
stabilize the unit. With no assembly required,
this sprinkler is simple to set up or reposition,
and folds into a slim, compact shape for storage.
Size of area irrigated depends on water pressure
(up to 80 psi) and pattern selected.
PE702 Rain Tower $46.50
B. Tree Drip Irrigation System
Many newly planted trees are damaged or killed
due to inadequate watering during their rst
year. This large watering tube helps establish
trees by ensuring they are sufciently watered
for up to two weeks at a time. The 15 U.S.
gallon tube slowly releases water through a
solutions as it saturates the soil during the rst
few days, and then slowly reduces water ow
(as the water level decreases in the bag, so
do pressure and drip rate). Reduced watering
B
encourages the growth of feeder roots as the
tree learns to adapt to drier periods. Once
empty, the polyethylene tube is relled and the
watering process is repeated. Fertilizers can be
combined with the water. A worthwhile invest-
ment to ensure healthy growth of new trees.
Made in USA.
Tree Irrigation System, ea. 1+ 3+
WS260 $15.00 $13.50
This irrigating ring
gets water right to
the roots of trees. Just
place it around the
base of the trunk and
ll it with a hose. It
holds 15 U.S. gallons
(57 litres) of water,
which slowly drips
out of the emitters C
over 5 to 8 hours, depending on soil type. This
gives the roots a full drenching without any
runoff or wasted water. Water-soluble fertilizer
can be added at the same time. Made of
UV-resistant vinyl, it is lightweight and folds
for storage. Drippers can be removed for
cleaning if necessary. Helps in periods of
planted trees. Fits trunk diameters of 5 or less.
Drippers can be
Remove from tree when empty. Also good for removed for cleaning.
deeply watering tomato plants.
WS255 Tree Irrigator $24.95
Useful in areas without running water, or
for irrigating where a hose cant reach, this 80 litre
(21 U.S. gallon) bag is an excellent option for
transporting, dispensing or temporarily storing
large amounts of water. Made from durable
10-mil thick plastic with strong heat-welded
seams, it has an integrated wide-mouth spout and
sealing cap. Designed in Europe, it is certied as
food safe in the E.U. (to date, no North American
certication has been sought). When lled, the
bag measures about 352461/2 thick and D
weighs about 80kg (176 lb). It comes with
a non-slip mat to help prevent the bag from
shifting in a wheelbarrow during transport or
pouring. Folds at for storage. A simple concept,
but incredibly useful in remote locations.
WT321 Water Bag, 80l $9.95
Wheelbarrow
not included.
D
Watering 79

A C. Moisture Meter
B tering a plant is to test the
Moisture
Sensors
Heres a
simple way
to monitor
when your
potted plants need water and just as important
when they dont. Left in the soil, the probe
continuously checks the moisture content,
alerting you to low levels with a blinking red
LED. As the soil dries, the rate of blinking
increases to indicate urgency. The straight
sensor is for most pots and planters; the
curved sensor is designed for use in hanging
baskets and other overhead containers. The
included button-cell battery is good for about
6 months of use; a double ash tells you when
it requires replacement.
A. AB931 Straight Moisture Sensor $12.95
B. AB932 Curved Moisture Sensor $13.50
D to deliver a total of 120ml (4 oz),
80 Watering
261/2 exible cord
E
41/4
bi-metal
probe
C
Fine
spray tip
The best way to make sure
you arent inadvertently
overwatering or underwa-
actual moisture content
of the soil. Requiring no
batteries, this meter has a
bi-metal probe that gauges
the conductivity of the E. Bottle-Top Waterers
soil to measure moisture These waterers convert plastic pop bottles
content, indicated by readings from 0 to 10 on into handy lightweight watering cans. Sold in a
the display. By consulting a companion guide, package of four, each with a different color of
which lists moisture requirements for 170 plant tip for easy identication of function and bottle
types, you can determine whether the plant needs contents. Two of the waterers give a ne spray;
water immediately, has good moisture, or has the drencher gives a wider spray and denser
been over-watered. For example, a reading of coverage; the weeder has a single nozzle to
4 indicates adequate water for a hibiscus, while provide accurate spot watering or application
a nasturtium (optimum moisture level 7) would of weed-and-feed solutions. They t most pop
need to be watered. The 261/2 long exible cord bottles but may not t all water bottles. Ideal for
lets you hold the meter in one hand for easy use in the home or greenhouse, in small gardens
viewing, while using the other hand to insert the or on a patio. Made in U.K.
41/4 probe into the soil. An easy, accurate way to XC495 Bottle-Top Waterers Set (4) $5.95
assess your plants true watering requirements.
The moisture meter is available paired with a
soil pH meter in a set. See page 64 for details. Visit us at leevalley.com
AB928 Moisture Meter $16.50
AB929 Moisture & pH Meters Set $32.00 F. Watering Mat
Often called a capillary mat, this item is a
D. Indoor Watering System common sight in large greenhouses where
Ideal for the absentee plant owner, automatic watering is a necessity. Just set your
this watering system keeps up to pots on top and this mat will absorb water from
20 plants watered for up to 40 a container (or sink) to water plants through the
days. Its also suitable for use drainage holes from the bottom up. Constant
in the greenhouse where growth root growth is encouraged, as plants are never
success is dependent on a contin- overwatered or underwatered. An excellent
uous, measured supply of water. way to water soil blocks or plants that dont like
Powered with a single 9V battery water on their leaves. Also a good way to keep
that you supply, the timer has four your plants watered while you are away from
program settings that let you set home. Measures 3672. Comes with a plastic
the water valve to open twice daily underlay. (Bucket and pots not included.)
PM121 Watering Mat $18.95
60ml (2 oz), 40ml (1.5 oz) or
30ml (1 oz) of liquid per emitter
per day. The kit includes a
24l (6.3 U.S. gal.) durable plastic
reservoir, 10m (33) of hose and
enough spikes and drippers to
accommodate 20 individual
plants. More than one emitter can
be used for plants with greater
watering requirements. Reservoir
measures 13 square. A conve-
nient, efcient method for keeping
plants healthy, and a great gift.
Made in Italy.
Indoor Watering System F
XC550 $119.50
 Plant Nanny Watering Spikes
For use indoors or out, these
hollow terra cotta spikes are ideal
for plants that need a consistent
water supply. Simply ll a bottle
with water, set the terra cotta spike A
in the soil next to your plant and
insert the bottle into the spike.
Water seeps steadily through the
semi-porous ceramic, slowly
wicking into the soil below the
surface. The 51/8 long small spike
includes a screw-on adapter that
ts plastic pop bottles, and with
a 2l bottle can last up to 2 weeks
B C
without relling. The 63/4 long
large spike can hold a wine
bottle or any other long-necked
glass bottle with a neck diam-
eter up to 11/4; it weeps faster C. Adjustable-Flow Drip Spikes
than the small spike (emptying These spikes offer a simple way to keep plants consistently
a 750ml bottle in a few days), watered while youre on vacation, or to ensure new transplants
useful for larger containers and dont dry out. The adjustable ow control lets you set the
plants that require more water. A release rate based on the plants needs. Use any plastic drink
An efcient system, also excellent bottle (up to 2 litres) to hold the water supply. Water seeps
for keeping transplants healthy steadily through small holes below the soil surface, owing
Roots
until their roots are established. B encircle terra to the root zone, for up to 2 weeks. Minimum 51/2 soil depth
A. XC483 Small Spike $5.40 cotta spike. required. Made in Italy from durable plastic. 1+ 3+
B. XC485 Large Spike $7.95 XC488 Drip Spike, ea. $7.20 $6.45

E. Deep-Root Watering Spikes

To make a quick-release deep-root watering
system, simply ll a pop bottle with water, screw
on one of these 5 long watering spikes and push
the spike into the soil close to the plant. Water
runs through small holes in the spike and ows
directly to the root zone where it is most needed.
Depending on soil conditions and the size of bottle
used, it usually takes several hours to discharge.
If you also add a water-soluble fertilizer, you
can feed your plants at the same time. Great for
watering tomatoes, landscape plants or plants in
large pots. Offered as a package of six spikes.
AK202 Watering Spikes, pkg. of 6 $9.50 E

For use with container

plants, Soil Moist Water ows directly
absorbs water and to the root zone
slowly releases it into within several hours.
the soil. See page 27.

F. Automatic Plant Waterers

This high-quality European-made waterer automatically
keeps a potted plants soil at the ideal moisture level.
Fill the ceramic cone with water and push the cone into
D. Watering Bulb the soil, then place the supply hose in a nearby container
This beautiful watering bulb is of water. It draws water into the pot as needed. For indoor
still made in the Polish glass- plants. 4 long with a 32 hose. 1+ 4+
works that originally designed XC475 Plant Waterers, set of 2 $11.50 $10.35
and developed it. Although these
art-glass bulbs are individually
hand blown, they are durable and
D
built to last, and will water your
potted plant for up to a week;
as the soil dries in the pot, it will
draw the water from the bulb.
Measures approximately 31/2
by 13 and holds about 13 oz
of water. Because the bulbs are F
hand blown, each has unique
variations in color and size.
Watering Bulb, ea. 1+ 4+
XC479 $8.95 $8.05 Watering 81
Haws Watering Cans World renowned for their unique qualities, Haws watering
cans are perfectly balanced for use without undue strain.
Englishman John Haws patented the design in 1885. Prior
A to this, watering can handles were positioned on the top of
the container, but Haws patent placed a round handle at the
rear, making it comfortable to pour from when lled to any
level. Made in England, these cans have been the choice of
discerning gardeners for decades.
A. Haws Conservatory Can
A perfect small watering can, made in the standard Haws
A design, this high-density polyethylene can is specially suited
to indoor use. The spout and handle are molded so there are
no seams to worry about.
Comes with two detach-
able spout ends: a
B
brass-faced rose and a
teapot spout for precise watering.
Holds about 2 litres (2 quarts).
XB904 *Conservatory Can, 2l (2 qt.) $21.50
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular
shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact
Customer Service for shipping rates.

B. Haws Plastic Watering Can

This plastic can is light, impact resistant and well balanced.
B Comes in forest green with a brass-faced rose as well as a
teapot spout. The rose and spout are held in parking spots on
the can when not in use. Holds about 5 litres (1.3 U.S. gallons).
XB910 *Plastic Can, 5l (1.3 U.S. gal.) $29.50
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to
our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of the
Continental USA, contact Customer Service for ship-
ping rates.

C C. Haws Slim Watering Can

This design has a slim 7 prole that makes it easy to carry
and store. Its continuous handle is comfortable to grip and
makes balancing and pouring easy. Hot-dipped galvanized
steel with a powder-coated nish, it has a capacity of 5 litres
(1.3 U.S. gallons), and features a brass rose for gentle, non-
erosive watering.
XB912 Slim Watering Can, 5l (1.3 U.S. gal.) $72.50
C
Houseplants prefer water at room temperature. Rainwater is
usually best. If you use tap water, letting it stand overnight before
watering will allow chlorine to evaporate.

Haws Metal
Watering Can
Made of galvanized steel, this can
is covered with a durable powder-coat
paint in British racing green. Its extra-long
spout provides easy access to the rear of borders.
The included removable oval brass rose is tted to the
spout with the holes facing upward, producing a soft, rain-
D like spray that is gentle on young plants and causes minimal
erosion. The optional round brass rose provides a ne spray
that exits almost in line with the spout.
D. XB903 *Metal Can, 9l (2.4 U.S. gal.) $99.00
E. XB906 Optional Round Brass Rose $22.50
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular
shipping charges. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact
Customer Service for shipping rates.
E

82
 A

Haws Watering Jug

These traditional watering jugs
have sturdy, comfortable handles for
carrying water from source to plant.
A Made of hot-dipped galvanized steel
with a durable powder-coated nish, Haws Indoor Watering Can
each holds 1.8l (0.5 U.S. gallon) This high-quality metal watering can is suited to indoor use. It is galva-
and measures 73/4 tall with a 51/2 nized and then powder coated to ensure that it will last for generations.
bottom diameter (4 top diameter). Holds 1 litre (1 quart) of water and has a detachable ne brass-faced rose.
An attractive alternative to conven- An appreciated gift for any gardener. Made in England.
tional watering jugs, they double as XB920 Indoor Watering Can, 1l (1 qt.) $57.00
containers for oral display.
A. GB407 Watering Jug, Ruby $28.50
B. GB408 Watering Jug, Sage $28.50

C. Haws Copper Watering Can

This beautiful copper can comes C
with a detachable extra-ne brass
rose that makes it perfect for indoor
watering. It can be maintained
as polished copper or allowed to
oxidize to a beautiful deep green. C
Holds 1 litre (1 quart) of liquid.
Copper Can, 1l (1 qt.)
XB907 $72.00 To order call 1-800-871-8158
or visit our website at
D. Haws Heavy-Duty Plastic Watering Can leevalley.com
Ruggedly constructed, this large-capacity plastic
watering can is remarkably durable, and includes a
teapot spout and an all-brass rose. Characteristic of
Haws cans, the rose produces ne
rain-like droplets that are gentle
on young plants and cause
minimal erosion. The round D
rear handle design and cross-
stem permit a comfortable
two-handed grip for balanced
pouring. Made of thick
injection-molded, impact-resistant
plastic with heat-welded seams for
years of leak-free use. Its capacity of
7 litres (1.8 U.S. gallons) allows plenty
of watering between ll-ups. Available
in dark green. Made in England. Teapot spout for
precise watering
*Plastic Can, 7l (1.8 U.S. gal.)
XB911 $36.50
* A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in
addition to our regular shipping charges.
For areas outside of the Continental USA,
contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
Watering 83

A. Barrel Tap
A drain the
B Barrel cut in half
to show liner in use.
B. Barrel Liner
B
C. DIY Rainwater Reservoir Kit
Supplying the key components needed, as well
as step-by-step plans and instructions, this kit
makes it straightforward to build your own rain-
water reservoir. Made of two layers of 4-mil
food-safe plastic with durable heat-welded
seams, the bladder holds up to 140 U.S. gallons
and serves as a watertight liner for a walled
C buried or covered. To make a header hose, order a
Example of
completed
rainwater
reservoir
84
Plunger
valve
This solid D
brass tap can be
installed onto A
Plunger
any barrel, pail
or other large Flapper
valve
container. It
lets you
E
container
directly through the tap, or you can connect a
hose to it and direct the ow to wherever it is
needed. Comes with full instructions for instal- D. Cast-Iron
lation on plastic or metal containers. The ttings Pitcher Pump
make it leak-proof on both. This is a very
WT315 Barrel Tap $19.50
economical pump
for shallow wells
(20 deep or less),
Because of its exibility, this barrel liner can be rain barrels or
used with a wide variety of container shapes cisterns. It attaches
and sizes to collect rainwater in the space you to common 11/4 I.D. pipe ttings (available
have available. It can be cut to the appropriate from any plumbing supply store) and has a
length to t shorter barrels, or even be used as a replaceable leather apper valve and leather
water-garden barrel liner. Designed to t a stan- plunger. Although replacement leather gaskets
dard 55 U.S. gallon (208 litre) industrial drum are offered, you should get a decade or more of
(to prevent environmental contamination), this service before needing replacements. Safe for
10-mil, at-bottom heavy-duty polyethylene bag use with drinking water, it also makes a great
can be used to line any non-watertight container, emergency pump for wells, cisterns or sumps.
such as an oak barrel. Each liner measures 55 In the garden, it is an attractive and useful pump
long by 231/2 in diameter. Water can be drawn on barrels or near ponds. Just like the antique
directly from the barrel or with a siphon. An ones, this cast-iron pump can be left outdoors
excellent alternative to expensive water barrels. indenitely. Measures 15 overall. Installation
WT320 Barrel Liner $15.00 and maintenance instructions are included.
Weighs 16 lb.
structure that you build. The plans show how PD710 *Cast-Iron Pump $56.50
to make a 362821 container that holds up E. PD712 Repl. Set of Gaskets $11.95
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to
to 65 U.S. gallons and can be painted or stained our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of
to match decks and fencing. Also included is a the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for
selection of UV-resistant PVC hose ttings for shipping rates.
connection to a header hose and diverter that you
supply. The completed rainwater reservoir can be F. Collapsible Canvas Bucket
placed 70 or more from a downspout (depending Collapsible fabric buckets like this were
on elevation). A simple, practical garden project commonly used on farms across North America
within the skills of most. Lumber not included. from the early days of the settlers up until the
WT328 DIY Rainwater Reservoir Kit $74.50 Great Depression of the 1930s. It is lightweight
and holds water well, yet collapses for easy
Poly header hose can quickly be installed to run storage. On rst use, some water will seep
water from your downspout diverter to your new through the fabric but it becomes more water-
rainwater reservoir kit. It is economical and easily tight as it absorbs water, making each strand
of fabric expand. Popular with campers because
length of /8 hose and two /8 hose/faucet
5 5
connectors. If you need a downspout diverter, ours it weighs only 1/2 lb, it also makes a great
installs on standard 23 or 34 downspouts, soft-sided pail to carry fruits and vegetables
and has 5/8 dia. outlets threaded to accept stan- without bruising them. Measures 9 across
dard hose ttings. and 10 high, and holds a full 2 U.S. gallons.
XC269 5/8 Poly Header Hose, 50 $16.80 Hand washable. 1+ 3+
XC267 5/8 Poly Header Hose, 100 $27.50 PA745 Collapsible Bucket $17.90 $16.10
XC279 5/8 Hose/Faucet Connector, ea. $ 2.80
WT326 Universal Downspout Diverter $23.50
F
 Drip Spike Pressure-Compensating Pressure- Spectrum Spikes Variable
(page 89) Dripper (page 89) Compensating (page 91) Sprayer
Shrubbler Spike (page 91)
(page 90)

Mini-Bubbler (page 90) In-Line Shrubbler

Spike (page 90)

Rotor Rain Pop-Up

Mini Sprinkler Sprinkler
(page 92) (page 91)

Drip and Low-Flow Irrigation
As more communities face water restrictions, many people are
discovering how simple and practical drip and low-ow irrigation
can be. These systems are easier to set up than they may appear,
and once installed, they not only conserve water, they save a lot
of work. Just think how much time and effort you spend over the
course of the season winding and unwinding hoses, attaching
and moving sprinklers, and so on. These systems are ideal for
those who would rather pull weeds than haul hoses to water them.
Also known as micro-irrigation, drip and low-ow watering
systems use much less water than conventional methods. They
regulate the amount of water supplied, taking the guesswork out
of watering rates. They distribute water close to individual plants,
so water goes only where its needed, soaking slowly into the root
zone. Water isnt wasted on walkways and weeds or lost
to evaporation and wind. Not only are these methods extremely
efcient, but they are also inexpensive, unobtrusive and easy to
install. Our free Irrigation Design Guide (XC000) will help you
plan the most effective irrigation system at the lowest cost.
To help you get started, weve assembled some basic kits
covering a variety of situations. These kits are the easiest way
to set up a complete system, but we also offer a full range of
compatible components and accessories, all durably made to
commercial-quality standards in the USA or Australia, leaders in
drip irrigation manufacturing. These versatile and interchangeable
parts make it easy to expand any of our kits or to design your own customized
system by following the simple steps outlined below. You can even adapt your
system to changing seasons, crops or conditions, expand it to cover new areas,
or completely recongure the system from year to year with surprising ease.
Planning the system is the key to success, and the information on this and the
next 7 pages, as well as the tips in our Irrigation Design Guide, can help you
plan and install an effective, customized irrigation system in any garden.

Planning Your System is recommended.

Choosing Components T-connectors and
To plan any irrigation system, consult our free Irrigation elbows press-fit
Design Guide. Full of general irrigation and layout advice, it onto the header
explains how the various components work, and can help you hose to make
decide which emitters suit your needs. The product descriptions branches and
on these catalog pages, and the charts on pages 89, 90 and 92 90 bends in the
can also help guide your selection. Once youve chosen emitters, line. Finally, a
you can plan a hose system to supply water to them. For over compression end
100, use 5/8 header hose; otherwise, 1/2 is ne. seals the end of
Determining Your Flow Rate the header hose.
To plan the system, it helps to know how much water ow Installing
is available. Time how long it takes to ll a 5-gallon pail with Feeder Lines
your faucet. If it takes 1 minute, the rate is 5 gallons per minute Feeder lines connect the header hose to
(300 gallons per hour); if it takes 2 minutes, its 21/2 gallons per individual emitters. With a hole punch, make
minute. Use the charts on pages 89, 90 and 92 to see if you have holes at appropriate places in the header hose.
enough ow to run the chosen emitters. If they take more water The feeder lines t onto simple one-piece connectors,
than is available, split the system into separate lines on timers which press-t snugly and easily into the holes, without
set for different times of day. glue, gaskets or other parts.
Installing the Header Hose Installing Emitters
A header hose is the main 1/2 or 5/8 diameter hose that supplies All hose-end watering devices, such as sprinklers, soaker hoses, drippers, bubblers or
water from the faucet to the system. Using a faucet connector, misting jets, are called emitters. Adjustable emitters let you regulate the ow to ne-tune
attach a header hose long enough to reach the desired areas. the watering pattern, while pressure-compensating emitters provide consistent coverage
Optional components, such as timers, can easily be added. regardless of slope or hose length, which could otherwise affect water pressure. All our
If the pressure is over 30 psi (or unknown), use a pressure regu- emitters attach easily to 1/4 feeder line without tools, adhesives or connectors. Cut feeder
lator for trouble-free operation. To prevent blockage, a lter lines to length, position them and press-t them into the emitters.
Irrigation Systems 85
 IRRIGATION KITS An optional backflow
preventer (XC311 on
If you dont know where to start in assembling an irrigation page 88) can be used to
system, one of the following kits may be of help. As always, keep hose water from
all our other irrigation parts are compatible with these kits being drawn back into
and adding more parts can easily expand any of them. the main water line.

A. Fence-Mount Sprinkler Kit

Adjust water ow by Plants along fences, walls or foundations often do not get enough water. We devised a sprin-
turning dial on sprayer.
kling system that is not only easy to install and low in cost but is also versatile and effective.
It consists of a main line that can be attached to a fence or wall and into which you punch
holes and mount the sprayers exactly where you want them. Each sprayer is adjustable;
you can turn the dial to adjust the water ow or tilt the sprayer to set the spray distance. For
Tilt sprayer to set the
plants that dont like water on their leaves, set the line close to ground level so only the soil
spray distance.
A gets sprayed. The kit contains 50 of 1/2 header hose, seven adjustable sprayers (two 90
Fence-
mount and ve 180), one compression end, one hose connector with
set-up a lter washer, a hole punch (for making holes in the header
hose), 10 hole plugs (for lling unwanted holes) and instruc-
A tions. If you are not weaving the line through a chain-link fence
or some other structure that will support the hose and hold it
B in position, you will also need the included set of 10 mounting
Garden clips (with screws). Extra parts available separately. Can be
border attached to any of our other watering kits.
kit set-up
along XB820 Fence-Mount Sprinkler Kit $32.50
a fence
B. Garden Border Watering Kit
Specically designed to water borders and gardens on the perimeter of a property, or stand-
alone beds, this kit includes 15 spray jets ve each of circle,
half-circle and quarter-circle patterns (see description on page 91)
to let you pick and choose the right combination for your situ-
B ation. It also has 10 stakes and 10 risers (to get the water up
over tall plants), 50 of 1/2 header hose, 50 of 1/4 feeder line, 10
straight connectors, a faucet connector, a compression end and
a hole punch. In all, enough to water a 405 border or a 5010
Alternative stand-alone bed or up to 500 sq.ft. Consumption varies with
garden
border kit conguration. Consumes about 200 gph when watering 500 sq.ft.
set-up XC605 Garden Border Watering Kit $41.50

C. 100 Soaker System

C
Typical Considered one of the best methods of irrigation, this 1/4 inside diameter porous rubber pipe
soaker connects to your water supply and sweats evenly from end to end. It can be placed on top of the
system
set-up
soil or buried to directly feed the roots. Because it doesnt throw
water into the air, it greatly reduces water loss from evaporation.
C It is also the most suitable method of irrigating plants that dont
like to get their foliage wet (not suitable for lawns). Best of all, it
can be cut and shaped to meet your specic needs. The leak rate
is 20 gallons of water per hour per 100. The starter system
includes 100 of soaker hose, 50 of 1/2 poly header (main line)
hose, ten 8 stakes and a selection of connectors. Most parts are
also available separately to expand the system. Can be attached
to any of our other irrigation kits. Instructions included.
XC355 100 Soaker System $52.50
T-connectors join D. Row Garden Watering Kit E. Raised Bed Watering Kit
drip pipes to
header hose. This is a good starter kit for watering a row garden, Ideal for watering one raised bed up to 30 long or two 12 long
such as a vegetable garden. It comes with 100 of beds. The kit is complete with ve variable-output Spectrum
drip pipe with 1 gallon per hour pressure- spikes (see description on page 91), 50 of 1/2 header hose, 50
compensating drippers (described on page 89) of 1/4 feeder line, a faucet connector, a
installed every 12, 50 of 1/2 header hose, E compression end and a hole punch.
Sample
and connectors (5 Ts, 1 elbow, 5 compres- raised-bed Covers 180 sq.ft. Consumes up to
D sion ends and a faucet connector). set-up 100 gph. For use with plants
Row garden
set-up You can congure it however you 12 or shorter.
want, but there are enough parts to Raised Bed Watering Kit
water ve 20 long rows. Covers XC603 $29.50
200 sq.ft. Water consumption is
100 gph. Easily extended by adding
more drip pipe and ttings. E
XC601 Row Garden Watering Kit $69.50
D Optional parts for expansion: 1+ 5+
XC223 1/2 T-Connectors (5) $ 6.30 $5.65
XC225 1/2 Straight Connectors (10) $ 8.90 $8.00
XC227 1/2 Elbow Connectors (5) $ 5.20 $4.70
XC231 1/2 Compression Ends (5) $ 7.40 $6.65
XC257 Drip Pipe, 100 $48.50
86 Irrigation Systems
 A. Gravity Feed Watering Kit
Many customers have asked us for a watering kit that will work with a non-pressurized source
A
such as a rain barrel. This kit will do just that. For best operation there should be 3 or more of
Typical
drop between the faucet and the drippers. (It will start to work with only 1 of drop, but not opti- gravity
mally.) Includes 20 drip spikes with a leak rate of 1 gph, 50 of 1/2 inside diameter (I.D.) header feed set-up
hose, 50 of 1/4 I.D. feeder tube, a yellow hole punch and connectors
(1 compression end, 20 of the 1/4 straight connectors and a hose/faucet
connector) to make a system to water up to 20 plants. Excellent for use
with tomatoes or other large vegetable plants. Easily extended by A
adding more tubing, drippers and connectors. Made in USA.
XC609 Gravity Feed Watering Kit $41.50
Optional parts for expansion: 1+ 5+
XC408 1 gph Drip Spikes (5) $ 4.50 $4.05
XC409 2 gph Drip Spikes (5) $ 4.60 $4.15
XC237 1/2 Hose/Faucet Connector, ea. $ 3.40 $3.05
XC251 1/250 Poly Header Hose $13.50
XC235 1/4 Straight Connectors (10) $ 2.00 $1.80
B. Deck Garden Watering Kit
This kit is ideal for watering planters and pots on a patio or deck. It includes 10 pressure-
compensating drip spikes with a drip rate of 1 gph each, 50 of 1/2 inside diameter (I.D.) header
hose, 50 of 1/4 I.D. feeder tube, a yellow hole punch and enough connectors (5 elbow, 10 of B
Typical set-up on 1515 deck.
the 1/4 straight connectors, 1 compression end and a hose/faucet connector) to cover most small Shown on deck exterior for
decks. Includes 20 hose mounting clips to hold the header hose under the deck, for instance. clarity, but can be mounted
Makes easy work of maintaining up to 10 potted plants. Easily under the deck as well.

extended for larger decks by adding more tubing, drippers and

connectors. Note: for large plants, 2 gph drip spikes are also available.
XC607 Deck Garden Watering Kit $41.50 B
Optional parts for expansion: 1+ 5+
XC408 1 gph Drip Spikes (5) $ 4.50 $4.05
XC409 2 gph Drip Spikes (5) $ 4.60 $4.15
XC307 1/450 Feeder Line $ 7.80 $7.00
XC251 1/250 Poly Header Hose $13.50
XC236 1/2 Elbow Connectors (5) $ 3.60 $3.25
XB829 Hose Mounting Clips (10) $ 4.50 $4.05
XC235 1/4 Straight Connectors (10) $ 2.00 $1.80
XC332 5 Feeder Line Stakes (10) $ 3.10 $2.80
C. Shrubbler Drip System
Many people shy away from irrigation systems because they look difcult to install and C
appear unsightly among the plants. However, this system is quick and easy to install, and Shrubbler
much of it can be buried out of sight, just below the soil surface. Unlike many drip irrigation system used
systems, this one uses unique Shrubblers that are adjustable to emit from 0 to 13 gallons for watering
in-ground and
per hour (at 30 psi). Although Shrubblers are generally unknown potted plants.
C
to gardeners, they are an industry standard in commercial irriga-
tion, where tens of millions of them are sold yearly for use in
commercial plantings, nurseries and garden centers. When a
Shrubbler is fully open, it will irrigate a 3 dia. circle. At lower
settings, it works like a very small sprinkler or drip tip. Included in
this system are 25 regular Shrubbler spikes, 50 of 1/2 poly header
hose, 50 of 1/4 feeder line, various connectors, an in-line lter,
a hole punch and instructions. Extra components are available,
should you wish to expand it. Ideal for use in gardens, borders,
planters and pots.
XC350 Shrubbler Drip System $56.50
XC345 Extra Shrubbler Spikes (25) $18.50
D. Low-Cost Extension Sets An Easy Way to Water Hanging Baskets
This is a very economical extension hose for Hanging baskets are a pain to water. They dry H
E
bringing water from your tap to your garden. out quickly and are difcult to water without
It includes 100 of poly header hose, one hose/ spilling. It is far easier to water them automatically
faucet connector and one compression end. by running a 1/4 feeder line up to them from a F
Available in 1/2 or 5/8 inside diameters. header hose and hanging a variable-ow mister
XC243 1/2100 Extension Set $28.50 (see description on page 91) over the top of the E
XC241 5/8100 Extension Set $27.90 basket (a single basket a short distance from the
faucet requires only a 1/4 feeder line and a 1/4 G
faucet connector). The gentle ow wont erode
D the soil, yet waters the basket thoroughly. An adjustment knob Easier
lets you increase or decrease the ow to match the watering time watering
that you have set. Consumes 0 to 7 gph per basket. 1+ 5+ of hanging
plants.
E. XC423 Variable-Flow Misters (5) $5.80 $5.20
F. XC307 1/450 Feeder Line $7.80 $7.00
G. XC235 1/4 Straight Connectors (10) $2.00 $1.80
H. XC245 1/4 Hose/Faucet Connector, ea. $2.80 $2.50
87
 N O
DISTRIBUTION COMPONENTS Hose-mounting
clip for 1/4 or
1/2 hose
Feeder
line P Q
stake Poly
A. 25 psi Pressure Regulator stake
8
galva-
Prevents faucet water pressure from rising above 25 psi. nized
Suitable for drip or soaker systems. Supports stake
XC312 25 psi Pressure Regulator, ea. $10.90 N. Hose-Mounting Clips
B. Backow Preventer For attaching 1/4 or 1/2
Also called an atmospheric vacuum breaker, this unit prevents hose and tubing to
water from re-entering (and potentially contaminating) the wooden structures.
water supply source. Attaches directly to the faucet. Includes Clips (10) 1+ 5+
a stainless-steel lter washer. XB829 $4.50 $4.05
XC311 Backow Preventer, ea. $4.30
C. T-Filter O. Feeder Line Stakes
This in-line lter has a 150-mesh stainless-steel screen to Used to hold 1/4 and 1/8
remove even the smallest particles. Best suited for use with well feeder lines and drippers off the
water. It should be ushed periodically to remain efcient. ground, these top-loading stakes have thick
XC220 3/4 T-Filter, ea. $6.95 triangular bases for stability. Often used in
A conjunction with pressure-compensating drippers
25 psi
pressure
Header Hose and Fittings (XC411 and XC412). 1+ 5+
regulator A header hose (5/8 or 1/2) delivers water from the source to XC332 5 Feeder Line Stakes (10) $3.10 $2.80
the watering system. At 30 psi, and using a /850 hose, the
5
approximate ow rate is 720 gallons per hour; for a 1/250 P. Poly Stake
hose, the ow rate is approximately 420 gallons per hour. 6 stake for holding header hose or dripper hose
Straight connectors, T-connectors and elbows have double- in place. 1+ 5+
barbed sleeves that press-t into sections of header hose to XC293 Poly Stake, ea. $ .95 $ .85
B make branches or 90 bends in the line. Compression ends Q. Galvanized Stakes
Backow
preventer are used to seal the end of the header hose. Can be used anywhere to hold hose in place.
1/2 and 5/8 Header Hose and Fittings 1+ 5+ 1+ 5+
D. XC237 1/2 Hose/Faucet Connector, ea. $ 3.40 $3.05 XC337 8 Galvanized Stakes (10) $4.80 $4.30
XC279 5/8 Hose/Faucet Connector, ea. $ 2.80 $2.50
E. XC251 1/250 Poly Header Hose $13.50
XC269 5/850 Poly Header Hose $16.80 S
U
XC252 1/2100 Poly Header Hose $27.50
XC267 5/8100 Poly Header Hose $27.50
F. XC230 1/2 Straight Connectors (10) $ 5.10 $4.60 T
D XC272 5/8 Straight Connector, ea. $ 1.20 $1.10
1/2 or 5/8 R
hose/faucet G. XC234 /2 T-Connectors (5)
1 $ 4.70 $4.25
connector XC274 5/8 T-Connector, ea. $ 1.60 $1.45
H. XC236 1/2 Elbow Connectors (5) $ 3.60 $3.25
XC276 5/8 Elbow Connector, ea. $ 1.20 $1.10 Connectors
J. XC231 1/2 Compression Ends (5) $ 7.40 $6.65 R. 1/4 Straight Connectors
XC277 5/8 Compression End, ea. $ 2.30 $2.05 Attach 1/4 feeder line to larger tubing (1/2 or
5/8) through a hole punched in the wall of the
L larger tubing. 1+ 5+
1/4
hose/faucet XC235 1/4 Str. Connectors (10) $2.00 $1.80
connector
E Z
1/4 T-Connectors & Cross Connectors
1/2 or 5/8
1/4
E 1/2 or 5/8
poly soaker K header V 1/2 drip Split a 1/4 line to branch out to two or three
hose 1/4 feeder line hose pipe
header watering devices from a single feeder line.
hose
Feeder Line and Fittings 1+ 5+
C 1/4 Hose and Fittings S. XC233 1/4 T-Connectors (10) $2.30 $2.05
T-lter 1/4 polyethylene tubing, 50 long, for connecting drippers, T. XC222 1/4 Cross Connectors (10) $3.60 $3.25
connects
to 1/2 or
5/8
F sprayers and sprinklers to the main header hose. 1+ 5+ U. Hole Plugs
1/2or 5/8
watering
K. XC307 1/450 Feeder Line $7.80 $7.00 Made a mistake and punched a hole in the
straight
systems. connector L. XC245 1/4 Hose/Faucet Connector, ea. $2.80 $2.50 wrong place? Use these hole plugs to ll it in
M. In-Line Valves again. Also for plugging the ends of 1/4 feeder
In-line shut-offs are handy, especially when you are far from line or soaker hose.
your faucet and want to make XC341 Hole Plugs (20) $2.30 T
some adjustments. They can K 1/4
cross
1/4
connector
also be used to manually feeder
zone (break into parts) a line S
1/4 T-connector
watering system. They
have barbed connectors
that t inside the hose. O P Q R
Feeder Poly 8
1/4
straight U
For 1/2 or 5/8 hose. 1+ 5+ line stake galva- connector Hole
XC405 1/2 Valve, ea. $3.10 $2.80 stake nized plug
stake
XC407 5/8 Valve, ea. $3.10 $2.80
G H
1/2 or 5/8
1/2or 5/8
T-connector
elbow
connector

M Hose mounting
clip for 1/4
or 1/2 hose N
1/2 or 5/8 in-line valve
88
 DRIPPERS Drip Drips

Ornamental
Vegetables
Free Irrigation Design Guide

Coverage
per Hour

Planters
DRIPPERS

scaping
Gallons

Trees &
Pattern

Shrubs
Our free irrigation design guide

Raised
Pots &

Land-
(based on 20 psi at emitter)

Beds

Beds
will help you plan the most
effective irrigation system
V. XC257 Drip Pipe, 100 100 1100 at the lowest cost. View
Z. XC323 Soaker Hose, 50 10 150 the guide on our website at
XC325 Soaker Hose, 100 20 1100 leevalley.com or request
AA. XC411 1 GPH Drippers 1 1 plant a copy with your order.
XC412 2 GPH Drippers 2 1 plant
BB. XC408 1 GPH Drip Spikes 1 1 plant
Irrigation Design Guide
XC000 FREE
XC409 2 GPH Drip Spikes 2 1 plant
V. Drip Pipe AA. Pressure-Compensating Drippers CC. Deep Drip Watering Spike
Not to be confused with soaker hose, this solid- This low-prole pressure-compensating dripper Inserted deep into the soil, this watering
wall, exible 1/2 tubing has pressure-compensating (it really trickles rather than drips) is ideal spike supplies water at the root level,
drippers installed in it every 12. Cheaper than wherever rising and falling elevations or long encouraging deep root growth while
buying the tubing and drippers separately. header hoses could affect pressure. Can be minimizing loss to evaporation. Made
Connects to 1/2 ttings used with the header installed directly in the header hose or on the of a tough ABS/PVC composite, the
hose. Each dripper leaks at a rate of 1 gallon per end of 1/4 feeder lines coming off a header 14 long hollow
hour. Can be cut into smaller pieces. hose. Built-in insect bafes keep pests from perforated spike Fabric
XC257 Drip Pipe, 100 $48.50 blocking the lines. Also great for keeping bird- has a fabric liner liner
1/2 Compression Fittings for Drip Pipe baths topped up. 1+ 5+ that lets water seep
These ABS compression ttings rmly grab the XC411 1 gph Drippers (5) $2.90 $2.60 through slowly
outside of a standard 1/2 I.D. (5/8 O.D.) drip pipe. XC412 2 gph Drippers (5) $2.90 $2.60 while blocking
1+ 5+ roots from pene-
W. XC223 1/2 T-Connectors (5) $6.30 $5.65 BB. Drip Spikes trating. You can even add granular
X. XC225 1/2 Str. Connectors (10) $8.90 $8.00 This pressure-compensating drip spike is useful fertilizer after driving the spike in
Y. XC227 1/2 Elbow Connectors (5) $5.20 $4.70 wherever rising and falling elevations or long with a mallet. A slot in the cap permits

Overall length is 14.

header hoses could affect pressure. Attaches to connection to a 1/4 irrigation line,
Z. Soaker Hose
1/4 feeder lines coming off a header hose. Just or you can simply position a regular
A 1/4 inside diameter porous hose that weeps
2 spikes, one on either side of the trunk, are often garden hose over the open top and let
or drips over its entire length. Attaches to header
enough to water a small tree. Also good for use water trickle in slowly. An excellent
hose with 1/4 connectors. (The 100 hose is also
with gravity-feed water sources such as rain way to water trees and shrubs.
available as part of a kit; see page 86)
XC323 1/450 Soaker Hose $15.50 barrels. Built-in insect bafes and lters help Deep Drip Spike 1+ 3+
XC325 1/4100 Soaker Hose $28.90 prevent blockage. Requires a straight connector XC101 $10.50 $9.45
and 1/4 feeder line to connect to header hose.
Available in 1 gph and 2 gph versions. 1+ 5+
XC408 1 gph Drip Spikes (5) $4.50 $4.05 Visit us at leevalley.com
XC409 2 gph Drip Spikes (5) $4.60 $4.15

Y Header hose CC
T-connectors Deep drip
1/2
elbow J watering
connector 1/2 or 5/8
BB spike
compression
end
(closes off
hose at the
end of a run).
See facing
page.
Drip pipe AA
CC
T-connectors
join 1/2 drip pipes
X to header hose.
1/2straight
connector
V
1/2drip
pipe Z
1/4

soaker
hose
BB
Drip
spike

The drip pipe requires

1/2compression ttings
(J, W, X, Y). R AA
1/4 straight Dripper can be
connector mounted at
W (see the end of a
1/2 facing feeder line or
T-connector page) directly into
the side of a
header hose.

1/2
or 5/8 poly
E header hose
(see facing page) 89
 SPRAYERS Quarter circle Half circle Full circle

Gallons per Hour

Ornamental Beds

Pots & Planters

Trees & Shrubs

Landscaping
Raised Beds
Propagation
Vegetables
SPRAYERS

Coverage
(based on 20 psi at emitter)

Cooling
Pattern
A. XC417 Mini-Bubblers 0-30 0-1 dia.
B. XC346 Reg. Shrubbler Spikes 0-13 0-3 dia.
C. XC344 Reg. Shrubbler Barbs 0-13 0-3 dia.
D. XC360 P.C. Shrubbler Spikes 7.5 1 dia.
E. XC362 In-Line Shrubbler Spikes 0-13 0-3 dia.
F. XC421 Spectrum Spikes 0-20 0-12 dia.
G. XC429 1/4-Circle Spray Jets 11 5
H. XC427 1/2-Circle Spray Jets 21 48 Free Irrigation Design Guide
J. XC425 Full-Circle Spray Jets 31 10 dia. Our free irrigation design guide will
K. XC415 Misting Jets 5 <3 dia. help you plan the most effective irrigation
L. XC423 Variable-Flow Misters 0-6 0-3 dia. system at the lowest cost. View the guide
M. XB823 1/4-Circle Variable Sprayers 0-24 0-9 on our website at leevalley.com or request
N. XB825 1/2-Circle Variable Sprayers 0-24 0-9 a copy with your order.
Q. XC254 Pop-Up Sprinkler 11-31 4-10 dia.
XC000 Irrigation Design Guide FREE

A. Mini-Bubblers part of a kit on page 87.) The regular Shrubbler E. In-Line Shrubbler Spikes
This adjustable piece is used for quickly is available with a spike or a barbed base. The These have the same adjustable watering
soaking a small area. Turning the cap on top spike-based Shrubbler is held in place on a built-in pattern as the regular Shrubblers (left), but are
adjusts the ow rate. Attaches to 1/4 feeder line ground stake, and attaches to a 1/4 feeder line designed to be installed in series. Each has an
coming off a header hose. 1+ 5+ coming off a header hose. The Shrubbler barb inlet port and an outlet port, allowing water to
XC417 Mini-Bubblers (5) $4.50 $4.05 has a 3/8 long stem that press-ts into a hole ow to other Shrubblers further down the line.
Shrubbler Spikes & Barbs punched into a header hose. We also offer a Up to six emitters can be linked consecutively
An industry standard in commercial irrigation, non-adjustable pressure-compensating Shrubbler to a single 1/4 feeder line coming off a header
Shrubbler sprayers provide 360 coverage, with (with spike base only) that emits a consistent hose. A great way to water large containers or
eight streams radiating out from the emitter head. 1 throw, useful wherever rising and falling rows requiring several emitters, without having
The regular Shrubbler has a twist-operated valve elevations or a long header hose could to run multiple feeder lines. 1+ 5+
in the head, so you can set throw distance and ow affect pressure. 1+ 5+ XC362 In-Line Shrubbler (6) $5.20 $4.70
rate (0 to 13 gph at 30 psi) for each emitter inde- B. XC346 Reg. Shrubbler Spikes (5) $ 4.50
pendently, based on local watering needs. At low XC345 Reg. Shrubbler Spikes (25) $18.50
settings, it irrigates a small radius like a tiny sprin- C. XC344 Reg. Shrubbler Barbs (5) $ 3.10 $2.80 To order call 1-800-871-8158
kler or drip tip. At higher ow rates, water reaches D. XC360 Pressure-Compensating $ 6.30 $5.65
farther, up to 3 in diameter. (Also available as Shrubbler Spikes (5)

A
C

0-1 0-3
1
0-3

1/4 feeder line

A B D
Mini-bubbler Regular Shrubbler Pressure-
(includes spike (includes compensating
connector) connector) Shrubbler E
In-line
Shrubbler
Items A, B, C & E spike
have adjustable
C
Regular
ow rates.
Connector Connector Shrubbler barb
0-3

1/2 or 5/8 poly header hose

90 Irrigation Systems
 0-9 0-9

0-3
5 48
10 dia.

0-3 L M N
Variable- Quarter-circle Half-circle
ow mister variable variable
sprayer sprayer

G H J K
Quarter-circle Half-circle Full-circle Misting jet
spray jet spray jet spray jet

Install spray jets directly to L. Variable-Flow Misters Q. Pop-Up Sprinkler

header hose or on a rigid riser. Misting is great for propagating cuttings, starting This pop-up sprinkler
seedlings or very gently watering almost any plant. can be installed anywhere
F. Spectrum Spikes Its also a perfect way to cool off on hot days. This on a standard poly header
This is one of the most popular low-volume misting tip has a variable-ow control knob so the hose, and will start to
sprayers on the market. It gives a full-circle cone-shaped spray on each tip can be individually operate on only 6 psi of
vortex spray of ne water droplets. The ow adjusted as needed. Attaches to header hose, risers water pressure. Includes
is fully adjustable by turning the cap. Attaches O or 1/4 feeder lines coming off a header hose. When three interchangeable
to a 1/4 feeder line coming off a header hose. 12
hung upside down from a feeder tube or rigid emitter heads (XC429,
rigid
1+ 5+ riser riser, it is an ideal non-eroding way to water a XC427 & XC425) to set
XC421 Spectrum Spikes (5) $5.80 $5.20 hanging basket. 1+ 5+ the spray pattern to water
P
12 XC423 Variable-Flow Misters (5) $5.80 $5.20 a 1/4, 1/2 or full circle.
Spray Jets support You can
These three styles of low-cost sprayers stake
Variable Sprayers also easily
can be installed directly to the header hose
These sprayers have variable-ow mount other emitters
or to a rigid riser (XC443) and support stake
control knobs on them to vary the throw and (XC415 misting jets,
(XC441 & XC439). Offered in three styles: XC423 variable-ow
ow. Must be mounted on a rigid riser (XC443)
quarter-circle, half circle and full circle. misters, and XB823 &
and support stake (XC441 & XC439) or attached
1+ 5+
directly to the header hose. These sprayers are XB825 variable sprayers,
G. XC429 Quarter-Circle Jets (5) $1.90 $1.70
included with the fence-mount sprinkler kit not included) for alterna-
H. XC427 Half-Circle Jets (5) $1.90 $1.70
XB820 (see page 86). 1+ 5+ tive spray patterns.
J. XC425 Full-Circle Jets (5) $1.90 $1.70
M. XB823 Quarter-Circle Sprayers (2) $3.95 $3.55 Pop-Up
K. Misting Jets N. XB825 Half-Circle Sprayers (5) $8.50 $7.65 Sprinkler, ea. 1+ 5+
A standard mist tip with no ow control. XC254 $9.30 $8.35
Must be mounted directly to the header Risers and Support Stakes
hose or to a rigid riser (XC443) and The 12 long rigid riser is a 1/4 inside diameter
Pop-up sprinkler includes items G, H
support stake (XC441 & XC439) and semi-rigid tube that is used to hold sprayers and & J, but will accept G to N.
attached to the header hose with 1/4 feeder sprinklers in position above the ground. Attaches
line and a connector. 1+ 5+ to the side of either size of support stake. Risers
XC415 Misting Jets (5) $3.10 $2.80 and stakes are made of UV-stabilized materials
for long life. 1+ 5+
O. XC443 12 Rigid Risers (5) $3.60 $3.25
0-12
Full circle spray of P. XC441 12 Support Stakes (5) $4.50 $4.05
ne water droplets XC439 21 Support Stakes (5) $7.50 $6.75 With water ow, the
spinkler pops up 5 high.
Variable sprayer on rigid
riser held by support stake.

F
Spectrum spike
(includes Q
connector) Pop-up
sprinkler
123/4

F
Connector

Irrigation Systems 91
SPRINKLERS Quarter circle Half circle Full circle

Ornamental Beds

Landscaping
Vegetables
SPRINKLERS

Coverage
per Hour

Cooling
(based on 20 psi at emitter)

Gallons
Pattern

Lawns
A. XC431 Upside-Down Mini Sprinklers 20 20 dia. C
B. XC433 Variable Mini Sprinklers 0-26 0-23 dia. B
C. XC438 Rotor Rain Mini Sprinkler 20-30 26-30 dia.
A. Upside-Down Mini Sprinklers
Used primarily overhead to water inside greenhouses and shade houses,
this is specially designed to water while hanging upside down from
a header hose. It can also be used over sun-baked patios to give a quick
cool-down on a hot day. Commercially it is also popular to keep cattle
26-30 cool. Very even distribution. 1+ 5+
XC431 Upside-Down Sprinklers (5) $5.90 $5.30
B. Variable Mini Sprinklers
This sprinkler has a variable-ow control knob on it to vary the output
and ow. The water distribution is very uniform. Can be mounted high
A on rigid risers (XC443 on page 91) for even greater range. 1+ 5+
Upside-down mini
sprinkler XC433 Variable Sprinklers (5) $6.90 $6.20
20 C. Rotor Rain Mini Sprinkler
C This is the largest of our mini sprinklers. It emits a rotating pattern of
Rotor Rain
mini sprinkler rain-like spray 26 to 30 in diameter (depending on psi). It is efcient,
spreads water uniformly and is low in cost. Each sprinkler head mounts
on a 12 jumbo stake and connects directly to a 1/4 feeder line consumes
B 20 to 30 gph, 15 to 30 psi required. 1+ 5+
Variable XC438 Rotor Rain Sprinkler w/Stake, ea. $3.60 $3.25
mini sprinkler
D. Water Pressure Gauge
This water pressure gauge attaches to any outdoor faucet or
garden hose to give a reading up to 100 psi. Useful for diag-
0-23
nosing problems, troubleshooting irrigation lines, pin-
Variable mini sprinkler
can be mounted
pointing underground pipe leaks, or to determine if a regu-
on rigid riser and lator is required on pressure-sensitive irrigation systems or
support stake soaker hoses. With the addition of a Y-connector at the
(see page 91).
spigot, the pressure gauge can also be used to monitor and D
regulate backpressure in an irrigation system.
XC130 Water Pressure Gauge $8.50

Tubing Cutter & Punches

To cut tubing or to punch holes to attach sprayers, use the
following handy tools. The yellow punch and the manual
punch are designed for small systems, with the manual
punch being the more comfortable of the two. The profes-
sional punch makes it possible to rapidly punch a large
number of holes. E
E. XC259 Pro Hole Punch, ea. $12.50
F. XC459 Yellow Punch, ea. $ 1.20
G. XC339 Manual Hole Punch, ea. $ 1.90
H. XC261 Tubing Cutter, ea. $12.50 F

J. Filter Washers
Filter washers are an easy way to remove the particles from G
your water source. Screening is 60 mesh, which lters out
particles down to 250 microns.
H
XC343 Filter Washers (3) $3.20

K. O-Ring Washers
O-rings seal better than at rubber washers in faucets and hose
couplings. Not only do they last longer but they seal with less
pressure. Offered as a set of 10 O-rings. Made of long-lasting
EPDM the same stuff 20-year pond liners are made from.
They t standard 3/4 hose couplings. Economically priced.
AB109 O-Ring Washers (10) $3.40
K

1/2 or 5/8

poly header hose 1/2 or 5/8 compression end

92
 A. Garden Bandit Loop Weeder
WEED CONTROL
What we like most about this loop weeder is how easy it makes
weeding in a congested garden bed. Its thin, rigid stainless-steel blade
tapers to a rounded point, allowing precise, targeted weeding. Since
you can see the edges of the blade at all times, it also helps you
avoid accidentally nicking the stems or roots of the
plants you want to keep. The broad blade can also
be used for trenching or furrowing when
drawn at an angle. 12 long overall with
a UV-resistant plastic handle.
Assorted colors. Made in
Canada by a small family
business, it is a rugged
and reliable tool. A
Highly recommended.
A
Loop Weeder
PA330 $12.95

B. All-Purpose Lifetime Weeder

Designed to last a lifetime, this little workhorse not only allows you
to attack deep-rooted weeds with accuracy, but can also be used as a
dibber to pierce holes in the soil for planting seedlings or bulbs. The
tapered, 8 long durable stainless-steel head is notched with centimetre
and inch markings to assist with plant spacing and planting depth.
Made in the USA, it has a comfortable, bright yellow vinyl handle that
makes it easy to nd in the garden.
PG420 All-Purpose Lifetime Weeder $21.50 B
B

EE108 Kneelers & Knee Pads

For a
Stainless-steel head is etched with
selection centimetre and inch markings.
of kneelers
and knee
XH322 EB410
pads, see
the Outdoor B
Planting
EE120 section.

C. Yankee Weeder
This unique garden tool is made to our specications and is tted with a
strong maple handle. At 15 long, it is ideal for edging gardens, digging
weeds out from cracks in walkways or weeding around closely spaced
plants. Very well made. C
EE500 Yankee Weeder $19.80

D. Traditional Japanese Weeder

Traditional tools are often the most effective, and this one is no excep-
tion. Japanese made, it has a thin, sharp blade that slices easily through
weeds just below the soil surface. It is lightweight, comfortable to use
and maneuverable around closely spaced plants. The hand-forged,
laminated 41/2 blade combines a hard
carbon-steel face with a shock-
absorbing softer steel back for
increased durability. Hardwood
handle. For right-hand use, the tool
is 131/2 long overall.
PA324 Japanese Weeder $21.50
D

Ove
To order call rall le
ngth
1-800-871-8158 or is 13 1/
2.
visit our website at Hand-forged,
leevalley.com laminated
D 41/2 carbon-
steel blade

Weed Control 93
 Most annual weeds can be killed simply by cutting them at or just below the
surface of the soil using a hoe. Weeds that regenerate easily from the root, such
as quack grass, need to have the entire root removed. For this job, a sharp-tined
cultivator works well, especially on large patches of spreading weeds.
We offer a variety of hoes but nd it difcult to recommend one over the others,
as each responds to specic user preferences. When determining your needs,
consider how tight the spaces are in your garden and the type of movement you
are most comfortable with, as well as any additional uses you might want in such
a tool. All have appropriately angled heads, well-sharpened edges and strong
wooden handles.
Of course, the best weeding tool is one that eliminates the need to weed
altogether, and for this we suggest weed barriers or mulching.
Sneeboer Forged Cultivator & Half-Moon Hoe
Forged, polished and sharpened by hand in the Netherlands,
these are tough, high-quality stainless-steel tools. The 60 lightly
waxed ash handles absorb sweat from the hand and are less slippery
than varnished wood. Overall tool length is 67, providing good reach
without the need to bend.
The cultivators sharp tines penetrate soil with ease, loosening and
pulling weeds and their roots (instead of cutting them at the surface)
while aerating the soil. The head, 31/2 at its widest point, is easy to
maneuver in tight spaces. The half-moon pull hoe is great for cutting
weeds near the surface and for moving soil.
Tool Function Additional Features Method of Use Tool Length Blade Width Its gooseneck provides the perfect angle
A. Cultivator
Pulls weeds
Loosens and aerates the soil Pull action 67 31/2 so the user doesnt need to adjust position.
and their roots Also ideal for edging, furrowing or
B. Half-Moon Hoe Good for edging and furrowing Pull action 67 61/4 tight work. The head is 61/4 at its widest
Shape of tip makes it effective in tight spaces. Shufing push-pull by 11/2.
C. Swoe 66 5
Excellent for ornamental or vegetable gardens action
A. PG601 *Forged Cultivator $ 67.00
Horizontally positioned blade cuts into the soil Shufing push-pull
D. Shufe Hoe
by raising or lowering the handle only slightly action
68 7 B. PG602 *Forged Half-Moon Hoe $ 62.50
Two different-sized blade attachments allow Sideways
PG605 *Cultivator/Hoe Set $119.00
E. Collinear Hoe 66 6 & 4
Cut weeds at work in open or tight spaces sweeping motion * In addition to our regular shipping charges, a
or near the soil Loop design lets you see where the complete Sweeping motion length surcharge of $10 applies per order.
F. Loop Hoe surface hoe blade is at all times, avoiding accidents in a near-vertical 56 3
that slice plants other than weeds position
G. Slim Draw Hoe Good for hilling and trenching Pull action 58 41/2
Japanese
H. Good for digging and hilling Pull action 55 9
Draw Hoe
Good for weeding and trenching. Spear points
J&K San-Kaku Hoes Pull action 571/2 or 18 41/2 or 33/4
break up soil
Pulls weeds Hook-shaped blade slides into tight spaces and
L. Blade Cultivator Pull action 653/8 23/4
and their roots between paving stones
A

A B C D E F G

94 Weed Control
 C. Lee Valley Swoe
This style of hoe
is favored by many.
Its 5 wide
stainless-steel blade
is used in a push-
pull motion to cut
weeds just below
the soil surface. C design lets you see where
Comfortable and
strong, yet light-
weight, the 60 kiln-dried ash handle
sets the blade at the correct cutting
angle for quickly weeding ornamental
or vegetable gardens. Overall tool
length is 66.
PD215 *Lee Valley Swoe $41.50
D. Lee Valley Diamond Shufe Hoe
The great advantage
of this hoe is that
it positions the
blade perfectly D able, oval handle.
horizontal, so
you can cut into
the soil and
remove weeds
from below the
surface just by raising
or lowering the handle slightly. Using
it in a back-and-forth shufing motion,
letting it glide along the ground, allows
you to work for long periods without
straining your back. Blade is 7 wide
and sharpened on all edges. Mounted
on a 60 ash handle for an overall tool
length of 68. Made by Lee Valley.
*Lee Valley Diamond Shufe Hoe
PD347 $38.50
E. Lee Valley Collinear Hoe
This hoe is a joy to
use. It is extremely
lightweight with a
thin blade designed
for cutting
weeds, not
moving
earth. E planting. Useful for digging or
The blade
is offset so the bottom edge is in line
with the bottom edge of the handle
(hence the name collinear). This keeps
the blade travelling in a straight line
even after hitting an obstruction.
Designs where the leading edge of the
hoe is forward of the handle line (more
usual) require more effort to keep the
blade under control. The hoe is designed
to be used in a sweeping motion beside
you, rather than in front of you. The two
included blades are 6 and 4 wide and
are easily removed for sharpening or for
replacing. The 4 blade is most suited
for use around closely spaced plants.
The tool is 66 overall with a 60 ash
handle, long enough to allow you to
work with your back straight. One of
the best weeding hoes available.
PD131 *LV Collinear Hoe $56.50
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.
F. Lee Valley Loop Hoe San-Kaku Hoes
We designed this loop While these may look like something
hoe to make youd carry into battle, they are truly
F
weeding easier effective hoes, and real workhorses
in congested in the garden. Popular in Japan for
areas. Not only is weeding and trenching, they have hard-
the hoe only 3 ened stainless-steel spear points to break
wide, but the loop up soil and sever roots, and sharpened
edges for slicing through soil to remove
the complete hoe blade is at all shallow-rooted weeds. Designed for use
times, avoiding accidents that slice in a standing position, the long-handled
plants other than weeds. The thin hoe is 571/2 long overall, with a 71/2
stainless-steel loop slides through long, 41/2 wide head (minor assembly
the soil with minimal resistance. required; hardware and hex key
Designed to be used in a near included). The short-handled version,
vertical position (like a collinear 18 long overall with a 51/2 long,
hoe) it is very easy on the back, 33/4 wide head, is
letting you use a motion much like ideal for working
sweeping. 54 shaped ash handle, on your knees, in
56 overall. raised beds, or in
J
*Lee Valley Loop Hoe conned spaces.
BL125 $38.50 Each has a comfort-
G. Lee Valley Slim Draw Hoe Well made in Japan. For the curious,
A full-size, standard draw hoe is san-kaku is Japanese for triangle.
useful for weed control as well as J. *San-Kaku Hoe, 571/2
hilling and trenching, but is often PA318 $72.50
too wide for
use around K. San-Kaku Hoe, 18
closely spaced G PA319 $34.50
plants and can L. Lee Valley Blade Cultivator
be too heavy for Made of hardened stainless steel, the
extended use. We 1/16 thick blade of this cultivator is
redesigned this hoe, designed to uproot weeds
Overall length is 653/8.
Overall length is 571/2.
Overall length is 55.
making it narrower, rather than slice them. The
lighter and much more unsharpened hook-shaped
maneuverable than a full-size hoe blade slides into tight spaces
substantially easier to use. The between plants and also
blade is 41/2 wide. 54 ash handle, ts between paving
58 overall. Made by Lee Valley. stones to lift out
PD343 *LV Slim Draw Hoe $32.50 grass, weeds and
moss. The sturdy
L
To order call 1-800-871-8158 tang is curved to
give the hook a better angle of attack
when weeding in a standing position,
H. Japanese Draw Hoe and to give you a clear view of what
This is an excellent-quality hoe for youre doing. With a 60 kiln-dried
preparing soil for seeding or trans- ash handle, it is 653/8 long overall.
Blade is 23/4 wide.
hilling, it also
makes *Lee Valley Blade Cultivator
PD237 $41.50
a good
weeder
since the
sharp blade
easily slices
through soil and H
roots. It has a 9 wide
blade and is 55 long overall. Made
in Japan, it has a hardwood handle K
and a hand-forged, laminated blade H
Overall length is 18.
that combines a hard carbon-steel
face with a shock-absorbing softer
steel back for increased durability,
construction that made Japanese
chisels famous. Strong yet light-
weight, this is a traditional tool with
a long history of use in Japan.
J
*Japanese Draw Hoe L
PA320 $59.50

A. Grampas Weeder
A soil is moist. Appropriate for deep-rooted weeds such as dande-
Center
claws over
weed.
Lee Valley Dandelion Diggers
Originally called the Star Patent Daisy
Grubber when it was made in England
a century ago, this tool was used for
removing long-rooted weeds from lawns
and gardens. We bought one of the old
cast ones, liked it, and had it reproduced
as a steel forging for improved tough-
ness. The great advantage of this design
is the wide spoon-shaped shoulder
behind the V; this large bearing surface
lets you actually lever weeds out rather
than have the neck of the tool sink into the
Overall length is 60.
ground or cut into the turf as happens with
other dandelion diggers. The hardwood
handle gives you lots of leverage. The
short-handled digger is 24 overall with
an 18 handle; the long-handled digger is
60 overall with a 54 handle. The longer
handle lets you work while standing up.
B. PD201 Short-Handled Digger $21.50
C. PD203 *Long-Handled Digger $32.50
* In addition to our regular shipping charges,
a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.
1 for planting small bulbs such as
B AL829 Water-Powered Weeder $49.95
2
24.
length is
Overall
3 D
C
B
A
Tilt handle to Remove
Step on lever. pry weed out. weed.
This elegant weeder was rst produced in the early 1900s, but
manufacturing was abandoned when materials were diverted
to the war effort during WWII. A timeless tool, it works with
a simple technique that is fast, easy and doesnt require any
stooping. Simply center the claws over the head of the weed and
step on the foot lever to push the claws into the ground. Tilting
the handle levers out the weed without breaking the root near the
surface. Like most weeders, it works best after a rainfall when the
lions, as well as shallow, densely rooted weeds such as plantain.
E
With a cast steel head and lightly varnished bamboo handle, its
total length is 43. The satisfaction of cleanly pulling an intact Crack Weeders
taproot makes weeding with this tool almost a pleasure.
A weeder is useful in any home, whether or
PT705 Grampas Weeder $29.90 not it has a garden. It solves the problem of
removing grass, weeds and moss growing in
the cracks of patios and walkways. Our
D. Water-Powered Weeder regular model has a
This is a truly revolutionary comfortable plastic
gardening tool. Designed handle molded onto
to remove the entire root the hardened steel
of taproot weeds, it D blade, and measures
is ideal for use 10 long overall. For
with dandelions. F
those who prefer to
By creating a weed while standing,
high-pressure stream of water the telescoping model has a hardened
that blasts a hole beside the stainless-steel blade attached to a 30 anod-
offending root, it loosens it so ized aluminum handle that extends to 46
that the whole weed can be easily and locks in place with a twist of the wrist.
plucked from the ground. Just
E. EE310 Crack Weeder $ 6.50
squeeze the trigger and gently F. PD405 Telescoping Crack Weeder $17.50
Overall length is 43.
push the wand down into the
ground alongside the root the
water drills the hole with little
effort. After the weed has been
pulled, the water soaks in and the hole
lls itself, leaving a smooth-looking
lawn. The weeder comes with a two-
part wand, and can be shortened by
half if you prefer to work on your
knees. Measures 43 overall. Also
useful for removing or straightening
fence posts, or as a fast and tidy way
to make narrow, pre-watered holes
lilies-of-the-valley or bluebells.
F
 C

Giant Weed Torch

A This is a great way to get rid
A. Weed Brush
Keep cracks between
interlocking bricks and
patio stones free of moss,
debris and shallow-rooted
weeds with this brush.
The 11/2 long brass-plated
steel bristles converge to
create a wedge shape that
effectively scrapes mate-
rial from cracks with little
effort. The 4 wide by
13/8 deep by 11/2 high
beech head can be held
by hand or attached to a
handle (not included); it
is counterbored to accept
any commonly available
tapered, 3/4 diameter
wooden handle (screw included). Made in Holland.
PD402 Weed Brush
of weeds on patios or between
paving stones without resorting
to chemicals. Its also effective
for removing ice from walkways.
Because you can kill weeds by
applying only enough heat to D
shrivel them, you can cover a lot
Handle
not of area quickly with this 100,000
included. BTU torch. We offer two models.
The original torch produces a
continuous ame when ignited,
suitable for covering larger areas.
Also available with a ame-
control squeeze valve on the wand
that lets you minimize the ame
so you dont waste propane while
moving from spot to spot. Each
torch comes assembled with a
10 hose that connects to any
standard rellable propane
D
cylinder (North American only), Propane cylinder
$12.95 the 20 lb barbecue cylinder being not included.

the most common. Not suitable for

B. Stainless-Steel Weeding Pliers
Excellent for spot weeding, these Japanese
stainless-steel pliers hold with authority and
precision. The toothed, tapered jaws provide
a rm mechanical lock on soft material for pulling D. PT616 Torch w/Squeeze Valve $129.00
weeds without breaking them. A 30 offset tip lets
you grasp weeds at or below the soil surface, and
provides knuckle clearance when held parallel to
the ground. Used with the right or left hand, the
pliers are 7 overall with polypropylene handles. A
well-made tool that offers better grip and reach than
ngertips, and makes tidy work of troublesome
weeds such as crabgrass.
Weeding Pliers
PD420 $16.50
Toothed, tapered jaws
pull weeds without
breaking them.
B Comes with instructions and a spark striker.
lawns. Made in the USA and CSA certied. To
When ame weeding, the most effective time to
be operated in accordance with local bylaws.
catch weeds is when they are 1 to 4 tall. Larger
Instructions and a spark striker included. weeds, or weeds that are wet from dew, may
C. PT615 Giant Weed Torch $ 82.00 require a longer exposure to heat. A slow walk is
usually the best pace. Conifers and their needles
are very ammable and should be avoided.
E. Mini Weed Torch
The narrow outlet on this compact weed torch
emits a focused ame, ideal for chemical-free spot
weeding in gardens or on walkways. The adjust-
ment valve lets you set the exact ame intensity
Narrow outlet emits a
you want. You need apply only enough heat to focused ame, ideal
shrivel the foliage, which in turn causes the root to for chemical-free
atrophy. Measuring 32 overall, the 25,000 BTU spot weeding.
torch with non-slip handle uses a standard propane
cylinder (not included; available from any hard-
ware store). Some weeds may need a second
treatment before they perish. To be operated
in accordance with local bylaws. CSA certied.
Also great for removing ice from walkways.
PT610 Mini Weed Torch $52.00

Non-slip
1 grip handle
Propane E
cylinder
not
E included.

Spark striker
included.

2
Flame
adjustment
valve

1 diameter
outlet
Weed Control 97
 E

Folds for Sickle blade

storage. Double-
bevelled
edge

A. Folding Sickle
A good hand sickle is an asset for yard and garden work. With
its 7 blade that folds and locks so its easy to carry and store, this
one excels at clearing patches of tall grass and weeds or cutting back Woven nylon sheath
and sharpening
overgrowth on paths or trails. At about 16 long, it is lightweight and stone included.
small enough to maneuver in conned areas. All-metal construction with a
rubberized end for good grip.
BL116 Folding Sickle $19.95 E. Original Woodmans Pal
Once a staple of the U.S. army, this
Crop Circles Weed-Barrier Mats extraordinary tool has been made
These mats are designed to encircle a plant, letting air and water permeate while by the same family-run company in
blocking sunlight from reaching the soil so weeds cannot take hold around the plant. Pennsylvania since 1941. More versa-
Each has a T-shaped slit to let you place it around the base of established plants or tile than a machete or an axe, it excels
small trees; adding a layer of mulch or soil is all that is required to secure it. Made at cutting through overgrown vegeta-
from woven polyethylene, they can be reused for multiple growing seasons or left tion even roots and small trees. It
in place for up to four years. Sold in packages of six ready-to-use mats in 15 or 23 weighs 1 lb 9 oz, providing enough
diameters. An effective, chemical-free way to control the spread of weeds. heft to chop through wood, yet is
B. 09A04.77 15 Crop Circles, pkg. of 6 $6.50 superbly balanced, reducing fatigue
B C. 09A04.79 23 Crop Circles, pkg. of 6 $8.40 in prolonged use. Made of cold-rolled
15 steel hardened to Rc47, the 111/2 E
blade has a long double-bevelled edge
for cutting hardwood or other coarse
materials. To help prevent mishaps,
C
the last inch at the tip is unsharpened.
Designed to cut canes or saplings, the
single-bevelled sickle blade can also
23 be used to hook into cut branches to
clear them out of the way. Shielded
by a metal knuckle guard, the handmade leather handle offers a
comfortable grip. Supplied in a woven nylon sheath with an internal
pocket to hold the included sharpening stone, it is simply the best
hand tool we have ever seen for clearing land. Made in USA.
23 mat
PA409 Woodmans Pal $99.00

Cover mat with F. Bill Hook
mulch or soil to A traditional hedge tool in Europe, this bill hook is great for
secure it.
removing small brush and weeds. It is comfortably handled with
a leather grip and end-hook to keep the tool rmly in your hand.
Italian made; measures 17 overall.
D. Weed-Barrier Fabric PA405 Bill Hook $36.50
This tough woven fabric is heavier and longer lasting than the more common fabrics
sold in garden centers. It is ideal for walkways or around plantings to keep down
weeds. UV-resistant, it wont rot, mildew or break down from use of fertilizers and
will last indenitely if protected from the sun with a top dressing of mulch. It lets air,
water and nutrients pass through, while it blocks out all light and prevents weed growth. F
(Water passes through at a ow rate of 19 litres per second per square metre.) The fabric
can be cut with scissors or a knife to accommodate your plants or size of garden beds.
Weighs 4 oz/sq.yd. with a tensile strength of 130 lb/in. Roll measures 350.
EC255 Weed Barrier, 350 Roll $34.50

98 Weed Control
 LAWN CARE Comparison of Reel Mowers
14 LV Mower 18 LV Mower 20 LV Mower
Cutting Height 1/2 to 11/2 1/2 to 21/4 17/8 to 3
Cutting Width 13 17 20
# of Blades 5 5 5
Weight 19 lb 24 lb 30 lb
Wheel Diameter 8 10 10 & 6
B
Sharpening Kit PA807 or
Sharpening Cylinder Sharpener EG703
(See page 128 for these products.)

Grass catcher sold

separately.
Ball-bearing
mounted reels

D
C

The 18 mower is
height adjustable
from 1/2 to 21/4.
A

The 14 mower is height

adjustable from 1/2 to 11/2.

The 20 mower is height

Lee Valley Reel Mowers adjustable from 17/8 to 3.

Reel mowers are becoming a more common choice for homeowners. Not
only are they quieter and kinder to the environment than gas mowers, they
also deliver a superior cut because they shear grass rather than tear it.
The sharpened tip of the spine
Tearing gives an uneven cut and causes tip browning. As a result, reel E. Lee Valley allows more delicate cuts.
mowers have replaced rotary ones as the mower of choice on golf courses E
Sod Knife
and estates. While reel mowers require more heft than power mowers, these Designed like a bread
modern models are much lighter and easier to push than the heavy cast-iron knife, the scalloped blade
versions of old. of this knife wont snag when
We offer three different Lee Valley reel mowers to suit your lawn and your cutting roots. At 65/16 long, the blade
pocket book. will cut through two layers of sod, so you
The 14 mower is our smallest and lightest reel mower, perfect for those can cut out the area youre replacing from a
small lawns found around many urban houses. It worked well in our tests, roll of fresh sod for a perfectly tted patch. A
cutting through even long and matted grass. The ve-blade reel has 14 wide 31/2 sharpened section on the spine allows more
blades (actual cutting width 13), and is height adjustable from 1/2 to 11/2. delicate cuts. The stainless-steel blade is secured to
Weighing only 19 lb, it has 8 diameter wheels. the tang with a strong, smooth weld, and the comfort-
The 18 mower is a great all-purpose mower that cuts virtually any type able lacquered beech handle has a ferrule that prevents
of grass. Mid-size and mid-weight, it has greater cutting height than the 14 swelling or splitting. 141/4 long overall.
mower but less than the 20 mower (ranging from 1/2 to 21/4). The ve- AB626 Sod Knife $28.90
blade reel has 18 wide blades (actual cutting width 17). Weighing 24 lb, it
has 10 diameter wheels. Old-Fashioned Grass Clippers
The 20 mower has the widest cutting path of all our reel mowers. Two quick- Old-fashioned sheep shears are a favorite with some
release levers easily set the cutting height from 17/8 to 3, allowing a higher gardeners for trimming grass or clipping small
cut for better soil moisture retention, more effective weed control and a lusher- hedges and topiary. These light, inexpensive
looking lawn. The four-wheel design adds stability, with 10 front wheels and shears are suited to garden use (not for
6 rear wheels. This 30 lb, ve-blade mower cuts virtually any type of grass. shearing sheep!). They cut well and are
All Lee Valley mowers have ball-bearing mounted reels for years of reasonably priced. Stainless-steel frame
trouble-free service. All require some assembly and set-up, with assembly and carbon-steel blades.
and maintenance instructions included.
The grass catcher weighs only 3 lb and ts all three Lee Valley reel mowers. Old-Fashioned Grass Clippers
Constructed of fabric with a plastic base, it holds a full bushel of clippings. EC530 $9.95
A. PA812 *Lee Valley 14 Mower $ 79.00
B. PA810 *Lee Valley 18 Mower $109.00
C. PA809 *Lee Valley 20 Mower $129.00
D. PA803 Grass Catcher $ 31.50
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges.
For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
Lawn Care 99

B PD247 Leaf Packer
Adjustable Fan Rakes
These versatile rakes have adjustable fan heads
that allow you to modify their size to suit the
task. They are especially useful when cleaning
up debris in restricted areas, such as under
bushes, in window wells or in densely
planted ower gardens. The short-handled
rake extends your reach when sitting or
kneeling. With an aluminum handle
and steel tines that fan from 41/2
to 12 wide, it is 29 long when
extended and compacts to 21.
The long-handled version has
tines that spread from 71/2
to 22 wide, and a handle that
telescopes to 64 long and
compacts to just 31 for
storage. Made largely from
steel, it can be used for raking
leaves and long grass, cleaning
up around shrubs, dethatching
small patches of lawn, etc.
Durably constructed, these are
excellent all-purpose rakes.
B. Short-Handled Rake
PH203 $12.50
C. Long-Handled Rake
PH202 $16.50
Tine
100 Lawn Care
A. Leaf Bag Clips
If you have a lot of leaves or
other yard waste to gather, youll
appreciate these simple bag clips.
They let you join multiple paper
bags to form a broader, more
stable target, so more leaves
make their way into the bags
instead of spilling back onto the
ground. Made from strong, ex-
ible plastic, the reusable clips
are sold in sets of ve (enough to
connect four bags) supplied in a
storage bag. Made in USA.
XG195 Bag Clips, pkg. of 5 $4.90
29.
21 to
B It starts with determining your yard uses and needs, then describes soil
from
opes
telesc
Rake
Tines spread
from 41/2 to
12 wide.
s spr
ead fro
m 71/2 to 22
wide.
Handle not
included.
A
D. Lee Valley Leaf Packer
One of the frustrations of raking leaves is D
how quickly they ll a yard bag. This tool
head offers an easy way to pack them in
tighter. Made of concentric rings of
powder-coated steel, the 9 diameter
head compresses a large area of
leaves at once. Sold unhandled, it has
a threaded socket that accepts a standard
3/4 thick broom handle.
$16.50
The Organic
Lawn Care Manual
by Paul Tukey
There are many books on
owers, trees and other decora-
tive ora, but very few on the
64.
lawn itself. This one covers
31 to
everything you need to start and
maintain beautiful grass, using
from
environmentally safe methods.
opes
composition, grass anatomy and available varieties. Separate chapters
telesc
handle starting or renovating a lawn, making the transition to chemical-free
Rake
maintenance, watering, controlling pests, weeds and diseases, and
mowing. Includes several alternatives to grass, depending on the use of
your lawn. Color photographs and drawings accompany the text.
Softcover, 81/2101/2, 271 pages, 2007.
LA647 Organic Lawn Care Manual $15.95
Building Soil
by Elizabeth Murphy
Soil is the foundation of a healthy
garden. This book teaches you
C
how to cultivate and maintain
rich, sustainable soil with natural
and organic methods. After
outlining how to identify the type
and qualities of the earth in your
garden, it explains how to
manage the properties of your
soil, with chapters that cover organic matter, nutrients, soil organisms, fertil-
izing and composting, mulch, watering and weeding. Finally, a chapter on
cultivation teaches you how to plan your whole garden from the ground up.
Throughout, the book suggests plants and techniques that naturally help your
garden, reducing the time, labor and articial additives needed to keep soil
healthy. Charts, diagrams and clear explanations make the information easy
to absorb. Softcover, 71/293/4, 200 pages, 2015.
LA771 Building Soil $18.90
 C D E
Wire Rake Heads
These innovative rake heads stand apart, since their closely spaced tines
excel at collecting pine needles, wood mulch or other material too ne
to gather with a regular rake. Mounted in a polypropylene base, the rust-
resistant galvanized spring-steel tines are exible and set at an aggressive
angle, so you need not stoop or apply pressure to maintain contact with the
ground. With moderate pressure, the rakes also work for dethatching. Each
F tine has a spring coil at the base that lets it deect over obstructions. Heads
come in three widths: 6 for working in tight areas, 9 for around shrubs or
in owerbeds and 21 for lawns. All sizes have a 15/16 diameter joint that
Pair of Large accepts standard 3/4 broom handles with the thread removed (secured using

es
tin
Hand Rakes a 5/8 #8 screw, not included).
ed
These narrow rakes ac
sp
A 55 handle, suitable for use with any of the rake heads, is available
ly
se

act as extensions of separately.

lo
C

your hands, making it C. PH107 6 Wire Rake Head $14.50

easy to rake around plants D. PH106 9 Wire Rake Head $15.95 * In addition to our regular ship-
as well as reach into areas a E. PH105 21 Wire Rake Head $18.95 ping charges, a length surcharge
Use both to
conventional rake cant. They move yard F. PH110 *55 Fiberglass Handle $16.50 of $10 applies per order.
can also be used for quickly waste.
transferring piles of leaves or
yard waste to the compost bin.
The tines are closely spaced to
capture even ne materials such C
as pine needles and wood mulch.
The forearm rest greatly improves Forearm rest
A spring coil at the base of
improves
leverage, letting you use a light grip leverage. each tine lets it ex upward if
while raking. Sold in pairs, the it meets an obstruction.
Rake
rakes are 16 overall and 10 wide. extends
Each is powder-coated steel with a reach.
beech handle; together they weigh
just under 2 lb.
PD255 Pair of Hand Rakes $29.50
Landscaper Bag G. BackSaver Grip
This oversize woven polypropylene bag is perfect for gathering This ergonomically
G
leaves, hedge trimmings, grass clippings or any garden refuse. designed handle is an
Sturdy and rot-proof, the bag has a ring at the top to hold it open easy addition to straight-
and free your hands. Reinforced nylon handles at the top, sides and shaft tools. By changing
bottom make it easy to move and empty. The bottom is also rein- the position and angle of

forced with a layer of rigid polypropylene. 26 in diameter, it is your grip, it helps reduce
available in sizes small (22 high) and large (29 high). back strain, fatigue, and
A. XM521 Landscaper Bag, Small $36.50 stress injuries caused by
B. XM523 Landscaper Bag, Large $39.50 repetitive movements.
Made from ABS plastic,
it can be used on any
A long-handled tool, such
as a rake, broom, shovel
or mop anything with
a shaft from 3/4 to 13/4
in diameter. The D-shaped
grip is 61/2 wide and
projects approximately
6. It also improves
stability and control
when used with
extension-handled over-
B
head tools, such as paint
rollers and tree pruners. With BackSaver Grip
attached to the rake, posture
Assorted colors. is much more upright.
BackSaver Grip
A AL120 $11.95
To order call
1-800-871-8158 or
visit our website at
leevalley.com
101
 Twist-off attachments
t into the C. Radius Ergonomic
telescoping Stainless-Steel Edger
handle. Lightly
Thoughtfully designed cushioned
Handle telescopes
from 25 to 41.
to help you work grip
comfortably and ef-
ciently, this ergonomic
edger is a real innova-
tion in a traditional
garden tool. The large Carbon-steel Hand-turned
A circular handle accom- shaft is encased ash T-handle
in resin.
modates a wide range
of natural hand posi-
Oversized

Overall length is 38.

tions, so you can grip

Overall length is 37.

steps are Wide,
it from any angle to ergonomically welded step
avoid wrist and muscle designed for provides
secure, strong,
strain, while its durable comfortable secure
TPE (thermoplastic foot placement. footing.

A. Telescoping Garden Tool Set elastomer) coating

This is an excellent light-duty tool set with twist-off attachments that t provides good grip.
into the same telescoping (25 to 41) handle. In raised beds, the 25 The 9 wide stainless-
length is about right. For working near ground level, you can set the length steel blade has broad
to suit your height. The 31/4 soil rake and 5 fan rake are ideal for closely steps for secure foot
planted beds. The crack weeder keeps your walkways clean and the trowel registration. The step
lets you winkle out weeds without stooping, never soiling your hands or angle is slightly greater
clothes. A most useful set. than 90 relative to the
PT905 Telescoping Garden Tool Set $27.50 blade, to permit an ef-
cient pushing angle
B. Adjustable Grass Shears and to reduce the Stainless-steel head
If you have ever accidentally ringed a young tree, sliced down some inno- chance of your foot
cent owers or sprayed gravel with your power weed trimmer, you will slipping off, helping
appreciate the accuracy and peaceful sound of these grass shears. They are avoid injuries. The C
indispensable for trimming in tight corners, close to walls, beside raised strong carbon-steel
beds, or anywhere your push mower wont go. The shears can be set at shaft is encased in resin to D
several different cutting angles, from vertical through horizontal. The resist rust and damage. About
blades have a nice action and sound. 38 long overall, the edger weighs 4 lb.
EC807 Adjustable Grass Shears $12.90 PG100 Ergonomic Stainless-Steel Edger $51.50

D. Sneeboer Forged Stainless-Steel Edger

Shears can be set at several This high-quality, professional-grade tool is hand forged by a small rm
different cutting angles.
in the Netherlands. The 10 wide by 43/4 high stainless-steel blade may
not be pretty, but it is solid and well sharpened to cut cleanly through turf.
Made with a proper footstep and an attractive, hand-turned ash T-handle
(13 wide), this edger is both comfortable and well balanced. Measures
B 37 overall.
PG399 Forged Stainless-Steel Edger $99.00

To order call 1-800-871-8158

E. Long-Handled Grass Shears

This tool is perfect for those who dislike powered string trimmers, partic-
ularly because of the damage they often do to bark on young trees. At
Handle folds about 38 tall, it gives just enough reach to permit trimming without
and blades
lock closed stooping. The cutting head rotates to allow vertical cuts on growth over-
for storage. hanging walkways and patios, and can be positioned in line with the
handle for low-prole storage. Ideal for trimming grass along walkways,
Blades rotate. beside buildings and around trees. The 51/2 blades have a low-friction
coating for smooth operation. Great value in a high-quality trimmer.
PC920 *Long-Handled Grass Shears $29.50
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of $10
applies per order. F

E F. Traditional Austrian Scythe

This is a traditional Austrian scythe. The blade is wide, thin, lightweight
and very sharp. It is mounted to a straight aluminum snath (handle) with
grips that adjust to the height of the user. Because a razor-sharp scythe
is essential, a water stone and watertight holster are also offered. Sold
as a set of all pieces (blade, snath, stone and holster) or as individual
components. A healthful and low-cost way to maintain or harvest a
small acreage. Blade measures 29 long, snath measures 59 long.
PC501 Scythe Blade $ 67.50 * In addition to our
Blades PC503 *Aluminum Snath (handle) $ 54.50 regular shipping
align with
handle for
PC505 Scythe Stone $ 6.50 charges, a length
low-prole PC507 Watertight Holster $ 7.95 surcharge of $10
storage. PC509 *Scythe Set, 4 pcs. $124.00 applies per order.
102
 A. Trimmer Shoulder Strap
Used with tools such as trimmers and leaf blowers, this shoulder strap distributes the weight
across your shoulder and back, reducing strain and fatigue. The 2 wide cushioning contact
surface wont dig into your shoulder, and is made from a tough, shock-absorbing elastomer
to dampen vibration transfer to your body. The length-adjustable carabiner strap can be
either wrapped around the tool shaft and cinched in place, or clipped onto xed strap-
attachment points found on many models. A simple, effective tool support. Made in USA.
AG742 Trimmer Shoulder Strap $27.50
A
B. Grip Wrap
Although developed as a B
shock-absorbing grip mate-
rial for professional sports gear, this cushioning
wrap is useful on a much wider range of equipment.
Made of a tough, rubber-like elastomer that absorbs B Quick-
impact and dampens vibration, it can be wrapped release
buckle
around tool handles to create a comfortable, slip-
resistant coating with a textured pattern for grip. A
The high-friction material grips onto itself to stay snug without an adhesive backing.
Simply stretch out the band as you wrap the handle, then tuck in the end or secure it with
electrical tape. The band has a smooth, bevelled edge so layers overlap neatly. Each 24
strip can cover approximately 9 of a typical 11/4 diameter tool handle. Made in USA.
AG740 24 Grip Wrap, ea. $10.50

C. Vibration Dampeners for Trimmers

With these simple cuff-like dampener attachments, using C
trimmers and other shaft-driven power tools is much less
of a bone-rattling experience. Made from an advanced
elastomer with outstanding shock-absorbing properties,
they take up vibrations in the shaft and harmlessly dissi-
pate the energy into the air. Used in pairs, they are easily C
mounted on the trimmer shaft, and weigh only 4 oz each,
so they dont throw off the trimmers balance. Each pair is supplied with mounting ties
and instructions. Made in USA.
AG741 Vibration Dampeners, pr. $16.95

Trunk Wraps Universal Gas Trimmer Head & Line

Powered string trimmers and lawn mowers can damage and sometimes
kill trees with repeated abuse. As multiple knocks and cuts build up,
wounds are left open to insect and fungal attack. Worse, a tree cannot
survive when more than 50% of its circumference (at the same level
on the trunk) has been ringed or girdled. To protect against damage
caused by mowers and trimmers we offer two types of trunk wraps, but as
always, the best solution is to keep the area around the trunk free of grass.
Our clever bark wrap is made of a tough, exible poly material that has
a memory and will always try to curl back up. Wrap it around any trunk up
to 4 in diameter (13 circumference). Measuring 73/4 tall, it will last for
many years and expand as the tree grows. Especially valuable with newly
planted fruit trees and ornamentals.
The trunk guard, made of heavy-duty, UV-resistant plastic, covers trees
up to 31/2 in diameter and locks in place. Two or more can be linked to
cover even larger trees. Used by professional landscapers, it stands 9 tall.
5-year warranty.
1+ 5+
D. SC105 Bark Wrap, ea. $4.95 $4.45
E. SC125 Trunk Guard, ea. $3.50 $3.15
Traditional bump-and-feed trimmer heads often jam, and can be frus-
trating to load with new line. This trimmer head uses cut-to-length line
that is locked in place with a central spring clamp. You simply press the
button, poke the line through the head, and release the button to clamp
it securely. Takes line from 0.095 to 0.135 in diameter. Included are
trimmer adapters and six strips of 0.095 trimmer line. For a list of non-
compatible trimmer makes and models, visit our website (click on the
Tech link) or contact Customer Service.
Our bi-component trimmer line has two advantages over standard line.
It has a exible nylon core (for strength), co-extruded with a hard,
abrasive-resistant shell that is designed to inhibit fraying. It is 0.095
in diameter by 40 long.
F. Trimmer Head F
EC717 $27.50
G. 0.095 Trimmer Line, 40
EC720 $ 3.95

G
E
Two or more
D trunk guards can be
linked together.

Press the button, poke the line

through the head, and release
the button to clamp it securely.

Lawn Care 103

 PEST CONTROL
A. Scare Eye Bird Deterrents
Hung in a garden, fruit tree or other area
you want to keep free of avian visitors,
these discs provide a visual deterrent.
The colorful spot on the front mimics a
predators eye, triggering an instinctive
urge to ee, while the shiny background
ashes with reected sunlight, further
startling birds. A n on the back catches
the lightest breeze to help keep the discs
in motion and a swivel connector lets
them turn freely. Five discs are included. A in the slightest breeze. The wings can also be folded back in a
Each measures 51/4 long by 31/2 wide.
AT231 Bird Deterrents, pkg. of 5 $14.50
B. CatScat
A good deterrent for pets that want
to use your garden as a litterbox. Also
excellent for use on ledges to discourage
pigeons or other nesting birds. Comes as
a package of four plastic spiked mats
that you set in place by pushing the inte-
gral anchors into the ground. They can
be used full size or cut to t the area.
Each mat measures 81/261/2. Spikes
are 1 long and sufciently exible that
they will not harm people (or pets) as
they discourage animals and birds.
Made in England.
BL661 CatScat, pkg. of 4 $18.50
B
104 Pest Control
C
70 permanent stake
available separately
(see page 50).
Wings
fold.
C. Prowler Owl
Flexible wings and whole-body movement give this scare owl
a dynamic realism that makes it particularly effective for large
gardens. Designed to look like a hunting owl, it has large wings that
move to attract the attention of birds and other small pests and scare
them away. Adding to the illusion, the wings and tail are printed
with realistic plumage and the hard resin-plastic head has lifelike
eyes. Made of weather-resistant material, the wings and tail utter
perching posture; occasionally changing the pose or location of the
owl prevents birds from catching on to the trick. Mounts on any pole
or stake up to 5/8 in diameter. Just under 2 long from head to tail,
with an impressive 3 wingspan.
AT236 Prowler Owl $41.00
D. Reective Pest-Control Sheeting
This ground sheeting is remarkably effective at repelling aphids,
whiteies and leafhoppers. By reecting sunlight up from the
ground, it causes the pests to become disoriented by UV rays
coming from an unnatural direction, while also attracting benecial
pollinators that are drawn to the light. In addition, the impermeable
material works like mulch to block the spread of weeds, and by
reecting the suns radiant heat, it helps to retain soil moisture,
reducing the need for watering in hot weather or warmer climates.
The durable plastic will not readily biodegrade and can be easily gath-
ered for reuse at the end of the season. Please note that the shiny material
doesnt blend inconspicuously into garden foliage. Made in Canada.
1+ 3+
EC230 Reective Sheeting, 430 $13.50 $12.15
D
 Flexible coil prevents birds from perching.

A Each coil stretches

up to 48.
Tie ribbon
(not included)
to fence for
visibility.
Easy to unhook
from brackets.
Mount with screws
or silicone glue.

A. Coil Bird Deterrent

Birds need a stable
surface to land. This
exible coil bends
and wobbles when A
An effective barrier to
birds try to land on animals, the fence is
it, preventing them visible only up close.
from perching.
Unlike metal spike Deer Fence
deterrents, it only Deer can be the main cause of damage to gardens.
surprises and This 3/4 mesh, available in rolls 100 long and 7
confuses the bird high, weighs less than 2 lb but is very strong, easily
without harming it. keeping rabbits and groundhogs at bay. Deer wont
It is particularly well breach it if they see it; since the mesh is nearly
suited for highly visible locations such as deck railings invisible at a distance of 20 even in daylight, we
and apartment balconies, as the coil is easy to temporarily recommend tying a horizontal ribbon (or 1/4 poly-
remove from the brackets when you want it out of sight. propylene rope) 3 to 4 off the ground as a visible
The package includes four sections of coil, each of which warning so they dont stumble upon it at night. Made
stretches to cover up to 48, for a total length of 16. Eight of high-density UV-resistant polyethylene, the mesh
mounting brackets (two per section) are included; they withstands both sun and cold. It installs easily with
mount permanently with screws or silicone glue you staples (sold separately) and any small-diameter
supply. All parts are stainless steel for rust resistance. posts. Detailed fence-building instructions and user
Over 200 staples in a half pound.
Made in Italy. tips included.
AT232 Coil Bird Deterrent $18.50 Traditional 3/4 U-shaped galvanized staples are
perfect for attaching mesh fence to posts. They tap Actual size
B. Holographic Scare Tape into place easily to hold the mesh securely without
When this tape is placed outdoors it moves in the slightest cutting it. Available by the half pound (over 200
breeze and reects a rainbow of colors from its holo- staples), these are also useful to hold vines on trel-
graphic imprint. It can be cut into strips and hung near fruit lises or other wooden backing of any kind.
plants or vegetable transplants or strung out in long lines. 1+ 4+
The movement and changing shades and colors will help C. PA210 Deer Fence, 7100 $26.50 $22.50 D
ward off birds. Offered as a 100 roll of tough metalized D. PA212 Staples, 1/2 lb $ 2.60 $ 2.20

plastic lm. Can be cut to size with scissors.

AT230 Holographic Scare Tape $8.50 Any mesh used outdoors could entangle wildlife, but careful placement and the use of warning
ribbons can minimize this risk. For example, if using the fence to deter deer only, consider
leaving a gap of 6 or more above the ground to allow small animals to pass.

E. Fencing Tool
This traditional tool has a single-point pulling claw
designed to pull the U-shaped staples used to hold
barbed wire, page wire, chain link, deer fencing, etc.
It also has a serrated hammer face to minimize mis-
strikes when driving staples. Additional features are Wire cutter
wire-stretching grips, nail-pulling teeth, wire-cutting
notches on both sides, and high-friction handgrips.
The satin-nish chrome plating minimizes corrosion. Hammer
101/2 overall.
64K03.05 Fencing Tool $14.95

E
Puller
B

Pest Control 105

 A. Spray-Can
Pole Adapter
Applying
A pruning
Situations that call
sealer for aerosol sprays are
often those in which
you dont want to
be anywhere near
the intended target, D
or cant get close
enough to aim well.
This simple pole-
mount adapter lets
you operate the can
remotely, safely out
Pole not included. A of harms way. When
spraying a wasp nest,
for example, it lets D. Hanging Wasp Trap
you hold the can A small wasp trap is perfect for
close to the nest for hanging from branches of fruit
precise spray applica- trees where wasps, hornets and
tion, while keeping a yellowjackets congregate and D
reasonable distance often destroy ripe fruit in the
from both the angry process. Just add any sweet
wasps and the spray. Better still, you dont have liquid and the insects will
to use a ladder to reach a nest high off the y into the hole in the base
ground. Designed to t a standard 3/4 diameter where they get trapped and
threaded pole (not included), it has a pivoting eventually drown. Made
head and an adjustable belt to grip common of heavy glass with a cork
sizes of spray cans. Pulling the 149 long string- stopper and a copper loop for hanging.
line activates a lever that depresses the spray Alternatively, feet on the bottom allow it to stand
button on the can. Convenient, easy to use and on a table. Measures 631/2.
far less wasteful than attempting to spray from a EM230 Hanging Wasp Trap $13.90
distance. Made in USA.
EM236 Spray-Can Pole Adapter $31.50 E. Deer Fly Patches
The deer ys motto E
B. Therapik must be: Those
To relieve the pain, itching and swelling of insect To order call 1-800-871-8158 whom the gods would
bites, Therapik uses the focused application of destroy, they rst
heat to neutralize the venom. The reason the make mad. They y
heat treatment works is that the venom of most round your head a
common stinging and biting insects is thermola- C dozen or more times
bile, meaning that high temperatures render it before landing on the
harmless. Applied for less than a minute, Therapik back of it and taking a bite. If you have one of
concentrates heat (120 to 140F/50 to 60C) on our deer y patches on the back of your cap, they
a tiny target area so the heat penetrates as deeply will immediately be trapped when they land. The
as the venom without damaging surrounding patch will not stick to your ngers, but will still
tissue or causing pain. Effective on the venom trap the deer ies. Offered in a package of twelve
of bees, hornets, wasps, mosquitoes, blackies, sticky patches, each measuring 21/253/4. One
ants, jellysh, eas, ticks and even stinging nettle patch will stay effective for several days.
(not recommended on spider bites, snakebites or AB716 Deer Fly Patches (12) $9.95
scorpion stings), it works best on fresh bites, but
soothes even day-old F. Wasp & Hornet Traps
B ones. It is 6 long and This is a quick and economical method of making
uses one 9V alkaline multiple wasp and hornet traps. Simply t the
battery (not included). C. Wasp Traps funnels into the side of a 1- or 2-litre plastic soft
Therapik Effective and easy to use, these funnel- drink bottle (that you supply) by cutting two slits
EM502 $14.50 shaped collars t onto the tops of for each funnel and inserting. Add home-
1- or 2-litre bottles, creating made attractant liquid (recipe included)
instant wasp traps. to lure wasps/hornets to crawl through
Just add a few the funnel and become trapped
ounces of C inside the bottle. Ideal for use at
sugar water picnics or barbecues. Sold in
or other sweet packages of six. Made in USA.
liquid as a Wasp & Hornet Traps, pkg. of 6
lure and EM232 $9.95
wasps will y
into the bottle and become
B trapped. Great at picnics
and barbecues. Set of three
reusable collars.
Bottle Wasp Traps, set of 3
EM234 $5.95
F
106
 Flies enter
and cant
escape.
A
A. Outdoor Disposable Fly Trap
Commonly used in commercial livestock opera-
tions, this powerful y trap uses a non-toxic
food-based attractant to entice ies, which
enter the bag through the yellow cap and cannot
escape. It lures houseies, cluster ies, blow
ies and other common pest ies, but not polli-
nating insects or other benecial species. Best
used in outbuildings and other well-ventilated
areas due to the attractants strong odor, it can
also be set at a distance from outdoor gatherings
to draw ies away from the inhabited area.
Highly effective, it holds as many as 40,000
ies before requiring disposal. Made in USA.
EM206 Fly Trap, ea. $9.50
B. Giant Slug & Snail Trap
A unique trap that uses the time-tested method
of trapping slugs and snails with beer. It has a
low roof to concentrate the beer aroma while
keeping it fresh. Three internal reservoirs catch
and drown up to 50 slugs and snails a night.
Best of all, it doesnt need to be buried, so
no digging is required. Instructions included.
Made in England. Beer not included. Measures
10821/2 high.
SS105 Giant Slug & Snail Trap $16.50
B together and set the ring on the soil
C
100 roll shown.
C. Copper Blocker
Placed around gardens, this pure copper wire mesh repels snails and slugs, because they dont like
touching copper. It can also be cut to length to stuff in cracks, gaps or other small openings in build-
ings to block birds, rodents or other animals. Rolls are 5 wide and available in 25 or 100 lengths.
A great non-toxic, multi-use pest-control product.
SS407 Copper Blocker, 25 $14.95
SS405 Copper Blocker, 100 $42.50
D. Slug-Repellent Tape
This copper tape effectively deters slugs
and snails, since they dont like touching
copper. The adhesive backing sticks to
smooth materials such as wood, ceramic
and plastic, making it ideal for protecting
plants in pots, raised beds or other
containers. It can also be used to keep
slugs and snails off decks, steps and
patio furniture. At 2 wide, this tape
provides a broader, more effective
barrier against large, determined slugs
than the narrower widths commonly
available. A pesticide-free solution
that is safe for people, pets and plants.
Available in a 5m (16) roll, it provides a
tidy, long-lasting and effective barrier.
1+ 3+
SS410 Tape, ea. $21.50 $19.40 D
To order call 1-800-871-8158
With the slotted ends hooked together, the ring
encircles and protects new plants.
E
E. Copper Slug Rings
These copper barriers are an effective,
pesticide-free way to protect selected
plants from slugs and snails, which
cannot stand coming in contact with
the metal. Simply encircle the plant with
the exible band, hook the slotted ends
surface. One 16 band forms a ring about
5 in diameter and 2 tall; multiple bands
can be linked to protect larger plantings
or form complex shapes. Supplied as a
set of four bands. Made in Canada from
0.01 thick pure copper sheet.
Copper Slug Rings, set of 4
SS412 $8.50
Pest Control 107
 Double-Acting
Sprayer Nozzle adjusts
This sprayer has a from ne mist to
heavy spray.
double-acting piston
that sprays on both
the squeeze and release
of the trigger, making
it more efcient and
B less tiring to use. The
contoured neck and
trigger t comfortably in your hand. A
translucent window on the side shows
the uid level, with markings to help
you mix solutions right in the bottle. It
A has a brass nozzle insert and a rubber
gasket, resistant to mild household
cleaners (not suitable for use with acidic
solutions including dilute vinegar). The
spray can be adjusted from a ne mist
to a precise jet. Available in 500ml D
(16 oz) and 1 litre (1 quart) sizes. Made
in Germany.
A. DB109 Double-Acting Sprayer, 500ml $14.90 D. Hand-Held Pressure Sprayer
B. DB111 Double-Acting Sprayer, 1l $18.50 This compact pressure sprayer is ideal for smaller tasks,
either as a mister or for applying soaps, natural pest
control solutions and fertilizers. Easily carried in one hand,
with a comfortable oversize handle that locks in place,
Homemade Insecticidal Sprays it has a 41/2 reinforced PVC hose for good reach and
maneuverability. The polyethylene tank has an easy-ll
If insects are wreaking havoc on your garden, here are some super-charged organic sprays to try.
funnel top and 1/2 U.S. gal. (2 litre) capacity. The wand has
Garlic & Onion: This recipe works against all leaf-eating insects. Boil four cups of water with a thumb-controlled on/off valve, and the nozzle adjusts
one chopped garlic bulb, one small chopped onion and one teaspoon of cayenne pepper. Strain with from ne mist to heavy spray. Very useful for small
cheesecloth, then add one teaspoon of pure liquid soap (e.g., vegetable-oil dish soap or Murphy gardens, greenhouses and indoor plants. Made in USA.
Oil Soap). EL462 Pressure Sprayer $22.50
Neem Oil: Neem is a non-toxic plant with insecticidal properties. Add 1 oz neem oil (available in
health-food stores and garden centers) to 1 gallon of water, plus a few drops of pure dish soap. E. Hose End Sprayer Water-stop
quick connect
This useful sprayer lets
Bug Juice: Hand pick 1/2 cup of the insects you want to repel (preferably unhealthy specimens) you dispense a
and put them in a non-food blender with two cups of water. Liquefy and strain the mixture with
cheesecloth. Be sure to wear a mask when spraying, as it is not known what side effects bug juice
variety of water-
may on have on humans. It is also advised that this spray not be used on food crops. soluble materials
directly from
a garden hose.
E
C. Upside-Down Sprayer As water ows
Finally, a sprayer that works the way it should at any through the
angle, even with low liquid levels. A weight at the end of Sprays at
sprayer, material
the exible intake tube always follows the liquid, ensuring any angle. (vinegar, soap,
good ow to nearly the last drop. The nozzle adjusts from fertilizer, etc.)
a jet stream to a ne mist, and an integral strainer at the placed in the Three inner thread sizes for Extra-long tubing
direct t to a variety of bottles for taller bottles
intake prevents blockage. The head ts any standard attached container
screw-neck plastic container; the included 700ml (24 oz) is precisely diluted to the
Three spray patterns
container has metric graduations to 500ml. Useful with proportion you have set on the
non-corrosive cleansers, pesticides and fertilizers. Made in dial (in 14 increments ranging Shower

Switzerland. Now you can aim under leaves or in conned from 1 tsp to 8 oz per gallon). The
areas without straining to hold the sprayer at an awkward angle. sprayer operates just like a regular
DB112 Upside-Down Sprayer $9.95 hose-end spray gun, with a trigger
control, a front dial to set the
spray pattern to shower, jet or
fan, and a water-stop quick- Jet
connect tting to attach it to a
garden hose. Made of translucent
polypropylene, the container
holds 1.2l/40 oz, with metric and
Flexible Imperial graduations on the side.
intake A mesh lter on the intake tube
tube Fan
prevents blockage. The sprayer
will also connect directly to
Bayer, Spectracide and
Ortho brand bottles (may not be
compatible with containers avail-
able in all regions) and includes Fourteen dilution
C an additional extra-long intake settings
tube for these taller containers.
EL464 Hose End Sprayer $14.50
108 Pest Control
 A. Manual/Power Garden Sprayer
This is an excellent sprayer. What sets it apart from other Holds 1.5
high-quality sprayers is an optional battery/pump pack U.S. gallons
that mounts easily to continuously pressurize the tank for
steady ow and even coverage. A single power pack can be
Fiberglass
shared among multiple sprayers, allowing commercial users wand
to have sprayers dedicated to different solutions, avoiding Battery/pump pack can
the trouble of having to drain, clean and rell a tank every Large handle for
be shared among
multiple sprayers.
time they switch applications. Of course, the tanks can also manual pumping
be pressurized manually using the integral hand pump. Wide ll opening
All parts are highly resistant to damage and corrosion
from chemicals and UV light. Durable Viton seals are used
Reinforced
throughout, suitable for use with soaps, horticultural oils and hose
organic pesticides and herbicides. The sprayer weighs A
Jet
just under 4 lb and has a high-density polyethylene tank Battery/pump
connector &
with an operating capacity of 1.5 U.S. gallons (5.7 litres). pressure relief
Imperial and metric graduations are marked on the trans- valve
lucent walls, and the 3 wide neck allows easy lling.
With three settings (jet, spray and mist), the wand has a
trigger lock so you dont have to squeeze continuously. Spray A
The pump maintains a consistent pressure of 15 psi,
providing up to 16 of reach. The built-in lithium-ion battery Battery/
recharges using an included AC adapter; a single charge pump pack
dispenses up to 29 tankfuls (about 44 U.S. gallons/166
litres). The pump and battery are sealed in a rugged housing Steady wide Mist
base Rubberized protective jacket
made of ABS plastic in a rubberized protective jacket.
An excellent system for homeowners and horticultural-
ists alike. Made in USA. Wide opening
EL458 Sprayer & Battery/Pump Pack $189.00 with strainer
EL459 Sprayer only $ 87.50 Padded shoulder
straps with
pull tabs
B. Backpack Sprayer
Ideal for rough terrain, this excellent sprayer has adjust- B B
able padded shoulder straps and quick-pull tabs for
optimal weight redistribution, making it comfortable on
your back. The pump handle sits at waist level for easy
pumping while you walk, can be used right- or left- Holds 4 U.S. gallons
handed and folds away conveniently for storage.
Made of UV-resistant, high-density polyethylene, the 4 hose
sprayer weighs 8 lb, and its reservoir holds 4 U.S. gallons
(15 litres). Long lasting and corrosion resistant, it is trans-
lucent with both Imperial and metric volume markings Folding
right- or
for measuring liquids. A 41/2 wide opening allows easy left-handed
lling and cleaning of the tank. Comes with four nozzle pump lever 28 wand
tips (adjustable, at spray, hollow cone and jet stream).
Ideal for spraying soaps, horticultural oils and organic Powered by
pesticides and herbicides. Also rated for spraying most piston pump
garden chemicals. Made in USA.
EL454 Backpack Sprayer $119.00
C. Rolling Sprayer
While many sprayers are heavy and awkward to lug around
the garden, this one has integral wheels that make moving
it much easier, and the 6 hose means you dont need to 28 wand
move the sprayer every time you spray a new plant. The
unbreakable 28 polymer wand with shut-off valve comes
with four interchangeable nozzles (jet, mist, cone, spray) Ination
for various tasks. An oversize handle makes it comfort- valve
able to pump with one or two hands. As an alternative to
C
hand pumping, this unit also has an ination valve that
pressurizes the tank with the help of an air compressor.
Long lasting and corrosion resistant, the high-density
polyethylene tank with UV inhibitors holds 3 U.S. gallons 6 hose
(11 litres). The translucent tank, with volume markings Holds 3
in both Imperial and metric, makes it easy to measure U.S. gallons C
liquids, and the 41/2 wide opening allows trouble-free
lling and cleaning.
Ideal for spraying soaps, horticultural oils and organic
pesticides and herbicides. Also rated for spraying most
garden chemicals. Made in USA.
EL452 Rolling Sprayer $72.50

Visit us at leevalley.com
109
 C

C. Long-Handled Spider Catcher

This curious tool has a long handle
with a squeeze grip to catch, hold
and release spiders while remaining
squeamishly aloof (about 2 aloof,
actually). A double ring of soft bristles
encircles and gently traps spiders so that they can be relocated and released unharmed.
A (It easily reaches ceilings without strain.) Made of ABS and polypropylene plastic, it
includes a cover to protect bristles when not in use. Sold as a package of two because
you will always want to have one close at hand.
AT218 Spider Catchers, pr. $27.50
A. Clothes Moth Traps
Tineola bisselliella, otherwise known as the common clothes Released unharmed.
moth, is notorious in its larval stage for chewing holes in
fabrics made of wool,
cotton or other natural A
bers. If you have an
infestation, this trap
can provide an effective
method of control. It Soft bristles gently trap spiders.
uses a long-lasting pher-
omone and an adhesive
liner to lure and capture
male clothes moths, preventing them from nding a mate.
With mating interrupted, the females are prevented from
laying eggs, eliminating a new generation of moth larvae.
3. Spider is now trapped.
Effective for up to three months, each non-toxic trap measures
5231/2 tall and is best used in an enclosed space such as a
closet or drawer. Package of two. Made in USA. 1. Cover spider. 2. Rotate180
AT217 Clothes Moth Traps, pkg. of 2 $9.95 to close door.
Bug Trapper
B. Pantry Moth Trap An ideal device for trapping ies, wasps, spiders,
Simple and safe to use indoors, this non-toxic moth trap is an etc. You simply place the transparent pyramid
effective and long-lasting way to control food and grain moths. over the insect on a wall or window, rotate it 180
Each comes with a powerful natural pheromone lure that (causing a door to slide closed), carry the insect
attracts moths for up to three months, drawing them inside outside, rotate the pyramid 180 again (letting the
the trap, where they become stuck on the adhesive lining. door slide open) and release the captive. No muss,
Adhesive-free edges let you handle the trap without getting no fuss and no big welts. 16 long in total. Made
sticky. Package contains two traps and lures. Made in USA. in England by environmentally sensitive people. 4. To release, rotate180
AT226 Pantry Moth Trap, pkg. of 2 $8.50 AT220 Bug Trapper $8.50 to open door.

D. Spider Trap
Biting spiders are becoming a problem in North America. Along with the wide-ranging
Brown Recluse and Yellow Sac spiders, the Hobo spider has recently begun migrating
through the Western U.S. and Canada. This trap uses a spider attractant and a sticky surface
to trap spiders and
crawling insects. D
B To use, lay the
trap close to a wall,
or folded into a
triangle to keep
pets and children
from stepping on
the sticky surface.
Although this
trap will catch any
spider, it is particu-
larly effective
against Hobo and
Brown Recluse
spiders. Safe and
B non-toxic. Dispose
of in garbage when
full. Package of
ve traps.
Spider Traps (5)
AT225 $9.50
110

A C
B
Insect enters trap and is Powder-covered insect is
covered with powder. unable to escape trap.
Powder Traps
Asian ladybugs* and cluster ies are two
nuisance insects that gather in large numbers
at sunny windows. Placed in a corner of any
window, these simple non-toxic traps can
capture as many as 1000 insects before
requiring disposal. Entering through a slot
in the trap, the insect becomes coated with
an extremely ne natural powder derived
from ground eggshells, which renders it unable
to escape. Each trap comes with
The trap for two adhesive strips
Asian ladybugs for mounting.
should be
placed in an
upper corner
of the window;
the trap for
cluster ies
should be positioned in a lower corner. Each
93/4313/4 trap mounts using two remov-
able peel-and-stick adhesive strips. Activate the
removable lure by submerging it in water, and
rehydrate the lure as needed. For best results,
place one trap in each window where you
observe the insects. Made in Canada.
A. EM226 Trap for Asian Ladybugs $19.95
B. EM225 Trap for Cluster Flies $19.95
* Slightly larger than native species, Asian ladybugs
vary widely in color and number of spots, and are
most easily identied by a distinctive M-shaped
marking behind the head.
E
Actual size Grid shows infestation level.
1 Stamped
side up
C. The Tick Key
While a tick remover may
seem like an odd product Place the hole in the E. Sticky Traps
for us, youd be surprised key over the tick.
at the number of requests These traps use a bright yellow color and a
weve received to offer
2 sticky, non-toxic glue coating on both sides
one. This is a good one, made to lure and capture whiteies, fungus gnats and
in the USA, and endorsed winged aphids. You can stake the 64 traps in
by the American Canine a pot with the included wooden stakes, or hang
Association. It works Slide the tapered slot them using one of the perforations. Available in
through traction, capturing
toward the tick. packages of 10, the water-resistant traps have a
the tick in the tapered slot 3 1 square grid pattern that lets you monitor the
and removing it intact as level of infestation. A simple pest control solu-
the key is pulled parallel to tion for use indoors or in a greenhouse. Do not
and then away from the skin use outdoors as birds and other wildlife may
surface. Made from durable Pull key away from skin. become trapped.
aluminum, it can be attached Tick is removed easily. AB717 Yellow Sticky Traps, pkg. of 10 $7.95
to a key chain, stored in a wallet or hung in
a convenient location. This is a good tool to To order call 1-800-871-8158
have on hand during summer, especially if you
take your pet camping or to the cottage. Color F. Fruit Fly Traps
may vary. Fruit ies are annoying. At certain times of the
AB714 The Tick Key $6.95 year they seem to be especially pervasive, and
are even attracted to citrus-based solvents! This
D. 15-Power Lighted Loupe is an incredibly efcient trap. The rst one we
This 15-power loupe has an integral lamp for tested cleared a kitchen in one day. Suspicious
surface illumination a handy combination for that something else might have been the cause,
close inspection of plants to identify pests and we opened the trap to nd some 200 ies in it.
diseases. The eyepiece has two 21mm (13/16) Each trap will hold 10 times that number and
diameter optical glass lenses, ground to mini- is effective for a month or more. The non-toxic
mize distortion and coated to reduce reection. lure is irresistible to fruit ies and the entire trap
The plastic housing has a toggle switch for can be discarded in your regular garbage when
light control. Runs on three AAA batteries its time is up. Set of two traps. Each trap
(included). A great tool for the gardener. measures 442. 1+ 3+
99K10.41 15-Power Lighted Loupe $29.50 AT215 Fruit Fly Traps, set of 2 $14.95 $13.20
D
F
Pest Control 111
FLORAL
A
B. Magnetic Spot
Fingers-Free Snips
Leaves
ngers free
Cleverly designed to allow virtually
for other
full movement of your ngers while in
tasks.
hand, these Japanese snips leave ngers
free for other tasks. Their ergonomic
pistol-grip handles stay comfortably in
position, so you dont have to put them
down to pluck a weed or tie twine.
Just squeeze the thumb-operated top
handle to cut, and ick the convenient
safety lock to hold the blades closed.
The 11/8 long high-carbon steel
blades have surprisingly good reach
for such a compact tool. They cut
cleanly and are well suited for tasks
such as deadheading, harvesting
owers and cutting twine.
Fingers-Free Snips
AB350 $14.90
C. Traditional Chinese Scissors
This style of scissors has been made for over 300
years in China. Hand forged, they have a hard steel
layer (for the sharpened edge) laminated to a softer
iron backing that supports the more brittle hardened
layer. They come razor sharp. Their blade strength
and sharpness make them useful in the shop, the
garden or the kitchen, or for crafts. Overall lengths
are 51/2 to 81/2. An excellent buy in traditional tools.
45K10.10 Chinese Scissors, set of 4 $16.50
C
112 Floral
A. Vase Brushes
These long-handled brushes have a
multitude of uses. They are great for
reaching into and cleaning almost any
type of glassware, including vases, jugs
and bottles. They are the best way to
clean teapot spouts, for example. The
combination of natural pig bristles and
cotton tips is effective for cleaning. The
set of three brushes includes one each
of 1/2, 3/4 and 11/4 diameters. All are
131/2 long. These are high-quality
German-made brushes that would be
welcome in any kitchen.
DB303 Vase Brushes, set of 3 $8.50
Scrubber
Scrubbing the
inside of a B
bottle or
vase is
easy with
this tool
designed to reach spots you cant get to
with a brush or cloth. The scrubbing disc
has a textured neoprene pad that scours
effectively yet wont scratch surfaces.
You can slip a small piece of cloth under
the disc to increase surface contact. You
guide the 1 diameter, 1/2 thick disc
around the interior surface using a
magnetic handle on the outer surface.
Excellent for cleaning narrow-mouthed
or awkwardly shaped decanters and
vases, or long tubes such as a bird feeder.
Color may vary.
DB305 Magnetic Spot Scrubber $10.95
B
 A
D
A. Stem Stripper
Heres an efcient tool for
quickly removing thorns and
leaves from ower stems of
any length. Just insert the
stem in the notched blade-
end, then squeeze the stripper
and drag it gently down the
stalk. Its that easy. About
53/4 overall, it is made in
Italy from stainless steel.
DB316 Stem Stripper $9.95

To order call 1-800-871-8158 D. Flower Aquarium

Lee Valley Microwave Flower Presses
Conventional ower presses can take up to 3 weeks to dry owers. These
microwave oven presses dry owers in minutes. More important, this
method preserves colors far better than the slow-drying process. The
presses come with two absorbent pads of natural wool and two sheets of
broadcloth that sandwich between two stout kiln-red terra cotta slabs.
The slabs, weighing between 2 lb and 3 lb each, are heavy enough to
ensure plants are pressed at. Microwaving forces moisture out of the
plant through the wool and out of the press. The slabs moderate the
drying process, preventing over-fast drying.
The regular press is 61/261/2 and gives more than 40 sq.in. of
pressing area. The large press, with over 70 sq.in. of pressing area, has
almost double the capacity. Measuring 83/483/4, it will t inside any
microwave oven with a minimum interior dimension of 101/2. Patented.
This unique glass aquarium is designed to display owers. Its spherical shape
magnies ower details so only a few blooms are needed to make a charming
display. Immersed in water, owers stay fresh longer. You can even use
owers that have started to droop as immersion will perk them up again.
When the glass dome is inverted and placed on the included plastic base, it
becomes a wide-mouth vase that will hold a large number of owers. You
can also use it to create a unique holiday centerpiece just ll it with water
and add seasonal decorations and glitter to make an eye-catching snow globe.
7 high and 6 in diameter. (Keep out of direct sunlight, which can fade
foliage and cause the globe to act as a burning glass.)
DB201 Flower Aquarium $19.50
E. Flower Drying Silica Gel Crystals
Crystals
This way of drying owers preserves their three- are
dimensional shape. To use, cover the owers and reusable.

Full instructions are included. foliage with the dry silica gel crystals, being
B. GM426 Regular Flower Press $32.50 careful to support leaves and petals as you go.
GM423 Reg. Repl. Wool Pads (2) $ 9.95 After several days the crystals will absorb the
GM425 Reg. Repl. Cloth Sheets (2) $ 3.50 moisture from the plant, leaving you with
C. GM430 Large Flower Press $44.50 completely dry owers. You can use the silica gel
GM433 Lg. Repl. Wool Pads (2) $13.90 conventionally in a sealed container, or speed up
GM435 Lg. Repl. Cloth Sheets (2) $ 4.95 the process by putting it in an oven (where it
takes only a few hours to dry the material) or microwave oven (where it
takes only a few minutes). The crystals are reusable indenitely; to
C recharge, dry them in an oven for about 30 minutes. Mixed in with the
colorless crystals are indicator crystals that change color as they absorb
moisture to indicate when recharging is required. Contains 2kg (4.4 lb) of
pure silica gel crystals.
GM450 Flower Drying Crystals $19.95

E
B

Cover owers completely

with silica gel crystals.

Example of owers dried

in silica gel crystals. 113
 Concave Cutters
Traditional
Bonsai trees are
Japanese
trimmed to the
Bonsai Tools
desired shape by
Bonsai is an art, but
carefully removing
the process isnt as
certain branches and
complicated as you
stems. These
might think.
specially shaped H
Though it has
cutters have
been widely
rounded, sloping jaws that are designed to cut
practiced in
close to the trunk, making a slightly concave,
North America
tapered cut that heals quickly into an inconspic-
for decades, its
uous scar. The jaws are slightly offset, creating a
popularity has grown
narrow overbite for tear-free cutting. Available in
in recent years as many people discover
two sizes, 71/2 and 8 long overall.
how easy and enjoyable it is as a hobby.
G. BC121 Small Concave Cutter $51.50
With a few specialized techniques, and the
H. BC120 Medium Concave Cutter $59.50
right tools to execute them properly, you
can achieve impressive results, even using Trimming
Shears L
common shrubs and native plants. For
beginners and experts alike, well-made Shears are essen-
tools help ensure success. All of these tial tools for
tools and accessories are manufactured removing leaves
in Japan to strict standards of quality, and shoots when
and are simply superb to use. The O trimming the tree
shears, cutters, and wire-shaping to the desired shape, and for clipping ne roots
tools are high-carbon steel with when potting it. Since most cuts are made using the
a black lacquered nish. tips of the shears, these have been designed with
a unique overbite to ensure clean cuts at the tip.
Three styles of shears are available. The 7 long
root-trimming shears have robust 2 blades to let
you selectively cut tough root bers within the root
ball. The regular shears, 71/2 long overall with 2
long blades, excel at ne, controlled cuts to remove
outer stems and leaves. The slender long-handled
N shears, 7 long overall with 15/8 long blades, are
ideal for reaching deep into foliage, so you can
trim close to the trunk without disturbing nearby
growth. All shears have wide, looped handles
that are comfortable to grip and easy to maneuver.
A
J. BC123 Root-Trimming Shears $17.50
B E J K. BC124 Regular Shears $17.50
C L. BC125 Long-Handled Shears $17.50
H
D M. Knob Cutter
A knob cutter is used to trim larger limbs close to
the trunk. Similar to the concave cutters, this tools
F rounded jaws make concave cuts
K that heal quickly and smoothly,
but the longer handles provide
greater leverage when cutting
G
through thicker woody branches.
M The knob cutter can also be used
L to take small, progressively deeper
bites when making tricky or drastic
cuts that require a cautious M
Aluminum Wire 1/
approach. 8 4 long overall.
Lightweight, malleable and easy to cut, aluminum wire is the material of choice for BC122 Knob Cutter $59.50
training limbs of bonsai trees. It is strong, has very low stretch, and holds its form once N. Bonsai Tweezers
shaped, allowing a tight, secure wrap. Corrosion resistant, it has a dark-bronze anodized Used for plucking dead leaves and removing
nish that looks inconspicuous among tree limbs. It is available in four gauges to other unwanted material, these double-ended,
suit the thicknesses of the branches being tied. (Length in metres listed in brackets.) oversize stainless-steel tweezers are 81/4 overall.
A. BC130 Aluminum Wire, 2mm (23.4m) $10.90 They have offset tweezing tips at one end to
B. BC131 Aluminum Wire, 2.5mm (15m) $10.90 access hard-to-reach spots, and a curved blade at
C. BC132 Aluminum Wire, 3mm (10.4m) $10.90 the other for digging or scraping away debris
D. BC133 Aluminum Wire, 3.5mm (7.6m) $10.90 around the base of the plant.
E BC128 Tweezers $8.95
Wire-Shaping Tools
These tools are specially designed for working with O. Bonsai Turntable
aluminum bonsai wire. Both tools have rounded noses to This turntable lets you easily rotate a bonsai to
permit work close to the bark without damaging it. The examine the plant or work on it from a convenient
8 cutter pinches through aluminum wire up to 3.5mm angle. The 101/2 diameter MDF platform stands
in diameter. The 7 pliers have toothed jaws for good grip. 21/4 on a hardwood base. It rotates on a lazy-Susan
E. BC127 Wire Cutter $54.50 F bearing, which can be locked in any position.
F. BC126 Long-Nose Pliers $41.50 BC129 Bonsai Turntable $39.50
114
 LED Lighting for Your Outdoor Spaces
From decks to gazebos, our LED lights are easy to install anywhere you want to add enhanced
or ambient lighting. Safe, versatile and energy efficient.

Tape Lighting (Color-Controlled or White)

Forms continuous bands of light
Easy to cut to length with scissors
Connections are simple with no-solder quick-connectors
High-tack peel-and-stick backing makes mounting easy
Color-controlled: set/change color at any time from a wide
spectrum (including white)
White: available in warm or natural white

Mini Recessed Spot Lighting

Discrete points of light, available in warm or natural white (color
lters also included) as well as a color-controlled version
Installed individually or linked in sequence
Low-prole: can be mounted in compact spaces
Easy to congure using standard connectors and wire

12VDC LED Landscape Light

Use to illuminate a path or driveway, improve security
or add accent lighting to landscaping
White and color-controlled models available
Rugged, waterproof cast aluminum housing to
withstand four-season exposure to the elements
Light pivots and rotates to aim as needed

For expert advice on installing LED lighting, visit leevalley.com or call 1-800-267-8735.
HARDSCAPING A. Coolaroo Shade Sails
Providing a much wider range of installation
options than typical deck canopies or patio
Coolaroo Sun Shades umbrellas, these screens can be strategically posi-
Developed in Australia (where they know a thing or two about beating the heat!), these fabric tioned to provide the greatest amount of useful
screens provide effective sun protection in back yards or on decks and patios. While blocking shade, and offer a degree of privacy for those with
90% of the suns rays, the permeable material allows wind and rain to pass through, minimizing high-rise neighbors. Two or more screens can be
strain on the fabric and any mounting xtures. Constructed for years of service, they are made used in combination for wider coverage. Secured
of a rugged 300g/m knitted high-density polyethylene with taped edges, reinforced stitching with the included heavy-gauge 316 stainless-steel
and UV, mold and mildew inhibitors. hardware*, the sails are strong enough to withstand
25 mph (40km/h) winds. Available in triangles
measuring 11 10 or 16 5 along all edges, or as a
11 10 square. Installation instructions included.
Triangle sails (sold individually)
A BL614 Shade Sail, 11 10 Triangle $ 99.00
BL616 Shade Sail, 16 5 Triangle $119.00
BL618 Shade Sail, 11 10 Square $145.00
* Carabiner hooks, turnbuckles and pad eyes are
supplied; some additional materials and fasteners are
required for installation. Please consult our website for
full installation requirements prior to ordering.

Hardware for triangle sail

A
Square sail

Hardware for
square sail

Heavy-gauge 300g/m2 knitted fabric

stainless-steel
hardware &
reinforced
stitching

Coolaroo Privacy Curtains & Shade Fabric

The same durable sun-blocking fabric used in the
shade sails is available in pre-fabricated curtain
panels or in bulk rolls. For use indoors or out, the
fabric serves as an easy, effective way to screen off
areas for privacy.
Curtain panels Fabric installed over The 50 wide and 96 long B
sold individually. framework
curtain panels have large
exterior-grade grommets made
of stainless steel with a black
C nickel nish. They can be hung
from a cable or curtain rod up
B
to 11/2 in diameter and have a
weighted bottom hem to help
the panel hang straight. Each
curtain comes with a matching
loop-and-toggle tie-back.
The fabric is also available
in 6 wide by 15 rolls to suit
a wide range of projects, from
dog runs and play areas to
garden screening. It is sturdy
enough to be attached to a
structure with staples, cable
ties, wire or cord. To create a
sliding panel, fabric clips or C
grommets can be used.
B. BL621 5096 Curtain Panel, ea. $56.00
C. BL613 615 Bulk Roll $41.50
116 Hardscaping
 A. Accordion Shade Canopy Kit
This retractable canopy kit is a convenient way to make
shade an option for an outdoor structure. Designed to
t inside a 10 square frame, such as on a pergola, the
canopy can be extended or retracted at the pull of a cord,
letting you enjoy as much sun or shade as you like. The
knitted high-density polyethylene fabric (280g/m) blocks
90% of the suns rays and has UV, mold and mildew A
inhibitors. The fabric is also permeable to allow rain
to pass through, minimizing strain on the ttings by
preventing water from accumulating on top. The canopy
is supported by a series of guide cables threaded through
grommets in the pleats of the fabric; a pulley mechanism,
together with rods that stiffen the pleats, ensures the
canopy tracks evenly when you pull the nylon cord. The
brackets, cables, pulley and cleat are marine-grade stain-
less steel, and the pleat rods are non-rusting aluminum.
Includes all required parts and hardware (including
stainless-steel screws) for installation on a wooden structure.
Shade dimensions are 91/2 wide and just under 10 long.
BL628 Accordion Shade Canopy Kit $369.00

To protect the shade canopy

from the elements over A
winter, we recom-
mend building
a temporary
wooden cover to
t over the canopy
when fully retracted.

B. Bulk Mosquito Netting

This netting can serve multiple purposes. Though
primarily intended to create a bug-free environment,
it can be used as a tent for partial shade; a single layer
blocks 35% of incident light, while two layers block 57%.
It can protect delicate plants and crops from direct sun
or prevent damage by birds or insects. Made of polyester
with tape-bound edges, the netting measures 4m6m
(approx. 1320) and weighs about 0.84kg (1.85 lb).
09A04.73 Mosquito Netting $31.50

Hardscaping 117
 D
B C

C Shown with optional

dome caps installed.
H Ozco Gate Hinges
These substantial hinges are available in tee, strap and buttery styles.
Weight capacity is 250 lb. Sold individually with 13/4 timber screws
included. The tee hinge has an 81/45 door leaf and a 21/271/2
A frame leaf; overall open width is 111/2. The strap hinge leaves are
81/45 and the overall open width is 171/4. The buttery hinge leaves
are 21/271/2 with an overall open width of 53/4. Optional cover caps,
used to conceal the screws, are available with a hex-shaped head or a
dome head that has a hand-hammered look.
B. 01S15.21 Tee Hinge $ 9.90 E F
A C. 01S15.22 Strap Hinge $12.40
D. 01S15.23 Buttery Hinge $12.40
E. 01S18.63 Hex Caps, pkg. of 10 $15.80
D F. 01S18.64 Dome Caps, pkg. of 10 $27.50
Ozco Gate Accents
B Installed over cut-outs in gates and fence panels, these distinctive pieces
Shown with optional are available in star, scroll and grill styles. The star and scroll accents
dome caps installed.
measure 151/4 square and require 5/8 minimum and 11/16 maximum
Shown with optional
material thickness. Mounting screws supplied. The grill accent
hex caps installed. measures about 13 square and requires 15/8 minimum material thick-
ness. Supplied with 11/2 timber screws. Optional decorative screw
Ozco Fence, Railing & Gate Hardware cover caps are available separately for use with the grill accent only.
Used in wooden fences, railings and gates, this line of heavy-duty hardware G. 01S15.27 Star Accent $56.70
creates a unied, ranch-style look. Compatible with ACQ-treated stock, all compo- H. 01S15.28 Scroll Accent $56.70
nents are made of hot-dipped galvanized steel and most have a black powder-coat J. 01S15.29 Grill Accent $45.40
nish for long-term corrosion resistance. A versatile, rugged system. 01S18.64 Dome Caps, pkg. of 10 $27.50
A. Ozco Gate Latch G H J
Convertible for left- or right-hand installa-
tion, this latch uses a slide bolt to secure the
A latch in the locked position and can accom-
modate a padlock (you supply). Available
as a kit that includes a self-latching system,
a slide bolt, a handle and timber screws.
About 9 tall overall.
01S15.25 Gate Latch $23.30

Ozco 44 Post Bases & 24 Rail Saddles

Accommodating regular size variations in nominal 44 posts, each base
includes four side plates and a base plate, plus single or twin rail saddles.
K L The side plates surround the end of a post and clip together onto the base
K M plate; the saddles secure 24s positioned on edge at the post base. The twin
version allows you to link corner, intermediate or in-line posts. Post bases
are supplied with both wood screws and timber screws; hex-shaped cover
caps for the timber screws are also included. Additional pairs of saddles for
24 rails are available separately.
K. 01S18.70 44 Post Base, Twin Saddles $37.40
L. 01S18.71 44 Post Base, Single Saddle $36.00 M
M. 01S18.72 24 Rail Saddles, pkg. of 2 $ 6.80

K L

Ozco Wood-Metal Fence Brackets

Used to secure wooden fence railings to steel
posts, these brackets are available in two styles
for at in-line connection or to support inside
In-line
N 90 corners. Supplied with mounting bolts
bracket and screws, they are 62 and accommodate
O 11/2 to 25/8 (outside diameter) metal posts.
N. 01S15.31 In-Line Bracket $2.40
Corner
O. 01S15.32 Corner Bracket $3.60
bracket
 B
C
D

Ozco Timber Ties for Outdoor Structures

Used in outdoor timber-framed structures such as decks, pergolas and porches, this line
of heavy-duty hardware forms strong, rigid connections with a unied ranch-style look.
Compatible with ACQ-treated stock, all components are made of hot-dipped galvanized steel A
with a black powder-coat nish for long-term corrosion resistance. A versatile, rugged system.

A. 66 Post Base
A
Designed to accommodate F
normal size variations in
nominal 66 lumber, each E
post base is supplied as a H
set of four side plates that Shown with
optional
surround the end of a accent
single support post and plates.
clip together on an
included base plate.
Shown with optional
Supplied with timber screws and fastener caps. accent plates.
01S18.41 66 Post Base, ea. $59.00 G
K
B. Post-to-Beam Brackets
Used to secure beams at J
90 to support posts, H
these ttings come in
sets of two (one for B E
each end of the Truss Ties F
beam). The brackets To help create G
adjust to accom- rigid, reinforced
modate normal joints, these truss ties overlay adjacent timbers in several
variations in the common joint congurations. Flush-mount plates bracket
thickness of inside 90, outside 90 and inside 45 connections, while
nominal two-by butt-joint ush plates cover in-line connections. The truss
lumber. The base fan overlays the joints used in king post truss construction.
small brackets are for beams at least 5 wide and are Optional accent plates are used to cap each end of any of the
secured from one side with supplied screws; the large truss ties, giving the connection a tidy, nished look. Fasteners
brackets are for beams at least 8 wide and require not included; fastener caps supplied with the accent plates only. J
through-bolts (sold separately below right) spanning E. 01S18.51 Flush-Mount Plates, Outside 90 (2) $17.60
the full thickness of the joint. Both versions mount to F. 01S18.52 Flush-Mount Plates, Inside 90 (2) $15.40 K
posts at least 6 wide and come with fastener caps. G. 01S18.53 Flush-Mount Plates, Inside 45 (2) $15.40
01S18.43 Small Brackets (2) $52.70 H. 01S18.55 Butt-Joint Flush Plates (2) $ 9.90
01S18.44 Large Brackets (2) $44.00 J. 01S18.60 8:12 Truss Base Fan, ea. $77.00
K. 01S18.50 Accent Plates (2) $22.00
Rafter Clips &
Joist Hangers
These ttings Timber Fasteners & Fastener Caps
are used For any of the above ttings not supplied with fasteners, we
to secure offer four sizes of timber screws and three sizes of timber
two-by bolts. Cover caps, used to conceal the screws, are
lumber available with a hex-shaped head or a dome
positioned C head that has a hand-hammered look.
on edge. The The bolts are double-ended (similar
rafter clips are to Chicago bolts) and length
90 brackets that adjustable to span a range of L
accent and support right-angle joints. The joist hangers, timber thicknesses. M P
N Q
for use with 6 or 8 wide stock, enclose the joint on L. 93Z72.11 1/423/4 Screws (25) $ 9.70 O S T
R
three sides for a more robust M. 93Z72.12 43 4 Screws (25) $11.00
1/ 3/
connection in load-bearing N. 93Z72.14 1/471/2 Screws (25) $22.50
applications. Screws included. D O. 93Z72.15 1/410 Screws (10) $13.00
C. 2 Rafter Clip (10) P. 93Z72.21 3/46-8 Bolts (2) $22.50
01S18.45 $20.90 Q. 93Z72.22 3/48-10 Bolts (2) $23.00
R. 93Z72.23 3/410-12 Bolts (2) $24.20
D. 6-8 Joist Hanger (6) S. 01S18.63 Hex Caps (10) $15.80 Adjustable length
01S18.48 $21.30 T. 01S18.64 Dome Caps (10) $27.50
Hardscaping 119
1 2 3

44 post anchor 66 post anchor

F Post anchor
A B hardware kit

90 rail connectors
D
Posts shown with
C skirts attached.
G

4
E
44 post anchor skirt 66 post anchor skirt 22.5 rail connectors

Titan Post Anchors & Railing Connectors screws is available separately (one kit needed per post)
This excellent system for deck and porch railings is easy to install, unobtrusive and or you can supply your own. Optional post skirts, sized to
extremely strong, and also helps prevent moisture damage. The all-steel hardware match the 44 or 66 anchors, cover exposed screw heads.
consists of a formed base welded to a hollow shaft that is embedded in the post or The paired rail connectors for nominal 24 stock are avail-
rail end. Installation is simple and fast: just cut a pilot channel with a hole saw, drive able in 90 or 22.5 versions, each with mounting screws
the shaft in (its bevelled for easy insertion) and screw the base down. Only the base (3/4 hole saw needed). An attractive and durable system.
shows, leaving a tidy, nished appearance. The connection is tremendously strong, A. 01S18.01 44 Post Anchor, ea. $17.00
since the shaft stiffens the join and is supported by wood inside and out. The base B. 01S18.06 Post Anchor Hardware Kit, ea. $ 7.95
leaves space for air circulation and blocks water from wicking into end grain, C. 01S18.03 44 Post Anchor Skirt, ea. $10.00
preventing rot. Finished in an all-weather epoxy coat suitable for ACQ-treated lumber. D. 01S18.10 90 Rail Connectors, pr. $12.00
Post anchors are for nominal 44 and 66 stock; the 44 anchor requires a 11/4 hole E. 01S18.12 22.5 Rail Connectors, pr. $12.00
saw, and the 66 anchor requires a 13/4 hole saw. To mount either anchor, a hardware F. 01S18.04 66 Post Anchor, ea. $21.00
kit of eight black-nished 1/43 outdoor lag screws and four 3/85 galvanized lag G. 01S18.05 66 Post Anchor Skirt, ea. $11.50

See our website for Titan wooden post caps and skirts.
Search for "Titan" at leevalley.com

H. Titan 24 Railing Connectors

This two-part bracket simplies installation of 24 deck or
fence railings, creating a strong, snug joint with no conspic-
Kant-Slam Gate Closer uous fasteners. The
A primary aw with most spring-loaded surface-mounted components
closers is that they tend to slam gates/doors link together with a tapered
closed with more force than is necessary sliding dovetail for secure
potentially damaging jambs, hardware and rail-to-post connection and
anyone unfortunate enough to be caught lock with a removable screw.
within their path. This one is different. It is Small projecting spurs help
based on an arrangement of spring-loaded hold the ttings in place
levers connected to a vertical oil-lled piston regulator. Opening the gate (or door) while you mark the position
forces the levers open, puts the springs under tension and sets the piston. Releasing or drive screws. Primarily
the door relaxes the tension on the springs and forces the door closed. The closing used to mount railings on
speed is controlled by the piston cup, which is forced through the cylinder of oil. edge, the bracket can also be used to install cap rails.

Rotating the cylinder controls the closing speed of the gate. Suitable for doors or Package contains two sets of ttings (enough for one rail)
gates weighing up to 150 lb, it is not affected by inclement weather and is usable and exterior-grade fasteners suitable for use with ACQ-treated
both indoors and outdoors. The instructions are straightforward, giving details for lumber. Made in Canada from durable polycarbonate, the
installation on metal- and wood-framed gates. Mounting hardware included. ttings can be painted to match adjacent materials.
12K54.40 Kant-Slam Gate Closer $62.50 01S18.13 24 Railing Connectors, pr. $9.80

J. Self-Aligning Gate Latch

Most gates wont close properly if the gate sags a bit or
a post is bumped out of alignment. This latch solves that
problem by incorporating a simple, patented mechanism
that moves up or down
as needed to perfectly H
J
align the two parts of
the latch. It even has a H
built-in return spring to
ensure that the latch
Misaligned Adjusts vertically Aligned
clicks shut it wont
stick in the open position. In all, a simple solution to a common
problem. Comes with mounting hardware and instructions.
FG135 Self-Aligning Gate Latch $15.50
120
 F F
A

F. Post Level
For round or square pipes, posts and rails, this versatile level makes it easy to
ensure plumb or level installation. With two vials for plumb and one for level-
One strike mounts in line with the bolt; the other ling, it can be attached using the included elastic strap or with the four integral
mounts perpendicular to the bolt.
magnets for metal components. The tough, ABS body has a central hinge allowing
a 270 opening for easy positioning on odd-shaped material.
A. Stainless-Steel Door Bolt 25N43.10 Post Level $9.95
With a ball-bearing roller for smooth operation, this door bolt has
an internal spring-steel clip that maintains light friction on the bolt, G. Easy Shed Kit
so it remains held in the open or closed position even when installed Building a shed is a cinch with this kit. The roof, usually the hardest part to build,
vertically. Bolt is 17/823/4 overall with a 13/16 throw. Supplied is simplied since both peak brackets and plate brackets are supplied. You get both
with two strikes: one can be surface mounted in line with the bolt strength and simplicity of construction. Walls and oors are easy to build following
and the other mounts perpendicular to the bolt. Made of 304-grade the included illustrated
stainless steel; included mounting screws are 210 stainless steel. G
manual and materials list.
1+ 10+ One kit will make an 8 long
00G13.13 Door Bolt $6.90 $5.85 shed, 6, 8, or 10 feet wide. Plate
bracket
For increased length, addi-
tional brackets are available.
B
The kit hardware includes
a rafter-cutting template,
5 peak brackets, 10 plate H
C brackets (for attaching to
walls) and 90 galvanized
screws. For each 2 of addi- J
tional length you will need
two more plate brackets
and one more peak bracket.
Stainless-Steel Barrel Bolts Use with 24s. Made of
Peak bracket
These simple barrel bolts consist of a solid 1/4 diameter rod set powder-coated steel.
within a body formed from 0.03 thick plate. Available in two AC505 Easy Shed Kit w/Materials List $69.50
lengths, each with a 3/4 throw. The small is 611/8; the large is H. AC507 Extra Plate Bracket $ 4.95
91/811/8. Made of 304-grade stainless steel and supplied with J. AC509 Extra Peak Bracket $ 5.00
mounting bolts made of 201 stainless steel. 1+ 10+
B. 00G13.26 Small Barrel Bolt $6.90 $5.85
C. 00G13.28 Large Barrel Bolt $7.70 $6.55

To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit

our website at leevalley.com

Stainless-Steel Shutter Latches

These ush-mount latches are simple, strong and easy to install.
The small latch has 0.075 thick mounting plates measuring 50mm
long by 20mm wide with a 70mm latch arm. The large has 0.1
thick mounting plates measuring 70mm25mm with a 100mm
arm. Latches are 304-grade stainless steel; included mounting
screws are 201 stainless steel. 1+ 10+
D. 01W63.20 Small Latch $8.40 $7.15
E. 01W63.21 Large Latch $9.60 $8.15

D E

Wood not
included.

Hardscaping 121
 A Raised-Bed Connectors
With these connectors you can easily build
a raised bed that is attractive, low cost and
long lasting.
Simply attach the heavy steel connectors and
hardware to 24 lumber to make bottom and top Connectors attach wood frame to
frames. Then insert commonly available pre-cast patio stones.
concrete patio stones into the bottom frame, put Variations of bed design using
Raised-bed kit
includes 8 corners and
the top frame on, and tighten the connectors. additional connector kits.
Patio stones, wood 16 straight connectors. Included in the raised-bed kit are 8 corner
and netting not included.
connectors (enough for four corners with one
connector at the top and one at the bottom of
Example of trellises made B each corner) and 16 straight connectors (enough
with the optional top kit. for eight joints between stones, one connector at the top and the other at
the bottom). With 24 patio stones you will get a 4824 high raised bed;
smaller stones make a smaller bed. We offer extra straight connectors and
corner connectors if you wish to make a larger or differently congured bed.
Connectors come with galvanized mounting hardware and instructions.
Patio stones and lumber not included.
The optional top kit lets you make a hinged top to cover the bed with
plastic lm, row cover material or netting. You supply standard 12
lumber to make any size of top (recommended 44 maximum). It also
locks in an upright position so it can be covered with netting and used as
a trellis wall. Includes four corner brackets with two hinges.
A. XK651 Raised-Bed Connector Kit $74.00
XK653 Extra Corner Connectors (8) $35.00
Optional top kit includes 4 XK655 Extra Straight Connectors (8) $25.00
corner brackets and 2 hinges.
B. XK657 Optional Top Kit $22.50

C Gardeners Design Set

This set includes a color wheel, the book Designing Your Gardens and Landscapes and a
D landscape design template.
The 91/4 diameter wheel has 18 pure colors, each with 6 tints and 6 shades and tones for 216
color variations. It is plastic coated with UV inhibitors to resist fading and moisture.
The book leads you through the steps of bringing a mental picture of your garden into
reality, taking into account hardiness zone and plant compatibility. Spiral-bound softcover,
81/211, 167 pages, 2001.
The 81/211 template has common symbols for sketching out a garden design, including trees,
shrubs, hedges, palm trees, ground covers, fences, bridges, walkways and gates. Scale is 1/4:1.
E All items are also available separately.
LC214 Gardeners Design Set $36.50
C. LC210 Gardeners Color Wheel $12.50
D. LA642 Designing Your Gardens $15.95
E. LC201 Landscape Design Template $15.50

F. Raised-Bed Stakes
Sold in pairs, these stackable stakes make it simple to create a raised bed.
Just mark out the area, drive the 11 long stakes in where needed, and drop
26 lumber (not included) into the brackets on the stake. If you want the
F walls higher, stack the corner stakes on top of each other. Now ll the
box youve just created with soil and you have an instant raised bed. The
brackets adjust to any angle between 60 and 180 to make a variety of
shapes. A very simple way to make a raised bed. Made of fade-resistant
Example of ABS plastic. 1+ 6+ 12+
a raised-bed
conguration XK615 Stakes, pr. $15.95 $14.40 $12.80
using 18 stakes.

Lumber not included.

Create simple boxes or

complex designs using the
stackable raised-bed stakes. F

122
 A. Feathers & Irons
Rocks are wonderful to build with, but seldom
come in the exact shape and size you want.
For hundreds of years quarrymen have used
feathers and irons to quarry rock to size. Now,
on a smaller scale, you can do the same thing.
Using a 3/4 masonry bit (available at most
hardware stores), you drill holes along the
intended line, hang a pair of feathers (shims)
in each hole and insert the irons (wedges).
Then tap the irons deeper and deeper until the
pressure splits the rock. Voil! With a bit of
practice, you quickly come to know what hole
spacing to use on different types of stone.
Comes as a set of three irons and six feathers.
Set of Feathers & Irons
BL631 $67.50
A tions are secured with stainless-steel fasteners
C
C
C. Aluminum Arbor
This is an impressive arbor. Standing 96 tall,
47 wide and 30 deep, it creates a striking
focal point in the garden and is built to
last. Made largely from durable, rustproof
aluminum, the structure has 2 thick main
posts for stability and an inner framework of
slender pickets and rails to support vines. The
welds are strong and tidy. Main post connec-
and concealed with molded plastic covers.
All aluminum parts are nished with a tough,
fade-resistant powder-coat enamel. Easy
to assemble; all fasteners included. Ten-
year warranty.
FG205 *Aluminum Arbor $369.00
* A shipping surcharge of $35 applies in addition to
our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of
the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for
shipping rates.

B. Pound-In Edging D. Everlasting Aluminum Edging E. Flexible Lawn Edging

The problem with installing conventional lawn
edging is the necessity of digging a trench,
laying it in, backlling, etc. With this pound-in
edging, installation is greatly simplied. Each
heavy-plastic interlocking piece measures 61/4
wide by 51/2 high. Using a rubber mallet, you
hammer each piece into the ground, inter-
locking it with the previous piece. Installation
couldnt be simpler, and its easy to make
curves and stagger the top level for going up
hills (something you cannot do easily with
conventional edging). Enough to make approxi-
mately 20 of installed edging. Comes with four
90 corner connectors and four T-connectors.
Instructions included. 1+
XK550 Black Edging, 20 Kit $24.50 $21.60
B
This premium edging was designed by
landscape architects and contractors to offer
greater exibility in design and installation over
other edging materials. Made from a resilient
aluminum alloy that will not rust, rot or crack
(common problems with steel, wood and plastic
edging), the 31/2 high symmetrical edging is
easily installed and features secure telescoping
sections for rigid joint connections. Ideal for
creating mini retaining walls (resists frost
heaving) for plant beds, patios, walks and drive-
ways, it is quickly customized into smooth
curves or tight circular borders. Supplied as a
24 kit (four 6 lengths of edging and eight
3+ stakes) in green or black. Highly recommended,
this edging will likely last a lifetime.
XG660 *Green Edging, 24 Kit $59.50
XG665 *Black Edging, 24 Kit $59.50
* A shipping surcharge of
$15 applies in addition
to our regular ship-
ping charges. For
areas outside of
the Continental
USA, contact
Customer Service
for shipping rates.
With traditional lawn edging, it can be difcult
to mow grass right up to the lawn edge. This
exible edging, with its accordion-like ledge,
allows the
wheels of your
mower to ride
effortlessly over
the lawn edge,
eliminating the
need to follow
with an edge-
trimmer. It can be used on straight or curved
borders and has a minimum bending radius of
approximately 10. It can create a seamless
circle, and is ideal for use around trees, bushes
and walkways. Made of green UV-resistant
plastic, the interlocking pieces are 191/2 long
by 41/4 high with a 2 wide ledge. The kit
contains 6 pieces and 14 plastic stakes, for
approximately 10 (3m) of installed edging.
Instructions included. Made in Sweden.
XK560 Flexible Lawn Edging $24.50

B D

E
Also available
in black.
Hardscaping 123
 1. Fill mold.

2. Smooth the surface.

C. Trowel Set
This versatile set of hand trowels is perfect for weekend projects.
The variety of shapes and sizes can handle brick, block and stone
work, spreading and shaping mortar, and working in concrete. Each is
well balanced, having a carbon-steel blade, stainless-steel ferrule, steel
3. Remove mold.
welded shank and robust hardwood handle that is well offset to prevent
A. WalkMaker Cobblestone Mold knuckle damage. The set includes four trowels, each with its own
With this mold and bags of readily available quick-setting concrete pre-mix, function. The 5 re-point trowel is for rming and sealing mortar
you can create cobblestone walkways or patios of any size. Each casting uses joints. The 5 pointed bricklaying trowel is primarily for applying
80 lb of concrete mix. Just ll each cavity of the 2222 mold, smooth the mortar to bricks, blocks and stone. The 11 pointed bricklaying
surface and, after 1 minute, remove the mold to start the next casting. Each trowel is for applying mortar or for holding mortar that you are
time the mold is moved, its rotated to give a matching connection with the applying with the smaller bricklaying trowel. The 11 plastering trowel
section just cast. Comes with full instructions, including how to make curves, is for smoothing concrete walkways and pads or parging a concrete
corners and different surface textures. Made of strong recycled plastic. A very wall. This set should serve for any brick or concrete work that is likely
economical way to create an attractive walkway or patio. to confront the homeowner.
1+ 3+ 09A08.90 Set of 4 Trowels $16.95
BL231 Cobblestone Mold $26.50 $23.90
Most tools can be kept clean and rust free by hosing them off after each use.
B. 100 Measuring Tape Stubborn dirt can be removed with a wire brush or with steel wool. Then the
Ideal for home landscape or building projects, this 100 (30m) tape is made tools should be wiped down with an oily rag.
from a tough, non-stretching berglass, ensuring accurate measurements
even over long distances. Supplied in a plastic frame with a wind-up reel, it is
metric on one side and Imperial on the other.
EA501 100 Measuring Tape $22.50 Building with Stone
by Charles McRaven
Few structures are
as timeless as those
B built of stone. Stone
is durable, needs

little maintenance
and is one of the best
materials to accent
a garden because it
blends in well with
wood, soil and plants.
This book covers all
the basics of building
with stone and
includes step-by-step
instructions on how
to build walls, re-
places, dams,
bridges, a barbecue pit, barns and much more. Also reviews the
tools needed. This is an essential reference for anyone planning a
stone building project. Softcover, 81/211, 192 pages, 1989.
LA800 Building with Stone $14.50

124 Hardscaping
 Flagpole & Flag
Top portion of pole A high-quality, easy-to-install agpole isnt
rotates with ag.
A always easy to nd. This agpole includes a 2
diameter, 20 long anodized aluminum pole, an
B aluminum truck (pulley), rope, ag snaps, a
ground sleeve (for quick installation), and a 3
gold-colored aluminum ball. The ve-section
A pole stands 18 above ground. Installation is
easy and full instructions are included.
Available separately, the 35 deluxe heavy-
duty nylon American ag features D
B
embroidered stars, double-stitched stripes and
a quadruple-stitched hem with brass grom-
Flag not
mets. Extremely well made.
included. C. FP101 *Flagpole, 18 $149.00
B D. FP103 Deluxe American Flag $ 29.95
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to
our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of
Spinning Flagpole & Adjustable Flagpole Bracket the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for
The top half of this agpole spins with the slightest shipping rates.
encouragement, eliminating the wrapping or tangling
that occurs with static poles. Two powder-coated
aluminum pieces fasten together to form a 6 long, 1
diameter pole with a brass-colored ABS nial. C
Includes two sliding nylon collars to attach ags up to C
36 high, secured by nylon screws that feed through
the ags grommets.
The wall-mounted agpole bracket adjusts to a
dozen different angles, from vertical to horizontal. A
thumbscrew secures poles up to 1 in diameter within
the 3 sleeve, and locking fan gears prevent slipping
once the angle of the bracket is set and tightened.
Powder-coated cast aluminum with zinc-plated steel
hardware. The base plate is 31/221/2, with four
screw holes for mounting to a at surface.
Available individually or as a set.
A. FP111 Spinning Flagpole $29.50
B. FP112 Adjustable Flagpole Bracket $15.00
FP113 *Flagpole & Bracket Set $39.95
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length Visit us at leevalley.com
surcharge of $10 applies per order.

E. Wire Tensioning System Prevent a gate from sagging. Stabilize a shed.

This system can be used to tension wire
fences, anchor fence posts, stabilize garden
sheds, strengthen foot bridges, prevent
wooden gates from sagging or cross-brace

the legs of a workbench, as just a few exam- Anchor fence or Before After
ples. The kit includes 10 aluminum-bodied clothesline posts.
anchors with spring-loaded hardened steel Wrap wire around a
Strengthen a foot bridge.
buried boulder or log
jaws, 150 of 14-gauge high-tension steel section. Use
wire (HTSW), a tensioning device, and an anchor
two drills: a 27/649 twist drill for in the post. Eye bolt
through-boring and a 5 piloted counter-
bore for seating the anchors and insetting
them when needed. Wire
The tensioning device is made speci-
Building Outdoor Structures cally for 14-gauge HTSW, but the anchors
by Scott McBride are compatible with 121/2 gauge HTSW as
Cross section of wire anchor
Full of sound woodworking and construction well and will withstand up to 1600 lb when
advice, this book explains the right materials, used in the anchor. 14-gauge HTSW will
tools and techniques required to build durable withstand up to 800 lb when used in the
and attractive outdoor structures. It provides anchor. This leaves a 500 lb safety factor
general information on building with wood when tensioned at the recommended
outdoors, as well as step-by-step instructions 250 lb to 300 lb maximum. Unlike unhard-
and design options for making specic struc- ened wire, HTSW is elastic in use and does
tures, such as raised garden beds, retaining walls, not deform. Additional wire and anchors
fences, gates, arbors and gazebos. Illustrated are available separately.
with hundreds of diagrams and color photo- 09A08.10 Wire Tensioning Kit $27.50 E
graphs. Softcover, 91/411, 141 pages, 2007. 09A08.01 Wire Anchors (2) $ 2.90
73L04.59 Building Outdoor Structures $14.95 150 HTS Wire, 14-gauge
09A08.04 $ 9.95
 6
Our Website
Visit leevalley.com to browse our wide range
1 of woodworking, gardening, hardware and
gift products.
1 Look for our most recent items by clicking on Whats New
2 2 View our latest catalogs
3 Check stock availability
4 Watch product videos
5 Find additional product information
6 Sign up for e-mail notication of special offers

Example of Web Page

Newsletters:
Our monthly woodworking and gardening
newsletters contain useful information, advice and
photos on a variety of topics. Browse past issues
and sign up to receive new editions every month.
E-mail notications:
Learn about our sales, special buys, new
products and latest catalogs by signing up and 4
setting your e-mail notication preferences.

3
5

View our Catalogs About Us

Online Lee Valley is a family-owned business that has been serving woodworkers and
Visit leevalley.com gardeners for over 35 years, through both mail order and our retail stores in Canada.
Many of our products are of our own design, including those made by Veritas Tools
Inc., our manufacturing arm. When you call during business hours, you will be
served by staff who are not on commission and whose goal is to answer your ques-
tions and give the best advice possible. You can rely on us for quality, value, and
personal attention, and have 3 months to decide whether or not our products meet
your expectations.

On Your Tablet or Phone
Download our catalogs to the Lee Valley
Library app for iPad, iPod, iPhone and
Android devices.
Privacy Policy
At Lee Valley Tools Ltd., we understand the importance of protecting the privacy
of our customers personal information. We are committed to complying with the
current privacy legislation and guidelines. Be assured that we never sell, rent or
share our customer list and you will not receive mail or e-mail from others as a re-
sult of being on our mailing lists. If you have any questions regarding the handling
of your personal information, please view our Privacy & Security Statement on
our website, or contact Customer Service.

Lee Valley Gift Card

In Print
Ask for a copy when you
place an order online, by
mail, or by phone at
1-800-871-8158.
Lee Valley gift cards are available in any
amount of $10 or more and can include
a personal message. They can be sent
by mail or as an electronic version by
e-mail. Either one may be purchased
and redeemed by phone, fax or mail
order, or online.

 INDEX
Aerators ........................................ 38, 62
Alarms ...................................... 135, 242
Anchors........ 54, 57, 125, 142, 154, 190
Aprons ...................................... 144, 219
Arbors & arches..................48, 123, 168
Axe bracket....................................... 144
Axes & hatchets..............11, 38, 98, 180
Bags, garden waste .............61, 101, 222
tote ...30, 60, 145, 186, 187, 195, 261
travel ....................179, 185, 186, 188
Baking supplies ........ 233, 244, 246-251
Balm, hand........................................ 221
Barbecue accessories ................ 256, 257
Bark/trunk wraps .............................. 103
Baskets, hanging........................... 26, 29
harvest ......................................... 222
Battery tester ..................................... 147
Bee nest............................................. 197
Binoculars ......................................... 193
Bird houses ....................................... 196
Birding ..................... 196, 197, 198-203
Blanket .............................................. 195
Bonsai tools ...................................... 114
Book holder ...................................... 228
Books .........................................158-171
Bottle opener .................................... 258
Bottles, spice..................................... 254
Bowls, kitchen .......................... 237, 244
Brackets, shelf/wall .................. 125, 152
Broom ............................................... 143
Brushes, cleaning...............20, 112, 130,
.....................132, 201, 214, 220, 262
Buckets & pails.....61, 84, 131, 156, 224
Bulb planting .....................34-37, 42, 93
Calculator, kitchen............................ 245
Cameras ...................................... 31, 203
Camping & Travel ..................179-191
Can crusher/openers ................. 241, 258
Cane/pipe connectors ................... 50, 58
Canning & preserving ......239, 252, 253
Carabiners ........................150, 151, 154,
.....................175, 176, 179, 188, 190
Carts & Wagons ..............33, 59-60, 69
Chain-saw tools ........................ 130, 180
Chalkboard ....................................... 139
Cleaners, household ................. 133, 136
Climate Control .....................23, 55-59
Cloches ............................................... 55
Clocks ............................................... 205
Clotheslines & racks.........141, 142, 264
Clothing ....................................208-219
Coir block/liners/pots ................... 15, 26
Colanders .......................................... 230
Cold frame .......................................... 23
Color wheels/swatches ............... 31, 158
Compass ........................................... 179
Composting & Fertilizing ...........61-64
Container Gardening ..................20-30
Containers, storage
.............157, 181, 182, 188, 235, 254
Coring/pitting tools........................... 233
Corkscrew ......................................... 258
Corn cutter/holders ........................... 231
Cultivators ...................20, 34-45, 94, 95
Cutting boards .......................... 229, 250
Dandelion diggers............................... 96
Deer fence ......................................... 105
Dehydrator ........................................ 253
Deodorizer, volcanic ........................ 216
Door bolts & latches ......................... 121
Doorstops.......................................... 137
Dough mixers ........................... 246, 249
Downspout accessories ............ 134, 135
Drinkware ......................................... 259
Driveway washer .............................. 133
Dryer vent connectors ...................... 140
Dry-erase crayons & sheets.............. 139
Edging....................................... 102, 123
Egg preparation ................242, 245, 248
Electrical cord accessories
.............135, 146, 147, 150, 151, 156
Eyeglasses accessories .....137, 189, 217
Fat separator ..................................... 255
Feathers & irons ............................... 123
Fence, railing & gate hardware ..118-120
Fertilizing..............................62, 64, 108
Fire starters ....................................... 181
Fireplace accessories ........144, 145, 183
Flagpoles & ags .............................. 125
Flashlights..................................175-178
Floral .........................................112-114
Footwear & accessories.............214-216
Forks, camping ................................. 183
gardening ... 20, 34, 36, 40, 42-44, 62
Frost protection........................23, 55-58
Games .......................................194, 195
Gate hardware............................118-120
Gift card ............................................ 126
Gloves ................................211-213, 255
Grafting............................................... 17
Graters............................................... 238
Greenhouse accessories.............. 59, 204
Grow lights ............................... 3, 18, 19
Habitats.....................................196-197
Hammock ......................................... 192
Hand Care ........................185, 220-221
Hand trucks......................................... 60
Handles ......................30, 101, 129, 131,
.....................137, 144, 148, 191, 253
Hangers, hose ................................66-69
plant ......................................... 28, 29
Hardscaping .............................116-125
Hardware .......................................... 225
Harvest......................................222-224
Hats ............................................208-211
Hearing protectors ............................ 145
Heaters .............................................. 192
Herb dryers & storage ..............224, 254
Hiking stick....................................... 179
Hoes ......................36, 38, 41, 45, 94, 95
Home Maintenance .................131-149
Hooks .............. 28, 29, 54, 143, 150-153
Hoses & attachments ......... 65-79, 86-92
Hygrometer ....................................... 204
Insect traps ........106, 107, 110, 111, 202
Irrigation Systems ...........79, 80, 85-92
Jar openers ........................................ 241
Journal............................................... 164
Juicer ................................................. 253
Kenaf liners/sheets ....................... 14, 26
Kettle................................................. 182
Kitchen......................................226-262
Kite.................................................... 194
Knee protection ............32, 33, 193, 262
Knives, camping ....................... 181, 183
garden ..................17, 20, 34, 35, 223
kitchen ........................226, 227, 232,
.....................233, 247, 251, 260, 263
Labelling & Marking ..........46-47, 254
Landscaping.........................31, 116-125
Late Additions..........................263-264
Laundry accessories ..141, 142, 185, 264
Lawn Care ......................96, 97, 99-103
Lawnmowers & accessories
..................................60, 99, 128-130
LED lights......................................... 115
Leisure ......................................192-195
Level ................................................. 121
Lights & Lanterns
............. 3, 18, 19, 111, 115, 172-178
Loppers ................................................. 8
Magnets ....143, 148, 149, 152, 155, 262
Magniers .................111, 175, 193, 221
Mashers............................................. 239
Mats, anti-fatigue.............................. 262
door .............................................. 214
watering ......................................... 80
weed barrier ................................... 98
Mattocks ............................................. 39
Measuring tape ................................. 124
Measuring tools, kitchen ..244, 245, 247
Meters, light .................................. 19, 31
moisture & soil pH ............ 62, 64, 80
water .............................................. 75
Misters ........................................ 91, 108
Mobile device accessories
.............146, 148, 149, 188, 189, 219
Molds, concrete ................................ 124
ice................................................. 260
soil block ....................................... 14
Mortar & pestle.........................240, 258
Mufn pans....................................... 248
Mulch & mulch fork..................... 56, 62
Multi-tools ........129, 130, 180, 181, 184
Nail clippers...................................... 221
Netting ................................51, 105, 117
Nutcracker ........................................ 260
Outdoor Planting .........................30-45
Pails & tubs...........61, 84, 131, 156, 224
Pans, baking..............................248, 249
Paper cutters ..................................... 138
Pasta cutters ...................................... 249
Pastry cutters & rollers .....246, 247, 258
Peelers ...............................232, 233, 240
Pest Control
......... 23, 56, 104-111, 202, 211, 263
Picking tools .....................5, 9, 137, 223
Pins, fabric/netting.............................. 57
Plans...........................................168-170
Planters ....................................22-25, 28
Pliers .........................................114, 137
Poles......................12, 29, 125, 131, 132
Popcorn poppers ............................... 261
Pot feet/saucers ........................... 21, 114
Pots....................................14, 15, 17, 25
Potting tables ........................13, 22, 169
Presses, ower .................................. 113
kitchen .................................239, 240
Propagation ..................................13-19
Pruning ...........................4-12, 112, 114
Pumps ..................................... 3, 84, 133
Racks, cooking .................250, 253, 255
rewood....................................... 144
laundry .........................141, 142, 264
Radio, weather .................................. 184
Railing connectors .....................118-120
Rain gauges ..............................206, 207
Raised beds ................................. 24, 122
Rakes....................... 34, 37, 41, 100-102
Raspberry cane cutter ........................... 9
Rock rake ............................................ 41
Rolling pins.......................246, 247, 258
Rooters ................................................ 17
Rope/cord & tensioners ....154, 155, 190
Row covers ........................... 56, 57, 263
Rust removers ................................... 130
Safety gear ........................145, 191, 218
Saws .................. 7, 10-12, 180, 232, 264
Scales ........................................186, 245
Scare owls/tape .........................104, 105
Scissors & snips ..6, 7, 112, 138, 230, 232
Scoops....................13, 31, 35, 201, 223,
.....................232, 233, 248, 254, 260
Scrapers .................................... 129, 131
Scythe & accessories ........................ 102
Seed: spreaders .................15, 30, 31, 45
starters.......................................14-17
storage ................................... 13, 157
Shade cloth .........................56, 116, 117
Sharpening aids
.................5, 102, 128, 129, 228, 229
Shears, grass ............................... 99, 102
household ............................138, 230
pruning/hedge...................... 7, 9, 114
Shed kit ............................................. 121
Shelters, outdoor.......116, 117, 184, 194
Shirt................................................... 211
Shovels.....................................37, 42-44
Sieves & sifting screens ..................... 13
Silica gel crystals .............................. 113
Siphons ...............................64, 133, 134
Slicers & choppers....231, 232, 236, 237
Slug & snail trap/barriers ................. 107
Soap ..........................................185, 220
Socks ................................................. 216
Sod knife/lifter .............................. 34, 39
Soil amendments ................................ 27
Soil test kit .......................................... 64
Spades ..........................20, 36, 37, 42-44
Spatulas.............................235, 251, 256
Spice accessories .............................. 254
Spoons ..............................235, 244, 252
Spray guns/nozzles..66, 72, 73, 133, 223
Sprayers
.....19, 80, 90, 91, 106, 108, 109, 132
Sprinklers ...... 72, 76-79, 86, 91, 92, 135
Staking & Trellises ..........3, 48-54, 168
Stands, pot ......................21, 28, 30, 114
Staples ......................................... 57, 105
Steamer ............................................. 253
Stone splitting ................................... 123
Storage ............. 144, 150-157, 228, 235
Stove, camping ................................. 182
Strainers ............................230, 252, 254
Sugar tester ....................................... 222
Sundials ....................................184, 203
Tape, adhesive ....................58, 107, 136
I
bundling ....................................... 156
Tea brewers ..............................254, 258
Thermometers, cooking ...242, 243, 257
greenhouse................................... 204
outdoor..................................204-206
N
soil & compost .............................. 62
Tick remover .................................... 111
Tie-downs .....51, 54, 154, 155, 190, 192
Ties/clips, plant............................. 52, 53
storage ......... 150-152, 155, 156, 190
Timers .............................19, 74, 75, 242
D
Tires & wheels.................................... 59
Toad house........................................ 197
Tongs ................................234, 235, 252
Tool Maintenance ................5, 128-130
Towels & cloths........132, 140, 210, 261
E
Traps .........................106, 107, 110, 111
Travel accessories..............182, 185-189
Trays, boot ........................................ 215
serving ......................................... 260
Trellises........................3, 48-51, 54, 168
X
Trench digger...................................... 38
Trimmer accessories......................... 103
Trowels, construction ....................... 124
garden .........................20, 34-36, 102
Trunk organizers/liner ...................... 191
Tubs & pails..........61, 84, 131, 156, 224
Tweezers ...................................114, 221
Twine .................................................. 53
U-bar digger........................................ 38
Umbrellas ......................................... 218
Vacuum nozzle ................................. 140
Vegetable spiralizer .......................... 237
Walkway molds ................................ 124
Wallets ...................................... 149, 187
Washing tools ... 112, 131-133, 136, 185
Wasp traps ........................................ 106
Watches ............................................ 179
Watering ............... 19, 27, 65-84, 85-92
Watering: cans & jugs ............ 27, 82, 83
mat ................................................. 80
reservoirs ........................... 27, 80, 84
spikes & bulbs ................... 27, 81, 89
Weather & Time ......................203-207
Weed barriers..................25, 56, 98, 104
Weed Control ...............................93-98
Weed torches ...................................... 97
Weeders..20, 34-36, 38-42, 45, 93-98, 102
Wheelbarrow accessories ............. 59, 79
Wheels & tires .................................... 59
Window: box ...................................... 28
opener ............................................ 59
seed starter ..................................... 16
washing.................................131-133
Wrenches/extender ...................130, 180
Zesters ............................................... 238
Zipper, adhesive ................................. 59
Index 127
TOOL MAINTENANCE
A. Universal Sharpener
Applying a very
different concept in
sharpening, the sub-
micron carbide blade
in this sharpener shaves D
the steel rather than
abrades it. The action
A is like using a cabinet
scraper instead of
sandpaper to smooth
wood you get a smooth
nish without using much force.
D. Shear & Scissor Sharpener
The tool has been made possible by
Specically designed for shears
advances in carbide quality in recent years. It
and scissors, this device quickly and efciently
can be used to sharpen tools as big as a broad axe or as
sharpens both blades at once to the correct
small as a shhook. Axes, hatchets, hoes, knives of all
angle. Can also be used to sharpen just one
sorts, scissors, etc., are all fair game. The slim tip makes
blade at a time. The tungsten carbide sharp-
it ideal for accessing the blades of tools such as curved-
ening piece is mounted in a sturdy housing
blade pruners, one of the ultimate sharpening tests for
that can be fastened to the workplace with the
most people. The simple instructions allow a rst-time
included screws. Perfect for resharpening
user to succeed quickly. The folding blade, with safety
before winter storage or for frequent touch-ups
guard built in, locks open or closed. The stainless-steel
during the gardening season. Made in U.K.
body has anodized aluminum scales and a belt clip.
AG703 Shear & Scissor Sharpener $14.95
09A03.32 Universal Sharpener $19.50
E. Bahco Garden Tools File
Diamond Sharpening Stick Many gardening tools, particularly shovels and
This little tool hoes, are both easier to use and more effective
Sharpening stick
sharpens collapses for storage.
when the edges are sharpened. Double-cut side
pruners and Sharp tools not only move
loppers in through the soil with less
one step force, but cut roots much
simply by more easily. Unlike knives Single-cut side
swiping it along or woodworking tools, garden
the existing bevel of tools need only a well-formed
the blade. The 280x diamond polycrystalline sharpener has a at surface edge, not a honed edge. A
for use on pruners, loppers and scissors, and a half-round surface for shovel or a hoe can easily be
serrated edges. A narrow groove on one face will even sharpen sh- sharpened in a few minutes with a bastard-cut
hooks. The tool is 73/4 overall and collapses to 53/8. Good value in an mill le. The double-cut side is used for fast
Groove stock removal and the single-cut side is used to
effective sharpener that can be used for many tasks.
AG705 Diamond Sharpening Stick $10.50 Flat Round smooth the nal edge. This le is 111/2 long
overall with 7 of cutting surface. The handle
has a hole for hanging in a garden shed.
62W33.30 Garden Tools File $10.00
Reel Mower Sharpeners
Sharp blades not only make mowing easier,
but they also minimize tip browning since they
shear more cleanly. The cylinder mower sharp-
ener clamps to the bottom plate of a reel mower,
sharpening the blades
to the correct angle as
they turn. Made from
extruded aluminum, it
is 20 long, but can be
B trimmed to t mowers
as narrow as 10. Three
replaceable abrasive strips are included.
Replacement strips are available in packages
of three. The hand mower sharpening kit is
suitable for use on our mowers and most other
American-made reel mowers. Includes lapping
compound, application brush, crank handle, and
instructions. Simply remove a wheel, apply the
compound, and crank the handle. Keeps blades
C sharpened to perfection. Additional lapping E
compound (4 oz) is available separately.
B. EG703 Cylinder Sharpener $27.50
C EG704 Repl. Abrasive Strips, pkg. of 3 $ 7.95
C. PA807 Hand Mower Sharpening Kit $22.50
PA808 Extra Lapping Compound $ 6.50
128 Tool Maintenance
 A. Riding Mower Steering Knob
Knob rotates If you have ever driven a riding mower, you
as you steer.
A will immediately recognize the advantage of
this steering knob. Curved edge
Mounting design for
hardware It makes turning cleaning mower.
included. the steering wheel a D
simple one-hand exer-
cise, eliminating the
hand-over-hand labor
required when making
a sharp turn, backing
A up or parking a
mower. An easy
steering wheel retrot, the 2 tall plastic knob has
a comfortable polymer rubber grip and a sealed D
roller-bearing base for smooth operation. Mounting
hardware and instructions included. Color may
vary depending on supply. This knob should be
standard equipment on all riding mowers. Flexible blade
AG715 Riding Mower Steering Knob $17.50 for easy scraping.

B. Grip Wrap
Made of a tough, rubber-like elastomer, this cush-
ioning wrap absorbs impact and dampens vibration.
Wrapped around a tool handle, the high-friction
material grips onto itself to stay snug without adhe-
sive, creating a comfortable, slip-resistant coating
with a textured pattern for grip. Simply stretch out
the band as you wrap the handle, then tuck in the
end or secure it with electrical tape. Each 24 strip
B can cover approximately 9 of a typical 11/4 diam-
eter tool handle. Made in USA.
AG740 24 Grip Wrap, ea. $10.50
B polypropylene with a rubber over-grip. This
Visit us at leevalley.com
D. Mower Grassbuster
Though this tool looks suspi-
ciously like a regular spatula
repurposed for lawnmower duty,
it is specically designed to clean
debris from the bottom of a mower
deck. The durable 2 wide stainless-steel
blade has been taper ground along its 53/8
length for exibility, allowing it to quickly
conform to the underside of the deck. The
blade corners have also been radiused to
prevent scratching. The 5 long handle is
tool is simple yet effective (and superior to a
screwdriver!) for removing caked-on grass.
AG727 Mower Grassbuster $11.50

C. Spark Doctor
For those without mechanics tools, this convenient 8-in-1 tool provides all you need for servicing
spark plugs on the gas-powered equipment youd commonly nd in a shed. It includes three socket
sizes (5/8, 3/4, and 13/16) to
Includes 5/8, C remove and replace spark plugs,
3/4 and 13/16 a le, pick and brass wire brush
socket sizes.
to clean the plugs, and a gauge
to measure and tool to set the
gap. Compact and self-contained,
it stores neatly in a toolbox or
on a hook next to your garden
equipment. A simple tool to
keep your spark plugs in good
Gap gauge has
working order.
Compact for storage.
metric and Imperial AG718 Spark Doctor $21.50
measurements.

Also sharpens edging

and digging tools. Brass
brush

Rotary Mower Sharpener

Used in a hand power drill,
this grinding wheel
quickly sharpens
the blade of a
rotary mower. C
A non-turning backplate
holds the stone on the blade
at the correct bevel angle. Metal le/pick
The stone is reversible. It can
be used to sharpen spades, hoes and edging
tools as well. Good for about 10 sharpenings.
(Not for use on mulching blades.)
AG702 Rotary Sharpener $15.95 Gapping
tool
129
 B
Accommodates box-end
wrenches up to 1.

Wrenches may t differently

depending on size, style and
brand.

Wrench
not included.
A
Rare-earth magnets hold wrench rmly in place.
A. Rust Erasers
These pliable abrasive blocks are perfect for removing rust B. Mechanics Wrench Extender
from metal tools. Each 323/4 rubber-like block has abrasive The traditional extender for box-end wrenches is an iron pipe. Although a pipe
embedded throughout, and works well wet or dry. They can be works, it is awkward and requires two-handed operation. This steel extender can
used like sandpaper on wood, and will also clean up cookware be used one-handed for either tightening or loosening a nut or stud. It has two
even soot-blackened camping pots. Available in coarse, medium powerful rare-earth magnets to hold a wrench rmly in position. For box-ends up
and ne grit, or as a set of all three. Made in Germany. to 1/2, it triples the leverage. For a 1 box-end it doubles the leverage. Usable on
BR201 Rust Eraser, Fine $ 5.70 all box-ends with shafts up to 7/16 (11mm) thick. Used magnet-face up for tight-
BR202 Rust Eraser, Medium $ 5.70 ening and magnet-face down for loosening, it holds the wrench rmly in either
BR203 Rust Eraser, Coarse $ 5.70 position. The handle has multiple ridges for better grip. Patent pending.
BR204 Rust Erasers, set of 3 $14.95 09A05.05 Mechanics Wrench Extender $24.50

1 Rotate collar to align

ratio with volume. Gas/Oil Dilution Ratio Measuring Cup
Solute
dilution This simple measuring cup helps eliminate guesswork and potential for
ratios error when preparing a gas/oil mix for a two-stroke engine. The cups
Solvent
rotating collar is marked with oil dilution ratios, while the cup itself is
volumes marked with gasoline volumes. Simply align the selected ratio with the
desired volume marking, and then ll the cup with the oil to the level
indicated. The cup is printed with common oil-to-fuel ratios* for standard
two-stroke equipment, ranging from 1:16 to 1:128. Comes with a conve-
2 nient screw-cap funnel plus four clip-on color-coded markers for quick
reference to frequently used ratios. A real frustration saver.
Fill cup
with solute
BL271 Gas/Oil Cup, Imperial $11.95
to level BL272 Gas/Oil Cup, Metric $11.95
indicated. * Some newer two-stroke engines do not require pre-mixed fuel; however, most
hand-held two-stroke engines, such as chain saws and trimmers, still do. Check
the manufacturers specications before use.

C. Toolshed Brush D. Chain-Saw Multi-Tool

As the name implies, this is an excellent brush to keep in a toolshed The TopSaw multi-tool incorporates all the tools
for quickly scouring garden tools and plant pots, as well as any you need for servicing your chain saw* when you
number of other tasks that call for a rm scrubber. The dense bristles are in the eld. It includes 10mm, 13mm, 16mm,
are made from robust union ber (a blend of palmyra and other 19mm and 21mm sockets (the rst four double
natural, water-resistant plant bers) and set at a slight forward angle for 3/8, 1/2, 5/8 and 3/4 sizes), 5/16 and 1/8
for an aggressive abrasive action. 111/2 long overall, the brush has wide slot screwdrivers, T25 and T27 Torx
a generously sized European oak handle with a bevelled end that wrenches, a 4mm hex wrench, a slim bar
can be used as a scraper. A groove cleaner and a built-in saw-le
real workhorse. Made by handle. The 41/2 long tool can be carried
Redecker, a family-owned in a pocket or in the included nylon sheath
German rm that has been (with belt loop).
making top-quality tradi- Chain-Saw Multi-Tool
tional brushes since 1935. 77U06.01 $19.95
Toolshed Brush
DB322 $14.95 D

* All Craftsman, Efco/Oleo Olympik,

Makita, Redmax, Cub Cadet, Hitachi,
McCulloch (except models made before 1990),
Shindaiwa, Dolmar, Husqvarna, Poulan,
C
Poulan Pro, Solo, Echo, Jonsered, Stihl
(except models 051, 075, 076 and 090 made Built-in saw-le handle;
before 1990) and Tanaka chain saws. le not included.
130 Tool Maintenance
 HOME MAINTENANCE D
B

Professional Window Washing Tools A replacement 12 rubber blade for the squeegee
The heart of a professional window washing system is available separately. Sets are available of the
is a good squeegee. It has to have a rubber (not brass squeegee, telescoping pole, and your choice
plastic) blade and enough heft to maintain blade of either the microber scrubber bar or the dual-
pressure on the window. Our Italian-made 12 ber scrubber bar.
wide solid brass squeegee has it all. The pail is ideally shaped for use with the
Two scrubbers are available. The 12 wide scrubber bars. Inside dimensions are 131/2891/2
scrubber bar with a microber cover does a good high. Holds 15 litres (4 U.S. gallons).
job on dirt, grease and bug spots. The ne absorbent A. SA101 Brass Squeegee $23.50
bers make short work of stains on windows, B. SA118 12 Microber Scrubber Bar $12.90
reaching into and cleaning the microscopic aws C. SA129 10 Dual-Fiber Scrubber Bar $13.50 D
that allow particles to stick to apparently smooth, D. SA133 *Telescoping Pole $38.50
at glass. Despite its fuzzy texture, the microber SA110 *Microber Set (A, B & D) $67.00
does not shed bers. SA140 *Dual-Fiber Set (A, C & D) $67.50
The 10 wide scrubber bar with a dual-ber SA121 Repl. Rubber Blade, 12 $ 4.50
cover has bands of the same efcient microber E. SA112 Window Washing Pail $14.50 E
material alternating with strips of coarse scrubbing * In addition to our regular shipping charges,
bers, a combination that easily removes tough a length surcharge of $10 applies per order.
accumulated dirt and grime but wont scratch
windows. For particularly stubborn patches, one C
Coarse
end has a stiff scouring edge. scrubbing
The telescoping pole (extendable from 76 to 16) bers
is a nice extra if you want to avoid ladder work. Its Stiff
specially designed tip allows quick changing of scouring
edge
heads. All parts are brass, aluminum or high-impact
poly, so nothing will corrode.
Pail not
C included
with set.
Handle Helper
Many of us own old buckets that are still useful but are
missing their plastic grips, leaving bare wire handles that A
dig into the hand. This little helper easily snaps onto the
wire handles of 1 to 6 gallon buckets, making
it less painful to lug a load. They are also B
great for carrying plastic grocery
bags! Polypropylene with a
comfortable, wide grip.
H. Scrigit Scraper
Made in USA.
Heres a simple idea for all those various scraping
Handle Helper tasks, from peeling unwanted stickers to removing
AC309 $2.20 caked-on food from pans or even scratching lottery
tickets all without having to use a ngernail. The
convenient pen-sized tool has a wedge-shaped end,
suitable for at areas, corners and tight spaces, and
Flex Scrapers a rounded (ngernail-shaped) one thats designed for
F With thin, exible blades that easily conform to curved surfaces and crevices. Made of durable plastic,
both at and contoured surfaces, these light-duty it wont mar most surfaces, and is dishwasher safe.
scrapers are superb for removing materials such as A practical tool that youll nd useful in the home,
stickers, sap and paint splatter from glass, ceramic garage or ofce. Made in USA.
or wood. A series of grooves along the plastic 09A05.52 Scrigit Scrapers, pkg. of 2 $6.95
handle allow the blade to be arched for convex or
concave scraping. Stropping the stainless-steel
blade against a at piece of sandpaper will quickly
renew the double-bevelled edge. The regular
scraper has a at handle and a 31/8 wide blade
suitable for scraping large areas quickly. With a
11/2 wide blade and slim handle, the detail scraper
allows precise, controlled scraping, and is supplied

with a protective edge guard. Available individu-

G ally or as a set (one of each size). Made in Japan.
F. 25K21.60 Regular Flex Scraper $ 8.95
G. 25K21.61 Detail Flex Scraper $ 8.95 H
25K21.65 Flex Scrapers, set of 2 $15.90

F
C Wash Brush & Pole
B Getting the right tools for
scrubbing siding, softs and
the inside and outside of D
greenhouses can be difcult,
but this ow-through pole and
choice of brushes do the job
admirably. The aluminum
telescoping pole extends
from 54 to 96 (which gives
an effective reach of 13 to
14) and locks in any position.
C It comes with an on/off
ow-control valve. With a
hose connected, water can
A ow through the pole and out D. Chamois
On/off ow-
control valve the middle of the brush head. Original chamois came from the skin of a
Two styles of 8 wide brushes mountain antelope (the chamois). As the ante-
are available a regular brush lope are now protected, the best chamois sold
and a soft-bristle brush. is made from split sheepskin and tanned by a
Regular stiffness would be used for most jobs except vehicle process involving the oxidation of marine oils
A washing, where the soft-bristle style works wonders. in the skin. Our sheepskin chamois is tanned
A. SA113 *Flow-Through Pole, 8 $26.50 with 100% cod oil, acknowledged as the best
B. SA119 Regular Brush, 8 $12.95 marine oil for this purpose.
C. SA111 Soft Brush, 8 $13.50 The softness and super absorbency of chamois
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, a length surcharge of made it popular for car washing. Long before
$10 applies per order. cars existed, chamois was used for leathering
wood, a cleaning process to remove wood dust
Foaming Sprayer or paint dust after sanding. Unlike many treated
With less tendency to run or drip than liquid, a foam spray lets tack cloths, chamois cleans surfaces well and
soap or cleaning agents work on surfaces longer. This hand leaves no trace contaminants that can interfere
sprayer combines water and liquid soap or mild cleaners with with nishes. There are two to a pack (each
compressed air to create foam. Just pump measuring 26cm37cm) giving you 2 sq.ft.
the integrated plunger for a few seconds of leather in total.
to build up air pressure, then press the 09A03.40 Chamois, pkg. of 2 $10.95
thumb trigger for a continuous spray
of foam. The fan-shaped spray lets To order call 1-800-871-8158
you easily apply an even coat and
can be adjusted for a vertical or hori- E. Glass and Surface Cleaner
zontal spray. You can change the Dont believe everything you read. Despite what
density of the foam by choosing one the carton for this product says, its not a panacea
of three included nozzle inserts (for for glass cleaning. Yes, there are a number of
small, medium or large bubbles) places where it can be used, but where it excels
and by adjusting the ratio of cleaner to is at performing one of the most miserable
water. The translucent 1-litre (34 oz) glass-cleaning tasks cleaning the inside of a
bottle has measurements and mark- car windshield. Its padded head pivots to adjust
ings on the side to help you mix to surface angles and has a low-prole triangular
solutions. Made in Portugal. shape to access corner recesses. It comes with
DB114 Foaming Sprayer $34.50 three detachable (and reusable) cleaning bonnets,
though in our tests, the nylon mesh bonnet for
See page 108 for double- scrubbing and the microber version for washing
acting sprayers that spray
and drying performed better than the terry-cloth
on both the squeeze and
release of the trigger. attachment. A second head is supplied to let you
quickly switch applications. The 14 handle has
a comfortable grip and will accept any standard-
thread extension pole for greater reach. While youll undoubtedly nd
other uses for it, the windshield application alone makes it worthwhile
Microber bonnet for
washing and drying
in our book. A handy tool at a good price.
SA120 Glass and Surface Cleaner $19.50
Gets into Spare head and three
hard-to-reach detachable bonnets
spots.
E

132
 A A. Concentrated Citrus Cleaner B. Little Big Shot Nozzle
Made from citrus extracts, this By constricting ow
concentrated biodegradable cleaner through a simple
dissolves stuck-on gum and tar, and adjustable valve,
removes stains left by grease, oil, ink this lightweight
and lipstick, to mention only a few. nozzle creates
Useful for removing label and sticker spray patterns
glues (great when removing price tags ranging from a
from presents), as well as pine sap or gentle ne-point
bugs from a windshield. While some stream to a high-
B
natural cleaning products are more pressure sweeper setting.
well-intentioned than effective, this We found the latter particularly useful,
one really works. It even has a producing a jet of water powerful enough to
pleasant citrus scent. Can be diluted blast weeds from between patio stones or reach
with water for lighter duties or used second-story windows. The nozzle holds the
undiluted for heavier applications. setting, eliminating the need to squeeze a
Made in Canada. trigger continuously. Solid brass with a highly
Citrus Cleaner, 473ml (16 oz) durable elastomer gasket to prevent leaks.
56Z99.14 $21.50 Made in USA.
AL406 Little Big Shot Nozzle $10.95

Thumb control
D
D

C. Driveway Washer
We designed this washer to send out a high- E
pressure, fan-shaped jet of water. This makes E. Trigger Valve
it ideal for washing down driveways, walk- Our heavy-duty trigger
ways and patios. The complete unit includes a valve has standard ttings
36 long aluminum wand, heavy-duty trigger for use with any hose and watering
valve and a solid brass spray tip. The spray tip wand lacking a trigger. It has a comfortable
(also available separately) ts any standard grip with a simple throttle that sets water ow
hose-end tting or our water wand (PB300) and holds its place so your hand can remain
shown on page 73. relaxed during watering. 61/8 long. A simple
SA117 Driveway Washer $29.50 way to upgrade your existing watering wand.
D. SA115 Spray Tip $11.50 PB310 Trigger Valve $8.95

F G. Transfer Siphon Pump

Effective for transferring water, oil G
or diesel short distances, this positive-
displacement pump operates with an
efcient pump-action of the T-handle,
moving liquids at a rate of 4 oz per
stroke. After priming, you can extend
the handle to allow siphoning action
to move liquids at a rate of 1 gallon
per minute, without further pumping.
The pump is 13 long overall with a
1/2 diameter, 8 long PVC hose.
Convenient for draining traps and
toilets when winterizing a cottage,
F or for removing oil from lawnmowers
F. Garden Hose Siphon Pump or snow blowers during maintenance.
This is an efcient hand-operated AG711 Transfer Siphon Pump $35.50
piston pump for transferring or
draining water. It has standard 5/8
male and female hose connectors,
allowing intake and output hoses of
any length to be attached. The pump
moves up to 15 oz per stroke and,
once primed, it can continue operating
as a siphon without further pumping. G
For use with water only, it is a simple
means of draining backyard ponds or ooded
pool covers. Durable PVC construction; 24 long.
AG712 Garden Hose Siphon Pump $24.50 133
 D

D. Gutter Brush
A simple method for keeping Leaves stay on top of
bristles, while water
A your eavestroughs and down- drains through.
Flips up spouts clear, this brush is made
of 41/2 diameter, UV-stable
polypropylene bristles twisted in
Ext a double coil of galvanized steel.
end
s fro
m3
8 t Slipped into standard 5 wide
o 69
. eavestroughs, it stays rmly in
Swivels
180 place to block leaves and debris from accumulating,
Telescopes
but is hidden from ground-level view. While leaves
A. Adjustable Downspout stay on top of the stiff bristles, water drains through
This extender attaches to the end of your downspout to divert the water ow easily. Just remove the brush and shake it out annually.
away from your house, but unlike regular extensions this one can be directed Cover the entire length of your gutters with brushes
anywhere in an arc of 180 as well as ipping up out of the way when you for best results, or place them over downspouts and in
need to mow the grass underneath. It telescopes from 38 to 69. Made from areas where debris builds up. Available in a 15 kit
PVC. Fits all 34 and 23 downspout pipes. containing four 36 brushes and two 18 brushes, and
WT515 Adjustable Downspout $22.50 a 30 kit with nine 36 and two 18 brushes.
CA304 *Gutter Brush, 15 Kit $49.50
CA303 *Gutter Brush, 30 Kit $99.00
* Shipping surcharges apply in addition to our regular shipping charges: $10 for
CA304 and $15 for CA303. For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact
B Customer Service for shipping rates.
8

B 4

E
B. Gutter Siphon
This tool is aptly named for its unique ability to siphon water through debris- 36
congested gutters. To use, simply insert into the opening of any 11/2 to 3
diameter standard downspout to barricade debris and improve drainage. Made
of durable plastic, the outer shell blocks leaves and debris from the downspout,
while an elevated slot in the underside drains rising gutter water. If the tool is
submerged due to heavy rainfall, the unit siphons water through debris and into E. Downspout Trellis
the downspout to prevent overow. The tool can be inverted and used as a The great advantage of this trellis is that it can make down-
scraper to remove accumulated debris from the gutter. Measures approximately spouts disappear. The three 8 semi-circular sections (each
13/4 high by 6 long when installed. Note: Gutters still need an annual cleaning. 36 long) will completely cover a downspout. They can also be used to
CA301 Gutter Siphon $7.95 surround posts or just as tall narrow trellises. Made from heavy 8-gauge
powder-coated steel wire. A versatile, useful and attractive product.
C. Universal Downspout Diverter FG211 Downspout Trellis, set of 3 $28.50
This simple tting offers a convenient way to divert water from a downspout
to a rain barrel. It is easy to install on any standard 23 or 34 downspout, Flexible Downspout Diverter

and the 5/8 diameter ports are threaded to accept standard hose ttings for Planting around a downspout can be tricky, as runoff water will erode
connection to a rain barrel hose (see page 68 for a 6' hose). The double outlet lets surrounding roots and soil. This exible downspout will bend in any direc-
you ll two rain barrels at once (two included caps let you seal any ports not in tion and hold its shape to wind through your landscaping to divert water
use). Made of UV-stable polypropylene, the diverter measures 31/441/47 away from foundations, trees, plants, shrubs and decks. UV-stabilized PVC,
tall. The entire tting can be easily removed for quick cleaning. it extends from 25 to 55 long. Each end is a different size to t 23 or
WT326 Downspout Diverter $23.50 34 downspouts (or cut along the indicator line to create a 4 dia. round
connection). It can also be used to
Can be used divert water from a downspout to a rain
for lling one
or two rain barrel. Available in green or brown.
barrels.
F. Green Downspout Diverter
WT510 $14.95
C
G. Brown Downspout Diverter
WT511 $14.95

Hose not G
included.

F
Each diverter has two different-sized
134 Home Maintenance ends to t 23 or 34 downspouts.
 G
Copper Rain Chain
Based on a traditional Asian design,
this rain chain serves as a decorative
but effective alternative to a regular
downspout. Water from your eaves
cascades down the chain through a series
of uted crocus-shaped funnels and ows
from the bottom of the chain, which can be
A F
positioned over a splash plate or rain barrel.
A Easy to install without tools or fasteners,
the chain hangs from a powder-coated
B aluminum support bracket (available
separately) that inserts into a standard 3 to
Two 3
41/2 wide downspout opening of an sections
eavestrough. Links are easily opened by of chain
C hand, so you can connect multiple chains shown.

(supplied in 3 sections) or remove excess

links for a custom t. Made from copper
Recoil Downspout Sprinkler with brass funnel connectors, the chain
In various quality levels, these have been on the market for will develop a weathered patina over time.
over 30 years; this one is particularly well made from F. ET216 Rain Chain, 3 Section* $49.50 F
heavy vinyl. When it is not raining, it stays tightly coiled at G. ET217 Support Bracket $ 5.95
the bottom of your eavestrough downspout. When it rains, * Please measure the height of your eaves
the water pressure in the downspout slowly unrolls the before ordering to ensure you purchase an
sprinkler and water sprinkles out from holes all along its adequate number of chain sections.
45 length (it works even if only partly unrolled). Then,

when it stops raining, it automatically rolls up into a coil

again, out of the way of lawnmowers and trimmers. To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit
Available in three colors and adjustable to t any down- our website at leevalley.com
spout with a circumference of 15 or less. Prevents erosion
and washout in your lawn and garden beds. Made in USA.
A. WT501 Recoil Sprinkler, Green $11.90
B. WT502 Recoil Sprinkler, Brown $11.90 H. Water-Leak Alarm
C. WT503 Recoil Sprinkler, Alabaster $11.90 Given time, a slow leak can H
cause a surprising amount
of damage. This water-leak
warning system is sensitive
enough to detect 1/32 of water,
D sounding a 92dB alarm. The
wall-mountable alarm comes
with an adhesive-backed sensor
that can be strategically placed in
trouble spots such as underneath Link sensors together to monitor
multiple areas.
the refrigerator or washing machine,
reaching up to 8 from the alarm. One
water sensor is included; however,
two or more sensors can be linked
D together for greater reach or to monitor
multiple areas, so we also sell addi-
tional sensors. AC powered with 9V battery backup, low-battery
D. Lee Valley Downspout Support warning signal, and power supply indicators. Battery not included.
This support neatly elevates the end of a downspout 21/2 BL370 Water Alarm $36.50 J
from the grass to prevent it from causing brown or dead J. BL374 Extra Water Sensor $ 7.50
spots. Grass can grow through the open ring base of the
support, so it wont leave bare patches of earth. It also
allows easier trimming of the grass at the downspout end.
If your downspout has an articulating joint, a hooked top Silicone
lets you attach the stand to the downspout so you can move seals
them as one unit.
AK410 Downspout Support $8.50
Locking E
E. Sockitbox clamps

This heavy-duty waterproof box keeps electrical cords and

their power bars protected from the elements. Made of
strong plastic, it has silicone weather seals in the lid and E
ports. Easy-locking clamps ensure the box stays tightly
sealed, and an Ingress Protection rating of 55 guarantees
that water will not make its way in unless the box is
submerged. With ve ports, it is ideal for extension cords,
transformers, timers and four-way power strips. The box
can also be used to hold other accessories when not in use.
Measures 153/4 long by 51/2 high by 13 wide.
PK420 Sockitbox $26.50
135
 Lid creates airtight seal.
A. Paintbrush Wash Can
This stainless-steel brush washer holds 500ml
(1 pint) of solvent and can be used for brushes
up to 3 wide. The removable grate (3 in
diameter and 23/8 deep) in the bottom helps
loosen paint, which then falls through its
holes, leaving cleaner solvent above. The
gasket in the lid creates an airtight seal so
there is no solvent odor or evaporation
when the lid is clamped.
09A02.65 Paintbrush Wash Can $17.95

A H. Accident Eraser Kit

This set of four cleaning erasers H
Ideal for artists is made in Germany by Lufer,
brushes a company well known for making
specialty erasers. They work well
removing dirt and smudges from
hard-to-clean surfaces. Each eraser
is intended for a specic surface but
will remove many types of marks
and stains. The metal eraser works
well on bare metals. The leather eraser
performs well on clothing, luggage and
furniture. The wallpaper eraser cleans
both wallpaper and painted surfaces.
Use the oor eraser on hardwood,
laminate, linoleum and ceramic ooring.
Pocket Duct Tape The kit comes in a plastic storage case
Instead of the usual bulky roll, this duct tape comes packaged as a at, compact and includes instructions for the best
5 yard (4.5 metre) roll to t easily in a pocket, tackle box or glove compartment. methods for using each eraser. The metal
The 17/8 wide, 8 mil thick tape has a high mesh count for strength and a tenacious eraser is made of natural rubber with ne abrasives
adhesive backing that leaves virtually no residue when removed. A tough, versa- and measures 11/83/82. The leather, wallpaper and oor
tile and water-resistant tape thats also portable, so you can have it on erasers are made of synthetic materials; each measures 11/83/42.
hand when the need arises. Available in ve colors. 09A02.04 Accident Eraser Kit $9.50
B. 25U06.25B Black Duct Tape, 5 yd. $3.50
B C. 25U06.25G Green Duct Tape, 5 yd. $3.50 J. Tear-Aid Repair Patches
D. 25U06.25O Orange Duct Tape, 5 yd. $3.50 These are the patches you want for quickly repairing punctures and
C E. 25U06.25S Silver Duct Tape, 5 yd. $3.50 tears on a boat cover, tent or waders. Made from a tough, UV-resistant
F. 25U06.25Y Yellow Duct Tape, 5 yd. $3.50 elastomer with a high-tack adhesive backing, they bond quickly and
D stay rmly attached to create an airtight, waterproof seal. The patches
remain exible and elastic in use, suitable for patching materials that
must bend or stretch. All are transparent to make repairs less obvious.
The regular patch is for use on fabric, rubber and plastic (except for
vinyl) and will even adhere to slippery materials such as polypropylene
E F tarps. The vinyl-only repair patch has an adhesive formulated specif-
ically for vinyl (PVC) and vinyl-coated materials.
Each set contains a 123 strip that can be cut to size or shape, two
G. Heavy-Duty Duct Tape precut patches (7/8 and 13/8 square), a 12 length of shing line to
You may have noticed that the duct tape you buy today is thinner, weaker and reinforce rips on edges, and two alcohol wipes to clean an area
less sticky than duct tape you could buy years ago. Ours is different it is durable, before patching it.
wont easily delaminate and has a strong gum adhesive that leaves virtually no Highly effective for small repairs, these patches can make the differ-
residue when removed. We are showing a roll of regular duct tape beside ours ence between replacing an item and repairing it for continued service.
for comparison both rolls are 180 (55m) long, but our tape is 13 mil thick PM230 Regular Patch Set $8.00
(vs. 7 to 8.5 mil for regular duct tape), and has considerably greater tensile strength PM231 Vinyl-Only Patch Set $8.00
at 45 lb per inch versus 19 for regular. You dont need this tape for wrapping little Patch remains exible and

parcels, but if you are patching a holed canoe or making an equipment repair stretches with material.
where durability, tensile strength and water resistance are important, this is the
tape you need. 17/8 wide, available in a 90 or 180 roll.
25U06.30 Duct Tape, 90 $ 9.50
25U06.60 Duct Tape, 180 $16.50

G
J

180 roll of 180 roll of

regular duct tape heavy-duty tape

136 Home Maintenance

 A. Seal Removal Pliers
Seals on uid containers are almost impossible to
remove neatly. The needle-nose tips of these pliers
have mating jaws that will grip any seal edge
rmly, and the locking ratchet-bars on the hand-
Needle-nose tips
have mating jaws. grips maintain the pressure until the user unlocks
them. Once locked onto the seal, the pliers are
used much like a key is used on a canned ham.
You just rotate it across the neck of the container; D
the seal wraps around the pliers as you do it. When
you unlock the pliers, the seal slides off.
09A03.82 Seal Removal Pliers $4.95

A D. Door & Window Stopper

Made from a tough TPE rubber that is patterned for grip, this
uniquely shaped wedge ts into gaps up to 2 and wont mar
ooring or door and window frames. Besides the obvious use as
a doorstop, it can be used to prop open a window or as a bumper
to prevent a door from slamming shut in a breeze. Simple and
effective. Color may vary depending on supply. Made in Spain.
45K12.58 Door & Window Stopper $7.95
E. Jamm Doorstop
Unlike a simple wedge, this doorstop has E
a unique curved upper surface that
engages both sides of the door at the
same time. Once installed, it prevents
the door from moving in either direction;
the door cannot be jarred loose by gusts of wind or
bumps by pets or children. We even found it useful
to hold the free end of a
Eyeglass Repair Kit door at the correct height
It can be a real pain to lose an eyeglass screw. The while installing or
screws in this contingency kit are three times longer than removing the hinge pins
a typical screw and have an unthreaded portion, making (which works much better
them easier to handle. Once the screw is threaded in, than trying to use your
simply snap off the pre-scored exposed length. Includes foot). Measuring 3 wide
ve different screws in common thread sizes for by 5 long, it is effective
eyeglasses, along with a small slot screwdriver. with any door gap under 1.
Snap off exposed length.
45K27.07 Eyeglass Repair Kit $4.95 Made in England.
Jamm Doorstop
Soft-Touch Grippers 45K12.57 $10.50
This is a long-arm gripper with a difference no
matter how hard you squeeze the grip, it will never F. Clip-On Handle
crush what it is holding, but it will hold anything This reusable clip-on handle
rmly in place. For instance, this feature lets you makes a bulk bag of
take down a vase from an overhead shelf without the fertilizer, rock salt
B fear of crushing or dropping it. The rubber suction or feed far easier
cups on the ngers give such an excellent grip that to carry and pour.
you can even pluck a paper clip or a dime off the It can also be used
oor. This makes it ideal for picking up litter inside to reseal an opened F
or out without ever having to bend over. An outstand- bag for storage. Three
ingly useful tool. Available in two lengths; with the locking positions allow you to secure it on materials of various
20 size, you can pass an object to your other hand. thicknesses, from paper to heavy multi-ply plastic or burlap.
B. GP101 *Soft-Touch Gripper, 40 $23.50 The handle has a broad, contoured surface for a comfortable
C. GP102 Soft-Touch Gripper, 20 $19.50 grip and is rated for loads up to 40 lb.
* In addition to our regular shipping EA159 Clip-On Handle, ea. $11.50
charges, a length surcharge of $10
applies per order.

B
C
 A

A. Mini Spring Shears

These traditional mini shears are
ne for dozens of jobs from cutting a
loose thread to clipping the corners of
milk bags. They can even be an add-on to D
a gift so that the recipient can cut the ribbon. Made of durable carbon
steel, they dont have laminated blades or the ner features of Japanese D. Scissors You Can Run With
shears, but still cut well. 4 long. Supplied as a package of ten. Now you can safely do what your mother always told you not to do run with
45K23.02 Mini Spring Shears (10) $8.50 scissors. These stainless-steel scissors can be carried in a pocket or purse because
they fold into a compact package that safely covers the blades. Precision made
in USA, they measure 33/4 overall when open and 3 when folded. Perfect for
sewing, snipping open milk bags and countless other small jobs.
AB532 Folding Scissors, ea. $9.50

E. Slice Desk Utility Cutter

About the size of a fountain pen,
this cutter is easily stored in a
desk drawer, so its close at
B
hand when needed. The blade
automatically retracts when
you release the 5 handle,
ensuring you wont acciden-
tally encounter the sharp tip
while rummaging around in a
Clip corner & cut drawer. Made of a highly
away packaging. durable ceramic material, the
blade is considerably more
Ceramic
B. Clamshell Scissors resistant to dulling than blade
The current trend to use plastic clamshell packaging that is welded shut typical steel utility E
(to minimize shoplifting) is a curse for consumers. The plastic is thick blades; when it
and tough, creating ideal conditions for wounding yourself when trying eventually
to open it, particularly if you attempt it with a knife. We found that shows Blade
crash scissors, modied by removing the foot on the lower blade, will signs of automatically
safely deal with the toughest of these packages. You just cut off a corner wear, the retracts.

to get access to a single layer of plastic and then cut along one side. Of double-ended
course, the serrated stainless-steel blades are still great for cutting wire, blade can be easily
thin sheet metal, leather, or fabric. 7 long overall. reversed. A well-designed tool.
AB522 Clamshell Scissors $6.50 27K06.82 Desk Utility Cutter $12.95 Double-ended blade

27K06.83 Repl. Blades, pkg. of 2 $ 9.95

C. Precision Scissors
With ne tips and comfortable wide-looped handles, these Japanese-made F. Slice Ceramic Safety Cutter
scissors allow excellent control when making precise cuts in tight spots. Excellent for crafts, cutting wrapping paper or cellophane, as well as opening
However, they are not just for delicate work; the 11/2 long stainless-steel envelopes or plastic clamshell packaging, this superb little household cutter is
blades are capable of cutting wire, thick fabric, card stock or other tough a safe, effective substitute for scissors. The tiny ceramic blade is specially shaped
materials. Rust resistant, they also serve as good general-purpose scissors and sharpened to zip through paper or plastic. Whats more, it will not rust and
in the garden or kitchen. Usable in the right or left hand, the handles never needs sharpening. The plastic body is comfortable to grip and easy to
have a composite plastic coating for good grip. 61/4 long overall. control, and contains a small magnet for attachment to a fridge or ling cabinet.
AB508 Precision Scissors $11.50 27K06.80 Ceramic Safety Cutter $5.95

F
C

Shown actual size.

Easily opens clamshell packaging.

Ceramic blade
138
 A. Pica-Visor Dry-Erase Crayons
Whenever you uncap a typical dry-erase marker, you can never be sure it
will write. With these dry-erase crayon markers, theres never any doubt.
The specially made odor-free wax marks reliably, never dries out, erases
easily and lasts about ve times longer than a typical ink marker. Not just B
for whiteboard use, they mark smooth non-porous surfaces such as plastic, C
metal, ceramic and glass, whether wet or dry. On porous surfaces such as
paper or wood, they leave a semi-permanent, water-resistant mark that
wont bleed like ink. The extra-long protective cap doubles as a convenient
holster, and the toothed clip grips a belt rmly, making it easy to withdraw
the marker one-handed. A twist-advance mechanism extends the replace-
able crayon. The crayon markers are available individually or in a set that
includes green, red, blue and black markers plus a dry-erase wiper with
two replacement wiper pads. For whiteboard use, the companion wiper
(25K04.83, at right) is highly recommended, as it cleanly removes the
crayon markings whereas the more common felt-based erasers leave A
smears. Crayon rells are available in packages of four. D
The dual crayon holder mounts to any magnetic surface, including most
whiteboards. Multiple holders can be linked to accommodate an array of
crayons. High-friction pads keep the holder in place and D. Pica-Visor Dry-Erase Wiper
protect surfaces from marring. When you clean a whiteboard with this wiper, it
25K04.70 Green Dry-Erase Crayon, ea.* $ 8.95 doesnt just erase the markings; the microber
cloth pad traps the residue to remove it completely D
25K04.71 Red Dry-Erase Crayon, ea.* $ 8.95
25K04.72 Blue Dry-Erase Crayon, ea.* $ 8.95 from the board no smears are
25K04.73 Black Dry-Erase Crayon, ea.* $ 8.95 left behind, nor is any dust
raised. For easy cleaning, D
25K04.74 Orange Dry-Erase Crayon, ea. $ 8.95
25K04.75 Purple Dry-Erase Crayon, ea. $ 8.95 Plastic the machine-washable pad is
25K04.86 Set of 4 Crayons* w/Wiper & 2 Pads $42.00 Me attached to the handle with C
tal hook-and-loop fasteners. Each
Dry-Erase Crayon Rells Cer wiper comes with two cloth
B. 25K04.76 Pkg. of 4 Rells (Green, Blue, Red, Black) $7.50 am
ic pads and a pair of replacements is available sepa- A
25K04.77 Green Crayon Rells (4) $7.50 Glass rately. To ensure the wiper is close at hand when
25K04.78 Red Crayon Rells (4) $7.50 Pap you need it, integral magnets let you attach it to
er
25K04.79 Blue Crayon Rells (4) $7.50 magnetic whiteboards. Highly recommended,
Wo
25K04.80 Black Crayon Rells (4) $7.50 od
especially as an integral companion to the Pica-
25K04.81 Orange Crayon Rells (4) $7.50 Visor dry-erase crayons (at left).
25K04.82 Purple Crayon Rells (4) $7.50 25K04.83 Dry-Erase Wiper & 2 Pads $14.95
C. 25K04.85 Dual Crayon Holder $2.70 25K04.84 Replacement Pads (2) $ 3.50

Peel-and-Stick Chalkboard & Dry-Erase Sheets

E For use on wood, glass, painted walls and other smooth surfaces, these
adhesive-backed sheets are easily cut to size with scissors and can be
removed or repositioned without damaging surfaces or leaving gummy
F residue. The chalkboard version comes with two sticks of white chalk;
the dry-erase sheets include a black dry-erase marker. Made in USA.
E. 88K96.20 912 Chalkboard Sheets (4) $14.50
F. 88K96.22 2538 Chalkboard Sheet, ea. $18.50
G. 88K96.21 912 Dry-Erase Sheets (4) $14.50
H. 88K96.23 2538 Dry-Erase Sheet, ea. $18.50

H
E F
H
G

139
 A
A. Reusable Bamboo Towels
While this is an unusual product for
us to offer, we immediately liked
these bamboo towels when we tested
them. They look like paper but
perform more like cloth as theyre
highly absorbent, strong enough for
scrubbing but soft for polishing, and
they leave no lint behind, an advan-
tage when cleaning glass or windows.
And, unlike paper towels, they can be
washed and reused multiple times
they come clean and wont hold the
dirt. In our tests, we found that you
can reuse them up to 20 times; they
simply become softer and more
absorbent after washing (shrinkage about 10%). Each roll has
twenty 11111/2 towels. Highly recommended.
09A03.41 Reusable Bamboo Towels
C behind our dryers. They also make it easy
D highest recommendation.
C
140
Tubing can be
B linked to form a exible,
tapered nozzle.
B. Vaccuex
With this nozzle attachment, you can easily vacuum dust and debris from spots
that cant be accessed with an ordinary rigid nozzle. The set comes with four
sections of vinyl tubing* ranging from 1/4 to 5/8 inside diameter that can be
linked to form a exible, tapered nozzle; it also includes a 2 length of 3/8 dia.
high-density polyethylene tubing that can be bent into a curve but is more rigid for
longer reach and greater control. Combined, the tubing sections form a single hose
just under 84 long, but each section can be cut to length if desired. Two adapters
are supplied to t most vacuums: the small adapter ts both 11/4 and 17/8 outside
diameter vacuum port cuffs; the large accepts 11/2 and 21/4 outside diameter.
A simple, effective means for cleaning in tight nooks and crannies. Made in USA.
12F01.15 Vaccuex Set $17.90
* 24 of 5/8 tubing, plus 12 each of 1/2, 3/8 and 1/4 tubing.
$5.50 To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit our website at leevalley.com
MagVent Dryer Vent Connectors
These excellent vent connectors solve a real
D problem by eliminating the kinked and crushed
snake of exible duct hose many of us have
E
to dock and undock your dryer for vent
cleaning, or retrieve objects that have
fallen beside or behind it.
The two self-aligning connectors (MV-90 for
surface-mount duct and MV-180 for in-wall
duct) have a magnetic ring with a short, exible
section that attaches to your dryer. A formed
steel collar then mounts on the wall, allowing
you to use rigid or semi-rigid metal ducting,
which decreases lint accumulation and
promotes freer airow. This boosts dryer
efciency so it takes less time and electricity
to dry a load of laundry, saving you money.
If your vent connection is not directly behind
your dryer, the MV-Flex connector is designed
for use with any length of expandable duct hose
E (you supply) to connect to wall ducts at odd
angles or greater distances from the dryer vent.
Compatible with standard 4 diameter dryer
ducts, each tting is largely made from well-
formed, rigid heavy-gauge steel. All have
surface-mount brackets that screw in place to
hold the collars securely. Installation is a breeze.
Very well made in the USA, these carry our
1+ 5+
C. 12K94.10 MV-90 Connector $48.95 $41.60
D. 12K94.12 MV-180 Connector $39.95 $34.00
E. 12K94.14 MV-Flex Connector $34.95 $29.70
 G Shown actual size.
Trapped
spring

A are sold in packages of 20. Highly recommended.
A. Twisty Pegs
A more colorful and uncon-
ventional alternative to our
wooden clothespins. The
single-piece design is
executed in a tough, exible
plastic that resists staining
and mold when left exposed to the elements.
They are best suited for the thinner lines typically
found on indoor racks. For outdoor use, they are
easy to keep clean (they are machine washable)
for use with whites and delicates, and certainly
wont get lost in the grass when dropped. Sold
in packages of 20 in assorted bright colors.
Made in the UK. 1+
01S17.90 Twisty Pegs (20) $12.95 $11.65
G. Lifetime Clothespins
Anyone who regularly hangs laundry to dry knows you need durable
clothespins with grip strength you can depend on. Made in Italy, our
lifetime clothespins are star performers on both counts. These
stainless-steel pins wont rust or rot (and stain clothes), and
feature a sturdy trapped spring for a secure hold in a design that
wont twist apart in use. They are comfortable to grip and easy
to apply. If there were a league of professional laundry
hangers, these would be their tools of choice!
The 3 long pins have a lifetime guarantee, and
Lifetime Clothespins, pkg. of 20
ET134 $16.50
Wooden Clothespins
It is nearly impossible to nd good clothespins anywhere today; they have progressively degenerated
in quality during the last 40 or 50 years. These are good pins. They have a strong spring of a unique
design that limits skewing so that they do not suddenly snap apart in use, the curse of the standard
spring design. Made from hardwood, they have small lateral grooves near the top to provide a secure
nger grip, very useful if your hands are wet. They are eminently practical, and sold at a sane price.
09A02.05 Wooden Clothespins, pkg. of 50 $5.50
Traditional clothespin
3+

To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit

our website at leevalley.com
Lee Valley clothespin has a stronger spring Grooves provide
Retractable Indoor Clotheslines that extends over the sides to limit skewing. secure nger grip.
These units contain two, three or four retractable
locking clotheslines; just pull out as many of the
nylon lines as you need and afx them to B C Release lock button to retract line.
matching hooks set into a facing wall up to 16
away. When drying is nished, release the lock
button to automatically retract the lines into the
durable ABS housing. A good size for laundry or
mud rooms, or over a bathtub or utility sink. Each
line supports up to 11 lb. Made in Spain.
B. 01S17.02 Horizontal Dryer, 2-line $22.50
C. 01S17.03 Horizontal Dryer, 3-line $31.50 D
D. 01S17.04 Horizontal Dryer, 4-line $42.50

Accordion-Style Drying Racks

D
In use, these wall-mounted racks extend 25 from
the wall, yet collapsed they project only 41/4.
Sturdily built from rustproof aluminum, with brass,
ABS and stainless-steel components, the eight-bar 47
racks are available in two widths. The 39 version F
provides a total of 26 linear feet of drying space.
The 47 model offers over 31 of drying space.
Rack extends 25.
Both racks install on T-track mounts, allowing 39
quick removal and reinstallation on additional E
mounts (available separately) placed in alternative
locations (e.g., one indoors, one outdoors). Each
rack supports up to 26 lb. Made in Spain.
E. 01S17.81 *Accordion Dryer, 39 $59.50
F. 01S17.82 *Accordion Dryer, 47 $68.50
01S17.85 Additional Mounts, pr. $ 6.50
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to
our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of E
the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for
shipping rates.
141
 A. Ceiling-Mounted Drying Rack
A This sturdy rack has a locking quad-
pulley system for easy height
adjustment, even when fully loaded.
When not in use, just raise it to the
ceiling for clearance underneath.
Made of anodized aluminum with
sturdy plastic corner brackets, the
523/4301/2 frame has ten 51 nylon B
lines, providing over 40 of total
drying space. Supports up to 26 lb.
Raise rack for Made in Spain.
clearance underneath.
*Ceiling-Mounted Dryer
01S17.50 $79.50
* In addition to our regular shipping B. Hook-Anywhere Clothesline
charges, a length surcharge of $10 applies Widely used in many parts of Asia, clotheslines of
per order. this design need no fasteners or special rigging for
installation. Practical and economical, this one is
quick to install and remove, making it ideal for setting
A up a temporary drying area, such as when camping or
travelling. Made of polypropylene braided into a weave
resembling a ladder, it has a pattern of small openings
to help register clothespins and capture coat hangers,
so articles dont slide and gather in the middle of the
line. Hung between two supports, the lines broad,
Rack shown ribbon-like prole lies at and resists rolling or slip-
in lowered
position.
ping as a cord would. Comes with two nickel-plated
galvanized steel hooks that allow easy mounting or
length adjustment without having to fuss with knots.
Supplied in a 5m (16) roll.

ET130 Hook-Anywhere Clothesline $6.95

Two adapters
included.

Hinged cover
blocks debris
when not in use.

C. Ground Screw
This removable ground anchor provides a secure
mounting point for items such as rotary clotheslines,
shade umbrellas or pole-mounted bird feeders. The
central socket ts items 55mm (21/4) in diameter, and
two included adapters accept 40mm (15/8) and 50mm
(2) diameters. The 14 long threaded portion has deep
threads (4 major dia., 25/8 minor dia.) for a rm hold in
most soil conditions. Made from tough, UV-resistant
plastic, it has drainage holes to prevent rainwater from
accumulating inside, and a hinged cover to block
debris when not in use. Made in Germany.
01S17.91 Ground Screw, ea. $32.50

Molded recesses
accept rods for
leverage when C
installing in
hard ground.
 B. Extension Coat Hook
For many, including children or
those with reduced mobility,
reaching to the height of a typical
coat hook can be a real stretch. This B
one has an extra-long stem that
places a four-prong hook just over Collapses
for storage
50 from the oor on a standard or travel.
door. On adults of average stature,
thats about chest height tall

33 overall
A enough to keep most articles well
above the oor, yet accessible
without having to extend the arm
above the shoulder. Mounted
without screws, it hooks over any
A. Dutch Hand Broom door up to 13/4 thick and can be B
A style traditionally used in the Netherlands, this removed at any time. The slim hang
hand broom has a curved edge and short grip that hook slips
make it particularly easy to maneuver, even into between the door
corners. The broom is made from sorghum straw, and jamb without
chosen for its stiffness, durability and resistance to impeding the door as it
water absorption, and bound with tough synthetic closes. Made of stainless
cord to hold its shape through long use. We found steel, it is 33 long overall
that the bristles do a great job of coaxing debris when extended. Hooks project
from car mats and other low-pile carpeting. 121/2 about 21/2. 5kg (11 lb) capacity.
long. Resilient, lightweight and highly effective. Extension Coat Hook

DB326 Dutch Hand Broom $13.95 09A06.84 $11.90

Adhesive-Backed Rare-Earth Magnets

With these adhesive-backed magnets, you can add a strong magnetic contact almost anywhere its convenient.
They can be used to create tool holders, custom fridge magnets, magnetic cabinet catches, hidden key stashes
and more. Each powerful rare-earth magnet has a high-tack peel-and-stick backing that adheres to any clean, D
dry surface. While the magnets are remarkably strong, the direct-pull resistance of the adhesive is even stronger;
a tool stuck to the magnet will release before the magnet can be pulled from the wall. The 1/4 diameter size uses
a thin lm adhesive that sticks best to smooth surfaces; the four larger sizes use a foam-backed adhesive that
conforms well to slight surface irregularities. The low-prole discs measure 0.04 to 0.06 thick (approximately
3/64 to 4/64, or about the thickness of a quarter), so they add minimal offset, and can be easily set in a shallow
counterbore for ush-mount applications. We offer them in ve sizes, as well as in a 52-piece set containing
twenty 1/4 magnets, twelve each of the 3/8 and 1/2 magnets and four each of the 5/8 and 3/4 magnets.

Adhesive-Backed Rare-Earth Magnets WARNING

Keep all magnets out
Product # Diameter Thickness Strength Qty. Price
of reach of children.
C. 99K34.61 1/4 0.04 0.6 lb 20 $ 3.40 Swallowing magnets can
D. 99K34.63 3/8 0.04 1.2 lb 10 $ 3.40 be dangerous for a child of any age,
E. 99K34.65 1/2 0.05 1.8 lb 10 $ 5.90 especially those under the age of 3.
F. 99K34.67 5/8 0.05 2.4 lb 10 $ 8.70 Seek immediate medical attention
G. 99K34.69 3/4 0.06 3.6 lb 10 $11.80 if a magnet is swallowed or inhaled.
Not to be used on toys.
H. 99K34.90 Set of Magnets 52 $13.90

H
Use the smaller magnets
to mount thin materials
such as photos and paper
to a fridge or locker.

Actual size
Examples of
customized magnets.

C D E F G
Home Maintenance 143
 C. Apron Tote
This functional nylon and polyester apron reduces back
strain as it keeps your clothes clean when you carry re-
wood, bricks, bundles of brush, etc. Two straps loop over
your shoulders to distribute weight more evenly and
leave one hand free to open doors
or gates. Sized to t most
adults. Carrying surface
measures 2040.
Antique axe bracket Apron Tote
WT670 $38.50

Lee Valley axe bracket

A
A. Lee Valley
Axe Bracket Set
Modelled after an antique example made by the Walters
Axe Company in Hull, Qubec, this two-piece wall bracket C
provides a simple way to store an axe so its securely held,
yet readily accessible. The cast aluminum alloy head
bracket forms a tapered slot that captures the head of an axe
up to 51/2 wide, shielding the sharp edge. The handle hook D. Firewood Gripper
is made of steel and accommodates handles up to 13/8 Moving rewood becomes an easy one-handed operation
thick. Both parts have a durable powder-coat nish. Head when you use this instant handle. Its sharp hooks bed in the
bracket mounts on 61/2 centers. Fasteners not included. ends of a log, and as you lift with the exible rubber hose they
Not intended for use with splitting axes or mauls. bite deeper, ensuring a secure grip. With a little practice, you
09A03.68 Axe Bracket Set $12.50 can hook the log and lift it in one uid movement. The
221/2 long gripper can handle logs between 15 and 18
To order call 1-800-871-8158 long, a typical size for rewood. With zinc-plated steel
hooks, brass ferrules and a 1 thick heavy-duty rubber
B. Stainless-Steel Andirons hose, this is a durable, well-made tool.
Andirons, or re dogs as they are sometimes known, are 65U15.15 Firewood Gripper, ea. $19.95
placed on the oor of a replace to allow airow under the
logs so they light more easily, burn more efciently and
produce less smoke. Andirons can also help keep the re D
safely contained by preventing logs from rolling out of the
hearth. Rather than the usual single-shank design, ours
have double shanks that provide better support, even for
shorter pieces of rewood. Formed from solid 1/2 diameter
stainless-steel rod with an electropolished nish, they have
the mass needed to remain rmly in place, yet are easy to
move aside when its time to clean out the ashes. D
161/244 high. Sold in pairs.
09A05.21 Andirons, pr. $26.50

Firewood Storage Rack

B These supports work like giant bookends to make a storage rack. Each support
to hold rewood in place. The two measures 41 high and 121/2 wide. Ideal
tubular steel ends attach to any length for storing wood indoors or outdoors.
of standard 24s (which you supply) WS203 Firewood Storage Rack $59.50

144 Home Maintenance

 Rivet-mounted handles

Double-stitched seams

A Repositioning the wood

on higher notches helps
maintain leverage as the
blade advances through the cut.

A. Lee Valley Firewood Tote

Made of a rugged polyester-blend fabric similar to heavy canvas, this well-
designed tote has a durable waterproof lining to prevent moisture or grit from
damaging the oor when set down. The seams are double stitched, and split-
leather edging is used for wear resistance. The rivet-mounted handles are made B. Softwood Kindling Splitter
of two layers of split leather with a strong, exible plastic core for reinforce-
ment and to provide a comfortable, secure grip, even when carrying a heavy
load. With tall side panels to help contain any loose debris, the tote is over 12
deep and holds wood up to 25 long. Its also practical for gathering yard waste
or carrying other coarse materials. Excellent value in a well-made tote.
WT690 Firewood Tote $39.50 mounting bracket. Press the steel blade into the
We carry a
selection of axes
and hatchets on
our website. Visit
leevalley.com
Hand made in Sweden from a Norwegian design,
this wall-mounted tool makes light work of
preparing softwood kindling. Simply raise the arm
and register stock up to about 14 in length
against one of the notches in the stepped cast-iron
end of the wood, taking advantage of the leverage Safety ring
holds arm
provided by the 221/2 arm. Periodically reposi- closed.
tioning the wood on progressively higher notches
helps maintain effective leverage as the blade
advances through the cut, typically requiring just a
few strokes. The sturdy hinge restricts side-to-
side blade movement, making the process safer and more controllable
than using an axe. The splitter mounts with four included lag screws;
mounting holes are spaced on 25/8 centers. When the splitter is not in
use, an included safety ring can be slipped over the end of the arm to
hold it in the closed position.
65U15.10 Softwood Kindling Splitter $169.00

SensGard NRR 31 Hearing Protectors

What sets these comfortable, lightweight (1.8 oz) hearing protectors apart C
is their ability to attenuate harmful noise while allowing speech to be
clearly heard, so you can converse in a workshop or on a job site without
compromising hearing protection. Developed in consultation with a
professor at Syracuse University, their patented design redirects and dissi-
pates high-decibel sound. Noise reduction rating is 31 dB. Adjustable for Fold for storage.
size, they fold to t easily in a drawer or apron pocket. Made in USA.
C. 22R08.02 NRR 31 Hearing Protectors $29.95
D. 22R08.05 Replacement Cuffs, 2 pairs $ 2.95
E
E. Electronic Hearing Protectors with
Bluetooth & AM/FM Radio C
Shielding your hearing from the harmful
noise of mowers or other loud equipment
doesnt have to mean working in silence.
These hearing protectors connect wirelessly
to a smartphone or MP3 player through
Bluetooth so you can listen to music or other
audio, or even receive a phone call. The inte-
gral microphone and Bluetooth control
buttons let you take the call without having
to reach for your phone. They also have an
AM/FM receiver and a 3.5mm input jack. LCD
Passive noise reduction rating of 25dB.
AM/FM
Operates for up to 20 hours on the recharge- radio
able battery (mini-USB adapter cable and
supplied). Good value in a combined hearing Bluetooth
control
protector and multi-input audio headset.
D
22R12.81 Hearing Protectors $65.00 Home Maintenance 145
 A

H
Simultaneously charge
up to seven devices.

Charging Cable Savers for iPhone or iPad

7-Port USB Charge Hub
A boon for any traveller or household with
B C D E multiple USB devices, this powerful USB
charge hub lets you simultaneously charge
up to seven devices from a single wall outlet.
80 power cord Each USB port supplies up to 2400mA on demand and H. 27K07.02B Blue Cable Savers, pkg. of 2
instantly recognizes the type of device connected to opti- J. 27K07.02G Gray Cable Savers, pkg. of 2
mize the current to the device. The maximum total current
of the hub is 8800mA, which is enough to charge about
three tablets plus a smartphone at once. The compact unit
measures 31/2 in diameter by 13/8 thick and comes with an
80 power cord. A micro USB to USB cable is included but
any charge cable with a USB end can be used.
A To help prevent the spaghetti-like tangle that can occur
with longer cords, we offer more manageable 31/2 long USB
adapter cables separately. Micro and mini USB plugs are
available, as well as MFi-certied Lightning and 30-pin
connector to USB cables for iPhone, iPad and iPod. positioned
Micro USB to USB A convenient, high-capacity hub for keeping all your phones,
cable included. cameras and other gadgets fully charged. UL/CUL certied.
A. 03K06.20 7-Port Charge Hub $59.95
B. 03K06.21 MFi USB w/Lightning Connector $19.95
C. 03K06.22 MFi USB cable w/30-pin Connector $11.00
D. 03K06.23 Micro USB to USB Cable $ 8.00
To order call
1-800-871-8158 E. 03K06.24 Mini USB to USB Cable $ 8.00
or visit our website at
leevalley.com CableDrop Cord Clips
Serving as convenient parking spots for cords and cables,
these low-prole peel-and-stick clips help ensure you can
always nd the end of the cord when you need it. The high-
tack adhesive backing afxes to any smooth surface, and the
Assorted colors
of regular clips exible jaws exert a light grip on the cable, holding it in place.
The mini size holds typical data, USB and A/V cables; the
regular size accepts heavier-gauge cords (up to 14 gauge).
Each size is available in black or assorted bright colors.
F. 27K07.04B Mini Clips, Black, pkg. of 9 $9.95
27K07.04M Mini Clips, Assorted Colors, pkg. of 9 $9.95
G. 27K07.03B Reg. Clips, Black, pkg. of 6 $9.95
Assorted colors
of mini clips
27K07.03M Reg. Clips, Assorted Colors, pkg. of 6 $9.95
Slipped over the cable just behind the plug ends,
these simple collars reinforce a common failure
point on charging cables, reducing the kinking and
strain that can damage cables over time. For use
with Lightning and 30-pin charging cables, they
are a good way to extend the life of your cables.
$6.50
$6.50
Tablet & Smartphone Support Arm
This has quickly become our favorite support arm for
tablets, e-readers and smartphones. It holds any device
up to 71/2 across, but what really sets it apart is its
multi-articulating arm. Offering a uid range of motion
comparable to the human arm, it lets you pivot, rotate,
extend, retract, raise or
Adjustable jaws
lower the screen until its rotate 360.
exactly as you
want. You can also set the
tension of the joints to
match the weight of your
device, keeping the arm
stable and rigid so you can
tap or swipe the screen
without the arm shifting.
Largely made of strong, lightweight aluminum, the arm
measures 17 at maximum extension. The 3 diameter
suction-cup base is for use on any smooth, non-porous
surface such as a counter or table top. Well made, excel-
lent design and great utility. Highly recommended.
00K74.05 Tablet/Smartphone Support Arm $47.50
Multi-articulating arm

Suction-cup base
146
 A C

Wireless remote switch

operates up to three cubes.

Remote-Controlled PowerCube Multi-Outlets

With outlets arranged on their different faces, these cubes B
let you plug in variously sized chargers, adapters or other
corded electronics at the same time without the plugs
getting in the way of one another. A simple remedy to
a familiar problem, they serve as a convenient plug-in
hub for electronics in home ofces, around entertainment
systems or anywhere you have multiple devices competing
for a limited number of available outlets.
Each has a large on/off button and can be operated by an optional wireless D
remote switch, useful when you cant easily reach the cube. You can pair up to
three cubes with a single switch or have up to three switches for a single cube.
The switch is self-powered (piezoelectric effect) so youll never need to worry about a
dead battery, and has an adhesive backing for mounting wherever its convenient.
The cubes are offered individually or with a wireless switch.
Additional switches are available separately. All cubes have
four grounded outlets; the extended model comes with a 5 G
cord. For use with standard grounded sockets, they are rated
to 15 amps, 125 volts. These surge-protected xtures are
ETL approved for indoor use in Canada and the USA. 10 long cord
A. 03K51.45 RC PowerCube $22.50 H
B. 03K51.46 RC PowerCube with Switch $31.50
C. 03K51.47 RC PowerCube, Extended $26.95
D. 03K51.48 RC PowerCube with Switch, Extended $35.95 E
03K51.49 Additional Switch, ea. $13.50

PowerCube Multi-Outlets
With outlets arranged on their different faces,
these cubes let you plug in variously sized char-
gers, adapters or other corded electronics at the
same time without the plugs getting in the way
of one another. A simple remedy to a familiar
problem, they serve as a convenient plug-in hub
for electronics in home ofces, around enter-
tainment systems, or anywhere you have
multiple devices competing for a limited
number of available outlets.
The original model has grounded outlets on all
ve exposed sides, while the USB model has
four outlets plus two USB outlets for devices
such as cell phones and tablets. We also offer
two corded models, extended and extended
USB. With a 10 long 14-gauge cord, each offers
greater reach than a power bar, so you can snake E.
it around furniture, desks or entertainment units F.
to place the cube wherever its convenient. An G.
included optional mounting plate can be afxed H.
F
F
to a surface using screws (not included) or the
included adhesive strips; any of the cube outlets
simply snaps onto the plate to hold it in place.
For use with standard grounded sockets, the
cubes are rated to 15 amps, 125 volts, and the
USB outlets are rated to 5 volts DC, 2100mA.
These surge-protected xtures are ETL approved
for indoor use in Canada and the USA.
03K51.40 PowerCube, Original $12.95 H
03K51.41 PowerCube, USB $18.95
03K51.42 PowerCube, Extended $17.95
03K51.43 PowerCube, Extended USB $24.50

Battery Tester 9V contacts

Were all guilty of hanging onto old batteries
were not sure about. Simple and dependable to
use, this tester eliminates the guesswork, so you
can nally see which ones are really worth
keeping. It works with any 1.2V to 9V battery,
including rechargeables and most button-cells,
giving an instant voltage reading you can
compare to a chart on the side of the tester. Chart on side of the tester
Because its powered only by the battery being
checked, it always works even a blank screen
tells you right away that the battery is t to be
discarded. Highly recommended.
09A06.18 Battery Tester $5.95
147
 Steelie Mobile Device Accessories
This is an excellent system. The vehicle mounts, smartphone pedestal and
HobKnob for smartphones each have a hemispherical steel mount. Using
a strong peel-and-stick adhesive pad, a low-prole magnetic disc attaches
to the device (or its rigid case) and clings to the mount to hold the device
securely but allow instant removal with just a rm upward tug. You can
easily pivot the viewing angle vertically or horizontally, as well as rotate the
device to a portrait or landscape orientation. A high-friction silicone pad on
A the disc resists bumps and vibration to hold the position you set. At only 1/8
thick, the disc wont interfere when carrying the device in your pocket. It
also lets you mount your device to other Steelie bases. To remove the disc,
A
you can loosen the adhesive pad with rubbing alcohol. The Connect Case
and Wallet Connect Case can be used with the Steelie mounts. (The
HobKnob for tablets is not compatible with other Steelie mounts and cases.)

Magnetic disc
A. Smartphone Pedestal
. For hands-free viewing, a supplied 3/4 diameter magnetic disc attaches to your phone and
connects it to a 3 tall pedestal. The 21/2 wide base has high-friction silicone pads on the bottom
to keep it from moving. A handy assist for reading recipes, video chats or watching videos.
68K07.85 Smartphone Pedestal $38.50
B. HobKnob For Smartphones
This knob gives you a secure handhold without
blocking the screen of your device. The two-
piece design is composed of a 3/4 diameter
magnetic disc that installs on the device and a
rubber-tipped aluminum knob. The 3/4 diameter,
1 tall knob attaches instantly and securely to the
magnet to provide a comfortable grip, and also
acts as a prop to hold the screen at a comfortable
B viewing angle when set on a at surface.
HobKnob for Tablets
68K07.87 HobKnob for Smartphones $22.50
A versatile accessory for any
tablet, e-reader or similar
device, this knob works the
same as the HobKnob for
smartphones but has a 11/8
diameter, 19/16 tall knob and a
11/4 diameter magnetic disc.
You can detach the knob to
store the device in a soft-sided
case or sleeve. Extra magnatic
discs and a package of
B two replacement
pads for the magnet
Magnetic disc are offered sepa-
rately. Not
Extra Steelie Components compatible with
These extra components allow you to swap your device among various mounts, at home or on the other Steelie mounts
road. We offer extra magnetic discs so you can you can use a single mount with multiple devices. and cases. Magnetic disc
The package of six replacement adhesive pads includes three small pads for the magnetic disc and 68K07.86 HobKnob for Tablets $32.50
three larger ones that t the dashboard mount but can be trimmed for use with the magnetic disc. 68K07.88 Extra Magnetic Disc $18.50
These components are compatible with all the Steelie accessories except the HobKnob for tablets. 68K07.89 Repl. Adhesive Pads, pkg. of 2 $ 4.95
C. 68K07.93 Pedestal (no magnetic disc) $27.50
D. 68K07.72 Dashboard Base (no magnetic disc) $18.50
E. 68K07.81 Vent Base (no magnetic disc) $22.50
F. 68K07.71 Extra Magnetic Disc $14.00
G. 68K07.73 Repl. Adhesive Pads, pkg. of 6 $ 4.95

F
C

D
G
E
148
 Mobile Device Vehicle Mounts
These are excellent solutions for mounting a cell phone, small tablet or GPS in a vehicle. The base
of the 1 tall dashboard mount attaches using an adhesive backing. The base of the vent mount clips
onto the grill of an air vent; its rubber-coated jaws clamp shut
with a cam lever for a secure grip, but can be easily
removed and relocated at any time. Additional bases Dashboard base A
for other locations are available, as well as extra
magnetic discs for mounting other devices to
the base (see facing page for extra components). A
Hemispherical base makes it easy
A. 68K07.70 Dashboard Mount $32.50 to adjust angle and rotate orientation.
B. 68K07.80 Vent Mount $34.50
Magnetic disc
Jaws clamp onto air-vent grill.
B

Vent mount clips

Cam lever onto the grill of
B an air vent.

Vent base Magnetic disc B

Connect Cases for iPhone
These cases protect your phone and allow you to mount it on various Steelie mounts. The phone is held
in a removable case molded from impact-resistant polycarbonate. The case has openings to permit
access to all the phones ports and buttons, and is thin enough that your phone will slip into most device
docks without having to remove it (if not, removing it takes about two seconds).
C. Connect Case & Vehicle Vent Mount for iPhone 6 & 6 Plus
This iPhone case comes with a vent mount to allow hands-free use in a vehicle. A slim magnetic disc clips
into the back of the case, and the 13/4 tall hemispherical steel base attaches to a vent grill on your vehicles
dash. For portable use, the magnetic disc is interchangeable with an included low-prole belt clip.
68K07.90 Connect Case & Vent Mount for iPhone 6 $46.50
68K07.91 Connect Case & Vent Mount for iPhone 6 Plus $46.50
Hinged end makes it easy Belt clip
to insert or remove
your phone.

Belt clip is interchangeable with

magnetic disc.

Magnetic mount

Wallet Connect Case for iPhone 6 & 6s

This slim leatherette wallet helps reduce the clutter in your pockets or purse by D
combining a billfold with a smartphone case. The wallet has a large pocket for bills
and three slots for cards inside the cover. The wallet cover folds over the phone case
to protect the screen; a strong rubber strap keeps it closed. An optional belt clip is
supplied to let you use the phone case apart from the wallet.
Available separately, the magnetic clip lets you adapt the
phone case for use with the smartphone pedestal, dashboard Belt clip is interchangeable
with magnetic clip.
mount base and vent mount base.
D. 68K07.68 Wallet Connect Case for iPhone 6 & 6s $34.50 E
E. 68K07.69 Magnetic Clip $12.95

To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit

our website at leevalley.com
Comes with belt clip. 149
 Locked Unlocked

STORAGE
D F G
J
C
K
C

A
B
H L

Cable Clamp
These durable plastic clamps offer one of the fastest methods of securing anything from SlideLock Carabiner & S-Biner Move slider to
small electronic cables to bundles of rope, electrical cords or even hoses. Designed much These gated hooks have a simple but release lock.
like handcuffs, they snap around material. A trigger lever conveniently releases the jaws. effective lock for improved security.
Available in four sizes, the reusable clamps adjust to accommodate material up to about With the exception of the smallest
1 in diameter on the small, 2 on the medium, 3 on the large and 4 on the mega. The S-Biner, they have plastic sliders on
medium, large and mega clamps have a through-hole for tying a rope. The medium and each gate that can be positioned to
large sizes also have a curved handle for carrying or quickly hooking the clamp over a engage a notch in the frame to prevent
bar, as well as a D-ring for hanging on a peg hook. Colors as shown. 1+ 5+ the gate from opening. For easy opera-
A. 27K07.46 Sm. Cable Clamp PRO, ea. $1.70 $1.45 tion, the smallest S-Biner uses a
B. 27K07.47 Med. Cable Clamp PRO, ea. $2.10 $1.80 rotating lever to restrain the gates.
C. 27K07.48 Lg. Cable Clamp PRO, ea. $3.20 $2.70 With the lock released, the sprung
D. 27K07.34 Mega Clamp, ea. $6.50 $5.85 gates let you quickly link or remove items. The single-gated
carabiner and double-ended S-Biner styles are both made
E. Large S-Biner from stainless steel and are lightweight, strong and weather
Essentially an oversize double-ended carabiner, resistant. The carabiner comes in three sizes, sold individu-
this is a versatile, heavy-duty storage hook. Great ally or as a set of the two smallest sizes. There are three sizes
for hanging hoses or power cords, suspending E of S-Biner. The 17/16 comes as a package of two; other sizes
supplies from a ladder, or storing and securing a are sold individually. Also offered as a set of the two larger
variety of equipment. Each hook end has a 21/4 sizes or in a set of four that adds the 17/16 pair. Overall
opening and a spring-loaded stainless-steel gate length, weight capacity and approximate opening listed.
closure that snaps
shut securely, SlideLock Weight Approx. Price
Length
Carabiner Capacity Opening 1+ 5+
yet lets you
readily add or F. 68K07.32 111/16 10 lb 1/2 $ 3.50 $3.15
remove items G. 68K07.34 3 75 lb 1 $ 4.50 $4.05
as needed. Made H. 68K07.36 45/8 100 lb 13/8 $ 7.00
of tough, weather- 68K07.35 Carabiner Set of 2 (111/16, 3) $ 7.50
resistant reinforced nylon,
SlideLock S-Biner 1+ 5+
it measures 101/2 long and supports
up to 100 lb. Sold individually. 1+ 3+ J. 68K07.40 17/16 pr. 3 lb 1/4 $ 4.95 $4.45
68K06.46 101/2 S-Biner, ea. $9.90 $8.90 K. 68K07.42 2 10 lb 7/16 $ 3.40 $3.05
L. 68K07.44 31/2 75 lb 3/4 $ 4.60 $4.15

Visit us at leevalley.com
68K07.45 S-Biner Set of 2 (2, 31/2) $ 7.50

68K07.46 S-Biner Set of 4 (17/16 pr., 2, 31/2) $11.95

Q Wrap-N-Strap
The great advantage of these ties is that they remain
P
attached while the cord or hose is in use, ensuring they
O never get lost. Made of rugged, exible rubber, each
strap has a durable plastic button for attachment. The
N
P three smaller sizes (61/2, 91/2 and 123/4)
M are ideal for bundling extension cords, computer
Tie remains attached to cord. cables, or cords on power tools and household
appliances. The 18 and 24 straps (both 13/16
wide) are designed for bundling hose and greater
lengths of heavy-duty cords. A simple, easy-to-use
tool for cord and hose management.
M. EA164 6 Strap, pkg. of 5 $ 8.20
M N. EA166 9 Strap, pkg. of 5 $ 9.00
O. EA167 12 Strap, pkg. of 5 $10.90
P. EA168 18 Strap, pkg. of 3 $10.90
Q. EA169 24 Strap, pkg. of 3 $12.80
150 Storage
 Clip-Mount & Dockable Gear Tie Flexible Ties
Its hard to imagine a more versatile system for storing and
securing a wide variety of gear. The high-strength exible ties are C
made from steel wire with a thick rubberized sheathing and have
a closed loop at one end. They are easily formed into a hook or
securely wrapped around an object; the high-friction sheathing A
grips onto itself as well as the materials being held. Available D
with a clip-mount attachment or a docking bracket, they are
D
usable indoors or out, and each style is available in two lengths
and two colors. Load rating of 10 lb for the 121/2 sizes and 25 lb
for the 241/2 sizes. Made in USA. B
The clip-mount tie has a nylon S-Biner hook at the loop end
the sprung gate closures let you quickly suspend the tie from an
eyelet, strap or just about anything you can attach a carabiner
to. The dockable tie comes with a simple nylon bracket for
hanging the tie from a stud-framed wall, joist or other wooden
structure. The tie docks in a tapered channel in the bracket as
more force is applied, it wedges more rmly in place, yet its G E
easy to remove with an upward tug. You can feed the free end
of the tie though the loop end to quickly cinch around loose
items. Includes #62 mounting screws. H
Clip-Mount Ties, ea. 1+ 5+ E
A. 68K07.20 121/2 Tie, Orange $4.70 $4.25
B. 68K07.21 121/2 Tie, Yellow $4.70 $4.25
C. 68K07.22 241/2 Tie, Orange $5.95 $5.35 G
D. 68K07.23 241/2 Tie, Yellow $5.95 $5.35
Dockable Ties, ea. 1+ 5+ F
E. 68K07.00 121/2 Tie, Orange $5.60 $5.05
F. 68K07.01 121/2 Tie, Yellow $5.60 $5.05
G. 68K07.02 241/2 Tie, Orange $6.95 $6.25
H. 68K07.03 241/2 Tie, Yellow $6.95 $6.25

Gear Tie Flexible Ties Mounting

docks come
These ties offer a near-irresistible combination of utility and with screws.
convenience. Everyone we show them to can suggest myriad
uses for them. Essentially oversize high-strength twist ties, they
are made from a exible steel wire with a thick rubberized
sheathing. They hold their form once shaped, making them easy M
M
to coil over cords or wires or secure around a bundle by twisting
the ends together. They can even be formed for use as a light-
duty hook or hanger. The tough, high-friction sheathing grips
onto itself as well as the materials being held, providing a strong, K
secure hold. Usable indoors or out, the ties are available in four
lengths. Made in USA.
J. 03K76.10 3 Ties, pkg. of 4 (Green) $4.50 J L
K. 03K76.15 6 Ties, pkg. of 2 (Blue) $4.50
L. 03K76.20 18 Ties, pkg. of 2 (Yellow) $6.10
M. 03K76.30 24 Ties, pkg. of 2 (Black) $6.70 J O. Extension Cord Holder
This unique hanger is designed to reduce the frustration of
tangled extension cords. Nine ngers, spaced 1/2 apart, rmly
N. Cord Winder hold and separate eight individual layers of cord. Simply push
This clever the cord between the ngers, xing the cord in position.
winder holds up Give a slight tug to free one loop at a time without tangles.
to 150 of cord Made of UV-resistant polypropylene, it accommodates most
(depending on cords up to 12 gauge. Mounting hardware not included.
thickness) in a AK512 Extension Cord Holder $9.95
storage basket. O
The hand crank Screws not included.
winds at a rate of
200 per minute without knotting or
N tangling the cord, and unwinds as fast as
you can pull it. The 13/4 entry port
accepts most sizes of plugs so you can
connect two or more cords in series.
With the two included wall mounts, it
can be quickly moved, cord and all,
from one location to another (e.g.,
indoors and outdoors). Crank can be set
for right- or left-hand operation.
BN105 Cord Winder $28.50
BN106 Extra Wall Mount, ea. $ 4.90

Visit us at leevalley.com
 A

Betterband Cinchable Elastic Cords

Quick to tighten or release, these length-adjustable elastic cords make it
easy to bundle articles of various sizes and shapes. Each can stretch to
more than double its length to loop around your gear; to cinch the cord
snug, just slide the buckle forward and wrap the loose end once around
it, locking the cord at that length and tension. The 12 cord ts around
objects up to 20 in circumference; the 25 cord accommodates
anything up to 40. Either can be trimmed to length. Made of strong
TPU rubber thats resistant to the elements, including prolonged UV
exposure, and available in two high-visibility colors. Made in the USA.
A. 68K08.41 12 Orange Cords, pr. $4.95
B. 68K08.43 25 Yellow Cords, pr. $6.95 F

C. Magnet-Mounted Hooks
Each of these cup-style hooks has a powerful
C
rare-earth magnet embedded in the base, so you
can instantly mount it anywhere you have
a steel surface. They are an easy way to add a F. Shelf Bracket Set
hanger to a tool cabinet, a locker or the side of These powder-coated steel brackets install between
your fridge, and of course can be re-located at wall studs in sheds, unnished basements, garages,
any time. Made of steel with a rust-resistant etc. Mount the brackets on the studs, slide a shelf
nickel-plated nish. Available in three sizes, into the brackets and hold in place with the two
each sold in sets of three hooks. retaining screws. Any 1/2 thick sheeting can be
Base Hook Magnet Price used (width and depth depends on the spacing and
Dia. Projection Strength* (set of 3) thickness of the studs). Offered in sets of eight,
09A04.95 5/8 11/2 11 lb/5kg $5.20 with screws and instructions. 1+ 5+
09A04.96 3/4 15/8 24 lb/11kg $6.90 00S36.01 Shelf Brackets (8) $12.00 $10.85
09A04.97 1 15/8 261/2 lb/12kg $7.80
* The magnet strengths listed are rated as the maximum G. Heavy-Duty Shelf Brackets
pounds of force required in a straight pull to disengage These are super shelf brackets. Two brackets will
them from 3/8 thick steel. support up to 1000 lb. They have a durable white
epoxy powder-coat nish. Sold individually.
Length of bracket stated below, with length of
Wall-Mount Storage Straps & Brackets vertical arm in parentheses. 1+ 6+
This is an excellent solution for vertical storage. Each 30 strap threads through a 17K35.07 67/8 Bracket (5) $ 6.40 $ 5.75
zinc-plated steel bracket (available separately) that is attached to the wall with a 17K35.12 101/2 Bracket (71/2) $ 9.60 $ 8.65
single screw. The polyester strap is made from durable 1 wide webbing with a
17K35.16 141/2 Bracket (10) $11.80 $10.60
strong quick-release plastic buckle. The strap can be cinched like a belt around 17K35.20 191/4 Bracket (121/2) $14.80 $13.35
multiple loose items, bundling them together and holding them snug against the
wall. Maximum 9 in diameter; for large items, two or more straps can be linked.
Ideal for storing lumber, moldings, PVC piping or anything else that refuses to
lean against a wall without falling over. It can also be used to keep coiled hoses,
ropes or extension cords neatly bundled and off the oor. Each bracket mounts
D with a #8 screw (not included). Quantities discounted, as
we know youll want several! 1+ 6+
D. 99K86.50 Bracket, ea. $1.10 $1.00
E. 99K86.51 30 Buckle Strap, ea. $2.50 $2.25

G
Brackets sold
E individually.
Wood not included.
D

Victorian-Style Harness Hook
A reproduction cast-iron hook with a
black gloss nish. Suitable for mounting
in a porch, shop or shed. Weighs just
over l lb. One prong is 6, the other 21/2.
The backing plate is 21/2 wide by 4
high. Blackened screws included.
Harness Hook, ea. 1+ 10+
00W92.05 $14.50 $12.35
A. Storage Hook Set
End the clutter. This 30-piece set will let you hang a hose, a
ladder, a bicycle, and at least two dozen other tools, electrical
cords, or sports gear items in a garage or storage room. All are
galvanized steel with a non-marking vinyl coating. An excel-
lent set at a fraction of the price if bought individually.
93K81.01 Storage Hook Set of 30 $18.50
B. 99K45.01 Magnetic Tool Bar, 13
C. 99K45.03 Magnetic Tool Bar, 24
B
Tools not included.
C
Heavy-Duty Magnetic Tool Bars
These strong magnetic tool bars are made from a series of ferrite magnet inserts
sandwiched between two 3/16 thick by 1 steel bars and enclosed with yellow
plastic strips. The maximum weight capacity or pull strength is 20 lb for a at
1 wide object. In actual use, much depends on the amount of surface area that
contacts the magnet and where the bulk of the weight is relative to the magnetic
inserts, but these are not weak-kneed tool bars and will handle 3 to 5 lb round-
handled tools easily. The 13 length mounts on 81/4 centers and weighs 2 lb.
The 24 length mounts on 16 centers and weighs 3 lb 14 oz. Suitable for use in
the shop or garage, or mounted on unnished walls.
$16.50
$24.50

Gripit Tool Holders

For tools with no handy hanging
A
points, these holders have a oating,
high-friction roller that securely
F
wedges handles into place. The regular
Gripit holds handles from 3/4 to 11/4; the adjustable Gripit, with a three-position
side fence, holds handles from 3/4 to 17/8. Brooms, mops, shovels, hoes, etc., can be
stored head up or head down. Available individually, or as a set of three regular or
three adjustable Gripits with an 18 mounting rack (both styles t). Rack and holders
are made of weatherproof plastic. Mounting screws are included. 1+ 6+
D. 99K86.01 Regular Gripit, ea. $ 4.40 $3.95
E. 99K86.04 Adjustable Gripit, ea. $ 5.40 $4.85
99K86.02 Set (3) Reg. w/Rack $19.50
F. 99K86.06 Set (3) Adj. w/Rack $22.50

Tool Hooks
These heavy-duty tool hooks are ideal to keep Two double hooks
spades, forks, ropes, cords and other shed and will support a bin G
with a sturdy lip.
garage paraphernalia off the oor and out of the
way. Two double hooks will support a bin with
a sturdy lip. Made of strong zinc-plated steel,
they are sold as a package of ve double hooks,
six single 2 hooks, or four single 3 hooks.
G. AC301 Double Hooks, pkg. of 5 $4.90
H. AC304 Single 2 Hooks, pkg. of 6 $3.80
J. AC305 Single 3 Hooks, pkg. of 4 $3.90

G
H

Tools not included. 153

 A

B fold the material over, put the eyelet halves on
Tie Boss
This is one of the best tie-downs weve tried. It contains no moving mech-
anisms to fail or jam, and you can quickly set the length and tension needed
with just a one-handed pull, then lock it down by slipping the free end into
the toothed cleat. The braided polypropylene rope will not stretch, slip or
loosen in use, and releases instantly with a tug on the free end. The smaller A
model comes with 12 of 1/4 diameter rope (150 lb max. load); the
heavier-duty model comes with 10 of 3/8 diameter rope (300 lb max.
load). In addition to tie-down use, each can also serve as a pulley for
manually raising, lowering or dragging heavy loads. Sold individually.
Highly recommended. Made in USA.
A. 09A01.65 Tie Boss, 150 lb load $14.95
B. 09A01.67 Tie Boss, 300 lb load $19.95
Speed Cinch Tie-Downs
These easy-to-use tie-downs let you quickly
tension and secure rope without having to tie
a knot. The 2 long utility cinch can be used at
any point along a ropes length to create a loop
or an anchor hitch, and can also be mounted for
C D use as a cleat. The 9 long cinch stake, used as
a ground anchor, has a large reinforced strike
to make it easier to drive with a mallet. Made
in the USA from tough UV-resistant polymer,
they are usable with cords up to 1/4 in diameter.
A great way to simplify rope attachments.
C. XH512 Speed Cinch Utility Cinch $1.30 L. 68K06.63 Alum. CamJam, ea. $ 8.95 $8.05
D. PA259 Speed Cinch Stake $2.70 M. 68K06.61 Cord, 50
J
J. Eyelets
These tough plastic eyelets make it easy to tie
down a sheet, tarp, fabric or plastic lm. Just
either side of the material and hammer together
for a permanent, strong connection. The material
can be held in place with cord or rope up to 1/2
in diameter. Works well with our oating row
covers, shade cloth and plastic lms.
BL623 Eyelets, pkg. of 10 $4.95
CamJam Cord Tightener
This simple device lets you tension and secure
cords quickly, reliably and without having to tie
complex knots. Easy to adjust, its excellent for
binding and tethering loose items, such as when
lashing down tarps or bundling long materials.
With the carabiner-clip end anchored to a xed
D-ring, loop or grommet, you simply feed a cord
(up to 4.75mm/3/16 in diameter) through the body
and pull rmly until taut. The cam-action stop
mechanism locks the cord in place, holding the
tension applied so the cord stays snug until you
release it by lightly pressing the stop. About 21/2
long, it has a spring-loaded stainless-steel cara-
biner closure. Available in glass-reinforced nylon
or cast aluminum. A 50 hank of 2.5mm diameter
cord is available separately; it has a highly reec-
tive material woven into it for greater visibility in
areas where tripping is a hazard. 1+ 5+
K. 68K06.62 Nylon CamJam, ea. $ 2.90 $2.60
$11.50

Deck Anchor
This simple device provides a removable anchor
point for securing ropes, cords or wires to a deck.
To install, just slip the stem between horizontal
deck boards and give it a 1/4-turn to hold it in
place. Made of strong nylon-reinforced PVC
with UV inhibitors, it is effective on any board
spacing from 3/16 to 1/2. The small anchor ts
boards up to 11/4 thick, and is 31/2 long overall
with a 1/2 eye to attach a cord or hook. The large L
E size ts boards up to 13/4 thick, and is 5 long
F with a 1 eye. 1+ 5+
E. XH526 Sm. Anchor, ea. $2.90 $2.60 K
F. XH528 Lg. Anchor, ea. $5.50 $4.95

Single-Braid Utility Rope

This rope has a supple, plaited polypropylene
cover over a multi-lament polypropylene core.
A general-duty rope, it is strong, compact and easy
to knot. Lightweight and durable, it wont absorb
water or mildew as cotton ropes do and is ideal for
recreational boating; it oats. The 1/4 dia. rope has L
a rated breaking strength of about 1100 lb with an
elongation of about 28%; the 3/8 dia. rope is rated
at 1740 lb with a 35% elongation. Assorted
colors (no choice, unfortunately). A great value.
G. 99K69.50 1/4 dia. MFP Rope, 50 $10.50
99K69.52 1/4 dia. MFP Rope, 25 $ 6.00
H. 99K69.51 3/8 dia. MFP Rope, 50 $16.50 M
G
154 Storage H
 D. EasyKlip Jaws grip tighter as cord tension increases.
B Made from tough
glass-ber-reinforced
nylon, this versatile clip
exerts a rm, no-slip
hold on tarps or other 11/2 wide toothed gripping surface
sheet materials, even
those without a hem. One section of the two-piece jaw has a 3/8 D
A diameter hole for a cord or bungee; as tension on the cord increases, the
jaw is pulled more tightly against the opposing jaw, wedging the material
in place. The 11/2 wide toothed gripping surface helps distribute the load,
minimizing the risk of tearing. Pressing a lever releases the jaws, allowing
easy removal. 3 long with a load capacity of over 200 lb. An excellent
design with many uses. Made in Canada. 1+ 5+ 10+
00K09.05 EasyKlip, ea. $2.60 $2.20 $1.95

E. Ratcheting Cargo Bar

Rope Ratchets
A unique ratcheting tie-down
that quickly and easily secures
a wide variety of items. Simple
to operate just attach the two
Almost a necessity for owners of pick-up trucks, this cargo bar prevents cargo from
shifting in a truck box or trailer. It does this by using a ratchet action to put maximum
pressure on the full-size rubber end pads to hold the bar in place across the box.
Even the heaviest loads wont move. Fits 40 to 70 wide boxes in pick-up trucks,
vans and SUVs. Rust-resistant paint with cushioned end pads. Great for holding
cartons, toolboxes, propane tanks and fragile items.
BN120 Ratcheting Cargo Bar $39.50
Tent tie-down

hooks and pull the rope until

tight. The ratcheting mecha-
nism keeps the tension on the
rope. Quick-release lever.
Made from strong glass-lled Truck tie-down

nylon with integral parts of die-cast zinc. The

1/4 rope has a maximum load capacity of 150 lb,
and the 3/8 rope has a maximum load capacity
of 250 lb. 8 of rope is included with each.
A. XH515 1/4 Rope Ratchet $10.95
B. XH517 3/8 Rope Ratchet $17.50 E
E
E
To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit
our website at leevalley.com

C. Magnetic Cord Holder

Cords are great tie-downs, but they require G H
F
something to attach them to. This chrome-plated
holder has a
low-prole 1 dia.
rare-earth magnet
with a 1/4 cross-
drilled hole to
accept hooks, as Bungees
well as a 1 split C The miniature loopable bungee
ring for thick cord or hooks. The holding strength is a manageable size for bundling or tying down something small.
depends on the angle of pull and the thickness The clip on one end clamps securely onto any point of the cord to
of steel it is attached to. It takes a 30 lb direct create a secure, stretchy loop with no need for knots. The 3/16 thick
pull off 1/8 steel plate or a 10 lb pull at 45 off cord is 23 long and stretches to twice that length.
typical 0.045 truck-box steel. The 11/8 dia. The loopabe bungee is convenient for quickly bundling items you simply feed the cord through
base has a non-marring high-friction disc. the eyelet on one end, pull it tight and then tug it into the toothed channel. The teeth grip the cords
50K15.01 Magnetic Cord Holder, ea. $11.50 solid rubber core to hold it at the length you set no knots required. The 39 long, 1/4 diameter cord

50K15.02 Magnetic Cord Holders, pr. $20.50 stretches to up to 70. Makes securing a tall load to a hand truck an easy job.
The adjustable bungee has repositionable hooks that make it easy to set the right cord length and
tension when tying down a load. Toothed recesses on the hooks hold the cord securely. The 1/4
diameter cord is 40 long and stretches to 73 long enough to span a pickup truck bed. The tough
plastic hooks wont scratch paintwork as metal hooks can.
F. 03K76.80 Mini Bungee, pkg. of 3 $3.95
G. 03K76.84 Loopable Bungee, pkg. of 2 $4.95
H. 03K76.82 Adjustable Bungee, ea. $3.95
C F
G H

155
 A

B
Cordable Gear Tie Flexible Ties
Heres a simple way to keep small
electronic cables organized and tangle-
free. Each of these ties is made of a
length of exible steel wire with a
tough rubberized coating and an elastic E. Flat Twine
eyelet at one end. You can slip the This clear plastic lm both stretches and adheres to itself. Unlike tape,
eyelet around the plug end of a USB there is no adhesive to be left behind, or to lift paint or nishes. It is
cable or thread it directly onto the cord particularly useful for providing clamping pressure on fragile or
6 tie
of earbuds or other accessories. The tie awkwardly shaped objects successive layers increase the clamping
travels with the cord, so its always right pressure. Comes with a dispenser handle and roll of 2650 (7800) lm.
where you need it. The internal wire 23K20.02 Flat Twine, 2650 $11.90
holds its form once shaped, keeping everything in a tidy, compact bundle. 23K20.03 Rell, 2650 $ 7.50
Available in a 3 length as well as a 6 length for longer cords. Made in USA.
A. 68K07.28 3 Cordable Ties, pkg. of 4 $4.95
B. 68K07.29 6 Cordable Ties, pkg. of 2 $4.95

C. Reusable Bundling Tape
Not only is this tape strong,
it is also reusable since it has
no adhesive backing. Slightly
C stretchy, it sticks only to itself,
and when wrapped and over-
lapped it holds rmly and seals
completely until you unwrap it.
In addition to bundling cords or
wires or wrapping a tool handle, it
excels as a quick non-marring clamping material to hold odd shapes while
gluing. Since you can write on it, its a great way to identify antiques or other
items that you dont want marred with adhesive. Made of high-tensile
strength polyvinyl chloride (PVC), the tape is unaffected by heat or cold and
is UV resistant. Each 1 wide roll is 50 long.
23K30.23 Bundling Tape, 150 $12.50
D. Cord Catcher
This weighted clip keeps cords for electronic devices tidy and accessible.
Made of exible polypropylene with a non-slip silicone pad, it holds up to
four cords, with two wide channels that allow cords to slide back and forth, and
Non-slip two tighter channels that grip cords rmly to
silicone pad ensure a reasonable amount of slack for a
computer mouse or webcam. 1 tall
and 13/4 in diameter, it works best
with cords from 1/8 to 1/4. Do
not use on unnished surfaces.
Various colors.
Cord Catcher, ea.
VELCRO Brand
Cable Ties
Quickly wrap and tightly cinch
wires or cables together with these
reusable ties. With hook-and-loop fasteners that are less aggressive,
they feed through themselves without snaring. They are easy to release
yet strong enough to hold securely. Available in rolls of 25, each black
tie measures 81/2. Perfect for taming a tangled mess of wires.
EA172 8 Cable Ties, roll of 25 $4.95
F. Gamma Seal Lid
12 diameter pails usually come with lids that are difcult to
remove and reseal. This two-part lid snaps into place. It is so
easy to twist on and off that you can do it with one
nger. Includes an airtight and waterproof
seal. Great for use with dry foods
and seeds or for sealing liquids.
Fits most 3.5 to 7 gallon pails.
Gamma Seal Lid 1+ 3+
XH501 $14.95 $13.45
F

D 27K07.07 $9.50

Pail not included.

156
 M
Screen attachments
shown inserted into
A ip caps.

Opens with a light squeeze. N

B O

A
GoTubb One-Handed Container
Youll never have to struggle to open or close these
containers. The lid pops open with a light squeeze and reseals
just as quickly when pressed back into place. Each is made
from food-safe and BPA-free plastic and has a space for label-
ling contents. A great way to organize bits and pieces, the Canning Jar Caps
containers come in packs of three in a 0.4 oz size (17/16 in Now you can use your canning jars year-round for more than just preserving. With
diameter by 1 high) or a 2 oz size (3 in diameter by 1 high). these caps and accessories, you can repurpose your jars for other applications in the
Highly recommended! home, ofce or workshop. The caps thread onto regular-mouth screw-neck jars and
A. EV381 0.4 oz Containers, pkg. of 3 $6.50 have a rubber gasket to resist leaks if used to hold wet material. The pour cap has a
B. EV380 2 oz Containers, pkg. of 3 $7.95 covered 1 diameter spout; the ip caps 2 wide opening allows easy access to the
contents. To convert a jar into a shaker, the optional ne and coarse screen attachments
Boxed Sets of Watchmakers Cases snap inside the ip cap. Made of BPA-free plastic, all components are dishwasher safe
Useful for organizing seeds, beads, bugs, buttons or anything (top rack only) and wont rust. FDA approved food safe. Made in USA.
else small, these glass-topped aluminum containers come in M. EV390 Pour Cap $6.95
ve diameters: 33mm (11/4), 41mm (15/8), 48mm (17/8), N. EV391 Flip Cap $6.95
53mm (21/8) and 70mm (23/4). The four larger sizes come in O. EV392 Screen Attachments $4.95
sets of 12 in a pasteboard box. The 33mm and 53mm sizes come
in various sets in a hinged aluminum case. The set of forty 33mm Screw-Together Stacking Jars
containers and the set of fteen 53mm containers include a Ideal for small hardware parts, crafts supplies, seeds, etc., these Q
6 /210 /4 case, and the set of twenty 33mm containers comes
1 3 transparent polystyrene jars are threaded on both ends, so each jar
in a 51/261/2 case. The small set of ten 33mm containers comes in the stack becomes the lid for the jar below, with a single lid on P
in a 23/461/2 case that ts in toolboxes, tackle boxes or sewing top. Sold in stacks of 6 jars plus a lid, the 40mm (just over R
kits. As indicated (*), the set of 56 includes twenty 33mm 11/2) dia. jars have an internal height of about 5/8. The
containers in an aluminum case, plus twelve 41mm, twelve 50mm (2) dia. jars have an internal height of about 7/8,
48mm, and twelve 53mm sizes, all in pasteboard boxes. and are sold in stacks of 5 jars plus a lid. The 70mm (23/4)
Aluminum Case 1+ 10+ 20+ dia. jars, with an internal height of about 7/8, are sold in
C. 27K22.01 33mm (10) $ 4.90 $ 4.40 $ 3.90 stacks of 4 jars plus a lid. 1+ 5+
D. 27K50.33 33mm (20)* $ 7.60 $ 6.85 $ 6.05 P. 99W02.40 Stack of 6 Jars, 40mm $2.30 $1.95
E. 27K22.02 33mm (40) $13.80 $12.40 $11.00 Q. 99W02.50 Stack of 5 Jars, 50mm $2.30 $1.95
F. 27K22.03 53mm (15) $13.80 $12.40 $11.00 R. 99W02.70 Stack of 4 Jars, 70mm $2.30 $1.95
Pasteboard Box 1+ 10+ 20+
G. 27K50.41 41mm (12)* $ 6.50 $ 5.85 $ 5.20 To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit
H. 27K50.48 48mm (12)* $ 6.90 $ 6.20 $ 5.50 our website at leevalley.com
J. 27K50.53 53mm (12)* $ 7.60 $ 6.85 $ 6.05
K. 27K50.75 70mm (12) $13.60 $12.20 $10.90
Set of 56 Cases
L. 27K50.01 Set of 56* $22.50 G

C J

K L
D

Storage 157
BOOKS
Designing Your Gardens and Landscapes
by Janet Macunovich
There is more involved in garden design than putting
plants in the ground. The author has been designing
for over 20 years and founded the Michigan School
of Gardening in 1996. She recommends determining
a focal point and purpose to the garden before starting
the design. The book then leads you through the steps
of bringing a mental picture into reality, taking into
account hardiness zone and plant compatibility among
other details. There is a site-assessment form to record
pertinent details, such as hours of sunlight and water
availability. Also includes ve sheets of graph paper
for designing. Spiral-bound softcover, 81/211,
167 pages, 2001.
LA642 Designing Your Gardens ... $15.95
PlantSwatch
by Steven Loewen and Phillip Fourie
Based on the paint swatch books found in home
improvement centers, this handy tool arranges over
200 plants according to their feature color (bloom or
foliage). It allows you to quickly nd plants that may
blend in with current garden residents, or come up with
a whole new selection. Includes annuals, perennials,
trees, vines, aquatic plants and more. Each entry indi-
cates hardiness zone, physical
Back of card lists
properties, preferred growing plant information.
conditions and target season.
Pairs nicely with our gardeners
color wheel (item #LC210), and
at only 2711/8, it is easy to
keep with you while walking
through the garden or nursery.
LA860 PlantSwatch $15.50
Seed Sowing and Saving
by Carole B. Turner
Here is all the guidance you need to start and
save seeds from over 100 vegetables, annuals,
perennials, herbs and wildowers. Hundreds
Building Soil of step-by-step illustrations show how to
by Elizabeth Murphy determine when seeds are ripe, how to collect
Soil is the foundation of a healthy garden. them and how to store them. Using open polli-
This book teaches you how to cultivate and nated (non-hybrid) seed and this book, you can
maintain rich, sustainable soil with natural set up a growing regime whereby you will
and organic methods. After outlining how almost never need to buy seed again. Other
to identify the type and qualities of the earth topics include scarication and stratication,
in your garden, it explains how to manage making your own soilless planting mix, sowing,
the properties of your soil, with chapters watering and nurturing seedlings, transplanting
that cover organic matter, nutrients, soil and hardening off, pollinating and collecting
organisms, fertilizing and composting, seeds, and step-by-step instructions for each
mulch, watering and weeding. Finally, major plant type. Softcover, 81/211,
a chapter on cultivation teaches you how 218 pages, 1998.
to plan your whole garden from the ground LA915 Seed Sowing and Saving $15.95
up. Throughout, the book suggests plants
and techniques that naturally help your
garden, reducing the time, labor and arti-
cial additives needed to keep soil healthy.
Charts, diagrams and clear explanations
make the information easy to absorb.
Softcover, 71/293/4, 200 pages, 2015.
LA771 Building Soil $18.90
Covering Ground
by Barbara W. Ellis
There are many colorful alternatives
to a grass lawn, which are particularly benecial
for those with terrain that is difcult to mow.
In this guide, Ellis shows how to use a variety
of plants to replace grass, ll walkways, edge
curbs and more. Perennials, vines, shrubs and
other low-growing plants are grouped for
specic conditions such as sun exposure, slopes
and acidic soils. She also covers calculating how
many plants will be needed and installation
techniques. Hundreds of color photographs
Making the Most of Shade and drawings throughout. Softcover, 910,
by Larry Hodgson 224 pages, 2007.
Most gardeners deal with shady spots either LA651 Covering Ground $15.95
by lling them with shrubs or simply
ignoring them. This book provides inspira-
tion for bringing color and texture to the
darker sections of your garden, starting with
the advantages of shade, along with tech-
niques and design ideas. The second part of
the book details well over 200 plants that are
ideal for shady areas. For each plant it lists
common details such as hardiness zone and
bloom color, and fully describes growing
tips, problem solving, best species for each
genus and the authors own interesting notes.
Hundreds of color photos throughout.
Softcover, 71/29, 408 pages, 2005.
LA609 Making the Most of Shade $21.50
 The Vegetable Gardeners Bible,
10th Anniversary Edition
by Edward C. Smith
The original 2000 edition of The Vegetable
Gardeners Bible remains a standard refer-
ence on growing vegetables in all North
American climate zones. The popular four-
part approach involves using wide rows,
organic methods, raised beds and deep soil.
This revised edition explains the system in
detail, with new listings on 15 additional
vegetables, as well as new sections outlining
techniques for growing in limited space and
for extending the growing season. A compre-
hensive organic approach to raising vegetables,
it covers starting seeds, preparing the soil,
composting, irrigation, controlling pests
and weeds, maintaining healthy soil and more.
A 142-page section lists 70 fruits, vegetables
and herbs, complete with detailed growing
instructions, covering everything from site
selection to harvest. Softcover, 81/211,
351 pages, 2009.
LA939 Vegetable Gardeners Bible $19.90
Blue Ribbon Vegetable Gardening
by Jodi Torpey
Whether you want to grow prizewinning
produce or simply raise bigger, better-quality,
blemish-free vegetables for your own enjoy-
ment, this book reveals the secrets to growing
crops worthy of a blue ribbon. Master Gardener
Torpey explains the key factors for success,
from soil testing and site selection to choosing
seedlings, watering wisely, using organic pest
controls and more. She gives in-depth proles
of the main competition vegetables: beans,
beets, cabbage, cucumbers, eggplants, onions,
peppers, pumpkins, squashes and tomatoes.
Each entry suggests varieties with prizewinning
potential, along with growing and harvesting
methods. A checklist aids in selecting produce
for competition and lists the qualities judges
look for. A comprehensive reference on
growing and showing champion vegetables.
Softcover, 79, 215 pages, 2015.
LA965 ... Vegetable Gardening $13.80
All New Square Foot Gardening
by Mel Bartholomew
In this updated edition, best-selling author
Mel Bartholomew, an efciency expert
with a background as a civil engineer,
explains how to grow a wide range of
plants in a small space with less weeding,
less watering and more production. The
process involves dividing the planting area
into 1 squares and precisely planting
within them, as well as growing vertically
on low-cost frames. Beginners can follow
the step-by-step instructions easily, but
even veteran gardeners will nd lots of
valuable information, especially regarding
space efciency. Color photographs and
helpful tips throughout. Softcover, 710,
272 pages, 2013.
All New Square Foot Gardening
LA767 $19.90
Vertical Vegetables & Fruit
by Rhonda Massingham Hart
Vertical gardening lets you grow more in
limited space, while often reducing the need
for weeding and pest control. This book covers
a wide range of ideas for building teepees, trel-
lises, hanging containers, living walls and other
vertical structures for growing crop plants,
using common materials and repurposed
objects. Much of the book is devoted to seven
types of vine-grown vegetables (beans, peas,
tomatoes, cucumbers, squash and gourds,
melons, sweet potatoes) and ve perennial
fruits (blackberries, raspberries, strawberries,
grapes, kiwis) well suited to vertical gardening
methods, with helpful growing tips specic to
each. It even includes a chapter on espalier, the
ancient practice of training fruit trees into a
single at plane to boost yield within a small,
manageable space. Softcover, 71/210, 167
pages, 2011.
LA950 Vertical Vegetables & Fruit $13.80
Square Foot Gardening Answer Book
by Mel Bartholomew
Since his rst publication on square-foot
gardening in 1981, Mel Bartholomew has
compiled over 170 questions he has been most
frequently asked on the concept, addressing
each in detail through this wide-ranging
companion text. He offers advice on how to
avoid common pitfalls, corrects misconceptions
and gives straightforward insight based on over
30 years of experience growing plants in small
spaces. He covers the basics as well as specic,
diverse topics such as seed storage, soil and
compost mixes for particular plants, and using
a wide variety of repurposed materials to build
planting boxes. Subjects span the annual
gardening cycle from planting to harvesting, as
well as overwintering your square-foot garden,
with considerable attention given to pest-control
solutions throughout the growing season.
Softcover, 710, 192 pages, 2012.
LA768 ... Answer Book $13.50
The Vegetable Gardeners Container Bible
by Edward C. Smith
Even with limited growing space, you can reap a
big harvest by planting in pots, tubs and other
containers. Written by the author of The Vegetable
Gardeners Bible, widely considered an essential
gardeners reference, this book offers sound advice
on everything from choosing practical tools and
space-efcient planters to harvesting and pest
control. There are plenty of design ideas, too,
including a wide range of suggested plant combina-
tions that not only look good but also grow well
together. It includes detailed instructions on culti-
vating over 40 vegetables, 20 herbs and seven
edible owers, as well as composting, making your
own self-watering containers and preparing soil
mixes. Softcover, 81/211, 263 pages, 2011.
Vegetable Gardeners Container Bible
LA949 $15.95
Books 159
 The Year-Round Vegetable Gardener
by Niki Jabbour
For those who live in a four-season climate, this
book covers a wide range of techniques you can
use to grow vegetables virtually year round.
Jabbour simplies the growing cycle into cool,
warm and cold periods, and explains how to
time your crops to grow in their preferred
seasons. Supplemented with charts and color
photos, the book offers guidance on intensive
planting, intercropping, succession planting and
other ways to ensure a continual harvest, even Grow a Living Wall
in winter. It provides detailed instructions on by Shawna Coronado
growing and harvesting 43 vegetable varieties, Whether you want to
including cool-weather crops such as kale, make better use of
leeks, carrots, parsnips, spinach, arugula and ten herbs. Along with tips on building and using cold gardening space or
frames, row covers, raised beds and other structures that help extend the season, it includes useful simply add interest to a
reference materials such as a detailed chart that summarizes the key considerations for growing all fence or wall, this book gives you the knowl-
the crops featured. Softcover, 81/211, 247 pages, 2011. edge and techniques you need to grow a vertical
LA928 Year-Round Vegetable Gardener $15.95 garden. It covers every step of making a living
wall, including selecting containers and loca-
Epic Tomatoes tion, creating a planting mix or soilless growing
by Craig LeHoullier medium, choosing and starting plants, and how
Any tomato lover will appreciate this book. to water and care for the garden. Advice is
Along with detailed, in-depth information on given for a wide range of plants: ferns, succu-
growing tomatoes, it gives proles of heirloom lents and mosses as well as common decorative
and hybrid varieties perfect for anyone and edible plants. It provides instructions for 21
looking to go beyond the commonly available projects that can be adapted to the plants and
types. For 33 favorite varieties, the author gives containers you have on hand. Projects include a
a description of their avor and growth habits, pollinator garden that attracts butteries and
their origins and the stories behind their names. bees, scent- and color-themed gardens, and an
He even throws in a few recipes and preparation insulating wall garden that absorbs heat and
suggestions. Chapters provide the history and anatomy of the modern sound. Softcover, 81/411, 160 pages, 2015.
tomato, how to plan and plant your garden, growing, maintenance and LA772 Grow a Living Wall $19.90
care, harvesting, preserving seeds and creating your own hybrids, along
with regional growing tips, Q&A and troubleshooting sections. A compre-
hensive guide for tomato growing. Softcover, 81/211, 255 pages, 2015.
LA961 Epic Tomatoes $15.95 To order call 1-800-871-8158

Carrots Love Tomatoes

for other plants to use. Carrots Love Tomatoes (220 pages) covers fruits and vegetables that grow
well together, and Roses Love Garlic (250 pages) is about companion planting in ornamental
gardens. Both are softcover, 69, revised in 1998.
LA925 Carrots Love Tomatoes $12.00
LA927 Roses Love Garlic
Roses Love Garlic
by Louise Riotte
These books are standard references for
companion planting, which involves planting
compatible species together to promote growth
and repel harmful insects. Some plants emit
odors that confuse insects or draw them away
from susceptible hosts one reason why mixed
crops resist pests better than monoculture.
Some plants alter the soils nutrient ratio, deep-
rooted plants pull up minerals for
shallow-rooted ones, and legumes x nitrogen
$12.00
The Edible Balcony
by Alex Mitchell Container Gardening 250 Design Ideas &
Anyone with the tiniest bit of outdoor space can Step-By-Step Techniques
grow a garden. Mitchell shows you how to Growing plants in containers lets you add a
grow fruits, vegetables, herbs and greens on a splash of color just about anywhere. This three-
balcony, windowsill or roof terrace and reap the part reference is a helpful guide to choosing
rewards. He includes advice on what to grow, plants and keeping them looking their best. It
ideas for pots and containers, and examples of contains 21 articles relating to container compo-
successful small space transformation. He also sition, 6 about container plants and 8 dealing
discusses hydroponic and unusual crops, the with materials and techniques for keeping them
best crops for a shady balcony or where water is lush and healthy throughout the seasons. A rich
in short supply, and even keeping beehives. source of ideas as well as expert advice on how
Color photographs throughout. Softcover, to make them come to life. Softcover,
810, 159 pages, 2012. 81/4103/4, 236 pages, 2009.
71L08.33 The Edible Balcony $19.50 LA830 Container Gardening $14.95

160
 Year-Round Indoor Salad
Gardening
by Peter Burke
You can grow salad greens and
sprouts right in your kitchen with
a low-tech approach that doesnt
require grow lights or special
equipment. The author presents
the benets of indoor sprout and
shoot gardening, and shows how
a tray of soil on a sunny windowsill
can yield salad ingredients in as little as a week. He describes the basic
process, as well as the advantages and disadvantages of different growing strategies, and goes
into the details with chapters on seeds, soil and growing mediums, trays and planters, fertilizer, Keshiki Bonsai
planting and care, and harvesting. The nal section provides specic seeding instructions for by Kenji Kobayashi
more than twenty plants, ranging from broccoli to popcorn kernels, and even offers a few Keshiki (or landscape)
recipe suggestions for enjoying them. Softcover, 710, 192 pages, 2015. bonsai is based on centuries-old Japanese techniques,
LA572 Year-Round Indoor Salad Gardening $24.50 but in a simplied form without many of the formal
conventions that inuence traditional bonsai. Noted
The Unexpected Houseplant for the creative use of plants, containers and potting
by Tovah Martin materials as compositional elements, it is presented
As the title suggests, this book presents as a way to capture the essence of the natural world
220 plants not typically thought of as house in a small vessel. Written by the originator of this
plants, or those you might not expect to modern style of bonsai, this book contains 37 project
thrive indoors. The author shares advice on ideas you can use as a guide for planning, potting
growing an eclectic mix of bulbs, perennials, and developing your own miniature landscapes, with
vines, succulents and small trees inside the instructions supplemented by detailed step-by-step
home, along with colorful photographs of photos. You can use widely available plants, pots
potted plants displayed in her home. The and other supplies, and you can easily adapt the
content is largely organized by season, as the plants described have project to suit your preferences or skill level. In
specic requirements for placement and basic care at certain times of addition to design tips and instructions on pruning,
year. For each plant, the author relates why it is included in her collec- training and caring for the plants, the book contains
tion, as well as her successes and challenges in growing it indoors. Every entry includes a plenty of advice on selecting containers, plants,
summary of conventional information on ower and foliage attributes, size, exposure, optimum potting mixes, tools and materials. Softcover,
temperature, growth rate, soil type and common problems. Most of the plants listed are widely 791/2, 173 pages, 2012.
available at garden centers in most regions (a list of U.S. suppliers is also included). A refreshing LA947 Keshiki Bonsai $15.95
resource for any indoor plant enthusiast. Softcover, 71/29, 326 pages, 2012.
LA946 The Unexpected Houseplant $18.50

Terrarium Craft
by Amy Bryant Aiello and Kate Bryant
This book is an in-depth guide for
creating miniature enclosed gardens.
It gives instructions for every step
of making a terrarium, including
selecting a container, choosing a
planting mix and foundation, using
decorative elements, choosing and
caring for plants, and how to assemble the various parts. Advice is
given for a wide range of plants, including succulents, mosses and lichens, and
even a few carnivorous plants. The book features detailed instructions for 50 unique, whimsical Whats Wrong With My Houseplant?
terrariums that you can recreate or use as inspiration for your own design. The colorful examples by David Deardorff and Kathryn Wadsworth
make the book a pleasure to leaf through. A great resource for creative, low-maintenance indoor From the authors of Whats Wrong With My Plant?
gardening. Softcover, 98, 195 pages, 2011. and Whats Wrong With My Vegetable Garden?, this
LA951 Terrarium Craft $15.50 book applies a similar organic approach to growing
indoors, examining the conditions plants need to
Air Plants thrive and how to identify and treat problems when
by Zenaida Sengo they occur. To help you create the ideal growing
Placed in a nook, hung on a wall or even suspended environment for all your houseplants, it begins by
in midair, Tillandsias, commonly known as air analyzing factors inuencing their health: water,
plants, can be grown virtually anywhere as they do light, temperature, humidity and fertilizer, as well
not require soil. This comprehensive guide begins as the pot or planting container. The bulk of the book
with a primer on choosing and caring for these gives proles of 148 common houseplants, including
quirky plants, including tips on propagation, fertil- palms, trees and shrubs, herbaceous perennials,
ization and pest control techniques, and a watering vines, ferns, orchids, cacti and succulents, outlining
chart and quick care guide for twelve species. The the main considerations for growing each. The nal
author follows with creative display ideas and eight section helps diagnose problems, from improper
design projects including wood wall-mount dcor, a ceramic frame garden, two vertical gardens, a sunlight and watering to pests such as mites and
wreath and three terrariums, each complete with step-by-step instructions and a list of required tools aphids, with full-colour photos showing symptoms
and materials. With vivid color photography throughout, the book provides inspiration for anyone and suggestions for organic remedies. Softcover,
interested in growing these plants. Softcover, 73/491/2, 224 pages, 2014. 71/29, 292 pages, 2016.
LA963 Air Plants $15.95 LA966 Whats Wrong With My Houseplant? $19.90

Books 161
 Put Em Up!
by Sherri Brooks Vinton
This comprehensive manual
The Lavender Lovers Handbook covers many different ways to preserve a
by Sarah Berringer Bader wide variety of fruits and vegetables. It provides detailed
Aside from its color and fragrance, lavender is known for attracting instruction on drying, freezing and canning methods, along
pollinators and other benecial garden bugs, as well as its resistance to drought with tips and recipes to suit almost any taste, whether you
and pests. This guide proles nearly 100 varieties, each with a color photo, prefer your preserves sweet, sour, dilled, pickled, peppered,
botanical and common names, origin, color, blooming period, height, spacing reduced to syrup or fermented. It presents an illustrated
and hardiness zone. Detailed listings help you select a variety for its scent, color guide to key preparation methods (blanching, quick-cooking,
or other characteristics, including suitability for locations such as borders or hot-packing, cold-packing and fermenting) and preservation
container gardens. The book includes wide-ranging advice on everything from techniques (refrigeration, freezing, infusing, drying and
soil preparation to propagation, and even covers culinary, medicinal and home canning), each with clever tips, suggested ingredients and
uses for the plant. Hardcover, 73/491/4, 192 pages, 2012. storage advice. It also offers more than 160 recipes, listed
LA962 Lavender Lovers Handbook $22.50 by main ingredient so you can easily look up an array of
choices for nearly anything you happen to have a lot of,
from apples to watermelons. A practical resource, whether
putting up traditional favorites such as tomatoes, beans and
Homegrown Tea cucumbers or experimenting with lesser-known specialties
by Cassie Liversidge such as mushroom cont, drunken cherries or salsa verde.
This gardening book shows Softcover, 71/29, 303 pages, 2010.
you how simple it is to grow LA953 Put Em Up! $15.95
your own tea. It explains how
to grow tea, which parts of the
plants to use and how to dry
them, and offers tips on
brewing the best cup of tea.
Featured are more than 40
plants that can be used to
make teas and tisanes, including
herbs, fruits and owers. Suggestions range from
common ingredients like mint, rosehip and chamomile
to more unusual plants such as chicory, fenugreek and
saffron. Each is presented with an illustration, color
photographs and detailed instructions. A good read
for the tea lover. Softcover, 79, 269 pages, 2014.
71L08.26 Homegrown Tea $21.50

Rodales 21st Century Herbal

by Michael J. Balick, PhD
Balick explores the history of
herbs since ancient times and
provides a reference guide to
common and exotic plants and
their uses. More than 180 herbs
are proled with botanical and
everyday names, description,
hardiness zone, part of the plant
used, etc., and its culinary,
medicinal or ornamental signicance.
Gardening and growing advice with eld notes,
12 illustrated garden designs, a seasonal to-do-list
and a pest control chart are presented. A chapter
on cooking with herbs includes recipes, preserving
tips, and a guide to pairing herbs and spices to favorite foods. Separate sections cover
therapeutic and around-the-home uses. A great compendium for anyone interested in herbs.
Hardcover, 71/291/2, 498 pages, 2014.
71L08.36 21st Century Herbal $31.50
Preserving Food Without Freezing or Canning
by the Gardeners & Farmers of Terre Vivante
This is a book of old-world recipes and techniques for
preserving food, none of which involve freezing or pressure
canning. It contains an assortment of mouthwatering recipes
for preserving by drying, cold storage, lactic fermentation,
or using oil, vinegar, salt, sugar and alcohol. The authors
are farmers and gardeners in rural France who still use these
traditional and effective methods of preservation. Recipes
include apples dried with elderowers (which gives them
a pineapple avor), vegetable bouillon powder (made from
dried vegetables and herbs), pistou (oil seasoned with basil
and garlic), goat cheese in oil, cherry tomatoes in vinegar,
pickled garlic (great in salads), green beans in brine, porvidl
(a dark red plum jam), apple-pear molasses, blackcurrant
syrup, and raspberries in brandy. 216 recipes in all.
Previously released under the title Keeping Food Fresh.
Softcover, 69, 198 pages, 1999. Revised in 2006.
LA565 Preserving Food ... $21.00

162 Books

Deerproong Your Yard & Garden
by Rhonda Massingham Hart
Deer can be a real menace in your garden. They
seem to move out of the shadows like ghosts to
devour daylilies, hostas, new vegetable plant-
ings and anything else they fancy, and in a ash
they are gone again unfortunately, so too is
your garden. If you have deer problems, this
book will give you effective and responsible
techniques for dealing with them. It covers the
full gamut, from setting out plants they hate
(such as mint and chives) to homemade and
store-bought repellents, as well as innovative
fencing and netting. Highly recommended.
Softcover, 69, 200 pages, 2005.
LA640 Deerproong Your Yard ... $12.00
To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit
our website at leevalley.com
Whats Wrong With My Plant?
(And How Do I Fix It?)
by David Deardorff and Kathryn Wadsworth
This visual guide simplies the process of iden-
tifying and curing a wide array of ailments
affecting both indoor and outdoor plants. Even
if you dont know the plant species, the easy-to-
follow illustrated ow charts guide you through
the diagnosis, based on which part of the plant
is showing symptoms. By answering some
basic questions and comparing your plant to
illustrations of various conditions, you can
quickly narrow it down to a specic cause,
before turning to the page that tells you how
to x it. The book covers problems caused by
environmental factors, fungi, insects, diseases,
nematodes and wildlife, and places emphasis
on natural and organic remedies. It includes a
photo gallery showing representative examples
of common pests and diseases, as well as an
appendix detailing problems specic to lawns.
Softcover, 71/29, 451 pages, 2009.
LA942 Whats Wrong With My Plant? $23.90
The Gardeners Guide to Common-Sense Pest Control
by William Olkowski, Sheila Daar, Helga Olkowski, and
co-authored and edited by Steven Ash
The Integrated Pest Management (IPM) system,
approved for agricultural use by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, is a strategy to reduce dependence
on pesticides and herbicides. In this guide, the authors
adapt the IPM system for use by home gardeners,
suggesting a wide range of less toxic approaches to
controlling insects, weeds, plant diseases and other
harmful organisms. Encouraging close monitoring, an allowance
for acceptable levels of damage, and use of natural controls and
benecial organisms to limit pest populations, the book explains a
range of treatments while allowing for minimal application of
chemical solutions where necessary. A practical, cost-effective and
environmentally responsible approach to pest control. Softcover,
810, 391 pages, 2013.
LA873 Common-Sense Pest Control $18.70
Maple Sugar
by Tim Herd
Discover how to tap the maples in your yard and
turn their sap into delicious maple syrup. There
are 13 North American maples that can be tapped
for syrup, and the author provides details on the
seven most common syrup-producing maples,
listed in order of sugar production (saps with a
high concentration of sugar dont have to be
boiled as long to produce syrup). Step-by-step guidance for
syrup production in the home is provided, as well as a list of required
tools for maple sugaring, recipes using maple syrup, and an explanation
of how syrup is graded. The legends and history of maples and the biochemistry
of maple trees are also covered. Softcover, 61/271/2, 144 pages, 2010.
LA959 Maple Sugar $10.50
Building with Stone
by Charles McRaven
Few structures are as timeless as those built of stone. Stone is
durable, needs little maintenance and is one of the best materials to
accent a garden because it blends in well with wood, soil and plants.
This book covers all the basics of building with stone and includes
step-by-step instructions on how to build walls, replaces, dams,
bridges, a barbecue pit, barns and much more. Also reviews the
tools needed. This is an essential reference for anyone planning a
stone building project. Softcover, 81/211, 192 pages, 1989.
LA800 Building with Stone $14.50
The Pruning Book,
Revised Edition
by Lee Reich
Not only does this
book cover the
pruning of a full
range of plant types,
including deciduous
and evergreen trees
and shrubs, vines,
various fruit and nut
The Pruners Bible trees and bushes, house and herbaceous plants,
by Steve Bradley it also gives specic instructions for each genus.
This is one of the best books on pruning, In some cases (e.g., clematis), it lists every
covering more than 70 popular landscape plants variety and separates them into groups, each
with instructions so clear that even beginners with its own pruning technique. Other special-
will feel condent tackling any plant. Each ized techniques discussed include topiary,
plant is illustrated individually, avoiding the pollarding, pleaching and espalier. An all-
frustration of having to adapt techniques for around pruning book suitable for novice and
one plant to others. Charts show the best time experienced gardeners, it is lled with detailed
to prune each species, which tools to use and instructions. Softcover, 81/211, 233 pages,
plant-specic pruning tips. Softcover, updated and revised in 2010.
71/293/4, 224 pages, 2005. LA837 The Pruning Book $16.50
LA608 The Pruners Bible $21.50
Books 163
 A Gardeners Journal
A Ten Year Chronicle
of Your Garden
Everyone enjoys the plea-
sures of harvest, but the
careful planning of the
garden, and the satis-
faction of watching
each plant progress,
are special joys
savored by the
gardener alone.
Because you will want
to remember your gardening
triumphs (and occasional set-
backs), A Gardeners Journal
is set up as a 10-year perpetual
diary, which you may begin
at any time. In the diary
section, one page is given to
each day of the year, and each
page is divided into 10 sections more than enough for 10 years of personal jottings. In
addition to the diary pages, there is also a section on such gardening techniques as composting, Gardening with Less Water
digging garden beds, tree care, soils, and garden tool maintenance, to name but a few. We by David A. Bainbridge
also provide reference material and numerous charts. There are several pages to record your Written by a noted dryland irrigation expert, this
inventory of perennials, more to record sketches of your garden, yet more to list plantings book presents tried-and-true techniques for any
and harvestings, etc. In all, you will nd 544 pages, most of which you can write upon. gardener facing water restrictions or who is simply
(An interactive gardening tool?) This format is designed to help you plan your way through interested in conserving water. It describes a range of
years of gardening. Also, for your enjoyment, we have included intriguing notes on the methods and devices, many dating back to ancient
history of plant lore, culled from arcane and often surprising sources. Hardcover, Smyth sewn, times, to minimize evaporation by delivering water
and protected by a sturdy cloth binding, A Gardeners Journal is both a useful reference and directly to soil and roots, with advice on installing
your companion for gardening adventures. Measures 911. Published by Lee Valley. and maintaining each. In addition, it offers tips on
LA205 A Gardeners Journal $32.50 water-wise gardening, rainwater collection, creating
water catchments and planning irrigation systems.
Supplemented by color photos and diagrams
The Complete Compost Gardening Guide throughout. Softcover, 68, 127 pages, 2015.
by Barbara Pleasant & Deborah L. Martin LA964 Gardening with Less Water $11.95
Two garden pros have joined forces to
explain how compost gardening is an
option for any homeowner. Starting
with the basic tools, they go on to
explain the various materials that
can be added to a compost pile
(and those that should not be added).
They describe the techniques that get
the best results, depending on what
space is available and whether you want
to use a self-contained unit, an above-ground
method or an underground system, all with or
without the aid of earthworms. Includes a section
on plants that can aid in the composting process.
Softcover, 8101/2, 319 pages, 2008.
LA653 ... Compost Gardening Guide $15.95

The Rodale Book of Composting

edited by D.L. Martin and G. Gershuny
This is one of the most comprehensive
books on composting available. Gives
information on what compost is and how
it builds the soil, including fascinating
details of the biological and chemical
processes involved. Provides numerous
detailed, easy-to-follow instructions for
making compost and includes a section
on building compost bins. Contains infor-
mation on every imaginable composting
material, from corn cobs to pet droppings
(and any dangerous organisms carried therein).
Includes sections on composting with earthworms
and using shredders. This is the perfect instruction
guide for those wanting to learn about composting.
Softcover, 61/29, 278 pages, 1992.
LA606 Rodale Book of Composting $14.95
164 Books
The Perennial Care Manual
by Nancy J. Ondra
This in-depth guide deals with virtually every aspect of
perennial gardening. The rst section covers the essentials,
from garden design, ground preparation and plant selection
to staking, pruning, dividing and propagating; it offers a full
season-by-season care schedule, and instructs how to
identify and treat a range of pests, diseases, weeds and
other problems. The second section covers 125 perennials
in specic detail, offering complete growing advice,
seasonal care and troubleshooting tips for each species. Both
sections are richly illustrated with hundreds of color photo-
graphs throughout. Softcover, 81/211, 375 pages, 2009.
LA934 The Perennial Care Manual $22.50

Building Outdoor Structures
by Scott McBride
Full of sound woodworking and construction advice,
this book explains the right materials, tools and tech-
niques required to build durable and attractive
outdoor structures. It provides general information
on building with wood outdoors, as well as step-by-
step instructions and design options for making
specic structures, such as raised garden beds,
retaining walls, fences, gates, arbors and gazebos.
Illustrated with hundreds of diagrams and color
photographs. Softcover, 91/411, 141 pages, 2007.
73L04.59 Building Outdoor Structures $14.95
Building Doors & Gates
by Alan and Gill Bridgewater
The Bridgewaters note that a door is much more than a
slab of wood to block a hole. Its an expression of the
owners taste and an architectural match to the style of
the building. With this in mind, they present designs
over the full range from Gothic church doors to doors
for simple sheds, single, half and double, for all tastes
and all skill levels. They include instruction for the
variety of joinery, construction and assembly details.
The section on gates is similar a wealth of
designs and techniques. Throughout, the authors
develop the philosophy and theory of gates and
doors, the balance of security and function against
appearance, the owners personal statement, and the
effect on the community at large. The book is a ne
combination of instruction and description, a broad
education on the subject of entrances. Softcover,
81/211, 168 pages, 1999.
26L07.21 Building Doors & Gates $18.90
Building Projects for Backyard Farmers and Home
Gardeners
by Chris Gleason
Filled with inspiring instruction for turning an ordi-
nary backyard into a productive small-scale farm, this
book shows how to build various structures to help
make the most of limited growing space. Blending
square-foot and vertical gardening methods with
practical advice from experienced growers, the 21
projects include raised beds, trellises, irrigation and
rainwater collection systems, cold frames, a compost box, a
greenhouse, a beehive and a rabbit hutch (some projects may
be subject to local regulatory or climatic limitations). Plans
include cutting and supplies lists, along with diagrams, detailed step-by-step directions and
photos. There are helpful tips and interesting facts throughout, as well as charts comparing vari-
eties of several common vegetables, and even a chart suggesting how many of each crop plant
should be grown per person to supply the household. Softcover, 71/29, 159 pages, 2012.
LA382 Building Projects for Backyard Farmers and Home Gardeners $16.50
How to Build Your Own Greenhouse
by Roger Marshall
This book shows you how to design and
build a greenhouse customized to your
needs, allowing you to extend the garden
season, reap year-round harvests and grow
exotic plants. The rst few sections help
you determine what kind of greenhouse is
most appropriate, then explain construc-
tion considerations and optional
accessories, such as shelving. There are
full plans for 10 types of greenhouse,
ranging from a basic cold frame to a slope-roofed model
with a concrete-block base. Line drawings accompany the
text. Softcover, 81/211, 141 pages, 2007.
LA649 Build Your Own Greenhouse $19.90
Building a Deck
by Scott Schuttner
Part of the Taunton Press
Build Like a Pro series, this book
provides the instruction you
need to build a custom
deck. All steps, from the
initial plan to the nishing
details, are covered, with
plenty of pro tips and trade
secrets to make the job easier.
Extras such as beam dimensions,
timber span characteristics and
advice on concrete work make this
an all-inclusive volume. Softcover,
911, 186 pages, 2002.
73L04.52 Building a Deck $16.50
The Complete Guide to Treehouses
by Philip Schmidt
For those who fondly remember whiling
away summer days in a treehouse, and want
to give their children the same experience,
this user-friendly guide shows you how.
This updated second edition covers tree
selection, design features, structural archi-
tecture and even the wood and hardware
commonly used. Step-by-step instruction
is provided for building platforms, walls
(including windows and doors), roofs and fun accesso-
ries such as ladders and trap doors. Includes six plans
with exploded diagrams for inspiration. Color photo-
graphs and diagrams accompany the text. Softcover,
8101/2, 223 pages, 2012.
26L30.12 Guide to Treehouses $19.90
165
 Pocket Field Guides
Unlike many so-called pocket eld guides, each of these compact folding
guides weighs less than an ounce and ts neatly in a pocket so you can
quickly refer to it when venturing outdoors. A great introduction for the
novice birdwatcher, astronomer, rockhound or naturalist, the guides contain
excellent color illustrations along with concise basic facts. The plant, animal
and mushroom guides list English and Latin names as well as distinguishing
features of common North American species. The weather and geology
guides use simple, clear diagrams to explain phenomena, and the knots guide
identies practical uses for each knot shown. Printed on thick card stock and
laminated for durability and water resistance, each guide measures 81/4 tall
by 4 wide when folded.
The guides are sold individually as well as in two sets: our original set of
eight and a four-piece set that includes the latest guides added to our selection.
LA259 Trees $ 6.95
LA258 Bugs & Slugs $ 6.95
LA256 Mushrooms $ 6.95

LA257 Edible Wild Plants $ 6.95

LA255 Weather $ 6.95

LA254 Backyard Birds $ 6.95

LA253 Animal Tracks $ 6.95

LA252 Night Sky $ 6.95

LA261 Set of 8 Guides $49.50
LA265 Geology $ 6.95
LA264 Knots $ 6.95
LA263 Butteries & Moths $ 6.95
LA262 Hummingbirds $ 6.95
LA266 Set of 4 Guides $25.00

The Family Buttery Book

Hummingbirds and Butteries
by Bill Thompson III & Connie Toops
Written in collaboration with the Peterson Field
Guide series and Bird Watchers Digest, this
book presents proles of 15 common humming-
bird species and 40 butteries. It also offers tips
on how to photograph these beautiful and
elusive creatures and attract them to your yard
with plants, feeders and other features. Each
hummingbird prole includes a color photo-
graph of the male and female, a range map and
a description, with notes on eld marks, sound,
behavior and preferred habitat. Each buttery
prole shows a color photograph and range
map, along with details on the host plant, nectar
plant, life cycle, habitat and more. Softcover,
79, 288 pages, 2011.
LA193 Hummingbirds and Butteries $11.95
by Rick Mikula
Written by one of North Americas foremost
authorities on butteries, this beautiful full-
color book is lled with information, fun
projects and activities. It gives you not only
a comprehensive identication guide but also
detailed instructions for such things as landscaping
for butteries, making buttery condos, making
your own buttery net, raising caterpillars and
starting your own buttery farm, just to name a
few. Lots of interesting and educational stuff that
will keep kids and adults alike engaged for days
on end. Softcover, 81/211, 166 pages, 2000.
LA223 The Family Buttery Book $13.80
Attracting Native Pollinators
by The Xerces Society
Insect pollinators are essential to the reproduction
of many plants, but the destruction of their natural
habitat has endangered many species. This book
explains the role of pollinators in the ecosystem
and outlines the life cycle and feeding habits of
bees, butteries, moths, beetles and ies and
how they are affected by pesticides, disruption
of nesting areas and scarcity of food plants. It
offers advice on how to incorporate pollinator
habitats into gardens and other spaces. Includes
a eld guide to North American bees, an illus-
trated guide to helpful plants and sample
layouts for pollinator-friendly gardens.
Softcover, 710, 371 pages, 2011.
LA948 Attracting Native Pollinators $23.90

166 Books

Birds in the Yard Month by Month
by Sharon Sorenson
This encyclopedic reference covers the key
factors related to creating a bird-friendly back
yard: food, water, shelter and nesting. Organized
by month, the book is packed with photos,
diagrams and guidelines on hosting birds as visi-
tors or residents. It proles 55 birds, listing
characteristics, food preferences and nesting
habits for each. Using personal anecdotes and
photos from her own back yard, the author
outlines her observations on bird behavior, and
includes instructions on maximizing bird habitat
and cultivating benecial plants. Informative for
both novice and expert birders, it is an excellent
guide for enjoying, understanding and identifying
birds. Softcover, 69, 410 pages, 2013.
LA822 Birds in the Yard $19.50
Audubon Pocket Backyard Birdwatch
by Stephen W. Kress
Written in collaboration with the National
Audubon Society, this pocket guidebook may be
small in size but is plentiful in content. Offering a
broad introduction to birdwatching and related
activities, it is lled with advice on identifying,
attracting and welcoming avian friends. The rst
section describes many aspects of bird behavior,
followed by a section on how to create a bird-
friendly environment around your house, from
installing appropriate nesting and feeding equip-
ment to determining what to plant and how to
manage your lawn. The latter part of the book
examines the features used in bird identication,
proling 40 North American species, each with a
description, illustrated characteristics, color
photos and a color-coded map showing the
species range and seasonal location. Softcover,
471/2, 96 pages, 2010.
LA906 Backyard Birdwatch $8.50
Peterson Field Guides
by Roger Tory Peterson
Petersons guides have
been a mainstay for birders since his rst publica-
tion in 1934. Revised in 2010 with updated text,
paintings and range maps, Birds of Eastern and
Central North America covers 500 species (sixth
edition, 2010, 464 pages). Birds of Western North
America covers 600 species found in areas west of
the 100th meridian and north of Mexico essen-
tially areas in Mountain or Pacic time zones
(fourth edition, 2010, 500 pages). These two classic
eld guides are a compact 58 size.
Also available is the 2008 edition of Peterson Field Guide to
Birds of North America, which is a compilation of species in the
eastern/central and western regions (544 pages, 69).
All three books have Smyth-sewn, exible-back bindings with
vinyl covers. They include a website link to access video
podcasts that supplement the books.
LA191 Eastern/Central N. America $15.95
LA192 Western North America $15.95
LA198 Birds of North America $21.00
Fandex Identication Guides To order call 1-800-871-8158
Bird Guide by Michael W. Robbins
Tree Guide by Steven M.L. Aronson
Here are two eld guides that wont just sit on the shelf, but will regularly nd their way into your
hands. Each deck of cards can be spread open like a fan to display 47 North American species.
Large photographs of the bird or leaf are 4 in height, offering excellent color and detail for easy
identication. The bird guide provides extra photos of the female, nests, and young. An excellent
overview of the birds and their habits, plus quick-reference details such as habitat, range, diet and
status. The tree guide includes additional photos of the mature tree and the fruit, ower or cone, as
well as close-up views of the bark to help identify trees in any season. Each
card provides an interesting description of the tree, plus quick-reference
details such as habitat, geographic range, and size. Both guides are
arranged alphabetically according to common name, with an index that
lists both common and Latin names. Great companions on any stomp
through the woods, they are also an enjoyable way for children to learn.
LA218 Fandex Bird Identication Guide $ 9.50
LA216 Fandex Tree Identication Guide $10.50
Books 167
 Outdoor Project Plans
B by Lee Valley
Elegant and comfortable, furniture made from
this collection of plans will grace any garden
C setting. Based on furniture developed by Ian
Campbell of Ridge Design, all pieces can be
made from standard 16 dressed lumber. Each
set includes templates for making the curved
A pieces, complete step-by-step instructions, and
general notes about hardware and material
selection, tools and nishing.

Garden
Structure Plans
Designed for beginners,
these step-by-step plans
give detailed assembly
instructions. Basic mate-
rials (lists included) are H J
used. Full-scale patterns
are included for parts that
require any shaping. L

A. Arts & Crafts Arbor Plan

D
An easily adaptable plan about 7 high and up to
6 in width and depth (approx. 733 shown).
11L04.06 Arts & Crafts Arbor Plan $17.50
B. Circular Gate Plan Full-size garden seat plan is adaptable
Designed for a 38 opening, overall height is 81/2. to produce matching chairs.
11L04.08 Circular Gate Plan $17.50
C. Obelisk Planter Plan H. Arbor Plan
8 high; base is 2 square. Obelisk (6 high) and Appropriate for any skill level, this attractive
planter (2 high) can be built individually. arbor can be built in a single weekend. Ideal for
11L04.04 Obelisk Planter Plan $17.50 climbing plants, vines or ivy, it is about 84 tall
by 60 wide by 31 deep.
D. Arched Pergola Plan
01L66.01 Arbor Plan $16.50
9 high by 9 wide by 7 deep.
11L04.02 Arched Pergola Plan $17.50 J. Arbor with Seat Plan
An attractive combina-
tion of our arbor and
American Furniture seat plans, this project
is about 84 tall by 60
Design Plans wide by 31 deep when
E
These are excellent furniture plans, covering nished. The optional
many popular designs by leading American K
hardware kit includes
craftsmen. Each 3648 plan is complemented eight stainless-steel carriage bolts, matching
with a detailed instruction book that contains a washers and nuts, plus 10 expansion clips
bill of materials, a cutting list, jig and xture everything required for assembly except
plans (where necessary), alternative construc- common wood screws.
tion notes and suggested nishing techniques. 01L68.01 Arbor with Seat Plan $20.50
F All are well written, and worthwhile invest- K. 01L68.02 Hardware for Arbor/Seat $19.50
ments for a successful project.
L. Garden Seat Plan
E. Tudor Bench Seat With a comfortable
36 high by 62 wide and 20 deep. slotted backrest and M
Skill level Beginner. seat for air circula-
01L50.03 Tudor Bench Seat Plan $15.95tion, this full-size
F. Tudor Chair & Table garden seat plan is
Chair: 36 high by 29 wide and 20 deep. also adaptable to
Skill level Beginner. produce matching
G
01L50.04 Tudor Chair & Table Plan $15.95 chairs. Suitable for an intermediate skill level,
the seat is 34 tall by 28 deep and 58 wide;
Tudor Plan Combo the chair is 34 by 28 by 30 wide. The
Includes Tudor Chair & Table/Tudor Bench Seat.
optional hardware kit includes eight stainless-
01L50.19 Tudor Plan Combo $29.50steel carriage bolts, matching washers and nuts,
G. Lutyens Garden Bench plus 10 expansion clips everything required
42 high by 80 long by 22 deep. for assembly except common wood screws.
Skill level Intermediate. 01L67.01 Garden Seat Plan $16.50
01L50.45 Lutyens Garden Bench Plan $16.95 M. 01L67.02 Hardware for Seat Plan $20.90
168 Books
 Folding Furniture Plans by Lee Valley
Elegant and comfortable, furniture made from this collection of plans will
grace any outdoor setting. Based on furniture developed by Ian Campbell
of Ridge Design, all pieces are designed to be steady in use but to fold
quickly for storage or transport. Each set includes templates for making
the curved pieces (arms and legs), complete step-by-step instructions and
general notes about hardware and material selection, tools and nishing.
Appropriate for any skill level.
Adirondack Plus Plans by Veritas
We feel these are the best Adirondack plans sold today
graceful as well as comfortable. The shaped seat and back
t the body, making them comfortable without cushions.
The full-scale plans include cutting lists and detailed
construction notes, use standard lumber sizes and are
designed with extra bracing for strength and rigidity.
Straightforward to build, since all shaped pieces
are shown full size
on the plans.

A G Chair folded
F

F. Adirondack Plus Folding Chair Plan

A
B Adirondack chair so comfortable, this one folds to only 12 deep. When
Table folded
A. Folding Table Plan
This is an elegant outdoor table, sturdy in use, yet easily folded for
storage. The graceful folding legs and brace avoid the strictly functional
appearance common to other folding tables. Table is 3455 and 30 high,
and folds to 81/2 deep. Templates included for all shaped pieces. The
hardware kit (135 pieces) includes brass screws, stainless-steel lag screws,
bolts and washers, and aluminum hinge plates and KD connectors.
01L61.01 Folding Table Plan $13.95
B. 01L61.02 Hardware for Table $37.50
C. Folding Table Plan
This is the best folding table design
we have seen yet. Easy to
build, it is particularly
stable. There are no catches
or slides that can acciden-
tally let go. The 21 square
top can be modied to any
shape you want round,
octagonal, oval, etc. Folds
to a thickness of about 3. The center
dowel doubles as a carry handle. The
C Two-seater porch
full-size plan includes a cutting list.
05L12.01 Folding Table Plan $14.50
Designed with all the same features that make the xed
folded, it may be hung on a wall or stacked with others. Folding the chair is
as simple as lifting the seat back to disengage it and closing the chair at.
Because fully threaded bolts at the pivot points would cause premature
wear in the wood, we offer a stainless-steel hardware pack consisting of six
custom-made bolts with matching locking nuts and at washers.
The bolts are manufactured with the ideal combination of
head style, material and thread length for use with this plan.
05L05.40 Folding Chair Plan $14.50
G. 05K05.41 Bolts for Folding Chair* $18.50
* For pivoting elements only. Wood screws are still
needed for remainder.
H. Adirondack Plus Chair
& Footstool Plan
You can build a standard chair or,
by cutting the legs and adding H
rockers and extra bracing, you
can also build a rocking chair.
Footstool plan included.
Chair/Rocker Plan
05L05.01 $15.50
Chair & footstool
J
seat & footstool
Two-seater
J rocker

J. Adirondack Plus Seat

E make a comfortable
Potting
D. Folding Potting table folded
Table Plan
With these plans and a few basic
tools, you can build an attractive,
useful work table that is solid in
use but folds at for storage.
Top is 211/236; height is 60.
Folds to 5 deep. Step-by-step
instructions include notes on
materials, tools and nishing.
The 176-piece hardware kit
includes two stainless-steel
folding braces, 12 tie plates,
brass screws, and stainless
washers and nuts (copper pipe is
available at local hardware stores).
01L63.01 Potting Table Plan $12.95
E. 01L63.02 Hardware for Potting Table $54.50
or Rocker Plan
With this plan you can
two-seater porch seat/
garden bench or, by cutting
the legs and adding rockers and
Visit us at extra bracing, a two-seater rocker.
leevalley.com Footstool plan included.
05L05.16 Porch Seat/Rocker Plan $14.95
K. Adirondack Plus Porch
Swing Plan K
This two-seater swing
Two-seater
suspends from an overhang swing
with joists 48 apart using a
triangular chain suspension.
Requires 3/16 chain, chain
D repair links and mounting
hardware all readily
available at your local
hardware store.
05L05.20 Porch Swing Plan $14.50
Books 169
 C D

A G

H
E J

L M
K

Indoor & Outdoor Project Plans H. Water Wheel Plan

These straightforward plans have step-by-step instructions, in-progress photographs, exploded Wheel measures 3 in diameter. Requires a
diagrams and where necessary, full-size, traceable patterns. Appropriate for any skill level, they 240 gph submersible recirculating pump.
include complete material lists and cutting schedules. 11L02.35 Water Wheel Plan $9.95

A. Kitchen Island Plan E. Lighthouse Plan J. Twin-Seater Garden Bench Plan

48 long by 24 wide by 36 tall.
11L02.46 Kitchen Island Plan $10.95
B. Potting Bench Plan
51 long by 24 deep by 65 tall.
11L02.52 Potting Bench Plan $9.95
C. Planter Bench Plan
Planter boxes measure 201/2 square by 17 tall.
11L02.36 Planter Bench Plan $9.95
D. Birdhouse Plan Assortment
Seven plans: four houses and three feeders. For
scale, the Martin Palace is 34 tall by 20 square.
11L02.27 Birdhouse Plan Assortment $16.95
Built from one 48 sheet of plywood. 60 long by 25 deep by 35 tall.
Full-size patterns. Designed for solar path light 11L02.40 Twin-Seater Bench Plan $9.95
(no wiring required). 5 tall.
11L02.18 Lighthouse Plan $9.95 K. Hexagonal Tree Seat Plan
Actual plan designed to t an 18 dia. tree, but
F. Garden Shed Plan easily adjustable for other trees.
90 tall by 48 wide by 24 deep. 11L02.41 Hexagonal Tree Seat Plan $9.95
11L02.47 Garden Shed Plan $10.95
L. Canopy Glider Swing Plan
G. Cupola Plan 8 long by 61/2 wide by 8 tall.
25 square by 36 tall. 11L02.11 Canopy Glider Swing Plan $9.95
11L02.62 Cupola Plan $9.95
M. Playhouse Plan
For additional plans, visit leevalley.com Measures 6 square (including porch) by 6 tall.
11L02.33 Playhouse Plan $9.95

Folding Rocking Chair Plans by Lee Valley

Based on rocker designs from the 1850s, these plans and N
hardware kits preserve the character of the era. Plans include
fully diagrammed instructions and full-size templates for
all curved pieces. The pivoting hardware packs include
O stainless-steel bolts and hard-to-nd lock nuts. The hardware
P pack for the narrow chair includes 8 bolts, 8 lock nuts and
20 washers; the pack for the wide chair includes 14 bolts,
Folded narrow
14 lock nuts and 36 washers. rocking chair
The narrow chair is 38 high, 17 wide, 33 deep and folds
N to 8 thick. The wide chair is 42 high, 23 wide, 35 deep
and folds to less than 11 thick. Compact, they are well suited P
for any veranda, cabin or porch. We recommend exterior-
grade Baltic birch plywood for the curved pieces (chairs made
with plywood usually have opaque nishes). Strip-laminated
solid wood, albeit more challenging, is equally suitable.
N. 01L64.01 Narrow Rocking Chair Plan $14.95
O. 01L64.02 Hardware Pack for Narrow Chair $21.50
P. 01L65.01 Wide Rocking Chair Plan $16.50 Folded wide
01L65.02 Hardware Pack for Wide Chair $31.50 rocking chair
170 Books

Fences, Gates & Bridges A Practical Manual
First published in 1892, this book describes tradi-
tional fencing methods in exquisite detail, covering
rail fences, such as the zigzag and stake-and-rider
styles, fences made of sod, stone, saplings, boards,
and pickets, and a wide variety of hedges used to
contain animals. The section on gates includes a
wide variety of styles and deals with the prevention
of sag in gates and compensation for it once it occurs.
It covers swing gates, balance gates, swivel gates,
lift gates, ood gates, wickets and stiles. The section
on bridges focuses mainly on the types of bridges
and culverts that a small property owner might
require. About 300 illustrations, softcover, Smyth
sewn, 51/281/2, 192 pages. Reprinted in 1999.
49L80.15 Fences, Gates & Bridges $13.50
Windmills and
Wind Motors
How To Build And Run Them
by F.E. Powell
This little book traces the evolution of the wind-
mill with historical examples, then moves through
anemometers and horizontal windmills to wind
motors with a vertical axle and a pantanemone,
simple precursor to the modern turbine. It tells
how to make a simple wind-pressure gauge and
gives detailed diagrams for four windmills: a
working model windmill and three practical mills,
culminating in one with sails 10 in diameter that
will yield up to 1/2 horsepower, suitable for
pumping water or driving a generator. Its great
value is enabling the reader to produce something
that will turn merrily in the wind, whether a simple
anemometer or a working mill. Its pleasant
reading, even if you never build anything.
Softcover, Smyth sewn, 51/28, 78 pages. First
published in 1910; reprinted in 1999.
49L80.19 Windmills and Wind Motors $9.95
Classic Reprint Series
Here is a selection of books from our Classic Reprint Series by Algrove Publishing, the publishing
arm of Lee Valley Tools. They are reprints of books long since out of print, some as long as 100 years
ago, and we are able to offer them at attractive prices. All of these books have Smyth-sewn signatures
for a sturdy binding the pages will not fall out.
Handy Farm Devices
by Rolfe Cobleigh
At one time, people regularly made things
for themselves rather than buying them.
Published in 1910, this book was one of
many self-sufciency guides of the day.
It was intended for the small farmer, but is
invaluable for anyone who wants to make
or modify equipment for his or her own use.
It is handy to know how to make such things
as a simple wire splicer, wire tensioner,
basic trellises or easy concrete forms.
It shows how to multiply your strength
using lever and pulley mechanisms to move awkward, heavy
loads, as when transplanting trees. Some details are dated, but
much of the rest is of high utility. Numerous line drawings pack
more information into the pages than would be possible with
words and photos alone. Smyth-sewn softcover, acid-free paper,
69, 288 pages. Reprinted in 2000.
49L80.27 Handy Farm Devices $13.95
Lees Priceless Recipes
At the turn of the 20th century, it was
popular to publish books that professed
to include virtually all knowledge to date.
Most popular of the genre were the books
of secret recipes, revealing industrial
secrets to the layman. First published in
1895, Lees Priceless Recipes covers an
extraordinary range in its 3000 secrets.
There are several hundred formulas for
stains, paints, waxes and false nishes
of all types, as well as advice on tanning
hides, preserving eggs, drying fruit and
purifying rancid butter.
Softcover, 41/26, 370 pages, this is an exact reprint
of the 1895 original published by Laird and Lee of
Chicago. Smyth sewn for a sturdy binding the pages
will not fall out. Reprinted in 1998 as part of our
Classic Reprint Series.
49L80.01 Lees Priceless Recipes $9.50
Farm Workshop Guide
Farmers have always been innova-
tive but never more so than at the
end of WWII, which came hard on
the heels of the Great Depression of
the 1930s. Self-sufciency had
become a necessity and this book
reminds you that you actually can
x many things; you dont always
have to buy a replacement. It is a
wonderful record of ingenuity,
bizarre at times but always inter-
esting and enlightening. Though
some of the information no longer applies, much of it,
such as the section on fences, gates, stiles and clotheslines,
is as relevant today as it was in 1947 when it was written.
This is the handymans equivalent of How to Succeed in
Business. It is a must-read for anyone who enjoys manual
skills and is interested in repairing things.
Smyth-sewn softcover, 81/4101/4, 151 pages.
First published in 1947. Reprinted in 2006.
49L81.41 Farm Workshop Guide $14.50
Books 171
 LIGHTS & LANTERNS
A
When any light detects motion, all lights
in the network will activate.
A. Smart-Sensor Outdoor LED Lighting
These are the only outdoor lights weve seen that
talk to each other. Completely wireless and
switchless, the battery-operated lights contain
an infrared motion detector coupled with a radio
transmitter the instant someone comes within
the sensors range (up to 30), it not only turns
that light on, but the transmitter also sends a
signal to activate all other lights simultaneously.
Remote control
with 75 range
172
Photocell activates Weatherproof seal
in darkness only.
Sensor B
detects
motion
up to 30
away.
200-lumen
oodlight
Tilts or rotates
Screw-mount base
Rated for all-season exposure, each light has
a tough, weatherproof housing made of
impact-resistant plastic and stands about 61/2
tall. The screw-mount base lets you tilt and
rotate the bright 200-lumen oodlight beam to
aim it as needed. The high-efciency Cree
LEDs run on three D batteries (not included),
good for over 3000 activations. To conserve
battery life, the lights automatically shut off if B. Cree LED Camping Lantern
no motion is detected for 30 seconds, and an This compact camping lantern has two intensity
integral light sensor prevents needless settings and can also serve as a directional spot-
daylight activation. light or a ashing emergency light. The rotating
The lights are sold in pairs, or as additional bulb housing can be set in
single lights to expand an existing network.* the lantern position
You can use up to a total of 50 lights or subdi- to disperse 360 through
vide your system into as many as four the transparent sides for a
separate networks. wide area of illumination,
A exible, well-thought-out system thats or in the spotlight position
remarkably easy to install and use. for a narrowly focused
GL130 Smart-Sensor LEDs, pkg. of 2 $74.50 beam out of the top of the
GL131 Smart-Sensor LED, ea. $40.00 lantern. It has a rugged,
* Whether triggered by motion or a radio signal water-resistant aluminum
from another light, as each light turns on it sends its casing and includes a Rotating bulb housing
own signal to activate others in the network. lanyard and carabiner clip. can be set in lantern or
Transmitter range between any two lights is up to spotlight position.
150 (less if blocked by obstructions), but because Measures 6 tall by 21/4 in
the signal spreads from light to light, a 50-light diameter. Four AA batteries are included.
network can span up to 7500 overall. 45K18.58 LED Camping Lantern $29.50
Weatherproof seal
C C. Remote-Controlled Outdoor LED Floodlight
This outdoor light gives you two options for
wireless operation you can use the included
remote control to turn it on or off, or let the
Sensor
detects built-in infrared sensor automatically trigger it
motion whenever someone comes near. The sensor
up to 30
away. detects motion up to 30 away and keeps the
light on until no further movement is detected
Photocell for 30 seconds; an integral light sensor
activates
in dark-
automatically prevents daylight activation.
ness only. The high-efciency Cree LEDs can be
set to 60, 90 or 140 lumens and run on
three D batteries you supply (good for
Floodlight about 25 hours at the brightest setting).
Tilts or rotates. Rated for all-season exposure, the light
Screw-mount base has a tough weatherproof housing made
of impact-resistant plastic and stands about
61/2 tall. The screw-mount base lets you tilt and rotate the
bright oodlight beam to aim it as needed. A wall holder for
To order call 1-800-871-8158 the remote control is also provided. Fasteners for installing the
or visit our website at light base and the remote holder are included. A simple way to
leevalley.com add or improve lighting without requiring an electrician.
GL135 Remote-Controlled Floodlight $30.00
 A. Candle-Powered LED Lantern
This innovative lantern generates its
own electricity by harnessing the
heat energy of a single
candle ame to run eight
LEDs. No power cord or batteries are
required. It produces the equivalent light of A E
about 18 tealight candles (70 lumens), more
than enough to read by or illuminate a table
top. The lanterns operation is based on the
Seebeck effect, using thermocouple technology
to generate an electric current by exploiting the
temperature difference between the
inside of the lantern and the
cooler outside air.
Largely made of stainless steel,
aluminum and tempered glass,
the lantern is 778 tall. An
internal chamber keeps the ame
safely enclosed, preventing it
from blowing out. The LEDs are
set inside the rim of the peaked
roof, which can be placed on top
of the lantern to illuminate a
localized area, or elevated on E. Lanterna 3-Stage Touch Wireless Lamp
two telescoping supports for a This is a really useful lamp. Compact and lightweight,
wider oodlight effect. Three it turns on with just a light tap on the top so you are
tealights included. Made in Canada. never left fumbling for a switch in the dark. Additional
45K18.53 Candle-Powered Lantern $124.00 taps let you toggle the light through the low, medium
and high settings (23, 55 and 100 lumens) or turn the
lamp off. On the high setting, it emits more than enough
Extends to full light to read by or brightly illuminate a table top. After
height of 181/4.
four hours of continuous use, it automatically shuts off.
The lamp stands about 8 tall with a stable 4 diameter
base, and features a metal housing with a brushed nickel
nish. Its 23 LEDs are set behind a tough, partially frosted
polycarbonate lens for diffuse lighting. The lamp will
run for up to 120 hours on the low setting and up to 30
hours on the high setting, using three AA batteries you
supply. It should not be left out in the elements.
A good light for the campsite or just sitting with friends
on the patio, it also makes an excellent bedside lamp.
Highly recommended.
GL102 Lanterna Lamp $29.95
Solar panel
Luci Inatable Solar-Charged Lanterns
These are versatile lanterns. Waterproof, Each lantern can be carried as a ashlight,
set on a surface or hung by the strap.
lightweight and compact, they inate so
they can be carried as a ashlight, set
on a surface or hung using the integral B
strap. On top of that, you dont have to C
carry spare batteries eight hours of sun
fully recharges the long-lasting battery, C D
and the charge is retained for up to a B
year between uses. The batteries
have a consistent output right to
the end of their charge, and can be
recharged repeatedly for years of use.
The frosted lantern has 10 warm white Lanterns deate for storage.
LEDs for a cozier ambient light. The clear
lantern has 10 cool white LEDs for clear lighting. Popular for use outdoors when boating
Both have low, high and attention-getting ash or camping, and as an alternative to
settings, and provide 10 hours of illumination candles for a power failure kit.
on the 65-lumen high setting. They measure B. GL120 Frosted Lantern $19.95 D
5 in diameter and inate from 1 to 41/4 tall. C. GL121 Clear Lantern $19.95
The emergency lantern has frosted sides for D. GL122 Emergency Lantern $14.95
Emergency lantern
ambient lighting and a clear end for effective has an SOS ash
ashlight use. It has three white LEDs and one red D setting that alter-
nates between red
LED; in addition to low, high and regular ash and white.
settings, it has an SOS ash setting that alternates
between red and white. It provides 7 hours of
light on the 25-lumen high setting. Measures
4 in diameter and inates from 1 to 41/8 tall.
Lights & Lanterns 173
 A One minute of cranking provides about
15 minutes of light at the high setting. D
A. Miniature Candle Lantern
Compact and convenient, this lantern
is only 4 tall and weighs 31/2 oz. Just
one will illuminate a table with a warm Rare-earth magnets
let you mount it on
glow for up to four hours using a readily available tealight candle (one candle any ferrous surface.
is included). The polished aluminum body, stainless-steel cap and thick glass
chimney protect against gusts of wind and have indirect ventilation for a D. Dynamo Work Light
consistent ame. A twist-lock plastic base makes lighting the candle easy, and The built-in dynamo in this work light ensures you
has clips that hold the candle securely even if the lantern are not dependent on batteries or a separate charger to
is knocked over. A bail handle lets you hang it to provide provide power. It emits a bright, diffused light at two
light from above. Made in USA. intensity levels, and the multi-point light source does not
GB314 Candle Lantern $13.50 cast harsh shadows. The high setting uses 60 LED bulbs;
the low setting uses 28. One minute of cranking provides
about 15 minutes of light at the high setting, depending
B on cranking speed. A swivelling hanging hook folds into
B. Dietz No. 80 the back for storage. Integral rare-earth magnets let you
Hurricane Lantern mount it on any ferrous surface, such as on a fender or inside a hood.
Even a hurricane will not It has a rubberized ribbed casing for good grip. A clear polycarbonate
blow this lantern out. It shield protects the bulbs from damage. The LEDs will never need
gives off a 12-candlepower replacing. Housing measures 12 long by 21/8 wide by 15/8 thick; the
light, burns continuously LED array is about 5 long by 1 wide. Optional AC adapter available.
for up to 26 hours and goes 99K10.50 Work Light $17.50
out automatically if the 99K10.51 AC Adapter $ 2.95
lantern tips over. Hunter
green with gold trim. Metal E. Controlled Beam PIR Light
and glass construction. 15 Unlike any other LED light on the market, this one is controllable in both
tall, not including the the range of infrared motion detection and in the direction of light
handle. Uses lamp oil emitted, as well as having all the features of our other LED infrared
or kerosene. detection light (09A06.01). These include the ability to set the period of
Dietz Lantern time the light will stay on once activated (5, 10, 30 or 60 seconds), choice
GL250 $23.50 of degree of darkness for activation, operational brightness, easy wireless
installation, an on/off switch and six LED lights good for 80,000 hours.
C. LED Infrared Detection Light It is ideal for use wherever you need enough light to check on room
This advanced six-LED motion detector can detect occupants (babies or ill people) but do not want to awaken them. The
people up to 16 away anywhere in its 90 viewing range. It shuts off automatically beam can be set so that the light will not shine directly on the occupant
after 20, 60 or 90 seconds (you set the period you want). Similarly, you set the and will be activated only at the level you set, e.g., both light and
light level at which it turns on, avoiding daytime activation. A second light-level detection beam can be set below mattress level so that anyone rolling
control lets you adjust brightness to meet your minimum needs. Useful in over or lifting an arm will not activate it. Of equal value, if the occupant
closets, cupboards, nurseries, etc., it is ideal for lighting stairways, since it starts to get out of bed, the light will come on as soon as a foot touches
requires no visible light to detect movement. Attaches with an included double- the oor. It is also useful in many other places where you may want a
faced adhesive pad or two screws. Each comes with four AAA batteries whose light that can be aimed in any direction, not just at 90 to the mounting
life depends on the light settings you use. The adjoining chart indicates how pad. A double-sided adhesive tape pad as well as screws and anchors
long the batteries should last at maximum brightness Battery for installation are included, along with four AAA batteries.
with the automatic shut-off set at 20 seconds. The base Activations life
per day (months) 09A06.02 Controlled Beam PIR Light $13.50
measures about 3 /8 in diameter. For indoor use only.
3
09A06.01 LED Infrared Detection Light $9.95 0 22
10 10
20 6
30 4-5
C 40 3-4

E
 Shown actual size.
Rod magnets
secure light to tool.
A
A. Magnetic LED Tool Light
If youve ever had to clench a ashlight in your teeth while working in a
dark space, youll immediately recognize why this low-prole tool light
is so useful. Its two rare-earth magnets let you attach it to a screwdriver,
socket extension or wrench, to shine a bright beam of light right where
you need it. Not just for hand tools, the light can also be attached to any
ferrous surface such as a drill press or table saw. Weighing only 20
grams (about 3/4 oz), the 13/4 long light is unobtrusive to carry or store.
Uses four button-cell batteries (included).
09A04.90 Magnetic LED Tool Light $7.50
B. Stand-Up Folding LED Magnier
Illuminated magniers are commonplace,
but this one stands out. The 3X acrylic lens
is mounted on an articulated stand that extends B D. 68K08.98 LED Light, White
up to 8 high, with a stable base to permit hands-
free use. The unit folds up for protected storage,
forming a tidy package about the size of a digital
camera. You can activate either of the two LED
arrays separately to select lighting for different
purposes. The four-LED array illuminates directly
beneath the lens to spotlight the object being
magnied, while the ve-LED array casts light
more widely, allowing use as a task lamp.
Requires three AAA batteries (you supply).
45K27.09 Folding LED Magnier $9.95
C. Magnier Light
With a lens diameter of 90mm (31/2) and a magnication power of 2.5, this
glass magnier contains its own LED to illuminate your work. Originally
designed for reading maps, it eliminates the need to twist and tilt your
material to catch enough light for close examination. It requires four
AA batteries (not included).
99K10.21 Magnier Light $8.50
C
D E
Rotates 360 with stops
to hold it in two positions.
Pivoting Carabiner LED Light
Attach it where you want it, aim it where you need it; this is one convenient
little light. Clipped to a jacket zipper, it emits a diffuse glow that can be angled
to illuminate your path or check a map. It can even serve as an overhead light,
lighting an entire tent when attached to the ceiling. Visible from a distance, the
bright LED can be set to glow continuously or ash, making it an ideal safety
light for keeping you (or your pet) visible when walking at night.
The 11/4 diameter soft polymer housing is water resistant to withstand adverse
weather and has a stainless-steel carabiner clip. The LED can rotate 360 with
stops to hold it in line with or at a right angle to the mount. Two replaceable
long-life lithium batteries included. We offer a white light that lets you see colors
accurately and a red light that preserves your night vision.
$9.50
E. 68K08.99 LED Light, Red $9.50
Red and white
lights shown.
F. Carabiner LED Light
This convenient small light clips easily to a
zipper, backpack, key chain or dog collar. Visible
from a distance, the bright LED makes an ideal
safety light for walking at night, providing a soft,
diffused light that can be set to glow continuously F
or ash. The 11/4 diameter soft polymer housing
is water resistant to withstand adverse weather,
and has a stainless-steel carabiner clip. Two
replaceable long-life lithium batteries included.
68K06.70 Carabiner Light, White $6.95
68K06.71 Carabiner Light, Red $6.95
68K06.72 Carabiner Light, Blue $6.95
68K06.73 Carabiner Light, Green $6.95
Clip-On LED Lights
Designed to keep you visible when walking or G
biking at night, these clip-on lights have three
modes: constant-on, ash and rapid strobe. Each
has a strong spring clip for secure attachment to
clothing or gear. Less than an ounce in weight and
only 11/4 in diameter, they are unobtrusive in use
and easy to stow in a backpack or jacket pocket
until needed. Operates on two included button-cell
batteries. Available with a red or clear lens.
G. 68K09.04 LED Clip Light, Red $6.50
H. 68K09.05 LED Clip Light, Clear $6.50
G
H
G
175
 Gripper adjustment knob

Coated for grip.

A
F

Case is sealed with O-rings,

making it waterproof.

LED Flashlights
Locking knob
Anyone who has owned a for rotating arm
B light with a single LED can
appreciate how bright these Gripper for
smaller lights
lights might be. Compact and 1 magnet covered
long lasting, the 9-LED light with high-friction pad
is 11/8 in diameter and 4 Gripper for larger lights
long. The 21-LED light, 21/3 F. Trouble Light/Flashlight Holder
times as bright with a heavier Having a ashlight in your car in case of
body construction, is more like a small trouble is always a good idea. Equally good
spotlight than a ashlight. The distance it can span is impressive. It is is to have some hands-free way of holding it
1 /8 in diameter and 3 /2 long. Each light comes with three AAA alka-
3 1
so that you can focus the light directly on the
line batteries installed, enough to power the 9-LED version for 20 to 30 problem area. This holder will grip anything
hours, or the 21-LED light for 16 to 20 hours in continuous use. from the smallest LED light to a 21/2 diameter
A. 67K74.45 9-LED Flashlight $4.95 ashlight, or a corded trouble light. The
B. 67K74.47 21-LED Flashlight $8.95 strong 1 rare-earth magnet in the holder base
(covered with a high-friction pad) will let you
C C. Mini Dynamo Flashlight
secure a light to a fender for a tire change,
Its hard to go wrong with inside the hood for motor work,
this hand-crank flashlight. on the car roof as a warning light, etc.
Two minutes of cranking Adjustable to any angle, the holder folds
provides about 20 to t a 1241/2 storage space.
minutes of light, 67K74.40 Flashlight Holder $9.50
and youll never
have to worry about
dead or leaking batteries.
At only 31/2 long by 2 Flashlight
wide by 11/4 thick with the not included.
crank folded for storage, it is ideal
for keeping in a glove compartment,
kitchen drawer, purse or backpack. Its three
bright LED bulbs are rated for 100,000 hours, so
Two minutes of cranking
provides about 20
they will never need replacing. 1+ 3+
minutes of light. 45K18.47 Dynamo Flashlight, ea. $9.50 $8.55

Carabiner/Brim Light
With its interchangeable clips, this compact wide-beam LED light can be
used in two ways. The carabiner clip has a 3/8 gate for attaching to a key G. Touch-Activated LED Headlamp
ring, backpack or zipper pull. The brim clip allows mounting to a baseball This innovative headlamp has an integrated
cap for hands-free use, and has a hinge to set the angle of the light. touch sensor that responds to light nger
Weighing just 1/2 oz (14g), the light is easy to carry no matter where you contact. A quick swipe in one direction acti-
clip it. It has high (10 lumen), low and ash settings. Powered by two vates a bright white beam, and a swipe in the
included CR2016 lithium button-cell batteries, it lasts for about 36 hours other direction turns on a red beam that lets you
on the low setting. Made in USA. see well without compromising your night
D. 68K05.70 Blue Carabiner/Brim Light $10.95 vision. Both colors can be set to any of three
E. 68K05.72 Red Carabiner/Brim Light $10.95 brightness settings or an attention-getting
blink pattern. On the high white-light setting,
Carabiner clip
it emits a bright 142-lumen spotlight that illu-
minates objects up to 280 (85m) away. Made
Interchangeable clips of impact-resistant polycarbonate, the housing
D
is waterproof to a depth of 3 (1m). It can be
tilted to six positions within a 45 range. The
E comfortable strap is adjustable and removable.
Uses three included AAA batteries.
Touch Headlamp
68K06.95 $32.50

Brim clip

Touch sensor
responds to light
nger contact.

Light can be
angled down.
 B

A
Runs on three Rechargeable
AAA batteries. battery

Lamp tilts 85.

Suprabeam Headlamps
With a lens and reector
combination that provides
excellent focus control, these
headlamps produce brilliant
illumination from the middle
of the beam to the edge,
whether narrowly focused as a
spotlight or set as a broad oodlight.
An integrated microcontroller regulates
power to the Cree LEDs, ensuring consistent
light output and long battery life. A mode
button lets you easily switch the lamp on and
off, or activate an emergency ash setting.
When you hold the mode button down, the light
dims steadily from full power to a faint glow
and back to full power again, holding the
desired setting when you release; the lamp
saves this setting and returns to it the next time
it is turned on. Lightweight, water resistant and
durably constructed, the lamps have an
aluminum lens housing set in a rugged plastic
body that can be tilted to six different positions
within an 85 range. The housing is padded on
the back for comfort, and the adjustable head-
band is easy to remove for washing. Designed,
quality inspected and packaged in Denmark,
the headlamps are assembled in China from
components made in the USA and China. Each
comes backed with a 5-year warranty against
defects in material and workmanship, and is
supplied in a rugged nylon belt/storage pouch.
The V3air lamp produces a beam that is
adjustable from 5 to 150 lumens; an additional
boost mode produces a high-intensity
250-lumen beam that can illuminate objects
C
We also offer two models
powered by an included
lithium-ion battery that can
be recharged from a USB
port (adapter cable included).
The V3air Rechargeable lamp
produces a beam that is adjustable
between 5 and 250 lumens; the boost
mode produces a 320-lumen beam that can illumi-
nate objects up 210m (690) away. Operates for up D
to 100 hours on a charge weighs 150g (5.3 oz).
The V3pro Rechargeable light has a beam that is
adjustable from 25 to 170 lumens; the boost mode
produces a 400-lumen beam that can illuminate
objects up to 245m (800) away. Weighs 184g
(6.5 oz). Can also be recharged with the included
plug-in charger.
To wear any of the V3 headlamps on a hardhat or
other hard-plastic helmet, we offer an optional head-
band made of tough elastic silicone with a texture
that resists slipping on the helmets smooth surface.
Used in place of the fabric band supplied with the
headlamp, the 7/8 wide band measures 24 in D
circumference and stretches to t a maximum
circumference of 28.

up 195m (640) away, operating for up to 3 A. 45K19.94 Headlamp, V3air $ 49.00

minutes before returning to the normal on B. 45K19.96 Headlamp, V3air Rechargeable $ 78.00
setting. It weighs 140g (5 oz) and runs on three C. 45K19.97 Headlamp, V3pro Rechargeable $135.00
AAA batteries (included) for up to 100 hours. D. 45K19.99 Silicone Headband $ 7.95

E. Cree LED Headlamp

This is a good headlamp at a great price. It uses a Cree LED lighting chip, which produces
remarkably bright 160-lumen lighting at full intensity. The beam is adjustable from a wide-
angle oodlight to a narrow-focus spotlight by simply sliding the lens housing forward.
E
A mode button lets you quickly change the light brightness from a soft glow for walking
at night to full intensity, or switch to an emergency ash setting. The lamp can be easily
tilted through a 90 range, so you can position the beam to suit your needs. It weighs
about 4 oz and has soft foam padding on the back for comfort. Three AAA batteries
are included. Useful not only for outdoor activities such as camping or reading
maps, but also in the workshop as a task light.
45K17.02 Cree LED Headlamp $18.50

177
 A

B, C & D
come with
A a belt case.

Penlight lens
housing rotates to
adjust light beam. B C D
The light beam is adjustable from a narrow
spotlight to a wide-area oodlight. Flashlights have
telescoping lens Recharging station, two rechargeable batteries
housing to adjust and storage case included with item D.
the light beam.
A-D, F
Only 61/2 long, it toggles between 900, 450 or 200 lumens, strobe and off. The beam adjusts
Suprabeam Flashlights and Headlamps from a 5 spotlight to a 70 oodlight. It comes with a lanyard and a belt case with a slot for
Lightweight, compact and water resistant, these lights produce the backup battery. Able to illuminate up to 1130 away, it runs for up to 9 hours on one of
brilliant illumination from the middle of the beam to the edge, the two supplied rechargeable,
whether focused as a narrow spotlight or a broad oodlight. high capacity Li-ion batteries.
A microcontroller regulates power to the Cree LEDs for A recharging station with stan- E
consistent output and long battery life. Flashlight bodies are dard and USB plugs is included.
tough aircraft-grade aluminum; lamps have an aluminum lens The nylon hardhat mount
housing set in a rugged plastic body. Each is backed with a lets you afx any Q7 ashlight
5-year warranty. to a hardhat with 11/8 side
vents, allowing hands-free use
Suprabeam Flashlights as a headlamp. It clips into the
Just 51/2 long, the powerful Q1 penlight has two modes vent and a strong elastic strap
(20 and 100 lumens) and adjusts from a 5 spotlight to a 65 holds the ashlight securely, while a series of position
oodlight. It illuminates up to 230 away and runs for up to stops lets you adjust the rotating base in 30 incre-
8 hours on two included AAA batteries. The Q2 ashlight ments to aim the light as needed.
is just over 41/2 long and has settings of 30 or 170 lumens. A. 45K19.81 Q1 Penlight, 100 lm $ 39.50
The beam adjusts from a 5 spotlight to a 60 oodlight. B. 45K19.82 Q2 Flashlight, 170 lm $ 52.50
It comes with a lanyard and a belt case. Illuminates up to C. 45K19.86 Q7C Flashlight, 350 lm $ 72.00 E
500 away and runs for up to 6 hours on one included AA D. 45K19.88 Q7XR Flashlight, 900 lm $189.00
battery. The Q7C ashlight (about 51/4 long) toggles between E. 45K19.80 Hardhat Mount $ 10.95
350, 200 or 50 lumens, strobe and off. The beam adjusts from
a 5 spotlight to a 70 oodlight. It comes with a lanyard and F. Suprabeam Q7defend Flashlight
a belt case. Illuminates up to 590 away and runs for up to 16 Modelled after ashlights widely used by military and police forces, this is an impressively
hours on four included AAA batteries. The Q7XR ashlight rugged, powerful light. About 63/4 long and weighing 210g (just under 1/2 lb), it has a
provides searchlight-like power in a compact ashlight. sturdy housing made of tough aircraft-grade aluminum with a soft, textured urethane
coating for sure grip. Like the other Suprabeam ashlights we offer, its lens and reector
combination produces brilliant, clear illumination from the middle of the beam to the edge.
Sliding the telescoping lens housing adjusts beam focus from a narrow 5 spotlight to a
F
broad 70 oodlight; a twist then locks the chosen beam angle, holding that position until
Toggle reset. Its toggle switch lets you select between different lighting modes (350 lumens, 200
switch lumens, 50 lumens and strobe, intended to disorient attackers) and has a recessed design
to avoid accidental activation. An integrated microcontroller regulates power to the Cree
LEDs, ensuring consistent light output and long battery life. Uses four AAA batteries
(included) and runs for up to 75 hours on the lowest setting. Backed with a 5-year warranty,
it comes with a rugged nylon belt sheath and is supplied in a tted gift box.
45K19.90 Q7defend Flashlight $88.00

G. Color Filters for Q7defend Flashlight

An accessory for the Suprabeam Q7defend ashlight (45K19.90),
these four interchangeable color lters are designed to improve visi-
bility under specic conditions. Red and green lters reduce the
tendency of bright light to compromise night vision (green is most
G effective in woods or anywhere green is the dominant back-
ground color), the blue is used by hunters for tracking
game, and the yellow is intended for use in fog or
smoke, similar to the fog lights on some vehicles.
45K19.91 Set of 4 Color Filters $24.50

Slide lens housing To order call 1-800-871-8158

178 Lights & Lanterns to adjust beam focus.
 CAMPING & TRAVEL
Telescoping Hiking Stick
This is a great stick for hiking. Not
A only does it telescope and lock at
exactly the length you need (from
293/4 to 63), but it also has a spring-
loaded anti-shock mechanism (which
can be turned off), a camera mount
under the knob, and a thermometer
and compass on the wrist strap. Made
from strong but lightweight aircraft
aluminum, it is especially helpful in
going down slopes, saving stress on
the knees. The tip is rubber, but can
be removed to reveal a carbide tip for
sure grip on slippery surfaces. Also
includes a removable snow basket
(like those on ski poles) to assist in Carbide tip for Comes with a handy
compass and thermometer.
A. Engineers Compass
deep snow. walking on ice

This closed-case compass is ideal for hiking, exploring and Telescoping Hiking Stick
boating. The housing is made from zinc-aluminum alloy with a 45K42.17 $24.50
painted bronze nish; it has an integral sighting wire in the lid, used Replacement Rubber Tip
in conjunction with a built-in magnifying lens for reading bearings. 45K42.18 $ 1.00

Extends from 293/4 to 63.

The directional needle has mineral oil damping. Comes with
complete instructions for use plus a magnetic variation map, so that Visit us at leevalley.com
you can determine the difference between magnetic north and true
north for your area of North America. Great value in a compass.
45K16.70 Engineers Compass $9.95
B
Lee Valley & Veritas Carabiner Watches
These tough, good-looking watches have a C
carabiner that hooks onto a belt loop,
jacket or backpack. An integral LED bulb
emits a red narrow-focus beam to illumi-
nate your path without compromising your
night vision. The metal alloy case with
stainless-steel back is water resistant to
100, and the Arabic dial has phosphores-
cent hour markers and hands. 31/8 long
overall. Japanese quartz movement.
Available in red with a Lee Valley logo or in black with a
Veritas logo. Each comes in a tted presentation box. An excel-
lent gift for outdoor enthusiasts particularly those who want to
get home in time for supper.
B. 45K18.90 Veritas Carabiner Watch $34.50
C. 45K18.89 Lee Valley Carabiner Watch $34.50

D. LokSak Bags
Originally developed for scuba divers, these zip-closure bags are
also of use to travellers, campers or anyone who needs to keep a
wallet, camera or other gear dry. They are lightweight and easily
folded or rolled to t into a pocket, and you can even operate
touchscreen devices through the walls of the bag. Made of 6-mil
thick polyethylene, they are watertight (to a depth of 200/60m),
impenetrable by dust and sand, and pliable enough to resist D
cracking in -40F/C temperatures. We found the 33/47 size
useful for small articles such as a cell phone or matches, while
the 41/27 is suitable for a passport. Maps, paperbacks or tablet
computers t inside the 81/411 bag, and the 1212 size
holds an SLR camera or other bulky items. Although durable,
the bags wont last indenitely in use, and should be checked for
signs of wear before reuse. Available in an assorted package of
four sizes (33/47, 41/27, 61/49, 81/411) as well as
packages of two single-size bags. Measurements given are
nominal. NSF- and FDA-approved food safe. Highly recom-
mended. Made in USA.
GB345 Assorted Bags, pkg. of 4 $13.50
GB342 41/27 Bags, pkg. of 2 $ 8.90
GB343 81/411 Bags, pkg. of 2 $10.90
GB344 1212 Bags, pkg. of 2 $13.90
204 179

A. Yankee Hatchet
Well made with a traditional design, this hatchet
offers a great combination of quality and value.
It has a classic Yankee pattern head (a form that
originates in the UK, incidentally) with a thin, gently
concave prole thats ideal for splitting kindling or
cutting saplings. It is forged in Germany by a family-
run rm that has been making axes since 1919, and
tted with a 121/2 lightly recurved handle made from
American hickory. Weighing 2 lb, the hatchet is
nicely balanced to minimize fatigue in use, and has a
31/2 face with a at hammer back, suitable for driving
tent stakes. A dependable tool for a reasonable price.
65U15.20 Yankee Hatchet $29.50
B. Pocket Chain Saw
Although compact, lightweight and portable, this
rugged tool can efciently cut through a 3 diameter
tree branch in 60 seconds using a simple seesaw
technique. Its size and exibility make it particularly
adaptable for sawing at odd angles or in tight,
awkward spaces, such as root removal in trenches,
clearing brush from fences and trimming in corners.
The 92 bi-directional 1/2 high teeth are hardened
high-strength steel with a rust-resistant coating. The
chain saw is 38 long with a 201/2 long blade and
ergonomic handles, and coils to t into an included
33/413/441/2 carrying case. The tool and case belt-looped nylon scabbard that it comes in. It is useful for anglers (note the hook remover on the saw-
together weigh 71/2 oz. Instructions included.
09A03.80 Pocket Chain Saw $15.50
B maneuver. As an improvement on the conven-
180
C
C. Estwing Sportsmans Hatchet
A true classic, this hatchet is one any avid camper would be proud to own. Forged in the USA, it
features the same rugged one-piece construction that earned Estwing hammers their reputation for
near-indestructibility. The 31/4 face is hand ground to a thin, gently concave prole, ideal for splitting
kindling or cutting saplings. The neck has a stout prole but slim cross section, making it strong
but lightweight. 13 overall and about 1 lb 10 oz, it is beautifully balanced to minimize fatigue in
use and light enough to carry comfortably on your hip or in a backpack. The back of the head is a
at hammer face, suitable for driving tent stakes. The recurved handle has a nely nished leather
grip that is compressed and riveted over the shank for durability. Comes in a tough woven nylon
belt sheath with a snap closure. Built to last a lifetime, it makes a practical, attractive gift any
outdoor enthusiast would be thrilled to receive.
69K10.10 Estwing Hatchet $39.90
D. Multi-Tool
There are many multi-tools on the
market, but most are of poor quality
and have elements that are seldom
needed. This one is made of stainless D
steel and is very well made. The 13/4
hatchet head is razor sharp and comes Edge guard
with an edge guard. The knife blade,
tapered saw blade and sh-scaling
blade are all 21/2 long and equally
sharp. The slot wrench/bottle opener
and the Phillips and slot screwdrivers
are standard for a tool of this type,
but the pliers supersede the slot
wrench in utility since it can grip nuts Nylon scabbard
of any size from 1/4 to 3/4. As well included.
as the hatchet and hammer heads, it
has a built-in wire cutter. At 7 long and 15 oz (400g) in weight, it can be conveniently carried in the
blade tip), campers, outdoor enthusiasts, many trades and people who just like a tool kit in a holster.
09A03.78 Multi-Tool $13.50
E. 4-in-1 Cone Wrenches
While cone wrenches are designed to adjust the
cone-shaped hubs of a bicycle wheel, the same
features that make them a mainstay of bike-
repair shops also make them useful in almost any
workshop. The slim jaws, which are intended to
t into the tight clearances of an axle assembly,
can often be slipped into other narrow spaces
where a thicker wrench would be tricky to
tional design, ours have stepped jaws that t four
common bolt sizes (13mm, 14mm, 15mm and
17mm) rather than just one. The wrenches are
supplied in pairs, allowing you to hold the nut
steady while turning the bolt (or vice versa). Just
2mm thick, they are made of hardened stainless E
steel and have been tested to 30 foot-pounds of
torque far greater than is required for typical
applications. Only 3 oz each and 71/4 long, the
lightweight, portable tools have a soft PVC
handle coating for grip. Patented.
09A02.15 Cone Wrenches, pr. $13.50
 A. Swedish FireKnife
This tool combines the original Swedish
FireSteel with a belt knife, two essential
pieces of any adventurers kit. Made by
respected knife maker Mora of Sweden, the
stainless-steel blade is tough and versatile,
equally suitable for cutting kindling or
buttering toast. It has a textured rubber
handle for good grip in any weather and a
polypropylene sheath with an integral belt
clip. The re steel, good for approximately
3000 strikes, produces an intense shower
of sparks (2980C/5400F) when struck
with the back of the knife, even when
wet. When not in use, the re steel twist-
locks into the knife handle. About 81/2 A
Fire steel locks
long overall, it weighs 3.4 oz. into handle.
GB312 Swedish FireKnife $37.50

Victorinox Classic Pocketknife

B less than 3/8 thick, it is slim,
B. Waterproof Brass Case for Matches
Patented a century ago, this 21/27/8 diameter case was
designed for carrying matches, but is equally useful for D. 33N07.60 Classic Knife, Lee Valley
keeping any small item dry while outdoors. All-brass
construction, chrome plated for better surface hardness,
with checkering on the cylinder sides for use with
strike-anywhere matches. (If not using strike-anywhere
matches, put a section of the striking surface that comes
with the matches into the container.)
09A03.12 Waterproof Brass Case for Matches $7.95
C. Swiss Soldier Knife
With a large textured handle for good grip, the Swiss
Armys famous pocketknife has a selection of stainless-
steel tools that includes a large 31/8 main blade with
serrations toward the tip and a thumb-hole to allow one-
handed opening, a saw blade, a can opener, a bottle
opener, a reamer awl, a #2 Phillips screwdriver, and
1/4 and 1/8 at-head screwdrivers. The main blade and
1/4 screwdriver have liner locks for safe, reliable use.
Folded, it measures a compact 41/4, compact enough
to carry in a toolbox or pocket. Supplied with a lanyard
ring. Made by Victorinox
in Switzerland.
Swiss Soldier Knife
33N07.50 $56.50 C
Heres a pocketknife that truly ts
your pocket. Only 21/4 long and
compact and unobtrusive
to carry. It has a 13/8 D
knife blade, scissors, a
nail le with a #1 slot
screwdriver tip, tweezers
and a toothpick, as well as a
split ring for attachment to a
key chain. All tools (except
the toothpick) are stainless steel.
The handle scales are detailed with metal
inlay. The red knife has the Lee Valley logo and
the black has the Veritas logo, both with the famous E
Swiss cross insignia on the opposite side. Comes with
a leatherette sheath. Made in Switzerland.
$19.95
E. 33N07.65 Classic Knife, Veritas $19.95
F. Swedish FireSteel
An excellent emergency tool, this Swedish re steel is impervious to water. It can be used
in any weather condition, producing exceptionally hot, long-burning sparks. Good for about
3000 strikes, it will light any thin, dry, combustible material (e.g., paper, grass, ne wood
shavings). At 3 long overall, it
weighs approximately 1 oz, and
comes with a short nylon cord and
a stainless-steel striker blade with a
built-in safety whistle.
GB306 Swedish FireSteel $14.50
F
To order call
1-800-871-8158 or visit
our website at leevalley.com

181
 Pan not included.

Spout

Chimney

Double- C
walled
water
chamber
B

Fire pit
A

A. VitalGrill Camp Stove
This is an excellent portable cookstove. Fuelled
with leaves, twigs or just about any combustible
material you can gather in the eld, it easily
generates enough heat to boil a litre of water in
just a few minutes. The secret is the built-in fan,
which blows air from below the re basin to
accelerate combustion. It also has a wind bafe to
help focus the heat. The fan runs quietly for up to
40 hours on two AA batteries (not included) and
has an airow regulator so you can easily adjust the ames. The pot stand
adjusts to support pots of various sizes (50 lb capacity). The 1.6 lb stove
has a stable six-legged base made of strong, lightweight aluminum, and
packs down to a compact 8513/4 bundle to t into a backpack. Excellent for trekking, picnics or emergencies. Made in Ireland.
Perfect for the camper, backpacker or canoeist. Made in Canada.
GB304 VitalGrill Camp Stove $64.50
Kelly Kettle
First used over a century ago
by Irish travellers and Irish
shermen, a Kelly kettle will
boil water in just a few minutes,
depending on the fuel. Made
from aluminum, it is essentially
a double-walled chimney with
the water contained in the
chimney wall. Fill the kettle
with water, start a very small re in the base, set the kettle on the base and drop
additional fuel (twigs, leaves, grass, twists of paper, etc.) down the chimney.
The large internal chimney surface area heats the water very quickly. To pour,
lift it by the handle and tilt it using the cork chain. The small kettle measures
about 101/2 tall by 55/8 in diameter, has a 20 oz capacity and weighs 1.2 lb.
The large kettle measures about 13 tall by 71/4 in diameter, has a 50 oz
capacity and weighs 2.1 lb. Instructions and carrying bag included.
B. 45K17.80 Sm. Kelly Kettle $ 89.00
C. 45K17.85 Lg. Kelly Kettle $109.00

D. Campre Back Warmer

D Have you ever sat in front of a campre on a cold evening, only to have your
front bake while your back froze? This ingenious device is the answer to this
problem. It is a reective sheet that clips onto almost any chair
(especially good with folding chairs) and, curved
down behind and partly under the chair, reects
the radiant energy from the re toward your
bottom and back. Made of a durable reective
laminate material for long life. Great for campers
D and cottagers. Also good in front of wood stoves
or heaters in ice shing huts. Measures 2245.
GB110 Campre Back Warmer $19.50

GoToob Squeezable Travel Tube

K These durable silicone tubes have fast become staff favorites. They are easy
J to squeeze so contents come out right away, and a no-drip valve keeps the cap
clean. The wide mouth opening allows easy lling and all components
disassemble for washing. Apart from the convenience they offer travel-
H lers, the food-safe tubes are prized by campers. A collar on the bottle
has ve content labels that you can select, plus a blank space to write
your own. The tubes are well made, will stay sealed and are airline
carry-on approved. BPA free. Sold three to a pack (including one each
of the clear, green and blue colors) of 1.25 oz, 2 oz or 3 oz tubes.
Also sold individually in each size (clear only).
E. EV370 1.25 oz Squeeze Tube, clear $ 6.95
F. EV371 2 oz Squeeze Tube, clear $ 8.95
G. EV372 3 oz Squeeze Tube, clear $10.50
H. EV376 1.25 oz Squeeze Tubes, pkg. of 3 $18.95
J. EV377 2 oz Squeeze Tubes, pkg. of 3 $21.50
K. EV378 3 oz Squeeze Tubes, pkg. of 3 $24.50

Silicone tubes are

G easy to squeeze.
F E
182 Camping & Travel
 A. Hand-Forged Fire Poker
Based on a very old design, this hand-forged re poker is
perfect for tending res indoors or out. Made of 3/8 thick
steel, it has a comfortable handle and a hook on the end to
maneuver logs with ease. The 34 long tool keeps you well
back from the heat but is not unwieldy, much better than the
short tools found in most replace sets. Made in Canada.
ET230 Hand-Forged Fire Poker $16.50

B. Telescoping Campre Fork

Made from stainless steel, this
campre fork is perfect for
roasting hot dogs, sausages
A
and marshmallows. The tele-
B scoping handle extends from
B 12 to 34, making it long
enough to reach over hot
coals and compact enough to
transport or store when not in
use. The tines have a at
prole, swept slightly upwards
to keep the food in place, unlike
a sharpened stick, which can drop more food than it holds.
Insulated wooden handgrip. 1+ 4+
GB301 Telescoping Fork, ea. $9.95 $8.95
D

FireFork
Sometimes the most ingenious tools are also the simplest.
D. Folding Fruit Knife
This bent piece of stainless-steel wire will convert a stick into
Designed to deal with a wide
an excellent campre fork. The sprung design of the wire
range of fruits, the 31/2 long narrow
ensures it will clamp securely on any stick up to 1/2 in diam-
blade gives the knife both reach and maneu-
eter. The two prongs double your marshmallow roasting
verability. The 21/2 long fork lets it double as a
capacity and have slightly ared tips to rmly hold larger
serving tool. Both fold neatly into the 41/2 long
items, such as sausages, without fear of sacricing dinner
handle. The sleek design gives it elegance. Made
to the re. With a protective polycarbonate storage cover,
entirely of stainless steel, it is beautifully machined
Extends from 12 to 34.

its compact design (only 4 long and weighing less than

Overall length is 34.

and nished. Ideal for campers or those who take a

1 oz) is perfect for campers. Available in packages of two.
lunch to work.
GB307 FireFork, pr. $11.50
09A03.37 Folding Fruit Knife $11.50

Sprung design ts
sticks up to 1/2 in
diameter.

See page 259 for

Tervis thermal tumblers
C. Folding Fillet Knife with travel lids.
From Opinel, the famous French manufacturer of folding
knives, this is truly a beautiful tool. The stainless-steel blade
is fully polished and wonderfully thin and exible.
It has a positive
locking ring to x
the blade
To order call in the open
1-800-871-8158 position. 7 long C
or visit us on the web at when folded and 123/4 long overall.
leevalley.com A unique and useful gift.
61K81.01 Folding Fillet Knife $39.50

A. Large Pop-Up Shelter

For a bit of shaded refuge outdoors, this pop-up mesh shelter keeps mosquitoes,
wasps and other pests at bay but lets the breeze blow right through. It opens to
84 square by 79 tall, roomy enough for a few adults to stand or even stretch
out on lawn chairs, but folds into a portable, lightweight bundle that ts inside
the zippered carry bag. Made of ne-weave see-through polyester mesh, with C
a waterproof roof and oor to help keep occupants dry if the weather takes a
turn for the worse. Quick and easy to set up or take down.
09A09.21 Large Pop-Up Shelter $68.50

B. Eton Rechargeable Weather Radio C. Wallet Multi-Tool

This is an excellent portable radio to have during power failures or whenever youre
off the grid. In addition to its digital AM/FM tuner, it has the same weather-band
channels as radios on marine vessels. This lets it receive signals from climate moni-
toring centers throughout North America* to provide forecasts as well as ofcial
weather watches, warnings and advisories for your area. Its rechargeable lithium-ion
battery has a 2000mAh capacity enough for up to a week of continuous radio
play, or to charge a cell phone or other small electronics in an emergency (2 amp
Combining several functions in one compact unit, this multi-tool can
also hold a few bills and cards a practical alternative when you dont
want to carry a regular bulky wallet. Two tough elastic loops encircle
the middle of the 35/821/4 stainless-steel card, providing a safe spot
to tuck money, I.D. or other small items youll need while youre out
and about. Cutouts in the middle of the card serve as wrenches (1/4,
5/16 and 3/8) and a bottle opener, while tips projecting from two

output). The battery is recharged using the crank-operated internal dynamo, or by
using the included USB cable to draw power from a PC or USB AC power adapter.
The built-in LED ashlight has a phosphorescent frame that glows softly to help
nd it in the dark. The 51/423/82 radio has an LCD screen that shows the 68K07.77 Wallet Multi-Tool
time and battery level, a 3.5mm earphone jack, a telescoping
antenna and a nylon wrist lanyard.
KC532 Weather Radio $42.50
* In Canada, the Meteorological Service of Canada
provides weather bulletins on the Weatheradio
network (www.ec.gc.ca/meteo-weather).
In the U.S., weather information is
B broadcast by the National
Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (www.nws.noaa.
gov/nwr). Check for availability
of service in your area.
Earphone
jack
Mini
USB port
USB port
184
corners serve as 3/16 slot and #1/#2 Phillips drivers. One edge has
laser-etched graduations (to 1 in 16ths on one side and to 30mm on
the other); another edge is ground to a bevel for use as a scraper.
$9.50
D. Pocket Survival Tool
This remarkable little
stainless-steel tool can D
do many things well;
it can open cans, remove
bottle caps, tighten or
loosen small nuts, saw
wood less than one inch
in diameter and even
perform as a sundial.
One disadvantage is
that the user has to fold
the pouch to make a hand
guard when opening cans
or using the screwdriver.
Folded, it covers the saw
teeth adequately to protect the users hand in both activities. Since
the tool and pouch weigh only 1.2 oz (35g) and measure 13/423/4
(45mm69mm), they are not a packsack burden.
09A03.81 Pocket Survival Tool $5.50
 White lining
A. Dry Sacks
These tough, lightweight sacks can be relied on
to keep clothes and other travel essentials dry.
Rolling the top of the sack a few times and
fastening the clip creates a water-resistant seal. Colors may vary.
Made of waterproof nylon fabric with a
Hypalon sealing strip, the sacks shrug off A
everything short of extended submersion. The
white lining helps you nd items inside the sack
by providing contrast and reecting available
light. You can easily pack them into a suitcase or
backpack, and a D-ring provides a convenient
attachment point. Seven sizes are available.
Colors may vary depending on supply.
Size Base Dia. Length
GB360 1 litre 4 93/4 $12.50
GB361 2 litre 5 125/8 $13.50
GB362 4 litre 6 15 $15.50
GB363 8 litre 63/4 18 $17.50
GB364 13 litre 85/8 21 $19.95
GB365 20 litre 91/2 24 $22.50
GB366 35 litre 113/4 271/2 $26.00

B. Collapsible Canvas Bucket E. Scrubba Wash Bag

Collapsible fabric buckets like this were If you like to travel light, youll E
commonly used on farms across North appreciate this wash bag that lets you
America from the early days of the settlers up clean your clothes wherever you
until the Great Depression of the 1930s. It is are. The bag is large enough
lightweight and holds water well, yet collapses to wash a change of
for easy storage. On rst use, some water will clothes in one load with
seep through the fabric but it becomes more E
only a few minutes of work.
watertight as it absorbs water, making each You simply add water and soap,
strand of fabric expand. Popular with campers roll the top of the bag a few times to form Internal silicone
because it weighs only 1/2 lb, it also makes a a watertight seal a valve lets you remove washboard
great soft-sided pail to carry fruits and vegeta- excess air and then rub the contents against
bles without bruising them. Measures 9 the internal silicone washboard. You use
across and 10 high, and holds a full 2 U.S. fresh water in the same bag to rinse the Rubberized
gallons. Hand washable. 1+ 3+ clothes before hanging them to dry. The bag grip on back
PA745 Collapsible Bucket $17.90 $16.10 has a window to let you see the contents and
a rubberized bottom to help keep it in place while you scrub.
Even today, canvas It folds at and weighs less than 5 oz, making it easy to pack,
drinking water bags and doubles as a way to keep clothes or other essentials dry.
are used in various Measures 8 in diameter and 21 long when open. A conve-
parts of the world nient way to make the clothes you pack go further.
because evaporation
We offer a matchbox-sized plastic pack that holds 50 paper-
from the exterior of
the bag cools the thin sheets of travel soap. The dry soap wont leak into luggage
Fill with water and roll top over to seal.
water inside. and is easy to portion out conservatively a sheet or two is all
you need for a load of
B laundry. Its also completely F
biodegradable. The pack is
only 23/413/43/4 overall,
so its easy to carry. TSA
approved for air travel.
Scrubba Wash Bag
GB355 $49.95
F. Laundry Soap Pack
Wash.
GB372 $ 4.95

Travel Soaps
These travel-friendly soaps eliminate the bulk
and potential mess of carrying bar and liquid
Sheet dissolves
soaps. Each matchbox-sized plastic pack holds with water.
50 paper-thin sheets of hand soap or condi-
tioning shampoo. The dry soap wont leak
into luggage and is easy to portion out conser-
vatively a sheet or two is all you need per
use. Its also completely biodegradable and
phosphate-free. Each pack is only
23/413/43/4 overall, so theyre easy to carry.
TSA approved for air travel. D
C. GB370 Travel Hand Soap $4.95 C
D. GB371 Travel Conditioning Shampoo $4.95
185
 E. Chestnut Tools Portable Electronic Scale
A This compact, accurate and highly functional
B scale has features such as automatic shut-off,
tare weight, display lock and audible feedback.
It excels at weighing food in the kitchen, produce
at the grocery store, or the one that didnt get away
on a shing trip. It can even save money by weighing
luggage to avoid overweight charges. The scale
weighs in units of kilograms, pounds or ounces, and
can convert between units. It is accurate to 1% for
loads above 1kg (2.2 lb) and accurate to 4% for
loads between 0.25kg (0.55 lb) and 1kg (2.2 lb).
Holds a maximum of 40kg (88 lb). Comes with loop
Expandable Packing Cubes straps for weighing awkward objects, such as luggage.
A smart idea for anyone who travels, these not only Portable Electronic Scale
help keep your luggage organized, but also make it 09A08.25 $13.50
much easier to nd what youre looking for in a bag
or suitcase. You can use them to sort clean clothes
from dirty, keep electronics or toiletries together, E
or quickly identify whats yours when sharing a suit- Strap included
case. Zippered pleats in the side panels let you for weighing
awkward objects.
reduce the thickness to about 21/2, compressing the
contents to pack more into a suitcase, or you can
expand the cube to 41/2 thick to hold souvenirs or
anything else you pick up on the trip. Weighing only
a few ounces, each is made of durable nylon, with mesh tops so you can see whats
inside and carrying handles so its easy to transfer the cube from suitcase to drawer.
A simple means for any globetrotter to nd a little domestic order while temporarily
living out of a suitcase, they can also serve as convenient household storage for bulky
items such as sweaters. Each set of two cubes includes one medium and one large.
A. GB358 Blue Packing Cubes, set of 2 $31.50
B. GB359 Gray Packing Cubes, set of 2 $31.50

Lee Valley Carry-All Bags

Our reusable shopping bags have long
been favorites of staff and customers
alike, but we know there are times you
simply need a bigger bag. These over-
size bags are designed to be easy to ll
and carry. The piped hems and
gusseted corners help the bag keep its
shape, so it wont droop while youre
packing it or spill when you set it
D down. Each has long fabric handles
that are comfortable in your hand or
slung over a shoulder. Ruggedly made
of woven recycled polyethylene, the
bags resist punctures, wont absorb
moisture and are easy to rinse clean.
Available in two sizes, each with a
different design. Recyclable (where
exible #5 plastics are accepted).
Dimensions listed are length by width F
by height. Security-Style Luggage Tag
C. 45K17.36 Tool Handles Bag, 2661/4183/4 $4.90 Most airlines require your name, address and telephone
D. 45K17.37 Sunower Bag, 3073/4221/2 $6.50 number on your luggage, but having all of this information visible
can be unsafe. This anodized aluminum tag shows only an initial
and a last name, with the remaining information protected inside
the card holder. A stainless-steel cable runs through the tag to
keep it rmly anchored. Package of four 15/823/8 tags.
C Also available
separately in G
packages of ve,
the 6 long cables
can be used indi-
D vidually or joined
to make larger
loops. Each 1/16
diameter cable
has machined and threaded chrome-plated brass tips for quick
connection and release.
F. 09A04.30 Luggage Tags (4) $7.95
G. 09A04.35 Stainless-Steel Cables (5) $3.95
186
 Tree Leather Card sleeves

We named the material these products are sewn from Tree Leather for its outstanding
durability; they stand up so well to everyday wear and tear, its hard to believe theyre
paper products. The industrial-grade, FSC-certied kraft paper is made from pulp that is
processed in a way that leaves the long bers unbroken, taking advantage of their natural
strength and resilience. In our testing, we soaked, poked, pulled and overstuffed the totes, all
without signicant wear or damage. After many months of use, the material simply gained B
a softer, more pliable texture. Its also easy to clean by simply rinsing it off or wiping the A
surface with a wet, soapy cloth. And of course, because its paper, you can easily personalize
any of these items with paints, markers or other decorative touches. They make excellent gifts.

Wallets
Simple and practical in design, these personal accessories have high utility and are very well priced. B
The card wallet measures 41/431/4 and has a removable 10-leaf transparent insert with two
pockets per leaf to hold up to 20 cards. The inside cover has a clear plastic window to hold a drivers
license or other important ID. The wallet closes securely with a steel snap.
The passport wallet is just over 4 wide and 55/8 high when closed. Full-height pockets on each
side hold the passport cover, leaving two 21/23 card sleeves and a large full-height open-side pocket
for a boarding pass or itinerary.
The document wallet is an 111/261/4 portfolio-style folding sleeve with cotton-trimmed
edges, snap closures and a zippered spine to permit access to paperwork held inside. Travellers set includes A, B and C.
The travellers set of three (card wallet, passport wallet and document wallet)
offers a saving of 22% compared to the cost of buying the items individually.

Slim design

E
C

D
C Snap closure

The slim classic billfold wallet is 33/4 high by 43/4 wide when folded. The outer face
is longer than the inner, which makes it want to stay closed. The interior face has
six pockets (not just cut slots) for cards, and is reinforced on the center fold line.
The tall wallet is 471/4 when folded and has six credit-card sized slots
and a clear plastic window for an ID card. Behind the card slots are four
sleeves (two on each side of the fold) so you can separate currency of
different sizes or store coupons, tickets or receipts.
A. 09A09.37 Card Wallet $ 4.70
B. 09A09.35 Passport Wallet $ 6.90
C. 09A09.34 Document Wallet $ 5.95
09A09.40 Travellers Set (all of above) $13.50 Sturdy stitched seams
D. 09A09.38 Classic Billfold Wallet $10.50
E. 09A09.36 Tall Wallet $ 7.50

Tote Bags
These carryall bags have sturdy seams and gusseted bottoms, so they
stand open while you ll them and wont droop if you set them down.
The small bag has comfortable woven cotton handles and, at
1131/281/2, its a good size for carrying a lunch or for use as a gift
bag. The large 131/25111/2 bag has soft polyurethane leatherette
handles that are roomy enough to sling over a shoulder, making it a
handsome alternative to an ordinary reusable shopping bag.
F. 09A09.31 Small Tote $ 9.95
G. 09A09.32 Large Tote $12.95

H. Zippered Pouch
This compact, versatile
holder can be used as a
pencil case, makeup
case or change purse.
It measures 81/47/827/8
and has a nylon zipper and a G
polyurethane leatherette zipper pull. H F
Gusseted bottom
09A09.39 Zippered Pouch $4.70
187
 J

K
D
H
E
B A
Storacell Battery Caddies
Utility Capsules If youve ever had to carry extra batteries while travelling, youll
These versatile containers are hard to resist! When we rst showed them immediately recognize just how useful these caddies can be. They keep
to our staff, just about everyone found different uses for them. The tough batteries neatly contained, ensuring they remain accessible when needed,
machined aluminum capsules are made in a range of sizes to t anything and the bright colors of the AA and AAA caddies make them easy to
from mints to matches to money and more. Each has a screw-off top that locate in a travel case or backpack. They also provide a quick way to
seals to the body by compressing an O-ring, helping to protect the contents distinguish between your live and used batteries simply invert the
from getting wet or damaged. Strong and rigid, they have a smooth, rounded used batteries in the caddy until they can be properly recycled.
shape to slip into a pocket or pouch without snagging, and they can easily be The AA and AAA caddies hold four and six batteries respectively; each
hung from a strap or belt loop using the attached split ring. is less than 3 long. The 41/2 long 9-volt caddy holds four batteries and
The four-piece set includes one UC20, two UC25 and one UC30, supplied prevents the terminals from coming into contact with conductive mate-
on a 2 long aluminum carabiner. The larger capsules (UC40 and UC50) can rials, removing a potential re hazard. All are made in USA.
be used for anything from geocaching to holding a rst-aid kit; each includes H. 27K50.90 AA Battery Caddy $3.20
a 11/2 diameter split ring. The mini size (UC10) has a 1/2 diameter split ring. J. 27K50.91 AAA Battery Caddy $3.20
K. 27K50.92 9-Volt Battery Caddy $3.80 M
Outside Outside Inside Inside Price
Capsule Model Color
Diameter Length Diameter Length 1+ 5+
Earbuds Storage Case
A. 09A07.48 UC10 Green 9/16 13/4 7/16 15/16 $ 1.95 $1.55 Convenient and pocket sized, this case
B. 09A07.49 UC10 Red 9/16 13/4 7/16 15/16 $ 1.95 $1.55
L
keeps your earbuds tangle-free and easily
09A07.51 UC20 Silver 3/4 21/4 11/16 15/8 $ 2.50 accessible. Made of exible silicone, it has
09A07.53 UC25 Blue 1 33/8 7/8 23/4 $ 2.90 a slotted opening to hold the earbuds in place,
and ips inside out to reveal a spool that you
09A07.55 UC25 Orange 1 33/8 7/8 23/4 $ 2.90
can wind the cords around. Flip the case back
09A07.58 UC30 Gold 11/8 4 11/16 31/4 $ 3.90 into the closed position and the cords are
C. 09A07.70 Utility Capsule Set of 4 (silver, blue, orange, gold) $ 13.50 neatly contained, unwinding easily from the
D. 09A07.60 UC40 Green 11/2 41/2 17/16 33/4 $ 6.80 spool when you pull your earbuds out again.
E. 09A07.62 UC50 Red 17/8 53/4 113/16 45/8 $ 7.90 Accommodates cords up to 48. A great way to avoid the inevitable
tangle of cords when listening to music on the go. Made in USA.
L. GB600G Green Case $8.50
F. Bottle Carabiner M. GB600B Blue Case $8.50
With this clip you can secure a
standard bottle to a belt loop or Pocket Belt
backpack, keeping it accessible Originally developed for runners and O
while leaving hands free. The cyclists, this simple, compact tote lets
tough nylon C-clip snaps around you carry a few loose articles without
the bottles neck, and has small being encumbered by a backpack or
F tooth-like ridges for rm grip. handbag. When empty, the pouch lies
The sturdy carabiner is anodized at and measures only 11/2 wide by 83/4 long, but youd be surprised what
aluminum (assorted colors). Fits can t inside it. The pleated design and elastic fabric expand to easily contain
standard 500ml/1-pint plastic bottles an assortment of small items anything up to about the size of a thick 47
with a 1 diameter neck. book. Lightweight, comfortable and unobtrusive, the cushioned belt cinches
GB320 Bottle Carabiner, ea. $3.95 snug against your body, while the elastic pouch hugs the contents, helping to
G. Pocket Duct Tape keep things from bouncing around as you move. The belt adjusts to t waists
Instead of the usual bulky roll, this duct tape comes packaged as a at, compact from 28 to 56. A practical, hands-free accessory for travellers, outdoors
5 yard (4.5 metre) roll to t easily in a pocket, tackle box or glove compartment. enthusiasts or those just taking a stroll. It also makes an apt gift for a companion
The 17/8 wide, 8 mil thick tape has a high mesh count for strength and a tena- who routinely avoids carrying a bag, but doesnt hesitate to ask if youd
cious adhesive backing that leaves virtually no residue when removed. A tough, mind holding onto a few things when youre out together. Made in USA.
versatile and water-resistant tape thats also portable, so you can have N. Pocket Belt, Black
it on hand when the need arises. Available in ve colors. 67K68.45 $24.50
25U06.25B Black Duct Tape, 5 yd. $3.50
25U06.25G Green Duct Tape, 5 yd. $3.50 O. Pocket Belt, Blue & Black
25U06.25O Orange Duct Tape, 5 yd. $3.50 67K68.46 $24.50
25U06.25S Silver Duct Tape, 5 yd. $3.50
25U06.25Y Yellow Duct Tape, 5 yd. $3.50
G N

188

 Angle is
adjustable.

Folding Phone Holder

This miniature folding shelf lets you convert any wall outlet into a cell phone
charging station. Hung over your charging plug, it creates a 41/2 wide and 3
deep shelf a convenient space for a phone or other small electronic device, H
keeping it safely out of the way while it charges. It folds at, so it takes up
little drawer space and is compact enough to slip into a travel bag. Its
inclined surface and rubber pad help keep items in place.
A. 68K05.81 Phone Holder, Black $8.50
B. 68K05.84 Phone Holder, White $8.50 H. QuikStand
Whether youre making hands-free video calls, reading or watching
C movies on the go, this stand props up your smartphone, tablet or e-reader
at a comfortable viewing angle. Most devices up to 3/4 thick, including
cover or case, will t in the stand. Phones can be supported in portrait or
D landscape orientation, while tablets are best held in landscape orientation;
the viewing angle can be adjusted by a few degrees. When you dont need
it, the stand folds to only 1/8 thick and about the size of a credit card for
storage. A versatile stand, made of aluminum and polypropylene.
E 68K06.05 QuikStand $9.95
Inka Mobile Pen/Stylus
These compact combination pen/stylus tools clip to a key ring, zipper pull or
backpack loop. Made of carbon ber and nylon, each is rugged but weighs
Battery pack charging a phone.
just 0.35 oz (10g). The pressurized blue ink cartridge allows the pen to write
in wet conditions, below-freezing weather or scorching heat, as well as J
upside down or under water. With the blue-capped pen, unscrewing the J
barrel from the carabiner cap and turning it end for end exchanges the pen for
a stylus tip to use with touchscreen devices. The gray version also has pen
and stylus ends, plus a cap with a stainless-steel pocket clip and a 15/16
S-Biner carabiner that attaches to the clip. When not in use, the small cap
can be stored on the end of the large cap. Each version is 41/4 long.
C. 68K07.52 Blue Inka Mobile Pen/Stylus $11.95
D. 68K07.55 Gray Inka Mobile Pen/Stylus $13.50 J. PowerMonkey Extreme
E. 68K07.53 Ink Rell $ 4.25 Solar Charger Set
This tool keeps your devices charged
F. Eyeglass Repair Kit while youre off the grid. The
It can be a real pain to lose an eyeglass screw. The screws rechargeable high-capacity lithium
in this contingency kit are three times longer than a typical polymer battery has a 9000mAh Solar panel charging the battery pack.
screw and have an unthreaded portion, making them easier capacity enough to fully charge a tablet computer once, a typical
to handle. Once the screw is threaded in, simply snap off smartphone about three times or an eReader about four times. It can
the pre-scored exposed length. even be used to charge 12-volt DC devices such as cameras and GPS
Snap off Includes ve different screws in units. The hinged solar panel can be propped up at an angle, or fastened
exposed length. F common thread sizes for eyeglasses, to a backpack using the elastic strap for charging on the move. On a sunny
along with a small slot screwdriver. day, it can generate a third or more of the batterys capacity. The wall
45K27.07 Eyeglass Repair Kit $4.95 charger fully recharges the battery in about 8 hours. Includes a 38 USB
cable and a range of device connectors (listed on our website). The set
G. Peeps Eyeglass Cleaner ts into a 7421/2 travel case and weighs less than 2 lb.
Anyone who wears glasses will appreciate this lens 45K20.40 Solar Charger Set $149.00
cleaner it works awlessly. It has a goat-bristle brush to sweep away lens-
scratching particles, and soft pads on tweezer-like arms to clean both sides of
the lens at once. The pads are charged with a carbon compound that not only
absorbs oily ngerprints and smears but also reduces the static charge that
attracts dust particles. Each time they are re-sheathed, the pads are recharged
with the carbon compound, and they are reusable for up to 500 cleanings. It
is hard to believe just how well this cleaner
G works. At rst we found it pricey,
but after months of testing, were
convinced its worth every penny.
45K27.08 Eyeglass Cleaner $15.00

G
189

A B
A
C 09A07.95 Quick Links Set of 7
CamJam Cord Tightener
This simple device lets you tension and secure
cords quickly, reliably and without having to tie
complex knots. Easy to adjust, its excellent for
binding and tethering loose items, such as when
lashing down tarps or bundling long materials.
With the carabiner-clip end anchored to a xed
D-ring, loop or grommet, you simply feed a cord
(up to 4.75mm/3/16 in diameter) through the body
and pull rmly until taut. The cam-action stop
mechanism locks the cord in place, holding the
tension applied so the cord stays snug until you
release it by lightly pressing the stop. About 21/2
long, it has a spring-loaded stainless-steel carabiner
closure. Available in glass-reinforced nylon or cast F. CamJam 18 Tie-Down
aluminum. A 50 hank of 2.5mm diameter cord is
available separately; it has a highly reective
material woven into it for greater visibility in
areas where tripping is a hazard. 1+
A. 68K06.62 Nylon CamJam, ea. $ 2.90 $2.60
B. 68K06.63 Alum. CamJam, ea. $ 8.95 $8.05
C. 68K06.61 Cord, 50 $11.50
F to cinch tight. To loosen the tension, press the
Speed Cinch Tie-Downs H. Quick Links H
These easy-to-use tie-downs let you quickly Though similar to a
tension and secure rope without having to tie a carabiner, a quick link
knot. The 2 long utility cinch can be used at uses a threaded sleeve
any point along a ropes length to create a closure instead of
loop or an anchor hitch, and can also be a gate for a
mounted for use as a cleat. The 9 long cinch more secure
stake, used as a ground anchor, has a large connection.
reinforced strike to make it easier to drive These are
with a mallet. Made in the USA from tough made from stainless steel
UV-resistant polymer, they are usable with for strength and corrosion resistance. The set of
cords up to 1/4 in diameter. A great way to seven includes two 4mm30mm (wire diameter
simplify rope attachments. by inside length), two 5mm40mm, two
D. XH512 Speed Cinch Utility Cinch $1.30 6mm47mm and one 7mm52mm link, and
E. PA259 Speed Cinch Stake $2.70 comes on a 3 diameter aluminum carabiner.
Dimensions noted are nominal. Not for use
where disengagement could result in injury.
$12.50
Shackle Sets
Shackles are useful when you need a strong,
secure anchor or link connection for rope,
E chain or web straps. These shackles are stain-
less steel for corrosion
resistance and have
threaded pin closures. J
The D-shackle is a
good choice for in-line
link connections,
while the bow
shackle has a larger
inner radius to take
up loads from other
angles, making it
particularly useful as an anchor point.
The set of six D-shackles
includes two each of
5mm18mm (pin diam- K
eter by inside height
of shackle),
D 6mm22mm
and 8mm29mm
sizes, supplied
This is an excellent tie-down. While it is strong on a 3
and dependable, what makes it particularly diameter
useful is its 18 length, which is easy to loop aluminum
5+ around a large load or an odd-shaped item. carabiner.
The 1 wide belt is heavy woven nylon The ve-piece bow shackle set includes two
(similar to seat-belt material) with a 2100 lb 6mm25mm, two 8mm33mm and one
(about 950kg) breaking strength and a safe 10mm42mm size, also on a 3 aluminum cara-
working load rating of 700 lb (about 320kg). biner. These shackles are not for use where
The low-prole buckle is made of zinc alloy disengagement could result in injury.
and stainless steel to resist corrosion and has J. 09A07.92 D-Shackles Set of 6 $12.50
a toothed clamping jaw to automatically lock K. 09A07.90 Bow Shackles Set of 5 $12.50
tension on the strap. Its also simple to operate
just feed the strap through the buckle and pull
thumb-operated release.
68K06.98 Tie-Down, 18 $16.50
G
G. CamJam Adjustable Mini Bungee
Although this 14 bungee can stretch to 26, its
real advantage is that it cinches tight with just a
quick tug. With the carabiner hook anchored to
any convenient tie-down point, you simply pull
the cord through the body until taut. The cam
mechanism locks the cord at the desired length,
holding the tension until you release it. The 13/4 G
hooks are made of strong glass-reinforced nylon
with spring-loaded stainless-steel carabiner
closures. The 1/8 diameter cord has a highly
reective material woven into it for visibility.
68K06.64 Adjustable Mini Bungee $4.95
 F

G
A

A
Window H
breaker Seatbelt
cutter
A. Handybar
This portable stability handle helps people get in and out of vehicles safely. It also
has a built-in window breaker and a seatbelt cutter. The steel bar ts into the U-shaped
striker plate attached to most automobile door frames. This product is ideal for anyone
who has difculty getting in or out of vehicles, has balance problems or weakness in
leg joints, or is recovering from surgery. (Some North American cars of the late 1980s G
and early 1990s have a different striker plate; before buying, you should conrm that H
your vehicle has a U-shaped striker plate.)
09A06.85 Handybar $29.50
F F

Modular Cargo Organizer Grip strips on the bottom cling

Heres an easy way to keep to low-pile carpeting.
grocery bags or other loose
items from spilling or shifting F
about as you drive. Just arrange
the brackets around your cargo the
71/4 tall brackets act as barriers that can
closely surround odd-shaped loads or trap them
against the walls of a trunk or cargo area. The brackets are
available in 18 and 41/2 lengths, each with a broad base that helps
B C prevent tipping. Grip strips on the bottom cling to the low-pile
carpeting typically found in vehicles. The brackets are compact
to stow under a seat or in the trunk, so theyre always at the ready
when you need them (and not in the way when you dont). We also
offer a pair of 48 length-adjustable straps that can be used to belt
everything together or lash items to the bracket especially
helpful when securing awkward, top-heavy loads.
F. 25K15.80 18 Bracket $12.90
Trunk Organizers G. 25K15.81 41/2 Bracket $ 5.50
Even though we call these trunk organizers, they are useful for much more H. 25K15.82 48 Straps, pkg. of 2 $ 5.50
than just holding loose items in a car. Made from tough woven polyester,
they have sidewall panels that are rigid enough to hold their shape, yet pliable
enough that they are comfortable to carry and the corners wont scratch or
F
dig into surfaces. They have padded handles, piped edges and a coated inte-
rior surface to help contain spills and wet or dirty items. The small size is
231/21371/2 when open, while the large is 1816101/2, the perfect
Folds for
size to hold two reusable shopping bags. Each folds into a 3 thick bundle for easy storage.
compact storage but chances are youll use it so frequently you may never
need to fold it for storage. Excellent value and highly recommended.
B. 25K15.30 Small Trunk Organizer $23.50 E
C. 25K15.40 Large Trunk Organizer $27.50

Cargo Liner
This tough, water-resistant liner protects the oor and sides of your SUVs cargo D
area when hauling wet or dirty loads. It sets up in minutes when needed, and folds
at for storage under a seat. Made from thick, durable woven tarp material, it has a
nylon drawstring that attaches to the back of the vehicles headrests and side
garment hooks. A 14 long ap at the tail end extends over the rear bumper during
loading and unloading. Available in two sizes to t a wide range of SUV models,
the liner is designed to cover the entire back portion of the vehicle with the rear
seats folded down. Each is 42 wide by 15 tall; length is 56 for the medium and g
on
73 for the large*. A simple, effective way to help keep your vehicle clean. l
56
D. XH803 Cargo Liner, Medium $34.50
Medium cargo
E. XH802 Cargo Liner, Large $39.50 liner shown
* To determine the closest t, measure from the inside bottom of the rear hatch
to the back of the front seats. Note that the liners can be easily folded to t cargo 42
wide
areas smaller than the stated lengths.
Camping & Travel 191
 LEISURE A
Infrared Quartz Heaters
These top-of-the-line
radiant heaters are widely
used in commercial
settings such as restaurant
patios and sports stadiums
because of their remark-
able heat-transfer
efciency. The HeLeN
B short-wave infrared
element emits waves of
A radiant heat (like the sun)
to directly warm people
B
and objects in its eld of
1 /2 overall width 10 coverage, rather than the ambient air. Because the
15
10 element reaches its peak output within seconds, you can
feel it start to warm you almost the instant you turn it on.
The 151/283/4 standard model heats an approxi-
Standard
Infrared Heater 10 Low-Prole
mate 1010 area; because the reector is larger, it
8
Infrared Heater has a bonded gold coating to help reduce glare. It
A weighs about 71/2 lb and has a two-arm tilt-adjustable
mount.The 151/24 low-prole model heats an
Two-arm tilt-adjustable mount
approximate 810 area. It weighs just over 5 lb and
Approximate coverage with heater mounted at 6 7
is supported by a one-arm adjustable mount that pivots
151/2 over vertically as well as horizontally to let you aim the heat where needed.
all width
Suitable for indoor and outdoor use, each heater has a robust, water-resistant steel and aluminum
housing (IP24 rating) with a durable powder-coated nish. The polished aluminum parabolic reector
B
will not warp, crack or tarnish in use. Each model has a 16 grounded cord and produces 5118 BTU/
hour, operating at 120 volts, 1500 watts. Silent, odorless and efcient, they operate with a cost of about
15 an hour based on 10 per kWh. The replaceable element is rated for 5000 hours. CSA/UL certied.
One-arm adjustable mount Made in U.K.
pivots vertically and horizontally. A. 27K08.50 Standard Infrared Heater $349.00 To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit
our website at leevalley.com
B. 27K08.51 Low-Prole Infrared Heater $319.00

See page 116 for Coolaroo shade sails that provide sun C. Hammock Tree Straps
protection for back yards, decks or patios.
These non-marring straps
make it easy to hang your
hammock without damaging
C trees. They also let you
C
move the hammock easily.
The strong nylon material
(similar to the stuff seat
belts are made of) will hold
a fully loaded hammock.
The set of two straps and
heavy-duty hooks comes
with simple instructions for
installation.
Hammock Tree Straps
XK211 $39.00

D. Mayan Hammock
The Amerindian people of the Yucatn peninsula in Mexico make these unique hammocks
entirely by hand. Each of these giant slings takes a month to create and can hold up to 350 lb.
Unlike other hammocks, you lie in this one crossways, providing the most comfortable
position imaginable. A gentle push gives an almost perpetual swinging motion that is
relaxing beyond words much of the secret is in the to-and-fro motion rather than the usual
side-to-side swing. The open weave is supportive, yet well ventilated to keep you cool even
in the heat of the summer. Comfortable enough to hang indoors and sleep in all night, it is
made of 100% cotton with strong nylon end attachments. It is 13 long and 7 wide.
Various colors and designs. Comes with instructions for care and use.
XK401 Mayan Hammock $99.00

192

Come-and-Get-It Bell
You can tap the strike lightly on the
triangle to call them from the back yard or
rattle it around the inside to call them from
the back 40. Hand made, the set includes
the triangle, strike, hook and leather
hanging strap. 11 on a side. All steel.
ET241 Dinner Triangle $34.50
D. Tablecloth Clips
Designed to secure tablecloths to table tops in breezy outdoor locations,
these spring-loaded, nickel-plated steel clips are suitable for table tops
with edges between 3/4 and 2 thick. Available as a set of four.
ET129 Tablecloth Clips, pkg. of 4
Clips t
tables 3/4
to 2 thick.
A
A. Binoculars
These full-size binoculars offer excel- C
lent optical quality at a reasonable price.
They have 40mm objective lenses with
8-power magnication, and provide a
400-foot eld of view at 1000 yards.
The lenses are multi-coated for clear
images with minimal reections. The
short minimum focus yields a sharp
image from as close as 51/2 yards. A
rugged rubber casing offers good grip
and helps protect against damage. The
binoculars come with an adjustable
strap, a lens cleaning cloth and a soft-
sided 71/261/221/2 carrying case.
Total weight (including case) is 13/4 lb.
KC618 Full-Size Binoculars $39.50
B. Lightweight Compact Binoculars C. Extreme Close-View Monocular
These small, lightweight binoculars This monocular can focus anywhere in the range from 10
have surprisingly clear and bright to innity, providing 7x magnication, the best we have
optics. Perfect for casual birding, found in a compact monocular. At 1.7 oz (48g) and only
sporting events, etc., they have 21/2 long (extends to 31/2), it ts into a pocket or purse.
8-power magnication, 21mm objec- Ideal for day-to-day frustrations such as reading text in
tive lenses and a 360-foot eld of view display cases, tiny product labels, etc., as well as for
at 1000 yards. They weigh only 51/2 oz inspecting butteries and insects found in the garden.
and measure 31/4411/2. Complete The 18mm lens has a eld of view of 472 at 1000 yards.
with carrying strap, lens cloth and Included are a neck strap, carrying case and lens cleaning
storage case. cloth. Delivers a clear, sharp image.
KC619 Lightweight Binoculars $28.50 45K16.25 Close-View Monocular $22.50
E. Portable Canvas Utility Cushion
Well insulated and comfortable, this is a rugged cushion
you can take just about anywhere, whether to upgrade the
seating at outdoor events or for knee protection when
$7.95 working. It has a 2 thick core of closed-cell foam that
wont absorb moisture, with a covering of heavy water-
resistant canvas. It conforms comfortably to contours, yet
is rm enough to support your weight without bottoming
out. The 1810 cushion weighs only 13 oz and has a
built-in handle so its easy to carry, and a 91/2101/4
pocket to carry a snack, a book or a few garden tools.
D Easily rinses clean.
09A04.68 Utility Cushion $15.95
193
 C
A. Wooden Loops hold the
Ptanque Set front panel open.
A classic
outdoor game,
ptanque has
been popular in
Provence, France,
A for over a century.
Its quick to learn and can be played
on short grass, sand or dirt; uneven
terrain actually adds an element of
unpredictability. Players take turns
tossing or rolling a ball as close as
possible to the small jack ball. There Folds down for storage.
is no run-up as in boules, and the
beechwood balls in this set are
lighter than metal boules, so a play-
ers speed and strength are not
important. Because you can displace
an opponents ball with a well- Fits into a
zippered storage bag.
aimed toss, the score isnt settled
until the last ball is thrown.This two-
player set includes six 23/4 diameter
throwing balls in two colors (three
for each player), two 13/8 diameter
jacks and a plastic carrier. Made in
the Jura region of France by a small C. Insect-a-Hide Pop-Up Shelter
family-owned company. Whether you want to sit outside and read or watch your children play
Wooden Ptanque Set soccer, this shelter will let a breeze blow through the ne-weave polyester
45K17.84 $27.50 mesh but not allow mosquitoes, deer ies, wasps and bees to enter. It opens
to 3333521/2 and folds to a disc 19 in diameter by 2 thick that
B. Pitch-n-Hole weighs 1.8 lb and ts into a zippered storage bag. The closed-in waterproof
The classic game of bean-bag-toss has nearly universal appeal, as it can be roof provides some shade and the waterproof oor keeps the interior clean
played by young and old, indoors or out. With this version, the basic concept and dry. It is particularly useful for protecting infants from insects if you
is just as you remember, but with a twist. The stand-up target has nine are working outside and have a little one with you. The shelter comes with
numbered recesses, creating interesting alternatives for how the game photographs and instructions for setting it up and taking it down.
is played and scored, ranging from simple to strategic. The instructions 09A09.20 Insect-a-Hide Pop-Up Shelter $34.50
outline the rules for four different games
B
you can play with two to four players,
Assembly or you can invent your own. Flat- D. Pocket Kite
required.
packed so its compact to store and Easy to bring along on outings, this compact
easy to bring along on family kite requires no assembly, so its ready to y
outings, the eight slotted panels of the minute you pull it out of your pocket.
corrugated plastic t together to form Constructed without a frame made of
a 141/4 square by 61/2 tall free- wood or other rigid material,
standing target. Also includes eight 21/2 it folds neatly into
square canvas bean-bags lled with
plastic pellets. Great four-season fun for
the back yard, rec room or cottage. a drawstring bag,
09A05.42 Pitch-n-Hole $19.50 but unfurls in an instant
as soon as it catches a steady
wind. Air lls a series of channels
D forming the back of the kite, providing
the structure needed to hold its shape
and remain aloft. Made of strong, brightly
colored nylon fabric stitched together in
eye-catching patterns, the kite measures
about 111/219, with a 90 cord on a
plastic hand spool, and a 14 tail strung with
multicolored swatches of cloth that dance
and sway in the breeze. Great windy-day
fun for young and old alike. Ages 3 and up.
Colors may vary.
GB340 Pocket Kite $12.95

194
 A
C

C. Mlkky Game
A popular outdoor game from
Finland, Mlkky involves both
chance and skill. The game begins
with twelve wooden pins placed
close together in a set formation.
A. Croquet Set Players stand back 12 and throw the
During the 13th century Mlkky to try to knock over the pins.
in France, a game called Knocking over a single pin gives
paille-maille (derived that player the number of points
from the Italian word pallamaglio, which means ball-mallet) became popular. marked on the pin. If two or more
It involved running a mallet-driven ball through a metal hoop to touch a goal peg. pins are downed the player is
Introduced into England in the 16th century, the game later became known as awarded a single point for each.
croquet. Croquet now has strong followings all over the world. However, most After a throw, the knocked-over pins
croquet sets sold today are cheaply made and too short for adults. This hardwood set are placed upright where they fell, so
stands out from the crowd. It includes six maple mallets with 32 handles, two 24 your game plan must be constantly
goal posts, nine indestructible heavy steel wickets, six 31/4 polymer balls, a canvas revised as the pins are rearranged.
storage bag and complete instructions. This is one of the best croquet sets available. The rst player to score precisely
KC607 *6-Player Croquet Set $209.00 50 points wins! Comes in a wooden
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. carrying crate. Made in Finland.
For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates. EB513 Mlkky Game $49.50

D. Tartan Outdoor Lined Blanket

This practical outdoor blanket has a soft, pill-resistant polar eece
on one side and a supple, waterproof, tear-resistant bonded liner
on the other. It is nished with a soft sewn edging. When the blanket
is folded and the ap secured with the hook-and-loop closure, it
becomes a self-contained case with convenient carrying handle. Keep
one in the back seat for use when travel-
ling with wet, muddy, hairy pets or snowy
children, or use it liner side up in the trunk
when transporting plants from the garden
center. In carrying mode it can also be a
waterproof cushion. Measures 45 open
and 1281/23 closed. Weighs 1 lb.
Hand wash and air dry. A durable design
B. Deluxe Picnic Backpack with many all-season uses.
Picnics far from the madding 09A04.72 Lined Blanket $17.95
crowd are wonderful, but
hauling gear to them is a
chore. All is now much D
easier with this back-
pack set. The set
includes a light-
weight, fully
insulated back-
pack with a
detachable insulated
bottle bag, and a picnic B
blanket. Inside are a cutting board, cheese
knife, bottle opener, salt and pepper shakers, and a four-place setting of
plastic wine glasses, melamine plates, stainless-steel cutlery and cloth
napkins. The backpack also has a large empty compartment for carrying the
food you will need for an al fresco meal. Measures 17168 overall.
GB510 Deluxe Picnic Backpack $52.50

195
A. Ceramic Bird Home
Designed for cavity nesters such as
warblers, wrens, chickadees and
HABITATS
titmice, this hanging bird home has
a 11/4 opening that allows small birds Holes for
cross-ventilation
to enter while keeping out larger birds.
The lip at the opening is wide at the Stainless-steel
hanger included.
top to keep out rain and textured at the Protective
bottom to help birds get a foothold upon roof C
landing. The opening is set about 51/2 overhang

from the bottom: high enough to inhibit

predators from reaching the eggs, but low
enough that edglings can reach it for
their rst ight. Made from high-red
clay that absorbs and releases moisture
to help regulate temperature through
the day, the home is approximately
9 high by 7 wide. The bottom has
a small drain hole and is removable
for end-of-season cleaning.
Stainless-steel hanger included.
Weighs just over 3 lb.
Ceramic Bird Home
AG116 $38.50
Bottom is removable
for cleaning.
Acrylic
insert
A
Mesh raised C Copper
oor and ladder portal
shield
C. Cedar Bluebird House
Approved by the North American Bluebird Society,
this birdhouse provides a secure nesting
site protected from the elements. Made in
USA, it is durably constructed from
nominal 7/8 thick unnished red cedar,
with aluminum and rust-resistant zinc-
plated steel hardware. A copper shield
surrounds the 11/2 diameter portal,
preventing squirrels and other invaders
from widening the hole to take over the nest.
Latches keep the hinged side walls closed but can be easily
released for monitoring or maintenance. One wall opens
onto a clear acrylic insert so you can check on the nest without
disturbing it; the other allows full access for cleaning. Small holes for
cross-ventilation and drainage, combined with a metal screen to keep the
nest elevated, help keep the nest cool and dry. A screen secured to the
inside front wall provides a ladder for edglings leaving the nest. The over-
hanging roof blocks rainfall and predators from above, and provides a wide
perch. 143/463/46, with an 81/2 square roof. Mounting hardware included.
AG118 Cedar Bluebird House $58.50

Examples of completed
birdhouses and feeders
To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit
our website at leevalley.com

B. Birdhouse Portal Protectors

Mounted onto the portal of a birdhouse, these copper shields
prevent squirrels, larger birds and other invaders from gnawing
or pecking through the wood to widen the hole and take over the
nest. They are offered in four diameters to match the preferences Birdhouse Plan Assortment
of specic cavity-nesting birds: Eastern bluebird (11/2), nuthatch Seven plans: four houses and
(11/4), chickadee (11/8) and wren (1). A practical nishing three feeders. For scale, the
touch to a birdhouse-building project, they can also be retrotted Martin Palace measures 34
to an existing birdhouse, either to repair a damaged portal or to tall by 20 square.
reduce its diameter to help attract a different species. Rust-
Birdhouse Plan Assortment
resistant zinc-plated mounting screws included. The 22 11L02.27 $16.95
shields are made of solid 0.024 thick copper that will develop
a weathered patina over time. Made in USA.
AG176 Portal Protector, Eastern Bluebird (11/2) $3.60
AG177 Portal Protector, Nuthatch (11/4) $3.60 D. Bird Guardian
AG178 Portal Protector, Chickadee (11/8) $3.60 Attached to any wooden bird-
AG179 Portal Protector, Wren (1) $3.60 house with a 1 to 11/2 opening,
this tunnel-like tting prevents
predators such as raccoons, cats
or larger birds from reaching
B B into the nest to snatch the eggs D
or young. What appears to be a
perch projecting below the
opening is intended as a tail
brace, which small birds can use for leverage as
they enter the nest. Made of durable ABS plastic,
the tunnel measures about 21/2 long and secures D
using the included screws. Made in USA.
AG130 Bird Guardian $10.50
196
 Various sizes of tubes
accommodate different
bee species.
A Insect pollinators are essential
Each nesting tube
Pattern attracts
pollen bees.
holds six to eight eggs.
A. Solitary Pollen Bee Nest
This nest provides a safe place for
benecial solitary bees to lay their eggs.
It has 20 nesting tubes of various sizes
to accommodate different bee species.
Porous volcanic stone between the tubes
insulates from cold and heat, discourages
mites and absorbs moisture to prevent
fungus growth. A pattern of broken color
Apply stickers to on the exterior draws the attention of
mark full tubes.
bees, and a plastic shield protects the
tubes from birds and rodents. Made of ABS plastic, the nest is 5
long and mounts with two included nails. With a few plants to
supply edible pollen growing in your garden, youll attract your
rst pollen bees in no time. Made in Canada. 1+ 3+
AT505 Bee Nest, ea. $19.50 $17.60
Benign and non-territorial, solitary pollen bees rarely sting humans
and do not build hives. Instead, each female creates an independent
nest for her eggs, usually in dead wood, a hollow stem or a hole in
bare soil. Unfortunately, residential developments threaten their
natural habitat by eliminating wild nesting areas and displacing the C. PG915 *Standing Birdbath
plants they use for food, and in private gardens their nests are often
D. PG916 Hanging Birdbath
disturbed by fall and spring garden clean-up while the eggs are still
maturing. The best way to help preserve these important pollinators
is by providing them with an alternative nesting site and including
native owers in your garden.
B. Lee Valley Toad House
A single toad can eat several thousand insect pests per year,
as well as slugs and cutworms. Made to our specications,
this 11 diameter terra cotta toad house provides a moist,
shady refuge to encourage toads to take up residence in your
garden. The shelter offers protection from predators; if one tries
to enter, the two separate openings ensure that the toad always
has an escape route. The openings measure 23/4 high by 4 wide,
large enough for most common North American toads. Two
small holes in the roof permit ventilation and help prevent
rainwater from pooling on top. Store indoors during winter,
as freezing temperatures may cause breakage. This small
investment in low-rise housing gives a big return.
AT510 Toad House $27.50
B
Holes in the roof permit ventilation and
prevent rainwater from pooling on top.
Attracting Native Pollinators
by The Xerces Society
to the reproduction of many
plants, but the destruction
of their natural habitat has
endangered many species,
particularly butteries and
native bees. This book was
created to guide efforts to
protect these benecial
insects. It explains the role
of pollinators in the ecosystem
and outlines the life cycle and
feeding habits of bees, butteries, moths, beetles
and ies and how they are affected by pesticides,
disruption of nesting areas and scarcity of food plants.
It offers practical advice on how to incorporate pollinator habitats
into gardens and other spaces. Includes a eld guide to North American bees with
information about 29 species, an illustrated guide to helpful plants and several sample
layouts for pollinator-friendly gardens. An informative and useful guide to pollinator
conservation. Softcover, 710, 371 pages, 2011.
LA948 Attracting Native Pollinators $23.90
Lee Valley Birdbaths
Made to our specications, these red terra cotta birdbaths provide a suitable place for
birds to drink, bathe and cool off. The smooth, glazed surface is easy to clean and prevents
water from seeping through. Weighing only 4 lb 6 oz (2kg), the removable basin is easier
to handle than concrete baths. Available in standing or hanging models. Each measures
15 in diameter and holds approximately 1l (1/4 gallon). The standing model comes with
a tripod that supports the basin about 2 above the ground, giving birds a clear view of
approaching predators. The hanging model rests in a ring that keeps it suspended on
24 chains (included) that can be hung from a branch or any other convenient support.
The tripod, ring and chains are solid steel with a powder-coat nish for rust resistance.
Store indoors during winter, as freezing temperatures may cause breakage.
$54.50
$47.50
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges.
For areas outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
C
C D
Tripod collapses
for storage.
 BIRDING
Quick-Clean Tube Feeders
Well made in the USA, these feeders have
removable bases, providing easy access to the
inside of the tube for cleaning. The songbird A
and nch feeders have tubes made of a strong, B
weather-resistant polycarbonate, with sloping C
bafes that direct seeds toward the lower ports
where birds can reach them, reducing waste. All
models have a cap and base die-cast in durable
metal alloy with an antique brass nish.
Each of the songbird feeders is 19 tall, with
six large ports suitable for sunower-seed mix;
each die-cast alloy port tting has a built-in
perch and a raised ridge that diverts rainwater
away from the inside. The 13/4 quart (1.9 litre)
songbird feeder comes with soft plastic perch
covers to aid grip. The 31/2 quart (3.9 litre)
songbird feeder has wide U-shaped perches that
are particularly attractive to cardinals.
We also offer a 141/2 nch feeder, with
aluminum perches, and eight ports sized and
shaped for thistle and niger seed.
Compatible with the 13/4 quart songbird feeder
and the nch feeder, two accessories are sold as a
set: a dome that helps deter squirrels while
keeping feathered visitors dry, and a seed catch
tray to minimize mess. Each is made of strong,
clear polycarbonate and is 12 in diameter.
A. AG319 Finch Feeder, 11/4 qt. $38.50
B. AG315 Songbird Feeder, 13/4 qt. $49.50
C. AG320 Songbird Feeder, 31/2 qt. $72.00
D. AG318 Dome & Seed Tray $34.50

Base removes for cleaning

inside of tube. Cap lifts for lling feeder.

D
B

To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit

our website at leevalley.com

E. Collapsible Bird Feeder

Weve found that birds really like this feeder,
particularly in winter. Its ideal for feeding
them black-oil sunower seed, the food
of choice for many birds. Large enough
E Easily lled.
to feed a dozen birds at once, it has
an attached tray to minimize seed
loss, unlike some similar models.
Holds 21/2 lb of seed and measures
Folds at.
91/2 in diameter. Birds can perch
on the base or cling to the chain-
mail sides. Made of powder-coated
E steel for long life. Will outlast any
wood or plastic feeder. It folds
completely at for compact storage.
Collapsible Bird Feeder
AG306 $34.50
198
 Squirrel Buster Bird Feeders
These are excellent bird feeders with
the added benet of being squirrel proof.
Openings in the feeders align with
ports, giving birds access to the feed A B C D
inside. When a squirrel climbs onto
the feeder, its weight forces a
shroud down, making the feed ports
inaccessible. Squirrels* are foiled but
not harmed in any way.
The two models of songbird feeders
are suitable for sunower-seed mix.
The 1.4-quart Classic songbird feeder
is 191/2 tall, with four large ports and
perches, plus a wire-mesh shroud that
gives perchers and clingers ample room
to feed. The larger 3-quart Plus song-
bird feeder is 23 tall, with six
length-adjustable perches and a ring
perch to accommodate cardinals.
The Finch feeder, 20 tall with a
1.4-quart capacity, has a wire-mesh
shroud, four perches and eight ports sized
for smaller seeds such as niger and thistle.
The 3/4-quart Peanut+ version
is 18 tall and holds shelled
peanuts or similarly sized suet
pellets, allowing you to estab-
lish a separate feeding area
for species such as wood-
peckers, jays and
nuthatches. It has a
wire-mesh shroud with
ve large openings. The internal
seed hopper is also wire mesh to let Squirrels weight
birds peck at the contents without forces the shroud C D
allowing whole nuts to spill out. down and closes B
the seed ports.
The Plus and Peanut+ models have a
weight threshold that can be adjusted
to keep out heavier birds. All feeders
are rustproof, UV stable and easy to
clean. Instructions included.
For mounting a Squirrel Buster
Plus feeder where there is no over-
head support for hanging, an adapter A
is available that ts onto any 1 diam-
eter pole (not included). The adapter See our Container
Gardening section
has a three-pronged design that ts through holes in the bottom of the A for versatile poles
feeder, and includes a retrot ring that attaches to the perch to prevent and hangers that
squirrels from reaching into the feeder from below. provide sturdy
A. AG307 Squirrel Buster Plus Feeder $95.00 mounts for bird-
B. AG308 Squirrel Buster Finch Feeder $58.50 E houses and feeders.
C. AG327 Squirrel Buster Classic Feeder $58.50 E They are available
D. AG328 Squirrel Buster Peanut+ Feeder $58.50 in freestanding and
E. AG329 Pole Adapter $19.50 Adapter sold post-mount versions.
separately.
* Effective against black squirrels. Immature red squirrels can sometimes gain Pole not
access due to their size. included.

F. Seed Saucer
Empty shells and seeds dropped from bird feeders not
only look unsightly, but can kill patches of grass and F
Feeder not
attract unwelcome visitors. This 163/4 diameter by 31/4 included.
high saucer is large enough to catch and contain most
dropped seeds. Made from UV-resistant, high-impact
polypropylene, it is adaptable to most bird feeders
under 7 in diameter that dont have a moving base
(zinc-coated hanging hardware included). Drainage
holes are small enough to keep in small seeds, but
larger holes can be drilled for better drainage. Perfect F
for bird lovers who dont want to spend the summer
cleaning up after their guests. Made in Canada.
Includes four 81/2 long zinc-coated chains,
AG175 Seed Saucer, ea. $23.00 six S-hooks and a screw-in hook.
199
 B

D
A

B
A

Color of dish
may vary.
Hopper slides out
for lling.

Window-Mounted Dish Feeder D. Window Bird Feeder F. Window-Mount Bird Feeder Kit
This feeder offers a simple way to entice birds to Mounted directly to a windowpane, this feeder This kit and any type of plastic bottle (up to
dine right at your window. Mounted directly to lets you have an up-close view of feeding birds. 32 oz or 1 litre) will let you make a window-
the pane with a pair of strong suction cups, it can Three strong suction cups allow it to be mounted mount bird feeder. Ideal for most types of
be lled with anything from seed to sliced fruit or easily to glass or other smooth surfaces. Made seeds or mixes, it will provide hours of close-
mealworms, depending on what kinds of birds from tough, UV-stable polycarbonate, it has a up viewing pleasure. The feeder kit includes
youd like to attract. Made from strong, 3/4 quart capacity seed hopper that is removable two suction cups, a feeding station, a paper
UV-stable polycarbonate, the 45/8 wide by 3/4 for easy lling and cleaning, and an integral funnel and instructions. (Bottle not included.)
deep tray projects 41/4 and has drainage holes to seed catch tray with small holes for drainage. Bird Feeder Kit, ea. 1+ 3+
help prevent water from soaking seeds, while the An overhanging roof helps keep seed dry, AG401 $3.20 $2.70
/
optional 75 2 canopy helps keep rain off.
1 and the suction cups have release tabs for easy
Color may vary depending on supply. removal. Used with sunower-seed mix, it
A. AG335 Bird Feeder Dish $ 7.50 attracts a variety of songbirds. About 91/4 wide Visit us at leevalley.com
B. AG336 Bird Feeder Canopy $10.95 by 61/2 tall, the feeder projects about 41/2 from
AG337 Dish & Canopy Set $17.50 the window. Made in USA.
AG322 Window Bird Feeder $24.50
C. The Warning Web
One of the easiest ways to prevent birds from
striking a window is by using this ingenious decal.
Made from transparent vinyl, the decal is printed
with a spider web pattern that birds naturally
recognize as a hazard and avoid. The web features
a concentrated white zigzag pattern known as a
stabilimentum, which scientists believe spiders use
to effectively deter birds from ying through their E
webs. The 88 decal can be placed inside or out
and attaches to windows with static cling. Large or
picture windows may require two or more decals.
Not for use with Low-E windows. Sold in pairs.
BR302 Warning Web Decals, pr. $10.50

C This feeder has four 1/4 diameter feeding
E. Extension S-Hooks
Sometimes you need only a few extra
inches of length to properly hang a planter, bird
feeder or lantern in its desired position. These
8 hooks, with a 1 hook at one end and a 11/2
hook at the other, can be hung over a nail, beam
or branch. Green PVC-coated 5mm wire, they
are useful for a variety of other applications,
such as tool storage. Sold in packages of 10,
they are great value.
PD151 Extension S-Hooks, pkg. of 10 $9.95
200
Oriole Feeder
ports to accommodate an orioles beak, and
a 2 wide perch that sits 3 from each of the
ports a perfect distance for this species.
Made from sturdy, UV-resistant polycar-
bonate, it has a 16 oz capacity and a bright
orange lid. Can be hung from the included
7 solid brass hook, or mounted to a 5/8
diameter pole (not included). Syrup recipes
and bird feeding information are included.
Easy to rell and clean. An integral moat
keeps ants at bay. Made in USA.
AG170 Oriole Feeder $24.50
 A. Squirrel Bafe
This clever device attaches
to a birdfeeder pole to keep
squirrels out. There is no
way a squirrel can get by this
bafe; its too slippery to grip
and too long to reach over. Port slides open.
Fits any pole from 1/2 to
15/8 in diameter. Made
from powder-coated steel. B
Measures 141/4 long and
61/2 in diameter.
AG321 Squirrel Bafe $20.50

Sliding
latch

B. Funneling Bird Seed Scoop

A Serving double-duty as a scoop and a dispensing
funnel, this convenient tool makes tidy work of
relling tube-style bird feeders. Just scoop the seeds
from the bag as you normally would. Then, rather
than attempting to pour from the wide rim of the
scoop into the narrow feeder opening, simply tip the
scoop vertically and insert the 1 diameter handle
into the top of the feeder. Moving a sliding latch at the scoop base opens
A a port that allows seed to ow through the handle, acting just like a regular
funnel. Made of sturdy, UV-stable plastic, it holds about 1.4 pints (750ml).

AD534 Seed Scoop/Funnel $4.95

Pole and feeder
not included. Never use honey, articial sweeteners, or food coloring in a hummingbird feeder,
as they could be harmful to the birds.

C. Perfect Little Brushes

Birds in the Yard Month by Month These little brushes (similar to mascara
by Sharon Sorenson applicators) are useful for cleaning bird-
This encyclopedic reference covers the key factors related to creating feeder ports, coffee machines, sport bottle
a bird-friendly back yard: food, water, shelter and nesting. Organized spouts, jewellery and any other item or
by month, the book is packed with photos, diagrams and guidelines on orice too small for regular cleaning
hosting birds as visitors or residents. It proles 55 birds, listing char- implements. Nylon bristles. About 31/2
acteristics, food preferences and nesting habits for each. Using personal long. Supplied as a package of three.
anecdotes and photos from her own back yard, the author outlines her Various colors.
observations on bird behavior, and includes instructions on maximizing DB401 Small Brushes, pkg. of 3 $4.95
bird habitat and cultivating benecial plants. Informative for both
novice and expert birders, it is an excellent guide for enjoying, under-
standing and identifying birds. Softcover, 69, 410 pages, 2013.
LA822 Birds in the Yard $19.50

Birding 201

B
Nectar guard tips prevent insects A
from entering feeder.
12 oz Hanging Hummingbird Feeder
Ideal for medium- to high-trafc zones, this feeder
has four feeding ports and holds 12 oz (354ml) of
syrup. The wrap-around perch is well positioned
for hummingbirds to rest and conserve energy
while feeding, and a built-in ant moat keeps six-
legged trespassers from helping themselves to a
free meal. The lid ts snugly on the base and
releases for easy cleaning or relling. Made from
impact-resistant polycarbonate, the feeder is 73/4
in diameter and 9 tall with the brass hook
installed. Dishwasher safe.
Optional nectar guard tips
B
are available separately for
this feeder and our window
Nectar
hummingbird feeder (item H). guard
The tips slide onto the feeding tip
ports to create a barrier that
ying insects cannot penetrate.
The exible split end in the
center of each tip easily opens for a humming-
birds beak and closes up tight when the beak is
removed. Twelve tips per package. Made in USA.
A. AG156 12 oz Hummingbird Feeder $22.50
B. AG154 Nectar Guard Tips, pkg.of 12 $ 4.95
Glass vessel rests
in a powder-coated
steel hanging basket.
Glass Hummingbird Feeder
Hand blown from recycled glass, this is a well-
made, attractive feeder. The aqua-colored vessel
holds 3.5 oz (104ml) of syrup, and has a single
red glass feeding port that is easily removed for
cleaning. It rests in a powder-coated steel hanging
basket with an integral perch, and measures about
6 tall by 3 wide overall. S-hook included.
AG171 Aqua Feeder, 3.5 oz $24.50
202
C. Hand-Blown Glass Hummingbird Feeder
A beautiful alternative to plastic, this hand-
blown glass feeder has three ower-shaped
feeding ports that are removable for
cleaning. At 6 in diameter, the feeder
holds 16 oz (473ml) of syrup. A rubber
stopper makes lling and cleaning the
feeder easy. Includes black powder-coated
hanging hardware. Complements the bright
colors of the ruby-throated hummingbird.
Hand made in Mexico. We recommend
using an ant moat with this feeder.
AG165 Glass Hummingbird Feeder $47.50
F. AG166 Feeder, Green, ea. $24.50 $22.10
G. AG167 Feeder, Blue, ea. $24.50 $22.10
H. Window Hummingbird Feeder
E has an 8 oz (237ml) capacity, three feeding
D to rest while feeding and an ant moat to
Ant Moats
These moats are the perfect solution for
keeping ants away from syrup or fruit
feeders. Simply ll the moat with water
and hang your feeder directly below,
preventing ants (who cant swim) from
getting to the feeder. Some people jerry-rig
systems similar to this using wire, epoxy
and old margarine containers; these moats
are simpler and more aesthetically pleasing.
The decorative moat, shaped like an
inverted umbrella, is made from black
powder-coated steel (31/4 in diameter,
holds 4 oz/118ml). The simpler version
is made from clear polycarbonate (31/2
in diameter, holds 10 oz/295ml).
D. AG169 Umbrella Ant Moat $11.50
E. AG162 Clear Ant Moat $ 6.50
F
G
Glass Flower Hummingbird Feeder
These small feeders can be staked
throughout your garden or in large
containers to provide hummingbirds
with additional access to food (and
accommodate their roaming, food-
gathering habits). Designed to mimic
a ower, each hand-blown glass feeder
has a 4 oz (118ml) capacity and a single
ower-shaped feeding port that can be
removed for cleaning. The 31/2 diam-
eter feeder threads onto a powder-coated
stake for a total length of 26. Available
in green- or blue-tinted glass. 1+ 3+
This feeder mounts directly on a window-
pane with suction cups so you can observe
hummingbirds up close. Made from
UV-stable impact-resistant polycarbonate, it
ports, a perch to encourage hummingbirds
keep crawling insects out of the syrup. It
measures 73/4 wide and projects 61/2 when
mounted. The feeder can be easily lifted off
the hanger for rell or cleaning. Feeder can
also be mounted on a wood fence (hardware
included). Well thought-out design. Made
in USA. The nectar guard tips offered sepa-
rately (item B) t this feeder.
AG157 Window Feeder $24.50
H
H
 Flash Infrared sensor
Focus
BirdCam Pro 20-MP Motion-Activated Camera range
setting
To help identify the bird species that frequent your feeders
or the animals prowling your garden after dark, this Camera lens
20-megapixel heat/motion-sensing camera snaps a photo
when warm-blooded animals (birds and mammals) enter its
eld of view, avoiding false triggers caused by windblown
objects. It works day or night, automatically activating a
built-in LED ash in low-light conditions. An integral 2
color preview screen eliminates guesswork when setting up Memory
card slot
the camera. (It also lets you review images before uploading
them to a PC or digital TV.) You can adjust the sensors
operating distance in a range from 6 to innity, select from Motion-activated camera snaps a photo
a range of shutter delay times, take time-lapse photos at when it senses heat and motion.
controllable intervals, date- and time-stamp images for later
reference, or even take short videos (up to 90 seconds) with Color preview screen

optional sound. The camera comes with complete instructions, a built-in tripod mount and optional hardware
for mounting on a post or tree. Requires eight AA batteries and an SD memory card you supply. Images can
be uploaded to a PC or digital TV; the cameras are also compatible with Wi-Fi SD cards (not included) so
you can upload images wirelessly to a computer or the Internet right from the camera. USB and TV cables
not included. A rugged gasket-sealed housing protects against damage, moisture, heat and cold. Measures
about 61/2 tall by 41/2 wide by 23/4 thick. Additional technical specications are listed on our website.
AB957 BirdCam Pro Camera $195.00

Sundial & Pedestal

This unique sundial is easy to read because
sunlight shines through the cut-out numbers
C. Bronze Sundial
A sundial makes a beautiful and useful accent in
the garden. This one is attractive and maintenance-
WEATHER
in the time band, casting a clear image of the
numerals onto the plate below. You estimate the
free because of its solid bronze construction.
Shows the hours from 5am to 7pm,
& TIME
minutes by judging the distance of the numbers and is inscribed with the Latin phrase
from the plate center line. Hand cast from non- Carpe diem (seize the day).
corroding aluminum. The 1210 sundial is Measures 93/4 across.
adjustable for your latitude. An optional 26 Bronze Sundial
aluminum pedestal holds the sundial at an easy KD315 $109.00
viewing height. Both pieces have a bronze nish. C
A KD322 Sundial $ 87.00 F
B. KD323 Pedestal $ 62.00
KD324 Sundial & Pedestal $139.00

F. Solid Brass Sundial

Cast Brass Sundial Sundials are very ornamental in a garden,
A Cast from solid brass, this 111/2 dia. sundial would but are also useful. If you are transplanting
look at home in any garden. The optional black steel or tilling, your watch is probably not on your
base is 24 high and has four prongs to securely wrist and the sundial becomes your reference.
hold the sundial upright (works only with KD301). This solid brass sundial features a pair of frogs
D. KD301 Cast Brass Sundial $ 92.50 on a lily pad base. The gnomon is cattail shaped.
B E. KD303 Black Base $ 31.50 7 across.
KD310 Sundial and Base $114.00 KC205 Solid Brass Sundial, Frogs $22.50

Adjustable to your latitude.

E
203
 A

A. Wireless Environmental Data Loggers Humidity*, Heat Barometric Memory

Widely used in settings ranging from commercial agriculture to Temperature Stress Index & Pressure, (logged
Model Accurate to Dew Point Price
archival storage, these rugged devices continuously collect temperature, within 1F/0.5C
Density Altitude, every 2
*Accurate to hours)
humidity, barometric pressure and other data and store it for retrieval. wwithin 2%
Pressure Trend
Usable indoors or out, they can record greenhouse conditions, track KD331 D1 544 days $ 79.00
humidity in the woodshop, or monitor weather conditions while hiking KD332 D2 340 days $119.00
or camping. They connect wirelessly to your iPhone or other iOS KD333 D3 259 days $149.00
device from as far as 50, letting you view real time and historical data;
you can also download charts of logged data for analysis. You can have been met, such as minimum or maximum temperatures. Each model uses
select how often the devices check conditions (from every 2 seconds to a CR2032 button-cell battery (included) that lasts up to a year, depending on
every 12 hours) and even set them to notify you that certain thresholds usage. Precise and easy to use; made in USA.

B. Mini Hygrometer/Thermometer Air Plants

This compact gauge lets you accurately monitor humidity and temperature by Zenaida Sengo
in locations such as greenhouses, workshops or storage areas. The LCD Placed in a nook, hung on a wall or even suspended in midair,
screen shows current results in Celsius or Fahrenheit, and gives min/max Tillandsias, commonly known as air plants, can be grown virtually
readings at the push of a button. Supplied with a folding wire stand that anywhere as they do not require soil. This comprehensive guide begins
can also be used as a hanger, it measures 411/41/2 thick, has an with a primer on choosing and caring for these quirky plants, including
operating range of -9.9C/14.2F to 50C/122F and runs on one tips on propagation, fertilization and pest control techniques, and a
included button-cell battery. watering chart and quick care guide for twelve species. The author
KD336 Hygrometer/Thermometer $14.95 follows with creative display ideas and eight design projects including
wood wall-mount dcor, a ceramic frame garden, two vertical gardens,
a wreath and three terrariums,
each complete with step-by-step
instructions and a list of required
tools and materials. With vivid
color photography throughout,
the book provides inspiration
for anyone interested in growing
Temperature these plants. Softcover,
sensor 73/491/2, 224 pages, 2014.
LA963 Air Plants $15.95

B
Humidity sensor

204
 Indoor temperature

A
Clothing changes to Outdoor
forecast conditions temperature D
A. Wireless Weather Station D. Wireless Color Weather Forecast Station
This unit constantly shows current outdoor and indoor This wireless weather station not only provides current tempera-
temperatures in either Celsius or Fahrenheit. At the touch of a button it also shows ture and humidity readings but also monitors barometric trends to
minimum and maximum temperatures with date and time of occurrence handy for forecast weather changes. Forecasts are displayed as icons (sunny,
monitoring frost-tender plants in cold frames/greenhouses. The barometer displays air partly sunny, cloudy, rainy, stormy) on the color LCD screen for
pressure changes as weather tendency icons (sun, clouds, rain, etc.). The radio-controlled quick reference. It reads indoor and outdoor temperatures (-40C
clock receives signals* from the U.S. Atomic Clock in Boulder, CO, calibrating itself to 60C/-40F to 140F outdoors and 0C to 50C/32F to 122F
daily and updating for Daylight Saving Time. Displays indoor temperature from -10 indoors) and humidity, and provides min/max readings for both.
to 59.9C (14 to 139.8F), and outdoor temperature from -39.9 to 59.9C (-39.8 Additional features include temperature alerts, date and time with
to 139.8F). Receives temperature transmissions from up to three outdoor sensors; alarm, and an integrated USB power output charging port. The
one is included (with mounting hardware) and has a range of 100m (330). For tabletop backlit screen is illuminated continuously using an included
use or wall mounting. Uses four AA batteries 5.0 volt AC adapter; a battery back-up (three AAA batteries you
(not included). (La Crosse Technology model Extra sensors are still available for the supply) maintains settings during power failures. The included
#WS-9611U-IT.) Extra sensors available. weather station model we sold previ- wireless outdoor sensor can be mounted up to 60m (200) away
ously (KD308). Search for KD309 on
KD316 Wireless Weather Station $39.50 and operates on two AA batteries (not included).
our website.
KD317 Extra Sensor $14.50 KD328 Weather Forecast Station $49.95
B. Wireless Min-Max Thermometer E. Wireless Weather Forecast Station
With an uncluttered, easy-to-read This device provides current temperature and humidity readings
display showing indoor and and monitors barometric trends to forecast weather changes.
outdoor temperatures, this The large LCD screen displays a 24-hour record of barometric
thermometer also records B pressure, forecast icons, a weather tendency indicator and the
minimum and maximum current moon phase. It reads indoor and outdoor temperatures
temperatures over any time (-9.99C to 59.9C/14.2F to 139.8F indoors, -39.9C to
period you choose. The 59.9C/-39.8F to 139.8F outdoors) and humidity (20% to
min-max temperatures are 95% indoors, 1% to 99% outdoors) and provides min/max
displayed at the touch of a readings for both. It takes readings from up to three sensors
button. The wireless outdoor (one included with mounting hardware) up to 100m (330) away.
sensor can be positioned up The clock receives signals* from the U.S. Atomic Clock in
to 300 from the 35/8 tall base Boulder, CO, and automatically calibrates itself daily for accuracy.
unit. Displays temperatures in Set on a tabletop or wall mounted, it runs on ve AA batteries
Fahrenheit and Celsius (-40F/C to 140F/60C). (not included). (La Crosse Technology model #WS-9037U-IT.)
Uses two AA batteries and two AAA batteries KD318 Wireless Weather Forecast Station $69.00
(you supply). Available in black or white. Display shows indoor
KD319 Extra Sensor $23.50
and outdoor temperatures.
KD344B Black Thermometer $14.95
KD344W White Thermometer $14.95
C. Atomic Radio-Controlled Clock
C Designed to receive the radio signals*
emitted from the U.S. Atomic Clock
in Boulder, Colorado, this clock E
automatically calibrates itself six
times daily to ensure accuracy; it
even updates for Daylight Saving
Time. With an 18 diameter
bezel, the 131/2 dial has over-
size numerals for legibility
from a distance, and includes
18

a Celsius/Fahrenheit ther-
mometer and a hygrometer
to measure relative humidity.
Designed primarily for indoor
use, it is usable outdoors in
sheltered locations and temperate
conditions. Runs on one AA battery
(not included).
KD306 Radio-Controlled Clock $79.50
* The radio signals are detectable throughout the USA (except AK and HI) and in most parts of Canada (except YT, NT, NU and the Atlantic
provinces). Where there is no signal detection, this clock operates as a normal clock and requires manual time correction as necessary.
205
 Mariner Weather Glass
Once upon a time, these were state-of-the-art
barometers. They were used on ships to
warn sailors of impending storms. These
work just as well today in your home or

Overall length of glass is 9.

garden. Just ll with colored water and
hang in a shaded area. Water slowly
rising in the spout forecasts a storm
up to 24 hours away. Rapid rising
A indicates a local storm and a quick
drop again means the storm has
Outside changed its course. A guide to
view these and other readings is
included in the instructions. Hand-
Easily removed for cleaning.
blown glass with a brass mounting
bracket. Glass measures about 93.
KD240 Mariner Weather Glass $44.50

A. Window-Mount Thermometer
With a large face and easy-to-read markings on the dial, this window-mounted
thermometer lets you read the outdoor temperature at a glance, without having
to step outside. The central hub has a weatherproof peel-and-stick adhesive
backing for easy installation. With a 41/4 diameter acrylic dial marked in C. Solid Brass Thermometer
Celsius and Fahrenheit, the thermometer doesnt require batteries, operating Made from solid brass and
on a simple, reliable bimetal strip that is accurate from -40F/C to tempered glass, this thermometer
122F/50C. Economical and effective. C is manufactured to a level of quality
AB804 Window-Mount Thermometer $13.50 that is rarely seen in thermometers
71/2
today. Using alcohol for indication
To order call 1-800-871-8158 (safer than mercury), it includes
both Fahrenheit and Celsius scales.
Measures 71/2 overall. The
B. Min-Max Thermometer included brass mounting bracket
B When growing frost-tender plants holds it 21/2 out from a wall for
in cold frames, greenhouses or even easy viewing. Built to last.
window wells, it is critical to Solid Brass Thermometer
know what range of tempera- KD211 $36.50
tures your plants are subject
to. This thermometer will do
just that. The operating
mechanism is a bimetal
strip that bends one way
if heated, and the opposite
way if cooled. The red
marker is pushed to the right
as temperature rises, and the
blue marker is pushed to the left
as temperature drops. Each marker
rests at the minimum or maximum
temperature marking, shown in both
Fahrenheit and Celsius, until reset by hand.
The 5 diameter case has a teardrop aperture in the back for hanging it on a screw 16
or nail on a wall or fence. An ideal gift for people who want to know just how
hot or how cold it gets each day, whether they are gardeners or not. Good value
for the money.
AB803 Min-Max Thermometer $17.50

Three-piece pole pulls apart for

easy storage.

D. Rain Gauge with Thermometer

This rain gauge/thermometer D
combination measures up to 71/2 of rain
and a temperature range of -40F/C to
122F/50C. The UV-stable polycarbonate
instruments (swivel mounted for adjustable
viewing angles) attach to a sectional metal
pole, powder coated for durability. A versatile,
good-value set of weather instruments.
AB930 Rain Gauge/Thermometer $14.95
206
 B. Jumbo Rain Gauge
With large Imperial graduations and a brightly
colored indicator oat, this rain gauge is easy
to read from as far away as 50. Measuring up
to 5 of rainfall, the plastic tube is calibrated
so that the oat
rises 41/4 for
each inch of
rain even a B
Post
bracket light shower
Outer cylinder registers clearly.
Calibrated tube The 261/4 gauge
mounts on a post
with a supplied
plastic bracket
(screws not
Rainfall
included) and simply lifts out of the bracket for
A exceeding drainage. A great assist for the conscientious
1 is held in gardener. Made in USA.
the outer
cylinder until AB902 Jumbo Rain Gauge $14.95
measured
separately.
If you must water your lawn, use rain gauges to
measure the amount of water your lawn is
A. Stratus Precision Rain Gauge receiving. In general, a lawn requires about one
Made to the specications of the United States inch of water a week.
Weather Bureau, this is a precise, dependable
rain gauge. The rst inch of rain funnels
through the 4 diameter top into a specially C. Electronic Rain Gauge E. Copper Rain Gauge
calibrated measuring tube even a light shower This gauge records rainfall as the water ows This simple, low-tech rain gauge lets you
registers clearly in increments of 100ths of an through it, so you never have to bother monitor rainfall levels, while adding a decora-
inch. Additional rainfall up to a total of 11 is emptying it. The Imperial version measures up tive touch to a lawn, garden bed or outdoor
contained in the outer cylinder until measured to 100 inches of rainfall, recording to the third planter. As water collects in the copper ute,
separately in the calibrated tube. Intended for decimal place; the metric model measures to a concealed plastic oat rises. Large Imperial
year-round exposure to the elements, the gauge 10,000mm, recording to the nearest tenth of a graduations on the side of the oat indicate the
is made from thick, transparent polycarbonate millimetre. You can mount it on a pole or use actual water level, but even from a distance you
with high resistance to UV, heat and cold. The the optional universal mounting bracket to set can estimate the rainfall volume by viewing how
14 tall gauge slides onto an included 113 it up just about anywhere. The liquid crystal high the colorful oat projects. Made from
post bracket (mounts on 21/4 centers; screws display is easy to read recycled copper, the ute will weather to an
included). Made in USA. from up to 10 feet C attractive verdigris patina over time. Made of
AB921 Stratus Precision Rain Gauge $42.50 away. One touch rust-resistant powder-coated steel, the 18
resets it to zero and it ground stake has an upper coiled section that
The Nonstop Garden allows you to track serves as a holder. Made in USA. An excellent
by Stephanie Cohen and Jennifer Benner rainfall on any basis gift for any gardener.
This book offers advice on how to create a low- you want (daily, AB910 Copper Rain Gauge $44.50
maintenance garden that stays attractive all year. weekly, etc.). The
The rst section, titled Nuts and Bolts, explains the unique internal sensor
broad principles behind the authors four-season uses no moving parts,
approach to garden design. Subsequent sections and runs on just one
describe trees and shrubs as the main attractions, AA battery, which is D
providing structural elements that dene the garden
space (even in winter), complemented by a supporting
included. Weighs a
cast of bulbs, annuals and other plants. A nishing scant 10 oz. Size is 41/25. Can also be used
touches section deals with incorporating decorative to measure sprinkler output, so you know when
and functional items such as birdhouses, container your garden has enough water.
gardens, sculpture and garden structures. There are 10 AB905 Rain Gauge, Imperial $49.50 E
garden designs to illustrate the ideas presented, AB908 Rain Gauge, Metric $49.50
including a scented garden, a garden for wet sites D. AB907 Universal Mounting Bracket $10.50
and a winter wonderland garden. Easy-to-read charts
and appendices let you select plants for year-round
beauty in any zone. Illustrated with color photographs
and watercolors throughout. Softcover, 81/210,
248 pages, 2010. C E
The Nonstop Garden
LA943 $15.95

18

Weather & Time 207

CLOTHING Tilley Airo Hats
Wherever you go in the outdoors, theres a good chance youll see someone wearing an
iconic Canadian-made Tilley hat. We offer two styles made of specially treated nylon fabric
that is water repellent and has a certied UV protection factor (UPF) of 50+ for good sun
A protection. A mesh strip in the crown allows air to circulate, keeping your head cool and
comfortable during hot days or strenuous activities; a sweatband
helps wick perspiration away from your forehead. Each style has
an adjustable wind cord and a secret pocket for storing keys, cash
or a credit card. A non-absorbent foam liner in the crown helps
keep it aoat if it ends up in the water.
Weighing only 4 oz, the classic style features a
down-sloping brim measuring 21/2 on the sides
and 31/2 front and back for ample sun and rain
protection. The wide-brim style, lightweight at
3.5 oz, has the widest brim available from Tilley
B (31/2 on the sides and 37/8 on the front and
back) for maximum shade. These high-quality
hats are machine washable and guaranteed for
life against shrinkage, wear and mildew. They
even come with an owners manual!
Tilley Airo Hats
A. Classic B. Wide-Brim
Hat Size Head size
$85.00 $75.00
HL450 HL460 71/8 223/8
HL451 HL461 71/4 223/4
HL452 HL462 73/8 231/8
HL453 HL463 71/2 231/2
HL454 HL464 75/8 237/8

To order call 1-800-871-8158

Breezer Hat Waxed Canvas Hat

This Bogart-style breezer hat is the perfect choice to stay shaded and Woven from heavy-gauge wax-coated cotton, the canvas used in this hat is
cool while gardening or adventuring. The solid, soft-weave nylon top and the same historically used by mariners for protection against foul weather.
3 double-layered brim block the suns rays and provide a UV protection Durable, breathable and water resistant, it provides good protection from the
factor (UPF) of 50+. For ventilation, the sides are made of ultra-light nylon sun and rain. The formable 3 wide
mesh. There is even a built-in Coolmax sweatband to wick perspiration brim will hold its shape if turned up E. WAXED CANVAS HAT $52.50
away from the forehead. The hat is durably constructed, yet feels practi- or down. It has a leather headband Product # Size Hat Size Head Size
cally weightless. Available in two colors, beige and green. Includes a and chinstrap, and an integral HL515 Medium 71/8 223/8
chinstrap, and has the added benet of being crushable and washable moisture-wicking cotton sweatband. HL516 Large 7 /8
3 231/8
without losing its form. Refer to the chart below to choose the proper t. Khaki color. Refer to the chart to
HL517 X-Large 7 /8
5 237/8
Made in USA. choose the proper t. Made in USA.
Ultra-light nylon mesh
C provides ventilation.
E

BREEZER HAT $43.50

Product # Color Size Hat Size Head Size
HL530 Beige S 67/8 215/8
HL531 Beige M 71/8 223/8
C.
HL532 Beige L 73/8 231/8
HL533 Beige XL 75/8 237/8
HL540 Green S 67/8 215/8
HL541 Green M 71/8 223/8
D.
HL542 Green L 73/8 231/8 Moisture-wicking
cotton sweatband
HL543 Green XL 75/8 237/8
208
 Flexible brim F H

Classic Sun Hat

Simple and practical, this crushable 100% cotton womens hat
provides good protection against the suns rays. It has a UV
Adjustable headband protection factor (UPF) of 50+, meaning less than 1/50 of the
suns UV radiation can penetrate the fabric. The 4 wide brim
B projects 3 with the edge turned up, or can be folded down to
Folds
for easy maximize shade. The crown is lined and the sweatband has an
storage. adjustable drawstring for comfortable t. One size ts most.
Available in natural, periwinkle and olive, it is great for
gardening or simply relaxing dockside.
C F. HL416 Sun Hat, Natural $28.50
G G. HL417 Sun Hat, Periwinkle $28.50
H. HL418 Sun Hat, Olive $28.50

J. Lee Valley Sun Cap

4 Wide-Brim Sun Hat
This lightweight hat has a UV protection factor
(UPF) of 50+ for good sun protection. Made of
layered polyester ribbon, it has a 4 wide brim
that effectively shades the face and neck from
the suns rays, and can be turned up or down.
One size ts most can be made a little smaller
by tightening the ribbon trim. Available in aqua,
tan and white.
A. HL407 4 Wide-Brim Sun Hat, Aqua $26.50
B. HL408 4 Wide-Brim Sun Hat, Tan $26.50
C. HL409 4 Wide-Brim Sun Hat,, White $26.50
Visit us at leevalley.com
This cap is ideal for those
J
who prefer a baseball cap but
want the protection of a sun
hat. The broad bill shades the
face while the back ap
(which tucks into the cap
when not needed) protects
the ears and back of the neck.
Made of lightweight, quick-
drying 100% polyester
micro-ber, it has a six-panel crown with a moisture-
absorbing sweatband and ventilation holes. Clips to your
shirt during windy weather. Khaki color with an embroi-
dered Lee Valley logo. Adult size, with an adjustable t.
67K99.40 Lee Valley Sun Cap $17.50

Foldable Caps
With their tri-fold peak design, these caps fold to t into a pocket. The peak
returns to form when unfolded, and you can even shape the peak to your
preferred curvature, just like a regular baseball cap. Made of a quick-drying
polyester fabric that is lightweight, breathable and wrinkle free, each cap
has a soft terry-cloth sweatband and an adjustable back strap. The gray
embroidered Lee Valley hat is a classic baseball-style six-panel cap;
E
the black embroidered Veritas cap has mesh-lined side vents
for cooling airow.
D. 67K99.50 Gray Cap, Lee Valley $9.95
E. 67K99.51 Black Cap, Veritas $9.95 D

Folded
cap ts
into a
Foldable peak pocket.

209
 C Lee Valley Baseball Caps
B These 100% cotton twill baseball caps are a six-panel
style that is particularly comfortable because the
caps are not loaded with rigid backing material.
A
The low-prole cap measures 7 from button to peak
edge. Each has an adjustable back strap, six stitched
eyelets for ventilation, and a pre-curved peak so you
dont have to work the cap before wearing.
Pre-washed for softness and comfort, they are
available in navy, khaki or olive and feature
an embroidered Lee Valley logo. Adult size.
A. 67K99.20 Baseball Cap, Navy $9.95
B. 67K99.21 Baseball Cap, Khaki $9.95
C. 67K99.22 Baseball Cap, Olive $9.95

Lee Valley Oilskin Baseball Caps

These baseball caps are a six-panel style that is particularly comfortable
because the caps are not loaded with rigid backing material. Described
as low prole, the cap has a measurement of 51/2 from button to peak
edge. The oilskin (waxed cotton) material provides some resistance to E
the elements. Available in brown or dark green, they feature an adjust-
ment strap and six metal eyelets. Embroidered logo. Adult size.
D. 67K99.06 Oilskin Cap, Brown $12.95
E. 67K99.07 Oilskin Cap, Green $12.95 D

G. Cooling Towel
Cap Tether At rst glance, you might think this is just
If you wear hats, this woven nylon tether is an ordinary towel but, in fact, the innova-
a real problem solver. It has a strong clip at tive weave of the To activate the
cooling effect,
each end of the 8 lanyard. The steel jaws fabric is specically soak, wring
are slightly offset, providing a rm grip designed to provide and snap
the towel.
without damaging fabrics. Just clip one end fast relief from
to the back of the hat and the other to your summers heat; it
collar your hat may works the same way
still blow off in the perspiration does to lower body
wind, but at least you temperature through evaporative
wont have to chase cooling. The towel readily absorbs
after it. Made in USA. water and, as the water evaporates, it
Cap Tether draws away heat. Simply soak the towel in
ES196 $6.50 water, wring it out, and snap it taut you can feel it
begin to work almost instantly and it can cool for as
long as two hours. The thin-weave fabric wicks
moisture (including perspiration) away from the skin;
it feels cool but not wet to the touch. Moisture in the
cloth will not soak through to your skin or clothes.
Machine washable polyester/nylon blend. Measures
F. Cooling Bandana 540. Made in USA.
When you soak this cotton bandana in water, ES105 Cooling Towel $11.50
the water is absorbed by special crystals, which
expand to 250 times their dry size. Tie it around
your neck and it will cool you down by cooling
the blood ow to your head. Leaving it on will
keep your neck moist and evaporation will
continue to cool you all day long. Because the
water is absorbed into the crystals, the bandana
wont drip, but will release water only as the
surface starts to dry. This keeps it at an optimal
moisture level. It needs to be rehydrated only
every few days. Great for use in the garden.
Measures 35 long.
F ES101 Cooling Bandana $9.50

G
Before soaking After soaking

210
 B. The Irish Grandfather Shirt
This shirt is patterned after those worn by farmers and
workmen in the elds and mills of Ireland during the
A
19th and early 20th centuries. They chose the shirt for
comfort and durability, and for the long shirt tail that
would stay tucked in and keep their backs warm.
The traditional features include a button-through half B
placket and jetted pocket, the 34 extra-long
shirt tail and a collarless neckband. The
buttons even have a tasteful Lee Valley
etched on them. Now manufactured in
yarn-dyed 100% cotton annel, this
is a loose-tting casual shirt.
(Allow for 5% shrinkage.)
Made in Ireland.

GRANDFATHER SHIRT $55.00

Product # Size Chest
67K69.51 S 36-38
67K69.52 M 39-41
A. Pocket Hat
67K69.53 L 42-44
This ingenious hat folds up so small it can be carried in a pocket
67K69.54 XL 45-47
or purse. Lightweight, it has a ventilated crown and is ideal for
keeping the hot sun off your head. The removable mosquito 67K69.55 XXL 48-50
headnet can be hidden in the hat when not in use. One size ts all
adults. Complete with a chinstrap to keep it in place in high See page 111 for a tick remover
winds. Comes with a compact carrying pouch. The hat is 15 in that captures and removes
diameter overall with a 4 brim, but folds to only 51/2. ticks in one easy step.
HL140 Pocket Hat $12.95

Bug Clothing Bug headnet

With this light, tight-weave polyester mesh clothing you
can frustrate bugs and stay cool at the same time. All are
a dark olive color.
The jacket features a dark mesh non-glare hood that
zips open. The jacket and pants have knit cuffs and an
elasticized waistband, and are available in several sizes.
They are meant to t loosely, so if in doubt, order a larger
size. The adult small-size pants are suitable for youths.
The childrens set is available in three sizes and includes
a jacket with hood and a pair of pants. See chart for sizing.
The mosquito gloves keep your hands cool and bite
free, while leaving the ngertips open for gripping items
or doing ne work. The small ts hands up to size 9; the
large is for size 10 and bigger.
The bug headnet (one size ts all) can be used alone or
with a hat. It has an elasticized fastening system that
holds the bottom edge of the net close to your body to
keep out insects. The dark mesh reduces glare and
Mosquito glove
provides maximum visibility.
Childs set includes
Product # Description Price Chest Shoulder
to Waist Hips Inseam
jacket, hood and pants.

EP260 Adult Bug Jacket, Small $34.50 61 30

EP262 Adult Bug Jacket, Medium $34.50 64 32
EP264 Adult Bug Jacket, Large $34.50 66 33
EP266 Adult Bug Jacket, XLarge $34.50 68 34
EP256 Youth Bug Jacket (size 8-10) $31.50 40 25
EP258 Youth Bug Jacket (size 12-14) $31.50 48 27
EP270 Adult Bug Pants, Small $28.50 46 32
EP272 Adult Bug Pants, Medium $28.50 48 34
EP274 Adult Bug Pants, Large $28.50 52 35
EP276 Adult Bug Pants, XLarge $28.50 58 37
EP280 Bug Headnet $10.50
EP277 Mosquito Gloves, Small $11.50
EP278 Mosquito Gloves, Large $11.50
EP252 Childs Set, Sm. (size 2-3) $31.50 30 18 31 20
EP253 Childs Set, Med. (size 4-5) $31.50 33 20 33 22
EP254 Childs Set, Lg. (size 6-6X) $31.50 36 22 35 24
Please note that the clothing is meant to t loosely. 211
 A Gloves Material Characteristics
Working outdoors exposes our hands to a wide Latex A natural rubber that protects
variety of conditions hot, cold, thorny, muddy. As a against punctures and abrasions,
result, most of us need more than one pair of gloves, and offers good grip. Waterproof,
including a good all-purpose pair and one or two but lacks breathability.
Silicone Comfortable specialty pairs. With focus on quality, t and special-
dots nger-seam Nitrile
design
ization, we present a selection of gloves covering the A synthetic rubber alternative
gamut of gardeners needs. To help make a choice, to latex. Waterproof, but lacks
follow our quick reference guide (at right). breathability.
Pigskin Thinner than cowhide, yet with
Sensitive touch
A. Foxgloves Short Long good abrasion and puncture
resistance. Soft and supple, it has
These high-quality gloves deliver
excellent breathability, exibility
near-barehanded sensitivity while still and sensitivity. Good moisture
protecting hands from sun, soil and abrasion. resistance. The best all-around
The nger-seam design uses one continuous leather for landscapers.
Iris
piece of material between all the ngers. This Periwinkle
Moss
construction and the stretch nylon LYCRA Synthetics Materials such as LYCRA,
material create an extremely comfortable neoprene and nylon are added
glove with superior t that allows full A. FOXGLOVES to gloves as a way to further
Size Small Medium Large improve exibility and t.
dexterity. The tight knit of the fabric keeps
soil out. Silicone dots on the palm and inside Glove Size 6 - 61/2 7-8 81/2 - 9
ngers provide enhanced grip, while a long Periwinkle (Short) AH220P AH221P AH222P $25.50
cuff protects the wrist. Machine washable. Moss (Short) AH220M AH221M AH222M $25.50 To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit
Available in two lengths: one covers a little Periwinkle (Long) AH223P AH224P AH225P $26.50 our website at leevalley.com
above the wrist; the other has an elbow- Iris (Long) AH223R AH224R AH225R $26.50
length cuff for full forearm protection.

B. Lightweight Nitrile Gripper Gloves E. Work Gloves

B Made from a seamless nylon material, these light gloves have These work gloves are built for comfort and
Double-layered
nitrile coating
a double-layered coating of tough, waterproof nitrile that durability. The backs are made from lightweight
resists punctures and abrasion, yet is thin and supple so you and breathable four-way stretch polyester. The
can perform delicate tasks such as hand weeding. The nitrile nger-seam design uses one continuous piece of
Snug-tting covers the palm and ngers, while the breathable back helps material between all the ngers this creates a
cuff
keep hands from overheating. The coating is salt-blasted to comfortable t and allows full dexterity. Palms,
give it a rough texture for enhanced grip, even when wet, and grip surfaces and other areas prone to wear are
a wide elastic cuff hugs the wrist, for a snug t that helps made from a synthetic suede material that resists
keep out dirt and debris. Machine washable. punctures and abrasion without being stiff or
AH180 Nitrile Gloves, XS (size 6) $8.95 bulky. The back and side of the thumb are terry
AH181 Nitrile Gloves, S (size 7) $8.95 cloth to serve as a brow-wipe, and adjustable
Water- AH182 Nitrile Gloves, M (size 8) $8.95 neoprene cuffs help keep out dirt. Machine
proof
coating AH183 Nitrile Gloves, L (size 9) $8.95 washable, these all-purpose work gloves are
AH184 Nitrile Gloves, XL (size 10) $8.95 available in mens and womens sizes.
Textured grip
AH920 Womens XS (size 5) $24.50
C. The Original Gripper Mud Gloves
AH921 Womens S (size 6) $24.50
Virtually unchanged since they were invented over 20 years
AH922 Womens M (size 7) $24.50
Lime ago, these are the original latex-dipped work gloves. The thick,
AH923 Womens L (size 8) $24.50
durable coating provides a waterproof, puncture-resistant
AH924 Mens M (size 8) $24.50
barrier where you need it on the palms, ngers and knuckles.
AH925 Mens L (size 9) $24.50
After dipping, the latex receives an acid treatment that
AH926 Mens XL (size 10) $24.50
imparts a ne wrinkled texture for exceptional grip. The
AH927 Mens XXL (size 11) $24.50
backs of the seamless cotton gloves are uncoated so your
hands can breathe. Recommended for handling the thorny Double layer of synthetic suede
branches of brambles or rose bushes, as well as wet or dry on all stress points.
C
steel and lumber. Machine washable. XS to L sizes are lime
green; XL size is pine green. Padded
AH190 Mud Gloves, XS (size 6) $10.50 Pine palm

Knuckle protection
AH191 Mud Gloves, S (size 7) $10.50
Breathable cotton back
AH192 Mud Gloves, M (size 8) $10.50
AH193 Mud Gloves, L (size 9) $10.50
Snug-tting cuff AH194 Mud Gloves, XL (size 10) $10.50
Textured grip
D
Double-layered D. Thermal Gripper Gloves
coating of natural A good choice for working in cold, wet conditions, these gloves
rubber latex
are made of insulating woven acrylic ber with a waterproof, Lightweight stretch E
Terry-cloth brow-wipe
Wide elastic
puncture-resistant coating of natural rubber latex. They are warm nylon fabric
cuff and tough without being restrictively thick or stiff. The two-layer Adjustable
neoprene cuffs
coating is salt-blasted to give it a rough texture for enhanced
grip, even when wet, and a wide elastic cuff helps keep out dirt
and debris. Sized for a generous t. Machine washable.
AH201 Thermal Gloves, S (size 7) $10.50
AH202 Thermal Gloves, M (size 8) $10.50
AH203 Thermal Gloves, L (size 9) $10.50
AH204 Thermal Gloves, XL (size 10) $10.50 Neoprene padding
Textured grip for knuckle protection

 Thermal lining
for warmth Terry-cloth
Reinforced ngertips
F. Cold-Weather Gloves wont crack or split.
brow-wipe
Designed for work in cold weather, these gloves are made of lightweight materials that keep hands
warm and dry without compromising dexterity. Four-way stretch nylon on the outer shell offers Four-way stretch
nylon shell
full exibility, while the inner lining is brushed thermal nylon for warmth without weight.
Between the two is a waterproof, breathable membrane that allows sweat to escape but keeps
F
water and soil out. The polyurethane-suede palm protects like leather when clearing debris or
sharp branches, but does not crack or dry hard. Sure-Grip fabric on the palm and ngertips
provides traction on tools in wet conditions and extends wear, while a neoprene cuff keeps
out wind and rain. Machine washable, these gloves are available in mens and womens sizes.
AH910 Womens XS (size 5) $34.50
AH911 Womens S (size 6) $34.50
AH912 Womens M (size 7) $34.50
AH913 Womens L (size 8) $34.50
AH914 Mens M (size 8) $34.50
AH915 Mens L (size 9) $34.50
AH916 Mens XL (size 10) $34.50 Adjustable Velcro
AH917 Mens XXL (size 11) $34.50 cuff keeps out dirt.

To determine your glove size, G

measure (in inches) the circumfer-
ence of your hand (not including the
thumb) and order the closest size, e.g.,
a circumference of 73/4 would be size 8.

Rose Gloves
Combining superior puncture resistance with
Womens
good exibility, these gloves are made from
tough natural pigskin. The supple leather
conforms to the contours of the hand through
use, for a comfortable custom t. The extra-long
cuff protects the forearm nearly to the elbow,
so you can reach among thorns and brambles
without hesitation. Not just for working with
roses or raspberries, they are also an excellent
choice for clearing brush, working with lumber Mens
or handling other abrasive material. Available
in slim-tting womens sizes, as well as mens H
sizes that are tailored with a shorter, wider cuff
and thicker ngers.
G. AH940 Womens S (size 6) $44.50
AH941 Womens M (size 7) $44.50
AH942 Womens L (size 8) $44.50
H. AH943 Mens M (size 9) $44.50
AH944 Mens L (size 10) $44.50
AH945 Mens XL (size 11) $44.50

J. Protective Pruning Gloves

These heavy-duty waterproof gloves are great
for jobs that require full arm protection. Made
of nitrile, they are strong and protect against
punctures and abrasion, exactly what is needed J
for caning raspberries or pruning roses. Extra-
thick granular coating on the hand portion
provides excellent grip when working with
slippery objects, while loose upper-arm gauntlets
allow good mobility. They have an inner cotton
liner for comfort and light insulation against
cold, and elastic cuffs to secure them well
above the elbow. 251/2 overall, they are ideal
for moving rocks in a pond or working with
wet or cold soil for long periods.
AH140 Pruning Gloves, Medium $19.95
AH142 Pruning Gloves, Large $19.95
AH144 Pruning Gloves, XLarge $19.95 K
K. Elbow-Length Mucking Gloves
There are some jobs that absolutely must be done by
hand, but sometimes you wish you could use someone elses
hands. These are the gloves you need for such jobs. Perfect for
working near poison ivy, cleaning garden ponds or dealing with
unpleasant materials of all kinds. Made of thick latex rubber, these 23
long gloves cover you well past your elbows. Just hose them down after use.
BL650 Mucking Gloves, pr. $9.95
213
 Bigfoot of Maine Boot Slippers
Easy to t over footwear, these felt over-
shoes let you step in from the garden for
a drink without leaving a trail of wet or
muddy footprints. Made in the USA
from a sturdy, absorbent wool/polyester
blend, they have a formed upper that not
only provides a roomy t, but also lets
A you slip them on hands-free. If needed,
you can lift the rubber-lined ap to help
hold them against your heel. Easy to
clean just hand wash and air dry. An
ideal gift for those who seem to think
that four steps on a freshly mopped oor
does not really constitute coming in.
Boot Slippers Inside Fits Shoe Size
Size
$36.50 Length* Mens Womens
09A06.48 Medium 101/2 6 - 9 6 - 10
09A06.49 Large 12 9 - 12 11+
09A06.50 X-Large 121/2 13+
* from toe to heel ap. To determine best t, measure
footwear before ordering.

A. German Garden Shoes

Comfortable, durable and easy D
to clean, these shoes have been used by European
gardeners for years. Made in Germany, they are easy
to slip on or off and have a comfortable, removable
molded cork insole with a waterproof layer and cloth
pane. The cellular construction keeps your feet dry
and insulated in warm or cool weather. The shoes can
be hosed off or wiped clean, and the raised heel box D. Redecker Boot Brush
keeps them in place. Continental sizes 36 to 40 come This is a top-quality boot brush. The
in red or green. Sizes 41 to 46 come in green only. natural arenga (sugar palm) bristles retain
See the chart for equivalent North American sizing. their texture and rm scouring action
through long use. Shorter, stiffer bristles
A. German Garden Shoes $49.50 on the base get into the nooks and crannies
Continental Size 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 of treads, while the longer, more exible
Womens Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 bristles on the side give a slightly gentler
Mens Size 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 cleaning along the sides of footwear. The
Red EL720R EL721R EL722R EL723R EL724R 3/4 thick European oak base wont slide in

Green EL720G EL721G EL722G EL723G EL724G EL725G EL726G EL727G EL728G EL729G EL730G use. The wood has been lightly oil-nished
and fastened with exterior-grade steel
screws. Measures 201/271/243/4 tall.
Made by a family-owned German rm.
Cape Cod Doormats HB107 Boot Brush $79.50
These are excellent mats. Woven from a tough polypropylene
rope with UV inhibitors, they are resistant to rotting, ripping and E. Coir Boot Brush
fraying due to exposure to the elements. They are also reversible A boot and shoe brush is handy to have,
(same on both sides), and the coarse rope helps to remove mud or whether you are a gardener or not. This one
snow from your footwear. The mats are easy to clean with a hose; is particularly durable, being made from a
the dirt simply washes right through them. They are both colorfast galvanized steel frame that holds the tough
and mildew proof. For use on non-slip surfaces. Available in two coir brushes in place. Just stand on it and
sizes. Made in USA. rub your feet back and forth to clean the
B. HB155 Beige Doormat, 1830 $42.50 soles and sides of your footwear. A highly
HB157 Beige Doormat, 2836 $92.50 B effective boot brush. 1312 overall.
HB144 Gray Doormat, 1830 $42.50 C HB105 Coir Boot Brush $19.95
C. HB146 Gray Doormat, 2836 $92.50

2836 mat shown.

214
 D. Extendable
Shoehorn
With lengths of
16, 231/2 and 31,
the shoe horn can
be used when sitting
down or standing,
depending on the
height of the user.
The horn and
extendable shaft are
16
stainless steel and the
ex-neck is nickel-
plated steel. The TPS
rubber handle has a
leather hanging cord.
Extendable Shoehorn
A 09A06.86 $8.95
D

A. Two-Tier Boot Tray

This double tray keeps oors clean and footwear organized. Each To order call
1-800-871-8158 231/2
3116 heavy-duty plastic tray has 2 high walls to contain snow, mud,
grass or the like. Raised ridges permit air circulation and drainage, letting or visit
wet footwear dry quickly. The top tray rests on four rustproof aluminum our website at
leevalley.com
corner supports that leave 18 of clearance below ample room for most
boots. Easy to clean. Minimal assembly required. Made in U.K.
HB120 Two-Tier Boot Tray $38.50
31

Leonardo Shoehorn
Just over 2 tall, this elegant tool
functions just as a long shoehorn
should. In addition to putting shoes
on, the rigid shaft enables the user to
remove shoes by putting the horn in
the heel of a shoe and pressing
down. Available with a natural or a
chestnut brown satin nish, the slim
beechwood horn ows smoothly
into the impact-resistant resin base.
B Friction padding on the bottom of
the weighted base keeps it from sliding or marking
B. Rubber Boot Tray ooring. Designed by Italian architect and furniture
Most boot trays on the market are low-quality plastic designer Leonardo Rossano, the horn is 23 long, and
items that skid around on the oor and deform or the base is 2 high and 23/4 in diameter.
crack if an edge is stepped on. This good-quality boot E. 09A06.80 Leonardo Shoehorn, Brown $39.95
tray is made from a virtually indestructible rubber F. 09A06.81 Leonardo Shoehorn, Natural $39.95
compound that is also non-skid and heavy enough to
stay put. It keeps snow and mud at the door and easily
rinses clean. Measures 321611/4 high.
HB110 Rubber Boot Tray $21.00

C. Brass Beetle Bootjack

Having a good bootjack means not having to bend over, or muck up your F E
hands, or foul a perfectly clean sock when you use your foot as a boot-
jack. You just hold the jack in place with one foot as you pull the boot F
off your other foot. Made of solid brass in the shape of a beetle. 10
overall. Weighs 21/2 lb.
KC201 Brass Beetle Bootjack $40.00

215
 D

D. Laces That Stay Tied

Runners use these laces because they wont come untied during a race.
Made by New Balance, a running shoe manufacturer, they are called
bubble laces (the brand name is Sure Lace). Small bumps in the lace
prevent it from coming loose in use. As we age we may not need them for
A
running but we do need them to
Laces, pr. $3.95
prevent the irritations and possible
tripping caused by an undone lace. Length White Black Brown
Available in black, brown and 27 09A06.51 09A06.56 09A06.61
white. The white laces can be 36 09A06.52 09A06.57 09A06.62
B colored with a marking pen. For 45 09A06.53 09A06.58 09A06.63
the most accurate guide to lace 54 09A06.54 09A06.59 09A06.64
length, simply measure the length
Volcanic Deodorizer of the existing shoelace. 63 09A06.55 09A06.60 n/a
Working like super baking soda, these porous bags of volcanic rock
absorb and neutralize strong odors like smoke and perfume. Especially E. FixnZip Zipper Repair Kits
useful in musty basements, closets, lockers and sheds. Made from a You can replace a lost or broken
naturally occurring rock called clinoptilolite that contains ions trapped in zipper slider in under a minute with
E
micro-pores in the rock. They work for these kits, saving you a costly trip to
an unlimited length of time, but need to the tailor. Not just for clothes, they
be recharged by placing them in the sun A are compatible with any regular or
every 6 months, and once a year large metal or plastic zippers on
soaking them in salt water, then rinsing sleeping bags, tents, boat covers,
thoroughly. The smaller set of two 4 oz galoshes, etc. They even work on
bags is ideal for use in small closets, a many zippers with a missing tooth
refrigerator or shoes. The larger bag or two. Simply t the two-part
weighs 2 lb and treats approx. 4800 replacement slider onto the teeth
cubic feet of space. and tighten the integral thumbscrew.
A. KD401 2 lb Deodorizer, ea. $16.50 Two pulls are included, a split ring
B. KD405 4 oz Deodorizer, set of 2 $11.50 and a string tab, which can be
attached to either side of the slider.
C. Spot Shoe Stretcher Corrosion resistant, the sliders are
With this shoe stretcher you can add some extra room in your shoes for die-cast zinc with a dark nickel plating. The thumbscrew and spring are stain-
bunions, corns and hammer toes, or just improve irritating spots that rub. less steel. Available in medium for size 5 to 8 zippers and large for size 8 to
You can stretch, and once again wear, those uncomfortable shoes you just 10 zippers. Made in USA. A great addition to a just in case repair kit.
couldnt part with. Unlike antique spot stretchers that use a ball and ring GB351 Medium Zipper Repair Kit, ea. $9.95
on the end of a large pair of tongs, this version uses a C-clamp mechanism GB352 Large Zipper Repair Kit, ea. $9.95
that is more compact and offers ner pressure adjustment. It has two inter-
changeable buttons to get the best t and a deep throat that ensures you The size of a zipper is usually embossed on the back of the slider or the bottom
stop. If the size isnt marked, or the slider is lost, you can measure the width
can reach the depths of all your shoes. To use the stretcher, you put the
across the meshed teeth; zippers between 1/4 and 5/16 wide are size 5 to 8, and
button arm inside the shoe and the ring arm outside. When you center the zippers between 5/16 and 7/16 are size 8 to 10.
ring on the area to be stretched and thread the ring down to put pressure on
the shoe, the button is automatically aligned with the ring. A detailed
instruction sheet is included, advising you on the application of pressure. F. Toe Socks
The stretcher is 8 long and 41/2 high with a 61/2 deep throat. These socks offer relief
09A06.75 Spot Shoe Stretcher $17.50 for many common toe F
woes. By keeping each
C toe contained in its own
cushioning sleeve of soft
fabric, they help prevent
the digits from rubbing
together or bunching
uncomfortably. The
light-gauge, durable
material contains cotton for comfort, naturally
wicking bers to keep feet feeling dry, and
spandex for a snug t*. Surprisingly comfortable,
they are an excellent way to reward your toes.
09A06.40 Mens Black/Gray, size 7-10 $9.50
09A06.41 Mens White/Gray, size 7-10 $9.50
09A06.44 Womens Black/Gray, size 5-8 $9.50
09A06.45 Womens White/Gray, size 5-8 $9.50
* While the thin fabric provides a close dress-sock-like t
overall, the added layers between the toes may cause
Interchangeable buttons
shoes to t slightly more snugly in that area.
216
 Loop on exible
tail holds drawstring.

A
23 long

A. Easy Threader Drawstring Replacement Tool

Anyone who has spent time with children is familiar
B. Tic Button Fastener
with the miserable task of replacing the drawstring B
Chances are, if a shirt button is going
of a bathing suit, pair of pants or hoodie. This exible
to come loose, it will do so right
threader has a loop at the end of the slender, exible
before that big meeting or some
tail that captures the drawstring, while the thicker rigid
equally inopportune occasion. These fasteners let you reattach a button quickly
end gives you something to hold onto as you pass it
without needle or thread. Poke the two-prong portion through the material from
through the channel in the garment. You might not
behind (preferably by re-using the holes left by the original thread) then set the button
need it often, but when you do, its the only tool for
onto the prongs and fold over the other half of the fastener to meet them the two
the job. 23 long. Made in USA.
parts lock together and break away from the carrier with a twist. Two fasteners are
93K84.20 Easy Threader , ea. $3.80
used on a typical four-hole button, holding it securely enough to get you through the
93K84.22 Easy Threader, pkg. of 3 $8.95
day; they will even stand up to several washes. Supplied in sets of four in white or
black. Made in Sweden. Not available to customers outside of Canada and the USA.
45K27.30W White Fasteners, set of 4 $4.95
45K27.30B Black Fasteners, set of 4 $4.95

To order call 1-800-871-8158

Tethers for Eyeglasses

If you wear glasses, these woven nylon tethers are
Slide loop through real problem solvers. Soft rubberized cuffs at the
and hook button.
ends stretch to t securely over the tip of each arm
Pair of Button-Up Helpers of your eyewear, and an adjustable slider lets you
Pull button
If your ngers arent as nimble as a teenagers, this tool cinch the 23 cord snug. The cuffs come in two
through hole. could save you time and frustration. Simply slide the wire sizes; the regular ts most prescription glasses,
loop through a button hole, hook the button and pull it while the wide version ts thicker frames, such as
through. Even stubborn collar or cuff buttons are no chal- those typically found on sunglasses. Made in USA.
lenge. A great value for the pair. Wooden handle with D. ES190 Regular Tether, Black $9.50
steel loop and ferrule. Overall length is 7. ES193 Wide Tether, Black $9.95
09A06.73 Button-Up Helpers, pr. $7.50 E. ES191 Regular Tether, Assorted Colors $9.50
ES194 Wide Tether, Assorted Colors $9.95

C. ReadeRest
Attached to a shirt (or any other thin cloth), this discreet clip
provides a secure place to hook your glasses and keep them at the
ready. Made from stainless steel, the clip is worn on the outside
of your shirt and clings with strong rare-earth magnets to a
backing plate on the inside of your shirt. It can also be attached to
any ferrous surface, such as a fridge or a stationary tool in the
shop. Accepts glasses arms up to 7/8 wide and 5/16 thick,
including most safety glasses.
(Note that rare-earth magnets may
interfere with pacemakers if Eyeglass tether with
wide cuffs ts thicker
placed over the heart.) frames.
45K27.20 ReadeRest $9.95

C
D

E Wide cuff

Regular
cuff

217
 XS Metro
compact
Push
button to
open.

Blunt Umbrellas B
A
Designed in New
Zealand, these
umbrellas have
resilient ber-
glass ribs that wrist lanyard. Rated to withstand 50 mp/h (80
ex to absorb downpour and dries km/h) winds. The full-size Classic model has a
force from any direction. They always spring with just a light shake. 471/2 diameter canopy that opens manually and a
back to their original shape, even after a sudden For travellers or transit riders, 33 one-piece shaft. It has a 5 handle and a hook-
gust that would collapse other umbrellas or turn the XS Metro model has a compact shape and-loop belt for closure. Rated for winds up to
them inside-out. They open smoothly, and close and a telescoping shaft. At the push of a 72 mp/h (115 km/h).
with just a light downward pull on the central hub. button, it springs opens to 221/2 tall with a These are very good umbrellas if anything
With a strong, lightweight tubular-steel shaft and 371/2 diameter canopy, and collapses into a happens to one within two years, we will replace it!
a cushioned handle, they are made of a durable 1421/2 diameter bundle that slips into the A. 45K20.50 XS Metro Compact Umbrella $59.00
polyester fabric that repels even the heaviest included sleeve. The 21/2 handle has a nylon B. 45K20.51 Classic Full-Size Umbrella $79.00

High-Visibility LED Vest

This vest is good for running, cycling or any time you need to
be clearly seen in dim light. In addition to reective strips, it
has LEDs in the back and front, so your safety doesnt
depend on being directly lit by approaching headlights. Made
of thin mesh and weighing only 3 oz, it wont restrict move-
ment. Convenient cinch straps let you quickly adjust the t if
you add or shed layers. The zippered pocket in the back has a D. Magnetic Reector Strips
water-resistant section for a wallet or cell phone. Machine Made from the same reective mate-
washable, it comes with two long-life button-cell batteries. rial used in safety equipment worn by
C D emergency responders,
C. High-Visibility Range of Length from these reusable all-weather
LED Vest Adjustment at Shoulder strips improve your
$32.50 Cinch Straps chances of being seen
Front Back in low-light condi-
68K09.01 Small/Medium 30 - 44 14 161/2 tions. They are held
68K09.02 Large/XLarge 34 - 52 17 201/2 in place by internal
Available in assorted colors, the strips
generally reect white light. rare-earth magnets at
each end that cling to
E. High-Visibility Vests each other through fabric. Simply folded over a hem or cuff (or a pet collar), the
These vests are for recreational use strips wont come off even during vigorous activity. Each strip measures 1 wide
such as walking, running or playing by 23/4 (folded length), supplied two per package. Assorted colors. (Note that
outdoors after dark. They are not to rare-earth magnets may interfere with pacemakers if placed over the heart.)
E
be used in activities that require 68K06.79 Reector Strips, pr. $9.95
safety vests. Two 2 wide reective
bands completely surround the vest F. LED Illuminating Bracelet
so the user can be seen from the Simply slap this bracelet against your wrist or
front, back and sides. All sizes ankle and the strip instantly curls back on itself,
provide complete freedom of arm wrapping around the limb and holding rmly.
movement. The small and medium When activated, the LED illuminates the entire
vests have a roomy t; the two 131/2 length of the band with a continuous or
larger sizes have more of a snug t. ashing light, enhancing visibility during night-
Be sure to consult the chart when time activities. The inner plastic spring strip has F
ordering. 100% polyester and a durable weatherproof nylon cover with a highly
machine washable in warm water. reective spider-web pattern. Easily straightened
by pressing both ends, the strip can be
Vest Arm Hole Full hung for use as a beacon. Replaceable
Chest Price
Size Length Length long-life battery included. Battery
09A09.24 Small 42 12 25 $5.90 run time approximately 100 hours.
09A09.25 Medium 44 121/2 251/2 $5.90 68K06.75 LED Bracelet $10.95
09A09.26 Large 451/2 13 261/2 $5.90
09A09.27 XLarge 47 13 27 $5.90
218 Clothing
 Tools not
included.
E

Cross-back shoulder straps

Shoulder strap clip

Kangaroo
Pocket Apron
The large pouch on Waist strap buckle
this apron elimi-
A nates the need to
carry a container,
leaving your hands Lee Valley Canvas Aprons
free when gathering Designed with cross-back shoulder straps to prevent neck strain, our aprons are
fruits and vegeta- made from tan-colored 100% cotton canvas, a washable material that is lightweight
bles or collecting yard waste. The lower portion of the apron folds yet strong. Both have generously cut bibs for ample front and side coverage, plus
up and clips in place to create a roomy compartment. It holds adjustable shoulder and waist straps with easy-to-operate quick-release clips.
securely yet releases easily, forming a chute to funnel the contents Compartments in the top pocket hold pencils, pads, glasses, etc. The two bottom
directly into a wash basket or waste bag. It also has two pockets pockets can hold a variety of tools or just be a comfortable resting spot for hands.
for carrying small tools or a cell phone. Made of washable cotton They have side ports for easy access and their rounded inside corners dont trap
canvas, the apron is faced with a panel of water-resistant nylon to small objects. Our small apron measures about 26 long by 21 wide, with 951/2
keep moisture away from your clothing during messy jobs. The lower pockets, while the large measures about 34 long by 28 wide, with 148
wide cross-back and waist straps are adjustable for t. lower pockets. Made in Canada.
A. EP232 Green Apron $32.50 D. 67K10.06 Lee Valley Apron, Large $38.50
B. EP233 Purple Apron $32.50 E. 67K10.08 Lee Valley Apron, Small $32.50

C. 4-Pocket Tool Pouch and Belt Large Smartphone Clip Cases

Made of strong nylon mesh and waterproof fabric, this 910 These rugged cases offer an excellent combination of acces-
tool pouch is ideal for carrying your pruners, trowel, string, seed sibility and protection. Made of abrasion-resistant ballistic
packets, etc., on trips to the nylon with a non-marring lining, each case has a secure
garden. The included belt hook-and-loop ap closure. The holster-style case has a
with a quick-connect buckle rotating clip that ts belts and straps up to 23/8 wide and can
is fully adjustable (for waists swivel and lock the case into a convenient position. Its three
up to 47) and very comfort- pockets include one inside, one on the front, and one on the
able. A handy item. back with an elastic loop to hold earphones or other accesso-
4-Pocket Tool Pouch and Belt ries. The horizontal cases have a wide opening that makes it
XW103 $14.95 easy to retrieve your phone, and lets you bend or stoop
without impeding your movement. An internal pocket holds
cards or cash, and its xed hook-end clip ts a belt or strap
up to 2 wide. The 74 cases are
Tools not included.
sized to t larger smartphones such H
as an iPhone 6+ or Galaxy Note.
Sized to t phones such as the
iPhone 6, the 61/44 horizontal
case has elastic side panels that
allow it to accommodate
larger-format phones for
those who prefer G
a less bulky case. Also
useful for holding small
C digital cameras, GPS units
or other devices, these are
well-made, well-designed cases.
F. 68K06.36 74 Holster-Style Case $14.50
G. 68K06.38 74 Horizontal Case $14.50 F
H. 68K06.37 61/44 Horizontal Case $13.50
Clothing 219
 HAND CARE
A
B
Brush snaps onto
handle.
A. The Worlds
Kindest Nail Brush
If you have had an
operation recently, you may
have used this nylon brush with
a foam pad on the back of it to
self-prep the operating area.
The nylon brush is intended for use directly on
skin and is gentle but very effective. What is
amazing is the way it can winkle dirt out of
your cuticles and from under your ngernails;
in non-medical use this solves a constant
problem for gardeners and woodworkers.
Although it measures only 23, it has 1440
individual bristles that are subtle but insistent,
cleaning your hands far better than any combina-
tion of stiff bristles and cloths.
Since we introduced this, many of you have written to
tell us that it is also an unequalled vegetable brush. We
offer them in pairs (for bathroom and kitchen), as well as
in dozens because they
are popular gifts. A
Our 16
handle,
made of
clear-
coated
bamboo
composite,
lets you
convert the brush into an incredibly effec-
tive bathing brush for scrubbing your
hard-to-reach spots. The 31/4 gap at the end
holds the brush rmly enough that even
vigorous use wont dislodge it, yet its easy
to pop the old brush out and insert a new one
when its due for replacement.
CA201 Pair of Surgical Brushes $2.50
CA203 Dozen Surgical Brushes $9.95
B. CA207 16 Bamboo Handle, ea. $3.95
220
D
D. Gardeners Clay Soap
This is a soap bar unlike any other. Made in
France, it is a porous, pumice-like terra cotta
(baked clay) impregnated with a long-lasting
soap. It is gentle on the skin, but vigorously
removes dirt and
stains, and has a
light scent.
Because the
soap has been
centrifuged
deeply into the
terra cotta, it will typically last a year, even with
daily use, as long as it isnt left sitting in water
for long periods. Measures 3 across.
AB770 Gardeners Clay Soap $14.95
E. All-Natural Hand Cleaner
Certied by Canadas Environmental Choice
Program as well as Green Seal as safe for both
the user and the environment, this hand cleaner
contains no toxic solvents, phosphates, etc. It
uses an innovative organic surfactant chemistry
that removes oils, grease and grime. Effective
on even hard-to-clean substances such as pine
tar and wood stains, yet gentle on skin.
Conditioners leave hands feeling moisturized.
Provides about 125 washes (6.5 oz bottle) or
300 washes (1 lb bottle).
25K90.31 Hand Cleaner, 6.5 oz $10.50
25K90.32 Hand Cleaner, 1 lb $22.50
See page 261 for
ripple towels in
various colors.
C
E
C. Ripple Towels
While these are the best dish towels we have
used, they are equally useful for many other areas
around the home. Made of 100% Turkish cotton,
they have a ribbed weave that offers extra surface
area to soak up an impressive amount of mois-
ture. Durable and machine washable, they wont
shrink or change shape. Set of three 1828
white towels.
88K58.59 Set of 3 Towels $23.50
 A

B C

A. Sliver Gripper Tweezers

Some products are hard to describe because
they are so good that an accurate description
sounds like a carnival snake-oil pitch. This is D E
such a product. Every household should have a
pair of these tweezers. They are accurately
ground to a ne point with a light cross-score
on the inside to grip the sliver. The holes in
either side make for a secure nger grip since
the eshy part of your nger naturally beds in
the hole as you squeeze. Not only do they avoid
a lot of rooting around with needles in increas-
C. Bag Balm
ingly painful excavations, but they are a superb
This skin-softening balm, formulated over 100 years
nishing tool as well; you can pluck errant
ago, can be used on domestic animals, including cats, F. OKeeffes Working Hands Cream
brush hairs or bits of dirt off a piece of work
dogs and horses, for chapping, scratches, abrasions This is an excellent cream for dry or
without disturbing the surrounding nish. 3/8
and burns. It has been used on search-and-rescue cracked skin. Water-based and oil-free, it
wide hardened stainless steel.
dogs, protecting paws in harsh conditions. Contains is easy to apply, absorbs quickly and best
86K94.01 Sliver Gripper Tweezers, ea. $7.95
petrolatum, lanolin and a mild antiseptic. Comes in a of all, wont leave your skin greasy. What
traditional-style tin. (Not available in Alberta.) makes it so effective is that it contains a
B. Magnier Tweezers
AB701 Bag Balm, 10 oz $11.95 high concentration of glycerin and stearic
To remove those bits
acid, ingredients that draw moisture into
that you cant see but
Badger Balm the layers of the skin, and parafn which
know are in there.
Popular for dry, cracked, chapped or rough skin, helps retain it. It also contains allantoin,
Hinged joint lets you
this balm is available scented or unscented. Made a natural plant-based skin protector that
adjust magnication
from all-natural ingredients (extra virgin olive oil helps exfoliate skin cells, allowing better
as necessary. Very
and beeswax); the scented formula adds aloe vera, penetration of the moisturizing ingredients.
handy in the garden,
castor oil, wintergreen and oil of sweet birch. 2 oz Highly recommended, all that have tested
shop, or anywhere else. Made of stainless steel
tin. Made in USA. it here have found it effective. 3.4 oz/96g.
with a glass lens, the tweezers are 31/2 long.
D. AB720 Badger Balm, Scented $8.50 Made in USA.
86K98.05 Magnier Tweezers $7.95
E. AB721 Badger Balm, Unscented $8.50 AB704 Working Hands Cream $8.50

Micro-Tip Tweezers Nail Clippers

Accurately led to a ne The two blue clippers were designed for users with reduced manual dexterity, while the rotary clip-
point, these stainless-steel pers enable the greatest precision and convenience in freehand use. Each style has jaws that are offset
tweezers let you delicately by a few thousandths of an inch to shear nails cleanly without dulling the blades. Longer than regular
excavate even the most clippers, they are easier to hold and need less force to operate. Clippings are retained in use, and are
elusive sliver. They are useful removed by holding the clipper cutting-end down and tapping it lightly. Each model has a built-in
in the garden for plucking out nail le and includes an optional high-friction pad that will hold the clipper rmly on a at surface as
thorns, as well as in craft work the user presses on the lever arm. Made in Japan. Rotate head by turning dial.
for picking up and placing G. 09A06.22 Fingernail Clipper* $ 9.95
small items (beads, gems, H. 09A06.21 Toenail Clipper* $11.50
etc.). Comfortably shaped, 09A06.23 Set of 2 Clippers* $19.95 J
the broad nger-contact J. 09A06.25 Rotary Fingernail Clipper $16.95
areas have a thin H
rubberized coating
for excellent grip.
Well-made
G H
tweezers. 31/2 long. J
86K94.08 Micro-Tip Tweezers $19.50
Rotating head
G

Visit us at
leevalley.com
221
 HARVEST A
Gardeners Wash Baskets
These baskets were designed to be
used by gardeners to wash freshly
harvested vegetables before taking
them inside. You can gather your
vegetables and then hose them off
right in the same basket. However,
when our staff rst saw the baskets, B
many wanted to use them for fruit instead,
while others suggested adding a cloth liner for
serving bread or other baked goods. The small
basket is 9 in diameter by 51/4 deep; the large
is 16 long, 11 wide and 4 deep. Both are
chrome-plated steel to resist rust.
A. 09A04.65 Large Wash Basket $17.50
B. 09A04.67 Small Wash Basket $14.50
E. Lee Valley Harvest Bag
With an adjustable 66 strap, this
rugged harvest bag can be slung from
your shoulder, keeping your hands
free for harvesting or pruning. The
strap length can be adjusted to your
reach so you can place produce gently
in the bottom of the bag theres no
need for stooping to reach a nearby
container. A exible plastic strip sewn
around the rim holds the bag open for
easy access, and the PVC-coated mesh
lets you hose off your harvest without
removing it. The bag is 10 in diameter
and 15 high with padded carrying
handles. Doubles nicely as a beach bag
for sandy shoes and towels.
E WT622 Lee Valley Harvest Bag $19.50
Maine Garden Hods
These attractive harvest baskets are
made of wood with a vinyl-coated
steel-mesh bottom, to hold the
harvest but not the soil. They can
also be used to display fruit or dried
owers, or to hold magazines or
kindling. The medium size is
1698 and the large is
191111. Fashioned after tradi-
tional East Coast clam-collecting
baskets (or hods). Made in USA.
C. WT612 Large Hod $48.50
D. WT610 Medium Hod $39.95
C
See page 219 for our kangaroo pocket apron that has a large pouch
for gathering fruits and vegetables when harvesting.
F. Sugar Tester (Brix Refractometer)
A refractometer can be used to judge when fruits and vegetables are
at their peak for harvesting, or it can be used to select plants based on
sugar content for propagation or harvesting programs. Similarly, it
can be used to judge potential alcohol content from juice you intend
to ferment (but it does not directly test the alcohol content of the
nished product). The tester is simple to use; just add a drop of juice
to the end and look through it against a bright light. A line will show
on the internal scale to let you know the exact sugar content and
potential alcohol content. If you are making alcohol and the sugar
level is too low, more sugar can be added. Measures from 0 to 40%
sugar (to an accuracy of 1/5 of 1%) and estimates 0 to 25% potential
alcohol. An unusual and very useful tool. 61/2 overall. Complete
with storage case, juice dropper and instructions.
EV175 Sugar Tester $59.00
40
25
35
30 20
25
15
20 APPROXIMATE
BRIX %
% OF ALCOHOL
15 10
10
5
5
0 0
20C
F
 A
D

A. Berry Scoop
Bafe holds
Picking small berries is rewarding, yet berries inside.
often tedious. This berry picker speeds
up the process signicantly, raking D. Mushroom Knife
berries from the bush in a simple Rather than pluck mushrooms from the
sweeping motion that doesnt damage the ground, its best to slice the stem at the base to
plant. The durable, lightweight plastic avoid damaging the mycelium, the root-like
casing has an internal bafe and enclosed bers from which a new mushroom can grow. This knifes hawk-bill
back to prevent berries from accidentally shaped blade lets you make a clean, careful cut against your thumb. It
escaping. Powder-coated steel tines are has a serrated back for peeling the cuticle (the caps outer layer) and a
spaced just shy of 1/4, making this tool perfect for harvesting most small natural pig-hair cleaning brush at the end of the handle. The locking
berries, including lingonberries/partridgeberries, gooseberries, Saskatoon ring unlocks with a twist to fold the knife shut. Supplied with a nylon
berries and of course blueberries. Also used for harvesting chamomile. belt sheath, the knife is 7 overall with a 23/4 blade and a zebrawood
BL302 Berry Scoop $26.50 handle. Just as useful in the garden, kitchen or campsite.
09A03.27 Mushroom Knife $10.50
B. Fruit Picker
Picking fruit from high branches can be E. Flexible-Neck Sprayer
awkward and dangerous. Ladders leaning Attachable to any faucet, this exible-neck sprayer lets you wash down
against the tree are perilous at best and climbing the sides of a sink or laundry tub and herd the residue along to the drain.
in the tree can damage limbs yours and the It is particularly useful in laundry tubs, which are often used for chores
trees! This fruit picker afxes to a stan- ranging from boot cleaning to repotting plants. The spray is adjustable
B from a solid stream to a gentle shower. We use one in the Lee Valley
dard broom handle and allows you to
pick fruit easily while standing on the greenhouse and have found it to be indispensable. Made in Italy.
ground. The rounded metal ngers Standard adapters included.
and the cotton bag ensure that the AK220 Flexible-Neck Sprayer $9.95
fruit is picked without bruising.
Ideal for apples, pears, peaches,
plums, etc. 10 long with a 4
E
opening. Pole not included.
HK300 Fruit Picker $16.50 Stream Shower

See page 131 for a telescoping

pole (SA133) that can be used
with the fruit picker.
Pole not included.
Flexible neck bends in any direction.

C. Nut & Fruit Gatherer

A lawn covered with nuts or crab apples is not only
Over

unsightly, but perilous for feet and lawnmowers. This F. Sickle Knife
all le

tool collects nuts and fruit with a quick rolling motion. Made in Japan, where it is used to harvest wild mushrooms, this crescent-
ngth

The highly exible wires in the barrel-like head shaped knife cuts through thick vegetable stalks and tough, brous plants
is

capture almost any small object. To empty, simply with ease. Useful for pruning, as well as clearing dense weeds or grass,
59.

spread the wires at one point and dump the contents. the rigid stainless-steel blade has a serrated section for sawing through
The 12 wide head picks up most items between woody stems, and a single-bevelled section for making clean cuts close to
3/8 and 2 in diameter. A great back-saving tool a surface. With a 41/2 blade and a handle that is shaped to t the hand
for collecting acorns, crab apples, etc., it also comfortably, it is compact and maneuverable for working in tight spaces.
works beautifully on golf balls and small toys. The included belt sheath comes with a carabiner clip that can be used to
HK305 *Nut & Fruit Gatherer $54.50 hold a bag for gathering trimmings or harvest. A practical, versatile yard
* In addition to our regular shipping charges, and garden tool.
a length surcharge of $10 applies per order. BL108 Sickle Knife $24.50
Spread wires to empty.

F F

223
 C Hooks not included. D

Herb Dryers
Harvesting and air drying culinary
herbs is one of the best ways to extend
the life of your herb garden, and the
easiest and least expensive method of
preserving herbs for year-round use.
A. Tubtrugs Garden Tubs Air drying allows moisture to evapo-
These brightly-colored tubs can be used for rate slowly and naturally, leaving the
gathering garden produce or trimmings, trans- avor-lled essential oils behind.
planting, composting, recycling, container Flexible for These well-constructed dryers consist
pouring liquids.
gardening and general storage. Made from of a special-weave nylon mesh that
UV-resistant, food-grade polyethylene that is maximizes air circulation. When
ribbed to reinforce wall strength, they are highly exible and have a suspended in a dry and well-ventilated
comfortable, contoured grip. The 14l (3.7 U.S. gal.) tub is 91/2 tall and interior area, the herbs dry evenly and
13 in diameter at the rim; the 26l (6.8 U.S. gal.) tub is 12 tall and 15 completely, ensuring a high yield. The
in diameter at the rim; the 38l (10 U.S. gal.) tub is 13 tall and 17 in wire frame is rustproof high-tensile
diameter at the rim. Clean with a quick spray of the hose. Made in steel. There is 2.6 sq.ft. of space on
Spain. Each size is available in two colors. Sold in pairs. each 22 shelf, and the shelves
average 8 apart. The unit collapses
Garden Tubs, pair 14l (3.7 gal.) $23.50 26l (6.8 gal.) $27.50 38l (10 gal.) $32.50 at for storage in its nylon case. A detailed
and illustrated eight-page instruction booklet is
Pistachio, pr. WT626 WT627 WT629 included to guide you in how to harvest, dry and
Blue, pr. WT633 WT640 WT645 store different herbs.
C. 09A04.66 Four-Tier Herb Dryer $23.50
D. 09A04.64 Eight-Tier Herb Dryer $31.50
B. Put Em Up! Preserving Answer Book
by Sherri Brooks Vinton Nylon mesh
This companion book to the popular Put Em Up! takes the uncer- maximizes air
circulation.
tainty out of canning and preserving food, answering 399 common Collapses at for easy storage.
questions about the many ways of putting up produce. The question
and answer format, along with an excellent index, helps readers
identify and solve the problems they are most likely to encounter. In
three sections, readers will nd the information needed to get started, Herb Saver
full details on techniques, and If you have ever bought or picked fresh herbs only to
tips for specic food prepara- have them spoil within days, you will appreciate this
tions. Ring bound, it lies at for container designed to keep them
ease of use in the kitchen, and fresh longer. Herb bunches held in
includes a variety of recipes for the transparent pod section remain
your garden harvest. Softcover, straight and tidy, with their stems
61/28, 255 pages, 2014. resting in a small water basin (3
Put Em Up! Answer Book oz/89ml capacity) so they dont
LA957 $13.80 wilt as quickly. A stainless-steel
screen at the base of the pod lets
the water drain as you lift out the
herbs, and doubles as a strainer so
you can rinse the herbs under a tap
without removing them from the
pod. At 91/2 tall and 31/4 in diam-
eter, the compact container ts
B Herb bunches
neatly in a fridge door or can be
remain straight.
placed on a windowsill or counter.
Also great for storing asparagus.
Dishwasher safe.
HK342 Herb Saver $18.95

Water level window Screen for

224
straining herbs
 HARDWARE
Finding the right finishing
touches for a project can
be difficult. At Lee Valley
we have one of the largest
collections of hardware on
the market to make the
task much easier.
One Door
Three Looks
A quick and easy way to update
your kitchen is to simply change
the cabinet hardware. We carry
a wide range of styles to help
you achieve a variety of looks,
from classic to contemporary.

Suite Hardware
Commonly used by furniture
manufacturers, suite hardware is
designed to maintain a consistent
look among several pieces of
furniture, with matching motifs,
sizes and finishes. Our large
selection saves you the hassle
of hunting for complementary
handles, knobs and escutcheons
for your project.

Our Annual
Hardware
Catalog
is Now
Available
Browse it
online at leevalley.com
Add it to your next order Shelving Brackets
Download it to the Lee Valley Accent shelving makes an eye-catching and practical display
Library app for iPad, in any room of your home. We carry attractive, sturdy shelf
iPod, iPhone and supports in various styles.
Android devices.

 KITCHEN A
B
C

Each knife comes in an attractive

presentation box.

F
Laminated
stainless-steel
blade

Japanese Kitchen Knives

Blending traditional Japanese construction with modern materials, each Comfort-Grip Kitchen Knives
forged blade has a high-carbon stainless-steel core that takes and holds an While there are many things we like about these knives, its their soft-grip
exceptionally keen edge, combined with outer layers of softer stainless handles that really won us over. The handles have a thick cushioning
steel for strength and easy maintenance. The triple-pinned handle scales coating of Santoprene, an elastomer known for its exibility and tough-
are Micarta, a durable, stable ber-epoxy composite. The 170mm santoku ness. The textured surface permits a comfortable, sure grip, even with wet
is suited to slicing, dicing and mincing. The versatile 210mm and 175mm or greasy hands, making the knives well suited for those with diminished
chefs knives do everything from ne dicing to sectioning meat. The hand strength. The blades, made from nely nished German stainless steel
150mm and 120mm utility knives resemble the chefs knives but are (Rc54-56), cut beautifully and are easy to maintain. The set includes a 9
smaller and more maneuverable. With an 83mm long blade, the paring chefs knife, a 5 boning knife and an 8 slicing knife. Excellent knives at a
knife is ideal for peeling fruits and vegetables. Available individually or modest price. Made in Portugal.
as a set of three. Each comes in a presentation box. Made in Japan. 45K40.62 Set of 3 Knives $36.50
A. 60W05.01 170mm (63/4) Santoku $ 98.00
B. 60W05.02 210mm (81/4) Chefs Knife* $109.00
C. 60W05.03 175mm (67/8) Chefs Knife $ 92.00
D. 60W05.04 150mm (6) Utility Knife* $ 68.00
E. 60W05.05 120mm (43/4) Utility Knife $ 68.00
F. 60W05.06 83mm (31/4) Paring Knife* $ 64.00
60W05.10 Set (3) Japanese Knives* $225.00
G. Classic Japanese Kitchen Knife
The wavy line along the forge weld is known as the hamon and was
one of the judgment points of traditional Japanese swords. 10 long
overall with an ebony composition handle, this knife has a particularly
beautiful, lightly textured blade.
60W04.06 Classic Knife $72.00
H. Peasant Chefs Knife
This knife can handle any slicing and chopping duties, from splitting turnips
G
to nely dicing herbs. Based on an antique French knife, its strengths are its
H shape, balance and size. The high-carbon steel blade takes a ner edge than
stainless steel and is easier to resharpen. About 12 long overall with a 63/4
blade. Resin-impregnated wood handle. Comes in a tted box.
45K36.46 Peasant Chefs Knife $36.50
J. Portuguese Paring Knife
This stainless-steel knife is ideal for paring or peeling. With a 21/2 long blade,
it measures 7 overall and has a resin-impregnated hardwood handle with a
brass bolster. Good value in an attractive, well-made knife. Made in Portugal.
EM603 Stainless-Steel Paring Knife $17.95
K. Chop-Safe Finger Guard
Designed so that you can use
your ngers to hold what you
are cutting and have them all
guarded in the process, this is
one of the handiest nger guards
K available. A split ring on the
back of the guard lets you size
J it on your middle nger. The
guard shield is 21/2 wide and
Split ring 13/4 high. Stainless steel.
09A04.12 Finger Guard $6.95

 Balance point varies
depending on arrange- Knives include a
Pro-Balance Knives ment of weights. A range of weights.
With a unique balancing system of
adjustable weights in their handles, B
these knives not only let you change
their overall weight but also their C
center of gravity, allowing you to
customize them to suit your prefer-
ences. When we took them to a local
culinary school* for testing, both the
teachers and the students were enthu-
siastic about the improved comfort
and control they experienced.
Each knife is made of a stainless
steel that provides good edge retention
and has a high chromium content for
corrosion resistance. The blades taper
from a 1/16 thick spine to a well-honed D
edge. Their handles are comfortable to
hold with a lightly textured surface to
improve grip and a seamless blade-handle transition
that makes them particularly easy to clean.
The 5 petit knife is for light cutting, peeling and slicing. Blade Guards
At 61/2, the utility knife is a smaller and more maneuver- The keen edge of a kitchen knife is particularly susceptible to damage from neighboring
able option to the chefs knife. The 8 chefs knife is a implements during storage in a drawer. These blade guards offer one solution to inadvertent
good size for slicing, dicing and sectioning meat. The 7 cuts and dulling. Extruded from white high-impact polystyrene, the guards have a slightly
santoku is a Japanese-style knife for chopping, dicing and ared opening for easy installation and a secure t. Available in three sizes, these are an
mincing. Its uted blade helps prevent food from sticking. excellent and inexpensive method of protecting your good knives and your ngers.
All include a range of weights and spacers, allowing you G. 97K62.01 61/21 Blade Guards, pr. $3.90
to experiment and ne tune the weight and balance; H. 97K62.02 121/21 Blade Guards, pr. $5.50
instructions to guide the process are included. J. 97K62.03 81/22 Blade Guard, ea. $4.50
Available individually or in a set pairing the 8 chefs J
knife with the petit knife, these are exceptional knives, H
particularly for anyone who uses knives frequently or for
extended periods. G
A. 45K37.53 5 Petit Knife $ 54.00
B. 45K37.55 61/2 Utility Knife $ 64.00
C. 45K37.57 8 Chefs Knife $ 69.00
D. 45K37.59 7 Santoku $ 69.00
45K37.65 Chefs & Petit Knife Set $112.00
* Algonquin College, Ottawa

E. Magnetic Knife Guards

If stored in a drawer, a sharp knife can be easily dulled
by contact with other implements; these blade guards help
prevent such damage. Just fold the two magnet-lined plastic
leaves around the blade like the cover of a book. The magnets E
cling to one another, enclosing the blade and ensuring the
guard wont slip off in storage. Each guard adds less than
1/4 to the thickness of the blade. Available in three sizes.
A compact, tidy way to protect your knives, not only when
stored in a drawer, but also when packed in a lunch bag or
camping kit. Measurements listed refer to approximate
maximum blade length by width.
EV210 Knife Guard, 61/41 $ 7.90
EV211 Knife Guard, 91/213/8 $10.50
EV212 Knife Guard, 1021/8 $12.50

F. Thiers Bistro Knives

These have fast become our favorite table knives. Not only well balanced and well made, F
they have micro-serrations on the blade to slice through brous meats and tough-
skinned vegetables with equal effectiveness. They are forged from high-grade
stainless steel with a high chrome content, and are made to withstand the
repeated washing and rough handling common in restaurants. The
tips are even carefully blunted so as not to stab servers acciden-
tally. They are just delightful to use. Each is 9 long
overall with a 41/2 blade and a satin-chrome handle
nish. Sold in sets of four (we bet youll want
more), or sets of eight in a cotton cutlery roll.
An excellent gift for anyone who eats with
utensils! Made in France. Highly recommended.
45K30.18 Set of 8 Bistro Knives & Roll $79.00
45K30.14 Set of 4 Bistro Knives only $39.50
Forged from high-grade stainless steel.
45K30.11 Cutlery Roll only $ 7.50 Micro-serrations
on the blade 227
 A. Knife Block
Created with polypropylene rods rather than slots, B
this universal knife block stores any combination of
knives, regardless of size or shape, in any orientation.
We found it will hold knives 10 and smaller anywhere
in the block. Unlike with a traditional wooden block,
knives will not be dulled by scraping against the
wood surface. A shallow cup encasing the rods
makes them easy to remove for washing, and
a two-step design helps with identifying and B. Stainless-Steel Book Holder
sorting knives. Without the limitation of Perfect for the kitchen, work-
specic slots you can have your own selection shop or ofce, this stainless-steel
of favorite knives accessible at all times. book holder keeps almost any
EV192 Knife Block $46.50 size of book open and upright. Its small
size (6621/2) and rustproof construction make it easy to
clean or store. Also makes a great stand for a tablet computer.
45K26.01 Stainless-Steel Book Holder $13.95

A C. Knife Sharpening System

For all those who have despaired of sharpening knives the
traditional way, this is an effective, low-skill alternative.
Using the arranged sets of four coarse wheels and two ne
Knives not wheels, you only have to draw a knife through the V inter-
included. section of the ceramic stones to remove nicks in the blade
(on the coarse tan wheels) or to hone it (on the ne white
wheels). Better a simple two-stage system at hand than
using a dull knife because there is no time to take it to the
shop for the full treatment. At just under 83 and 11/4
thick, it stores readily. High-impact plastic frame. Not for use
with laminated knives.
70M46.01 Two-Stage Knife Sharpener $24.50

D. Diamond Sharpening Steel

D This diamond steel is excellent for sharpening carbon
or stainless-steel kitchen knives (not recommended for
laminated-steel knives; use a water stone instead). The
C
600x monocrystalline diamonds are bonded to a 3/8 dia.
by 113/4 long solid-steel core. The plastic handle features
an extra-wide hand guard and a hanging hook.
70M12.01 Diamond Sharpening Steel $44.50
E
E. Versatile 1000x Water Stone
The stone of choice for ne cutlery. The 721/25/8 stone
is bonded to a base that has non-slip grip pads on the bottom.
Use ordinary tap water as a lubricant and ushing agent. It
rapidly gives knives a good edge with just enough tooth for
effective vegetable slicing and meat carving.
60M40.01 1000x Water Stone $26.50

F. Honing Guide for Knives

F
Honing knives by hand is fast and easy with this guide. Just
clamp it on the knife back, adjust it to the desired angle and
hone. It lets you concentrate on sharpening without
worrying about controlling blade angle at the same time.
Our 1000x water stone (above) is the perfect companion for
kitchen use. The polyethylene guide slides smoothly on table
or countertops.
One-direction pull
70M11.01 Knife Guide $13.50
sharpens knife.
G. Knife Sharpener
Sub-micron carbide particles in this sharpener are about one-
fortieth the diameter of a human hair and are the kind used in
the most demanding of metal-machining processes. Extremely
hard and durable, the carbide can be ground to a much keener,
more durable edge than common carbides. Each of the two
blades has four edges and can be rotated to a new edge if one
is damaged. To sharpen a knife you draw it through the inter-
G secting blades with light pressure. A very dull knife may
initially require several light passes but can be maintained
thereafter with a single pass. Easy to use, the sharpener comes
as a right-handed version but the blades are easily reversed for
left-handed use.
70M46.50 Knife Sharpener $19.95
228 Kitchen
 To sharpen, draw knife blade
through guide slots. C

A B

ChefsChoice Knife Sharpeners

These are very good knife sharpeners. Appreciated by To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit our website at leevalley.com
home and professional chefs alike for their quality and
convenience, they are dead simple to operate you
simply draw a blade through each of the guide slots in
sequence to quickly renew the edge. The guide slots Flexible Cutting Mat
automatically position the blade at the correct angle, Tough but exible, this mat lets you funnel chopped
while ne diamond discs shape the bevels and exible ingredients directly into the pot and scraps into the
polishing discs hone the blade. For a blade with a few compost. The rubber-like TPU is scratch and cut
nicks, the entire sharpening process takes about a resistant, BPA free and FDA approved for food
minute; touching up an edge takes only a few seconds. safety. A shallow groove around the edge helps keep
All models accommodate double- or single-bevel juices from running off the mat, and the corner has a
knives (including serrated blades) and can also be used hole for hanging. The mat is 2mm (3/32) thick with a
with most camp and hunting knives. 380mm250mm (about 1510) surface. A simple
Model 320 is designed to sharpen knives at a 20 and effective way to transfer food without spills.
bevel angle, the standard for most knives made in EV411 Flexible Cutting Mat $10.95
Europe or North America. Model 315 sharpens knives
with the 15 bevel angle typical of Asian-style knives.
It can also be used to convert thin-bladed European or
North American knives to a 15 bevel angle. For those
who have a mix of Asian and North American/
European knives, Model 1520 has guides set at both
15 and 20 bevel angles.
Offering a reliable way to achieve consistent results,
all are well made for years of service. ETL listed for
Canada and USA.
A. 70M46.06 Model 320, 20 Sharpener $109.00
B. 70M46.05 Model 315, 15 Sharpener $109.00
C. 70M46.07 Model 1520, 15/20 Dual Sharpener $179.00

Epicurean Cutting Boards

Gourmet boards have a 3/4 wide juice groove around the edge.
These high-quality boards are the cutting board of choice
for many professional chefs. Made from a composite of J D
wood-based paper ber and resin, they have the look and
feel of wood while adding some distinct benets. Like
wood, they wont readily dull knives, but they are dish-
washer safe. They also develop a rich wood patina over E
time, are nonporous to resist stains and odors, and are
NSF approved for food safety. Both sides are usable and
are heat resistant to 350F. The Kitchen series is 1/4 thick
and is available in four sizes. The Gourmet series is 3/8
thick with a 3/4 wide juice groove around the edge (with
the opposite side being a regular at cutting board) and is
available in two sizes. A corner hole for hanging makes
for easy lifting and carrying. Made in the USA, these
boards are attractive enough for table presentation and a
welcome gift to both the serious chef and the casual cook.
D. EV185 Gourmet Board, 191/215 $75.00
E. EV179 Gourmet Board, 171/213 $65.00 H
F. EV183 Kitchen Board, 171/213 $35.00 G
G. EV182 Kitchen Board, 1411 $24.95
H. EV181 Kitchen Board, 111/29 $19.95 F
J. EV180 Kitchen Board, 86 $12.50
Kitchen 229
 F

Collapsible Colanders
These colanders collapse to easily tuck into a drawer or hang against a Arms expand from 14 to 21.
wall. The small style (1 quart capacity) is 8 in diameter and has a lip
hook to secure it on a pot edge. It collapses to 1 thick. The large style
(2 quart capacity) is 101/4 in diameter and has a fold-out stand for in-sink F. Over-the-Sink Colander
use. It collapses to 15/8 thick. Both styles have sturdy plastic frames with Great for washing salad greens or draining boiled vegetables or pasta, this
exible silicone strainers and silicone-coated handles. Heat resistant to colander has adjustable side arms to suspend it over almost any sink. Made
250F/120C and dishwasher safe. entirely from high-quality 18/8 stainless steel. Measures 14104 and is
A. EV113 Small Collapsible Colander $15.95 21 long when fully extended. Rubber-coated handles protect countertops.
B. EV114 Large Collapsible Colander $26.90 A popular item with cooks.
EV115 Over-the-Sink Colander $18.95

Visit us at leevalley.com

Fine Cooking Magazine

Archive DVD-ROM
Providing a wealth of
articles, expert advice
and techniques, as well
as over 5000 recipes, this
C D DVD-ROM spans the entire
21 years of Fine Cooking
magazine. Presented in an
easily searchable format, it
Gardeners Wash Baskets includes reviews and buying
These baskets were designed to be used by gardeners to wash freshly guides for a broad range of
harvested vegetables before taking them inside. You can gather your kitchen equipment, as well
vegetables and then hose them off right in the same basket. However, as tips on how to use every-
when our staff rst saw the baskets, many wanted to use them for fruit thing from peelers to pasta
instead, while others suggested adding a cloth liner for serving bread or machines. An invaluable
other baked goods. The small basket is 9 in diameter by 51/4 deep; the reference for a wide variety
large is 16 long, 11 wide and 4 deep. Both are chrome-plated steel to of cooking styles and culinary themes, it covers a total of 138 issues, from the
resist rust. very rst issue right up to the last one of 2015.
C. 09A04.67 Small Wash Basket $14.50 The content can be transferred to any computer with a DVD-ROM drive so you
can access the information without having to reinsert the disc. Operates with
D. 09A04.65 Large Wash Basket $17.50 Microsoft Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows
10 or Apple Mac OSX 10.8, 10.9 or 10.10.
E. Seafood Scissors LA875 Fine Cooking Archive 1994-2015 $59.00
These are good scissors. The narrow curved blades slip easily under the soft
shells of shrimp to simplify de-veining them, while the sturdy jaws behind
the hinge can be used to crack harder G. Stainless-Steel Kitchen Shears
shells such as crab legs. Made of stain- Ideal for quickly quartering a chicken or dividing ribs, these stainless-steel
less steel with Santoprene handles for shears are much loved by cooks. The long handles give the extra leverage
a comfortable grip, they are dishwasher needed to cut through small bones, cartilage and thick meat. They measure
safe. About 7 long overall. 10 overall and have 31/2 blades.
AB536 Seafood Scissors $8.50 45K45.01 Kitchen Shears $24.50

230
 End cap
Removable
shredder guard A
Adjustable
cutting blade

Shredder teeth
(for creaming corn)

Scraper blade

Shredder guard
mounts into slots A. Stainless-Steel Corn Cutter and Creamer
J.B. Lee, a Texan, invented this type of corn cutter in 1939. While J.B.s cutter had a wooden
body, ours is stainless steel except for the ABS end caps, which let the user cut over a bowl in
a sink without scratching the sink. For smaller quantities, a casserole
Creamed corn dish can be used with the end cap against the backsplash of the
counter. For whole kernels, the adjustable cutting blade is set at a
Kernels height to cut the entire kernel from the cob. For creamed corn, the
blade is set to cut off just the caps of the kernels. With the shredder
guard removed from behind the blade, a number of small teeth
make vertical cuts in the rest of the kernels; a scraper blade then
extracts the kernel contents and strips the juice from the cob, leaving
the kernel jackets attached. A number of recipes that use creamed
corn are included. The cutter measures 1821/2 and comes in a
sturdy cardboard storage box with instructions.
09A04.46 Corn Cutter $13.95

B. Screw-In Corn Holders

While many corn holders are of disappointing quality, good ones
are well worth having during corn season to spare you a lot of
mess. Designed to screw into the cob, these holders are about 21/2
C
long with soft nger grips. Since the tough plastic is heat resistant
and cools quickly for comfortable handling, you can even boil or
microwave the corn with the holders in place. Dishwasher safe.
The set of eight comes in a plastic storage case.
EV218 Screw-In Corn Holders $14.50

C. Kwik-Kut Food Chopper

B
This is a surprisingly effective chopper. Used with a brisk
chop-and-twist motion, it works as well for mincing
boiled eggs and potatoes as it does for dicing tougher
foods such as onions, cabbage or even nuts. Quick to use,
it takes only a minute or two to reduce a quartered
cabbage into slaw the longer you chop, the ner the
resulting hash. Only 33/4 tall with a 3 diameter scalloped
steel blade and a rigid aluminum handle, it is easy to clean
and takes up little drawer space. A pleasure to use. Still
made in the USA (as it has been for over 70 years!).
EV151 Kwik-Kut Food Chopper $5.95

E. Peapod Splitter
Shelling peas by hand can be a slow process unless you have a long thumbnail that
you can run up the pod to open it and strip the peas on the way back. This stainless-
D. French-Style Bean Slicer D steel splitter has a small slitting
The best restaurants serve hook at the base of a V-groove.
string beans French style, To use it, you slide the ring onto
sliced end to end with the your index or middle nger and
string removed the beans draw the pod through the groove
cook quickly and retain to split it. The peas can then be E
maximum avor. With our stripped out. The splitter comes
bean slicer you simply push the beans through, and the integral with an instruction sheet that tells
blades slice the bean and remove the string. Dishwasher-safe you how to adjust the ring size and
handle, stainless-steel blades. 51/2 long overall. groove width if necessary.
EV501B Bean Slicer $4.95 09A04.44 Peapod Splitter $6.50
Kitchen 231
 Straight Serrated
cutter cutter

A B

A. Julienne Peeler Color may vary.

This is a well-designed julienne peeler. Compact and effective, it has a pivoting stainless-
steel blade that moves smoothly over irregular surfaces, simultaneously cutting up to ten E. Lunchbox Knife
3mm (1/8) strips with each pass. Since the undercutting blade partially covers the julienne Useful for anyone who brings a lunch to work, this knife
blades, you wont accidentally nick yourself in use or when reaching for it in a drawer. has a serrated stainless-steel blade that folds into the stained
The broad, comfortable handle is usable in either hand. It has a tough polycarbonate plastic hornbeam handle. Its 31/4 long blade is a convenient size
core with a soft-grip textured coating on the handle section and a sharp, scoop-like tip for for peeling and slicing fruits and vegetables. Made in France
jobs such as digging out potato eyes. An easy way to add a gourmet touch to any meal. by a company that has been making knives since 1923.
EV523 Julienne Peeler $8.50 Hand wash only. Color may vary depending on supply.
EV277 Lunchbox Knife, ea. $15.95
B. Fruit & Vegetable Peelers
These peelers easily shave razor-thin slices of peel. The pivoting double-sided cutter has a F. Sure Grip Snips
broad, comfortable handle usable in either hand. The set of two peelers includes one with Incredibly comfortable
straight cutters for use on hard fruits and vegetables such as apples and potatoes, and one and easy to use,
with serrated cutters for use on soft fruits like peaches or kiwis. Each has a stainless-steel this tool zips
blade, a tough polycarbonate plastic core with a soft-grip textured coating on the handle through repeti-
section, and a scoop-like tip for jobs such as digging out potato eyes. Excellent kitchen tools. tive cutting F
EV512 Peelers, set of 2 $11.95 tasks such as
trimming green
C. Grapefruit Knife beans, slicing
For anyone who loves grapefruit, this classic grapefruit knife green onions or clip-
makes a superb gift. Two closely spaced blades simultane- ping herbs from the garden.
ously cut along both sides of the membranes between the Contoured and textured for
segments, neatly releasing the fruit. At the other end comfortable grip, the
of the rosewood handle, a scalloped blade with a springy wishbone-like
pronounced curve is used to separate the plastic handles t the hand
segments from the rind. A tidy, effective nicely. A light squeeze
way to prepare grapefruit with closes the 13/4 stainless-
minimal mess and waste. steel blade against a notched base, which serves as a
Hand wash only. built-in cutting board, so you can use it at the stove or table
Grapefruit Knife C for ingredients you might otherwise cut against your
EM608 $5.50 thumb. Plastic blade guard for safe storage. 6 long
overall. Made in Germany, this is a well-designed knife.
45K38.01 Sure Grip Snips $11.50

D. Triangle 3-Pc. Fruit & Vegetable/Pumpkin Carving Set

While these are excellent tools for anyone who wants to create the spookiest jack-o-
lantern on the block, chefs have long used them to make decorative fruit and vegetable
carvings for all occasions. Made in Solingen, Germany, by Triangle, manufacturers of
professional-grade culinary utensils, the set covers the whole process from hollowing the
shell to detail cuts. The saws 23/4 blade has a slender, curved shape for excellent control
and a blunt tip to avoid mishaps. The angle cutter makes tidy V-shaped incisions that can
be linked to cut a jagged-edged lid or add other distinctive touches to your jack-o-lantern
design. The scoops pronounced curvature simplies the messy task of spooning out seeds
from pumpkins or other gourds and squashes as well as melons. Each tool has a sturdy
stainless-steel blade and a durable plastic handle with a textured grip surface. Includes
templates for various eye, nose and mouth patterns that can be mixed, matched or used
as inspiration to create your own unique designs.
81D04.34 3-Pc. Carving Set $29.50

232 Kitchen
 F

A. Saw and Scoop

With this two-in-one tool, preparing tough-skinned vegetables such as squash, melon or pumpkin
is much less of a challenge. Just shy of 51/4 long, the pointed stainless-steel blade readily pierces
thick skins while the toothed edge lets you use a controlled sawing action to cut with minimal
effort. To simplify the task of scooping out seeds and waste material, the blades plastic sheath F. Olive & Cherry Pitter
forms a strong, rigid paddle with a bevelled edge for scraping. Washing by hand recommended. Not only does this pitter do an excellent job
EV526 Saw and Scoop $10.95 with olives, but in our tests, it was the only one
that worked equally well with cherries. Simply
Coring Tool & Paring Knife B place the fruit in the recessed holder and
The coring tool makes short work of coring straw- C squeeze the handle to press out the pit neatly,
berries and tomatoes, can be used when removing with minimal waste. The handle ts your hand
eyes from a potato or pineapple, and is useful nicely, and the spring-loaded hinge pops back
as a melon baller as well. The paring knifes open after each use. Made of aluminum, it
curved birds beak design excels when measures about 7 long and is dishwasher safe.
peeling round fruit and vegetables. Made in Germany.
Each tool is made of stainless steel EV528 Olive & Cherry Pitter $15.95
and has an ABS handle designed
to make all of these actions easier.
B. 09A04.21 Coring Tool $4.95
C. 09A04.22 Paring Knife $4.95
09A04.23 Coring Tool/Paring Knife Set $8.50

D. Strawberry Huller
This tool makes quick work of preparing strawberries. It neatly
removes the stem, leaves and brous core without damaging
the surrounding fruit. Simply press the rear button to open the
spring-loaded jaws, press the tips into the top of the
G
berry, release the button and twist. Because you
control the width and depth of cut, you can
easily remove only the cap of the
berry, or hollow out a larger cavity,
such as when you want to inject a
D cream lling. Dishwasher safe, it is
31/2 long overall with a tough plastic
body and stainless-steel jaws.
A superb kitchen tool.
EV520 Strawberry Huller $7.95
E. Apple Peeler
This ingenious hand-cranked
device will peel, core and
slice an apple in about
5 seconds. Comes E
with a vacuum
base for a solid
grip on smooth G. Apple Corer
surfaces. The This apple corer is the best weve tested.
blades are adjust- Its serrated edge makes cutting easy and
able for optimum its contoured handle is comfortable even in
cut. Rugged all- extended use, but what truly sets it apart is its
metal construction. unique ability to quickly capture and release
Apple Peeler cores. The stainless-steel blade holds the core
EV120 $29.50 as you withdraw it from the apple, and a thumb
lever opens the blade so you can easily discard
Replacement Blades (2) the core and move on to the next apple. A well-
EV121 $ 3.50 designed tool, it makes short work of a bushel
of apples and cores a single apple in seconds.
Dishwasher safe on the top rack.
EV525 Apple Corer $9.95
009
233
 A Silicone Tongs with Teeth
We really like these uniquely designed tongs, which
combine the scratch resistance of silicone with the gripping
ability of metal tongs. Projecting from the inside face of one
of the tong tips, a band of stainless-steel teeth makes it easier
to grasp and move slippery foods. The tongs also have hinge
B locks for compact storage; simply tug on the end loop to lock
them shut, and press to release. Well made from stainless
steel with a sturdy sprung hinge, they are dishwasher safe,
heat resistant to 425F (218C) and pan friendly!
A. EM348 Silicone Tongs, 91/2 $17.00
B. EM349 Silicone Tongs, 12 $20.00

C. Locking Tongs
Of the wide variety of tongs we tested, these are our clear
favorites. First, they are well made from thick 20-gauge
(0.0375) stainless steel with a sturdy spring and a robust
hinge. Second, they have a hinge lock for compact storage;
simply tug on the end loop to lock them shut, and press to
release. The secure locking mechanism wont spring open
accidentally in a drawer or dishwasher. Third, the pincers have
scalloped edges and a gently curved prole for a good grip,
particularly on rounded or irregular shapes from ramekins to
lobsters. Backed by a manufacturers 25-year warranty.
EM343 Locking Tongs, 12 $11.50
Tug on the
end loop to D. Grill Fry Tongs
lock the
tongs shut,
C Useful at the stove top, barbecue or deep fryer, these tongs
and press to excel at gripping foods that need to drain. Their broad,
release.
perforated heads allow oil or water to pass through, and at
12 long, they help you keep your distance from hot liquids
or surfaces. They are made of stainless steel with a locking
hinge for storage; simply tug on the end loop to lock them
shut, and press to release. Dishwasher safe. A versatile,
durable utensil.
EM313 Grill Fry Tongs $20.00

D Single-Handed Server
These are surprisingly effective serving tongs. Shaped
much like a clamshell, they nest comfortably in the
palm, securely grasping a portion of salad, pasta or hot
food. While you can
easily hold a cup-sized
serving in the jaws,
they can also be oper-
ated with nesse, so
you can deftly pick an
olive or cherry tomato from the salad bowl. The hand-
contact areas have a silicone coating with raised ribs,
making them easy to grip, even with smaller hands. A
E. Fish Tongs push-button lock holds the spring-loaded jaws closed
A hybrid of a spatula and tongs, this implement gently lifts and holds aky sh or other when stored in a drawer. Approximately 6 wide by
delicate foods. Made of food-safe silicone, the broad 51/2 wide spatula side is exible 41/2 deep. BPA free. Dishwasher safe. Assorted colors.
and has a bevelled edge to slide under food. The stainless-steel wire loops on A simple tool, made in the USA.
the opposite side hold food securely without crushing it. About 131/2 Single-Handed Server, ea.
long overall, the tongs have stainless-steel handles with a locking EM325 $8.50
ring at the hinge to keep them closed for storage. They are
also superb when cooking items wrapped in parch-
E ment, or for handling tender, eshy vegetables
such as asparagus. Dishwasher safe and
heat resistant to 425F (218C).
Highly recommended.
EM345 Fish Tongs $18.50

Tug on
the end
loop to
lock the
tongs
shut, and
press to Bevelled edge
release.

A About 111/4 long, this version is turned from hard maple
A. Toaster Tongs
To help you safely retrieve your
toast or bagel without burning your ngers, these
tongs are made of thick silicone with a metal core;
ridged inner surfaces permit a good grip with
only a light squeeze. Notches near the tips act
like hooks to slide hot oven racks in or out.
About 7 long overall. Heat resistant to 428F
(220C). Dishwasher safe.
EM326 Toaster Tongs $7.50
B. Stainless-Steel Tool Canister
Storing an assortment of kitchen tools in a canister is
an efcient method of keeping your utensils both
organized and handy. Attractively made from stain-
less steel, this custom-designed canister measures 7
tall and has a compact base of just 5 in diameter.
Tool selection is quick (no more rooting about in a
drawer) as utensil heads remain clearly visible over
the rim of the canister. An elegant kitchen
accessory and a great gift. 1+
XG170 SS Tool Canister, ea. $9.95 $8.95
Utensils not
included.
B
C. Spurtle
Typically used for stirring porridge, the spurtle is a traditional Scottish stir
stick that dates from the 16th century. Its small-diameter shaft easily cuts
through the thick material to keep lumps to a minimum, and is
equally useful for stirring thick sauces, soups or stews.
(unnished) and will not
scratch surfaces. A simple
but effective kitchen tool.
Spurtle, ea. 1+ 3+
45K22.27 $7.50 $6.75
C
D
E
Double-Ended Spatulas
These spatulas make it
easy to get every last bit
out of a bowl or pan. The rounded edges are bevelled to
help lift food away from the surface when folding or ipping,
3+ while the ats provide a rm edge for scraping as well as spreading.
Made of heat- and stain-resistant silicone reinforced with a rigid core, they
wont scratch surfaces and are dishwasher safe. The 101/2 long small spatula,
with its narrow 11/2 and 1 wide heads, is a good size for tall jars and blenders.
The regular spatula is 111/2 long with 21/4 and 13/8 wide heads.
Versatile tools in any kitchen.
D. EV367 Small Spatula $ 9.95
E. EV368 Regular Spatula $ 9.95
EV369 Small & Regular Spatulas, pr. $18.00
F. High-Heat
Spoon
The advantage of this
tough nylon spoon is that it
wont absorb odors or stains,
nor crack as wooden spoons will. Its also dishwasher safe.
About 12 long overall with a generously cupped head to make
sampling or doling out sauce easier, it is heat resistant to 430F (220C)
and non-conductive for comfortable handling.
EV254 High-Heat Spoon $7.50
G. Vintage Design Slotted Spatula
Inspired by a circa 1920s kitchen tool, this spatula excels when cooking eggs, bacon, home
fries, pancakes and French toast. The 6 long blade is narrow, thin and exible, allowing it to
conform to cookware surfaces and slide under delicate foods without ploughing them up. It is
nimble enough to pick up a poached egg or serving of steamed sh, yet rm enough to ip a
burger, fold an omelet or press a grilled cheese sandwich. Made from high-quality hardened
stainless steel, the blade is 0.018 thick and 21/2 wide with slots that help
drain off fat or broth. The hardwood bullet-style handle tucks
nicely into the palm. The spatula is 113/4 long overall.
Hand wash only. Includes a tted blade guard.
09A04.19 Slotted Spatula $14.50
 Large chopper
Medium
chopper
with base
Mesh screen frees
trapped food.
Soft Food Slicer
Until you have actually used this slicer, it is difcult to
grasp just how well it works. It makes quick, precise
work of slicing soft foods such as fruits, mushrooms
and cheeses, using a pattern of ten stainless-steel blades
that produce thin, consistent slices almost effortlessly
without crushing. It even cuts cherry tomatoes cleanly.
Simple to use; just load the hopper and squeeze the
handle to drop slices directly into a pot or bowl no
need for a cutting board. An efcient way to slice
ingredients in bulk, yet convenient enough to cut a
couple of strawberries for your morning cereal.
Dishwasher safe, it locks closed for compact storage.
EV152 Soft Food Slicer $44.95
B
Small chopper
with base
A. Alligator Chopper Set
This is one of the easiest ways to quickly dice or julienne vegetables. Each chopper has a grid
of stainless-steel blades forming 1/8, 1/4 or 1/2 squares, ensuring consistent cuts. The blades
are set in hinged arms that use leverage to cut with little effort and the clear removable top lets
you easily transfer the chopped material to a pot or serving bowl. The small chopper makes
fast work of mincing ingredients such as garlic or ginger. The medium chopper has many
uses, and we especially like it for dicing onions, since the top not only keeps everything neatly
contained but also helps block the fumes from reaching your eyes. The large chopper is able to
julienne large, tough root vegetables without a struggle something French-fry lovers will
appreciate. Two slotted bases are supplied; the larger base ts the large and medium choppers.
A mesh screen ts onto each base and can be lifted to free any trapped food for easy clean-up.
EV138 Alligator Chopper Set $46.50
B. Year-Round Indoor Salad Gardening
by Peter Burke
You can grow salad greens and sprouts right in your kitchen with a low-tech approach that
doesnt require grow lights or special equipment. The author presents the benets of indoor
sprout and shoot gardening, and shows how a tray of soil on a sunny windowsill can yield
salad ingredients in as little as a week. He describes the basic process, as well as the advan-
tages and disadvantages of different growing strategies, and goes into the details with chapters
on seeds, soil and growing mediums, trays and planters, fertilizer, planting and care, and
harvesting. The nal section provides specic seeding instructions for more than twenty
plants, ranging from broccoli to popcorn kernels, and even offers a few recipe suggestions
for enjoying them. Softcover, 710, 192 pages, 2015.
LA572 Year-Round Indoor Salad Gardening $24.50
B
 A. Kobra V-Slicer Soft-grip handle Serrated V-shaped blade
This simple, compact slicer takes
no time to set up, and is easy to
use, clean and store. Made by de
Buyer in Thiers, France, the
serrated stainless-steel V-blade
Adjust dial to set
cuts fruits and vegetables precise thickness
quickly and precisely, even of cuts.
slicing through fresh tomatoes
neatly. A dial knob adjusts blade A
position to take uniform slices
from paper-thin to nearly 5/16 thick, or to close the blade opening
completely for safe storage. The 41/210 polymer resin base has
non-slip silicone feet and a 4 soft-grip handle. The plastic guard
has metal prongs and a studded face to grip slippery ingredients
while pushing them into the blade. The base and the guard clip
together for compact storage. Even in the hands of a novice, this
Guard provides
slicer yields results worthy of a professional chef. hand protection. Non-slip silicone feet
EV136 Kobra V-Slicer $64.50

Inspiralized
by Ali Maffucci C
Quickly transforming fruits and veggies into ribbons,
strings, noodles and rice-like shapes, spiralizers open up an
array of culinary possibilities. This guide is lled with
advice, from preparation and cooking instruction to recom-
mended foods and tips on blade selection. Offering creative
ideas for breakfasts, soups, salads, casseroles, pastas and
desserts, the recipes are easy to follow. Additional refer-
C. Stainless-Steel Bowls
ence charts let you compare yields, preparation and
These 51/2 oz capacity bowls are often called
cooking methods, and other details for 20 different fruits
prep bowls because they are ideal for measuring
and vegetables. Softcover, 71/29, 224 pages, 2015.
and separating ingredients in preparation for
LA431 Inspiralized $15.95
cooking, whether it is wok cooking or a complex
dessert recipe. However, they are also handy for
use on the dining table as condiment bowls for
B. Vegetable Spiralizer spices, relishes, sauces, etc. They are particularly
As a garnish, in salads or even as a pasta substitute, spiral-cut veggies offer a wide array of culi- useful as personal dipping bowls for international
nary possibilities. Of the many spiralizers we tested, this one was our clear favorite. It is reliably dishes. Made from food-grade stainless steel,
constructed with good-quality stainless-steel blades and sturdy components made of high-strength they stack beautifully, taking up no more space
ABS plastic. It sets up in seconds and is safe and easy to use. Its also fast we processed 10 lb of than a water glass in a cupboard. Hand wash only
carrots in less than 10 minutes with remarkably consistent results and minimal waste. Four inter- since dishwasher detergents affect the high-
changeable blade sets let you select the cut (spiral, coarse and ne as well as an extra-ne pattern polish nish. Sold only as a set of eight.
that yields delicate strands similar to angel-hair pasta). The spiked holder grips vegetables securely PS510 Stainless-Steel Bowls, set of 8 $17.50
as you turn and press, and suction-cup feet
keep the unit stable in use. All parts clean with
a quick rinse and t inside the housing for
compact storage. An interesting twist on
preparing vegetables, with many creative and
practical applications.
EV540 Vegetable Spiralizer $49.95
Spiral cut shown
on wooden skewer
(not included).

All parts store inside housing. Fine Extra-ne

Coarse
237
 Detail of rasp

G
C

ZesterMate
Stainless-Steel Rasp and Zester Holder This companion to our stainless-steel rasp (at left) is ideal for
This rasp is one of the best kitchen tools on the market. It is excellent at zesting lemons, grating material that is difcult to hold, such as garlic cloves,
pureing garlic and grating hard cheeses or chocolate. The secret is that it does not tear, ginger, nutmeg, or nubs of cheese or chocolate. The ZesterMate
it cuts. Easily cleaned with a quick rinse under the tap. Stainless steel, 12 long. keeps hands away from the rasp teeth, and the container scrapes
All of this utility has been enhanced by our patented design of a stainless-steel base the rasp clean with each stroke while collecting the grated mate-
that makes the rasp easier to hold and also contains the grated food. rial. It can be used without the container and is compatible with
A. 27W02.07 Stainless Rasp $12.95 our zester holder (at left). Top rack dishwasher safe. Available
B. 27W02.11 Zester Holder $10.50 separately or in a set with our stainless-steel rasp. Patented.
C. 27W02.12 Stainless Rasp & Holder $22.00 F.09A04.06 ZesterMate $ 8.50
G. 27W02.14 ZesterMate with Rasp $20.00

Zester and Grater

These outstanding kitchen tools have a pattern of raised V-shaped Squeegee H. Box Grater
teeth that have been chemically etched to a sharp edge for almost A well-made version of a kitchen classic, this is the best box
effortless cutting. The stainless-steel blades have a non-stick grater weve tried. Each side has a distinct pattern of cutters,
coating that lets material glide smoothly over the surface and covering a range of duties from coarse grating and ne zesting
reduces clogging. Coated in soft thermoplastic rubber, the large to slicing fruits and vegetables quickly and consistently.
handles are offset to let you hold your wrist at a natural angle. The raised teeth have been chemically
A non-skid cushioned tip helps prevent slippage when braced etched to a sharp edge for ease of
against a surface. Removable storage cover included. cutting; the pattern of shallow grooves
The zester has hundreds of tiny perforations to quickly produce on each face of the grater allows foods
ultra-ne shavings with a light, feathery texture. It is useful for to release easily. Volume markings (in
zesting citrus as well as grating hard cheese, chocolate, nutmeg or cups and millilitres) let you gauge
cinnamon, and pureing garlic or ginger. To contain zested material, a transparent quantities without having to use a
holder marked with graduations up to 20ml and 2 tbsp is included. Its integral squeegee measuring cup. The 91/2 tall grater is
sweeps material from the underside of the 16 blade as the holder is removed. solidly constructed from thick stainless
The grater has oversize perforations in the 43/423/4 face to allow softer cheeses steel with a wire frame for rigidity, and
to pass through without sticking. It is also suitable for shredding apples, carrots and has a comfortable non-slip handle.
other foods when you want a coarser cut. Dishwasher safe.
D. EV530 Zester $17.95 EV533 Box Grater $35.00
E. EV531 Grater $16.95
Corners have volume
markings in cups and millilitres.

238
 Removable perforated
tin-plated steel cone
C

Stainless-steel stand
A
A. Rotary Ricer
A kitchen staple since the early 1900s, this manual food
processor makes quick work of producing smoothly riced pota-
toes or pured vegetables or fruits for sauces, jams and jellies.
With the ricer seated in a bowl or pot, ingredients placed inside
are ground using the included hardwood pestle, forcing them
through ne perforations in the cone. Nothing larger than the
perforations can pass through, so cooked vegetables and fruit
are ground to an even consistency without any lumps; only the
juice and pulp pass through, leaving skins and seeds behind.
With perforations from the rim to the tip of the cone, there are
no voids to trap food. The pestle is sized to match the depth and
taper of the cone, maximizing surface contact between the cone
and the pestle, ensuring thorough results with minor effort. The
removable 7 diameter tin-plated steel cone rests in a rigid
stainless-steel frame standing 81/2 tall. Made in USA.
EV107 Rotary Ricer $44.50
B. European Tomato Press
This time-saving processor is easy to use. Just put scalded
tomatoes in the hopper. As you turn the handle, the juice and
soft pulp are separated from the skins and seeds. For extra pulp
run the skins through again. Also great for stewed apples. The
plastic-bodied press has a stainless-steel wire mesh and a vacuum E. Manual Ricer
base for secure use on any smooth surface. About 111/2 high.
The hopper is about 788 deep. Easy to wash, it comes vegetables. The sturdy dual-pivot gear mechanism and extra-long
with a low-prole catch-bowl. Made in Italy.
EV101 European Tomato Press $39.50
B capacity. Dishwasher safe.
C. Guillouard Tin Food Mill
Virtually unchanged since 1939, this traditional food
mill is still favored in Europe and by professional chefs
around the world for the control it provides. It forces food through a perforated disc,
processing it into a consistent texture. It comes with three interchangeable discs with
ne, medium or coarse perforations that let you handle a range of tasks from producing
ne pures for baby food and sauces to mashing cooked vegetables. The 1mm holes of
the ne disc allow only juice and pulp through, keeping skin and seeds behind. It can be
used on any bowl or pot from 6 to 10 in diameter, and it has notched feet that stabilize
on the vessels rim. The hand crank is easy to operate, requiring less effort than a hand-
held masher. Made in France from steel with a hot-dipped tin plating. Hand wash only.
EV116 Food Mill $82.50
Triangular
blades
D. Potato Masher
We like this masher because
its thin triangular blades cut
through potatoes with ease even
D
undercooked root vegetables dont slow it
down. Its nine closely spaced blades quickly
reduce food to a ne consistency, and the curved Curved
frame lets you scrape the sides of a pot so contents frame
are thoroughly mashed and combined. The large
rubber-coated handle provides a comfortable grip.
Made from stainless steel with a matte nish, it is
dishwasher safe. 10 long overall.
EV509 Potato Masher $15.95
With this tool, it is surprisingly easy to rice cooked potatoes or root
glass-reinforced nylon handles let you apply tremendous leverage
with little effort. Squeezing the handles drives a pressing plate,
forcing contents through ne perforations in the stainless-
steel cup. Everything but the skins passes through neatly
(no need for peeling rst!), yielding a smooth consis-
tency with no lumps, while retaining much of the
natural texture. The press opens wide for loading
and the cup can be removed for cleaning.
About 13 long overall; 11/2 cup/350ml
Manual Ricer
EV508 $38.50

Container for Comes apart for cleaning.

skins and seeds
not included. 239
A. Lemon & Lime Press
This is an excellent press. The extra-long handles and
double-pivot gear mechanism apply tremendous leverage
on the stainless-steel pressing plate, so you can extract
every last drop of juice with just a light squeeze. The
narrow holes at the bottom of the strainer basket
catch pulp and seeds while letting juice ow
freely. 10 overall. Dishwasher safe. D
EV506 Lemon & Lime Press $22.50

B. Citrus Reamer
This citrus reamer (made from
unnished European red beech)
effectively removes juice from
lemons, oranges and limes.
The crisp-ridged uting
squeezes the last bit of juice
out of the pulp. 6 long, it has a
groove next to the uting to keep juice
from migrating to the handle. Compact,
convenient and economical. 1+ 3+
EV505 Citrus Reamer, ea. $4.50 $4.05
A
D. Garlic Mincer
This must be the easiest way to mince garlic. Made from
thick, strong polycarbonate, the meshing blades slice the
garlic as you easily twist the halves together. The more
turns, the ner the garlic. Unlike a typical garlic press,
there is no waste and it requires little hand strength to
use. Cleans easily and is dishwasher safe.
HK330 Garlic Mincer $18.95

E. Garlic Peeling Mat

B The fastest way to peel a garlic clove is with this peeling
mat. Just wrap the clove in the mat and roll it back and
forth on a counter a few times with the palm of your hand.
In a few seconds the clove is peeled and your hands
remain odor free. Simple to use and a great time saver.
EM350 Garlic Peeling Mat $4.95

Meat Pounder
This is an excellent tool for attening
meat to a uniform thickness when
preparing dishes such as schnitzel or
scaloppine. Weighing 28 oz, it has a
large 31/4 diameter disc that lets you
apply force evenly. Made of stainless
steel over iron, it has a handle coated
in Santoprene for a comfortable, E
non-slip grip. Washing by hand recom-
mended. A simple, effective tool.
EM338 Meat Pounder $22.50

C. Milton Brook Mortar & Pestle

This kitchen classic comes from a company that has been producing
mortars and pestles for over a century. Made of unglazed porcelain
that affords a textured surface for crushing seeds and spices, it
wont absorb avors or odors. The mortar is heavy and
stable to withstand the rigors of pounding and grinding;
its generous one
C Imperial pint (20
oz/568ml) capacity lets
you mix avored oils, dress-
ings or marinades right in
the bowl. The pouring
spout doubles as a rest
for the 10 long beech-
handled pestle. An
attractive, functional
addition to any kitchen,
and a great gift.
Mortar & Pestle
MP102 $44.50
To order call 1-800-871-8158
or visit our website at
leevalley.com
F. Low-Prole Mortar & Pestle
We tried this unusual mortar and pestle on hard spices,
such as cloves and peppercorns, and on dried
herbs, and were delighted with the
performance. What we really
liked was the fact that the pestle
almost entirely covers and
traps the spices, so you dont
have to chase them around in
the mortar. Made from
solid marble.
Measures about 4
across by 4 high.
It is certain to be
appreciated by
the gourmet in
the house.
Mortar & Pestle
MP101 $19.95 F

240 Kitchen
 Pull-tab hook

Lever action advances

cutter along rim.

Pincers pop
off lid.

A. Lever-Action Can Opener

Remarkably easy to use, this can opener cuts through the side of the rim, leaving blunt edges on
both the lid and the can for safe handling. It also has a unique lever-action handle; each back-and-
forth sweep of the lever advances the cutter along the rim, with no twisting or squeezing required.
The lid wont fall into the can, and can be reused as a temporary cover for refrigeration. The
pincers on the side of the tool help you pop off the cut lid if it sticks. For pull-tab cans, a hook on
the other side lifts and captures the tab so the lid can be peeled open easily. Made of ABS plastic
and stainless steel.
HK338 Lever-Action Can Opener $22.50
B
B. No-Slip Silicone Pad
This small disc is an incredibly
useful aid in any kitchen. The
soft no-slip silicone clings tena- Nogent Super Kim Can Opener
ciously to smooth surfaces, This can opener is simple to use. It has no
from polished countertops and handles, and in place of the usual cutting wheel,
sinks to glassware and ceramics. it has a triangular tempered carbon-steel blade
Placed under a cutting board or that automatically engages as you turn the cush-
mixing bowl, the 51/2 diameter, ioned buttery-shaped crank, piercing the top of
1/8 thick pad acts as a high-friction the can and locking in place. Once the lid is
cushion to prevent it from sliding around. Durable and removed, the open can is left with a safe, dull
washable, it also works as a heat insulator, so it makes upper edge. It even works on rectangular cans
a good trivet. Made in England. with small-radius rounded corners. Approx.
09A03.89 No-Slip Pad, ea. $8.95 3211/2. Made in France.

EV123 Can Opener $13.50

C. Lee Valley Jar Opener
Our jar opener breaks the vacuum seal on jars,
making them as easy to open the rst time as on
repeat openings. Simply hook one of the ends over D. Silicone Jar Opener
the lid, pressing the contoured handle down until Its hard to appreciate just how
you hear the telltale swoosh of invading air. The well this jar opener works D
lid can then be unscrewed effortlessly. The small until youve tried it. Made
hook end is for the most common lid size, while of soft silicone, it conforms
the large end is for deeper lids. Nickel-plated steel. to the shape of your hand while
Weighs 2 oz and is about 31/22 wide. Patented. its no-slip surface grips the
50K41.01 Jar Opener $9.95 smooth lid rmly. This lets you
apply all your force to turning, rather
than wasting effort on squeezing to get some
purchase. Works on a range of lid sizes from
twist-off bottle caps to wide-mouth Mason jars.
Durable, washable and incredibly effective.
Made in England.
09A03.87 Jar Opener $10.50

C
E. Jar Opener
This is one of the most effective ways weve found for dealing with stubborn jar lids. The self-adjusting
jaws t anything from twist-off bottle caps to wide-mouth Mason jar lids (1 to 41/2 in diameter) and
lock with a light squeeze. The 5 handles provide signicant leverage while turning, so you can open
any jar in the cupboard without a struggle. Works every time!
HK343 Jar Opener $14.95

E
Jaws adjust to
t lids from 1
to 41/2.

241

Refrigerator/Freezer Thermometer
This thermometer lets you know at a glance
if your refrigerator or freezer is operating
within range. Encased in stainless steel, the
easy-to-read glass-topped dial face measures
21/2 in diameter and has temperature mark-
ings from -35C to 27C and -30F to 80F
with zones for ideal freezer and refrigerator
temperature ranges highlighted in blue. It
has an articulated hook that allows you to
hang it or stand it up inside the appliance.
A well-made thermometer at a good price.
FT124 Fridge/Freezer Thermometer $11.50
C. Pair of Clip-On Portable Timers
With its clothespin-like clip, this simple digital timer is easily secured to a belt, apron or pot handle up
to 1 thick. Operated with just three buttons (minute, second and start), it can be set to count up or
Display module rotates.
C
242 Kitchen
Clip attachment
Suction cup
attachment
A. Refrigerator/Freezer Thermometer-Alarm
If youve ever returned home to nd the contents of your refrig-
erator or freezer to be of suspicious condition, youll appreciate
this thermometer-alarm. It has two wireless sensors (for your
fridge and freezer, or two freezers, etc.) and a display unit that
records the lowest and highest temperatures reached for each sensor. This lets you quickly conrm
whether temperatures reached an unacceptable level while you were away. The display also has an
audible alarm function to notify you when temperatures exceed the maximum range you preset.
The sensors, with a signal range of up to 75 (23m), clip to a glass or wire shelf and also have
detachable suction cups. The display unit can be wall mounted or attached to any metal surface with
its integral magnet. Reads temperatures in a range from -40C to 70C (-40F to 158F). Sensors are
powered by two AA batteries and the display unit by two AAA batteries you supply. Lithium
batteries are recommended for the sensor used in the freezer.
BL260 Freezer Thermometer-Alarm $35.00
B. Egg Timer B
Boiling eggs to the perfect level
of hardness is much easier with
this simple timer. It is made of
a special heat-sensitive plastic
that changes color as its temper-
ature increases. The timer is
calibrated to indicate soft, medium,
hard and in-between stages. Best of
all, you can put your eggs and timer in tap
water (hot if you are in a hurry) and then bring
the water to a boil. No more cracked eggs and
no more complaining. Made in USA.
FT115 Egg Timer $5.95
D. Oven Thermometer
Ensuring your oven is at the right temperature is
To order call 1-800-871-8158 or visit
crucial to the success of most recipes. Thats why
our website at leevalley.com
this thermometer is such a useful tool it lets you
take an accurate reading wherever food will be
placed in the oven so you can ne-tune the
temperature setting. Encased in stainless steel,
the glass-topped dial face measures about 21/2 in
diameter and has clear temperature markings
down (for up to 99 from 100F/38C to 600F/316C. It has a hook
minutes, 59 seconds); for hanging and a broad base for freestanding
in countdown mode, it use. A simple way to ensure consistent results,
gives an audio signal particularly if you have an older oven.
when the time has FT126 Oven Thermometer $10.50
expired. The display
module rotates so you
can read it regardless
of clip orientation. Sold D
in pairs, they make it
easy to keep track of
time when you step
away from the grill or
stove. Button-cell
battery included.
Clip Timers, pr.
FT114 $9.95
 A. Digital Cooking Thermometer
with Pager
A
Its easy to lose track of time
while barbecuing or entertaining;
thats why this paging thermom-
eter/timer is such a good idea.
Once the set temperature or time
is reached, it activates the pager.
To set the unit, simply select the
type of meat you are cooking
(beef, chicken, sh, etc.) and how
you want it done (rare, medium
rare, well done, etc.). You can
also set a countdown timer or
override the pre-settings to suit
personal preferences. The LCD screen displays the target temperature, the current
temperature and estimate of the remaining cooking time, and can be momentarily backlit
(useful when cooking outdoors at dusk). The stainless-steel probe has a 3 long cord that
will withstand temperatures up to 700F (370C). The pager alerts you within a 200
(60m) range of the thermometer. Display runs on three AA batteries and pager runs on
two AAA batteries that you supply.
FT109 Digital Cooking Thermometer $38.50

To order call 1-800-871-8158

B. Javelin Instant-Read Digital Thermometer

The Javelin thermometer gives accurate readings in four seconds.
Such quick results permit precise control when making candy or
preparing seafood you can see when critical temperature thresholds
are approaching before its too late. It is also ideal for quickly checking
the doneness of meat or poultry. The thermometer turns on automatically when you fold out the 21/2 probe
and shuts off when you close it (or after 60 minutes of inactivity, to preserve battery life). The unit measures
71/2 overall and has a magnet for attachment to a
fridge or other steel surface. Accurate to 0.9F
or 0.5C, readings are given in Fahrenheit or
Candy Thermometer
Celsius, within an operating range of -40 to
This easy-to-read thermometer takes the guess-
482F (-40 to 250C). Comes with a button-cell
work out of making candy, cake icing, jams and
battery and a 5-year warranty. NSF-rated for
jellies. The 23/4 dia. glass-topped dial face is
food safety, its a professional-grade tool.
encased in stainless steel and has a confection
FT130 Javelin Thermometer $29.50
zone marker, a preset minder and a reference
guide listing the various stages of sugar cooking
(soft ball, hard ball, soft crack, hard crack, etc.).
C. Instant-Read Thermometer
With a 51/2 stainless-steel stem that measures
An instant-read thermometer has several advantages. In just a
temperatures up to 400F (200C), it clips to the
few seconds it gives a temperature reading where the probe is
inside edge of a pot to provide a constant
inserted. This makes it ideal for use with barbecued meats; you
temperature reading. Dishwasher safe, it can
can check for readiness without cutting into the piece. It is
also be used for deep frying.
also non-electronic so there are no batteries to replace.
FT103 Candy Thermometer $9.95
And, to top it off, it comes with a protective tube (with a
shirt pocket clip) that is cross-drilled to double as an exten-
sion handle to protect your ngers over a hot grill or C
boiling pot. Sure to become a favorite in the kitchen or
around the barbecue, it has a 13/4 diameter shatterproof
plastic dial with a 5 long metal probe. Instructions and
recommended meat temperature guide included.
FT102 Instant-Read Thermometer $11.50

Kitchen 243

C. Scoop Measuring Bowls
Beakers nest for storage.
A. Pinch & Pour Measuring Beakers
Whether used in the kitchen or elsewhere, these
beakers have several practical advantages. Made of
nylon-reinforced silicone, they provide excellent
grip, even with wet hands, and will never crack or D. Mini-Measure
chip if knocked over. The exible spout lets you
control the pour, as you can simply squeeze the
sides of the beaker to narrow the spout. The
smooth, non-stick inner walls are easy to clean
Squeeze sides to narrow squeezing the beaker loosens dried-on material.
the spout. Heat resistant to 400F/204C and top-rack
dishwasher safe, the beakers are graduated in
millilitres, uid ounces and cups, allowing quick
conversion between units. Supplied as a nesting
set of three in one-cup, two-cup and four-cup
sizes, with matching lids to help keep contents
fresh until needed. They are sure to become
favorites. Highly recommended.
EV158 Measuring Beakers, set of 3 $39.50
B. Lifetime Measuring Cups
This set of six cups (1/4, 1/3, 1/2, 2/3, 3/4 & 1 cup)
is made from high-grade 18/8 stainless steel and
marked with Imperial and metric graduations that
can be read from the inside or outside of the cup.
They have pouring spouts on both sides and
nesting lips. Can be put on the stove top or
in the oven to melt butter or shortening.
EV105 Measuring Cups, set of 6 $19.95
244
C
The broad, at side of these bowls makes
collecting ingredients directly from a cutting
board a snap. The bevelled edge rests ush on
the cutting board to ensure ingredients go into the bowl, not under the
lip, and you can use one of the corners as a pouring spout. Comes as a
set of three nesting bowls (1/2 cup, 1 cup and 2 cups) with Imperial and
metric graduations marked on the inside. Made of hard ABS plastic,
they are BPA free and dishwasher safe in the top rack. Not microwave-
able. A practical improvement over regular prep bowls.
EV149 Measuring Bowls, set of 3 $8.95
This compact measuring cup provides four common volume units in one
convenient vessel, making it easy to measure and pour small amounts
and make quick conversions between units. Not just for kitchen use, it
also has a place in the medicine cabinet, or in the workshop for mixing
fertilizers, cleansers
and other solutions.
Made in the USA
from glass with
durable, easy-to-read
markings. Graduated
in 1/4 oz increments up
to 1 U.S. oz, 5ml
increments up to 30ml,
1 tsp increments up to
6 tsp, and 1/2 tbsp incre-
ments up to 2 tbsp.
Hand wash only. D
Mini-Measure
EV104 $3.95
E. Spice Jar Measuring Spoons
Our stainless-steel measuring spoons t into the mouth of a standard
spice container. This makes it easy to ll the spoon, then scrape off the
excess as you withdraw it from the container. The set of six includes
1 tablespoon and 1, 3/4, 1/2, 1/4 and 1/8 teaspoons. Metric equivalents are
also marked. About 51/2 long. Sturdy and corrosion-resistant.
EV110 Measuring Spoons, set of 6 $12.95
 A A. Lee Valley Kitchen Calculator D
This calculator will convert metric or Imperial units to
the equivalent measure in the other system, as well as
convert Celsius to Fahrenheit and vice versa. It solves
the problem of converting grams to cups (or tablespoons
or uid ounces, etc.) for 100+ common ingredients by
using a simple factor, and also functions as a standard
mathematical calculator. Instructions are printed on the
inside of the protective cover. Powered by light with a
button-cell battery back-up. 53/433/4.
Lee Valley Kitchen Calculator
EV160 $19.50

B. Stainless-Steel Kitchen Scale D. Poach Pod

This is an outstanding scale at an excellent Simply crack an egg into a pod
price. The time-tested traditional design has and set aoat in boiling water, then cover and
a removable bowl at the top and the face is simmer until desired rmness is reached. At 3
graduated in both Imperial (4 lb capacity) in diameter by 11/2 deep, each 100ml (3 oz)
and metric (2kg capacity) measurements. An pod easily holds an extra-large egg. They are
adjustment knob lets you calibrate the scale for also a convenient size for melting chocolate
net weight with or without a bowl. Measures or preparing small batches of custard.
1088. Stainless-steel construction with a FDA-approved silicone and heat resistant to
plastic bezel. Useful for food weighing gener- B 675F/357C, the pods are safe in the oven,
ally, but vital for anyone who uses recipes microwave and freezer. Available in pairs.
in both measurement systems. EV141 Poach Pod, pr. $10.95
Not legal for trade.
Stainless-Steel Kitchen Scale E. Egg Poachers
EV145 $34.50 Egg lovers will appreciate these cups that let
you easily poach tender eggs without the mess
and waste of cooking them loose in a pan.
Hooked onto the edge of your pan, the stainless-
steel cup keeps the egg neatly contained, and is
height adjustable so you can set it at the right
depth to let water ow around the egg (which is
the real secret to getting that perfect, delicate
texture). When its done, you can simply tip the
cup back onto the hook, which serves as a stand
while water drains through holes in the rear wall
of the cup. BPA free and dishwasher safe (in
the top rack), they come in sets of two one
white, one yellow so its easier
C. Measuring Glass to keep track of whose egg is
Marked with six different scales, this 14 oz glass offers a convenient whose if cooked to
way to measure and convert between units. The large, easy-to-read different degrees
of rmness. E
markings display graduations in teaspoons, tablespoons, ounces,
cups and millilitres. It also has a gram scale to let you measure out Egg Poachers (2)
C weights of our and sugar by their equivalent volume, convenient EV139 $14.50
when using recipes that list dry ingredients by weight only.
Commonly used bar measures such as pony shot, jigger and split
are displayed as well. Hand wash only. Made in USA.
EV103 Measuring Glass $8.50

Mini Digital Kitchen Scale

At only 561/2, this scale takes up little
counter or shelf space. It weighs in kilo-
grams, pounds,
ounces and grams,
and switches easily
11 lb (5kg) capacity
between metric or
Imperial units. The Compact for
easy storage
tare function zeroes
the weight of any container to accurately
weigh its contents. Accurate to within 1%,
the scale weighs items up to 11 lb (5kg). The
scale itself weighs only 7.7 oz (0.22kg) and
is powered by two included AAA batteries.
Automatic shut-off. Not legal for trade.
09A04.10 Mini Digital Scale $14.95
245
 A
A. French-Style
Rolling Pin
Widely used by chefs, this 203/8 long
French-style rolling pin pin has 31/2 of taper at either end with a 133/8
shown with rolling pin cover.
center portion that is 1.4 in diameter. Though mostly used
for pastries, it performs equally well with cookie or pizza
dough. Easy to maneuver and easy to clean, it allows the user
to sense the dough thickness better than handled rolling pins.
Its greater length makes it better for rolling large pastries.
B Designed and made in Canada from hard sugar maple.
09A03.98 French-Style Rolling Pin $13.50

B. Pastry Cloth & Rolling Pin Cover Set

Commonly used by chefs, this 100% unbleached cotton-canvas
pastry cloth is an ideal surface for rolling out pie crusts, biscuits,
cookies and other dough.
When a small amount of
our is rubbed into the
cloth, it prevents the
dough from sticking and
the minimal our transfer
prevents dough from
becoming tough. Even
the stickiest sugar cookie
dough can be rolled out, cut and
lifted right off the cloth without having to
add more our. Clean-up is as easy as brushing off the 2024
pastry cloth. It can then be folded, returned to its package and
stored in the refrigerator. If it becomes oily, rinse thoroughly
in hot water, lay on a at surface, smooth out any wrinkles and
allow it to air dry (do not iron).
The 100% unbleached cotton-knit rolling pin cover works in
C the same way (usable on our French-style rolling pin as well
as standard rolling pins). Once a little our is rubbed
D into the bers, the rolling pin will release dough with minimal
sticking. It is 15 long and ts rolling pins from 1.35 up to 3
in diameter. Made in USA.
09A04.00 Pastry Cloth & Rolling Pin Cover Set $7.95

C. Stainless-Steel Pastry Cutters

The vast majority of pastry and cookie
cutters on the market have spot-welded
Danish Dough Whisks seams on the cutting band, inevitably
The ow-through design of this mixer allows dough to pass through three loops in resulting in dough accumulation in the
succession, quickly mixing the ingredients. With only 5% of the surface area of a crevices. Our pastry cutters are seamless
standard mixing spoon, it mixes faster, requires less force, with a tightly rolled rim on the top,
combines ingredients more evenly and doesnt overwork making them both sanitary and more
the dough. The secret is that the hardened stainless-steel comfortable to use. They also nest
loops of different diameters are in three separate planes. compactly, coming in a lidded stainless-
The design originated with the Danes long ago, but now steel bowl for convenient storage. The
the whisk is made only in Poland. Asian look-alikes on the market do not perform ve sizes are 11/2, 2, 21/2, 3 and 31/2
well at all. Uses range from preparing bread dough to cookie and mufn batter, pie in diameter, covering a range from an
lling and pastry search Danish dough whisk on the web for other uses and hors doeuvre size to the ideal size for perogies.
enthusiastic reviews. Close-grained European beech handles. The set EV164 Pastry Cutters, set of 5 $16.50
of two includes one of each size.
E. 09A04.14 11 Whisk $ 8.50 D. Stainless-Steel Flour Shaker
F. 09A04.15 14 Whisk $ 9.95 The ne mesh screen on this one-cup
09A04.16 Whisks, set of 2 $15.95 shaker lets you evenly sprinkle our
when working pastry, avoiding the stiff,
tough dough caused by excessive our
use while rolling. Also useful for sprin-
kling cocoa, cinnamon or icing
F sugar, ouring greased cake
E pans, dredging meats, sh
and vegetables, and adding
our to sauces and gravy
without creating lumps. The
plastic cap prevents moisture absorption
when storing product in the shaker between uses.
09A04.01 Stainless-Steel Flour Shaker $9.95

246 Kitchen
 A. Adjustable Pie Shield
Anyone who bakes pies knows that the edges of the crust can
burn all too easily if not protected. This is particularly true
when baking frozen pies, since the thin edge usually thaws
rst. This exible shield encircles the E
rim of a pie to help prevent it from
burning. Made from food-grade
silicone, it is oven safe to 500F
(260C) and adjusts to lock onto
standard 8, 9 and 10 pie pans. Curved frame
It has a smooth, non-stick surface
for easy cleaning, and folds for
compact storage. A convenient way to ensure
a more evenly baked crust from center to edge.
1+ 3+
EV199 Adjustable Pie Shield, ea. $9.50 $8.55

B. Stainless-Steel Pastry Knife

Our pastry knife is ideal for rst lifting a pie crust from the
rolling surface, and then folding it in half and supporting it for
transfer to the pan. The 10 blade has rounded edges and is
very thin, tapering from 0.039 thick at the handle to only
0.010 at the tip, allowing it to slide under pastry without
tearing it. It comes with a tted guard to protect
the blade during storage. Equally efcient
for crpes.
EV165 Pastry Knife $12.50
E. Pastry Blender
This simple tool makes fast work of preparing pastry dough. Its seven strong, thin
triangular blades cut through rm butter with ease, quickly blending wet and dry
ingredients to an even consistency. The curved frame lets you scrape the sides of a
mixing bowl, and the large rubber-coated handle provides a comfortable grip.
Made from stainless steel with a matte nish, it is dishwasher safe. 53/4 tall overall.
EV173 Pastry Blender $14.95

A
Fitted guard included.

C. Butter Measuring Guide

A standard pound of butter is 43/4 long with variable heights
and widths that bring it to a weight of 16 ounces. Most have a
cutting guide for cup measures
on the box or wrapper. This
B
stainless-steel guide measures
cups as well as ounces, grams
and tablespoons. It is particu-
larly handy when you are
dealing with a leftover stub from a one-pound block. All C
measurements are etched into the surface of the 43/4 long
guide. An instruction sheet tells you how to deal with all the
measurements, including using them with 4-ounce butter sticks.
09A04.03 Butter Measuring Guide $8.95

D. Pastry Kit
These tools help keep sticky pastry dough under control while
rolling out a consistent thickness for even baking. The
18241/2 dough mat has a non-slip backing and a nonstick
surface. Pie-baking tips, recipes for single, double and lattice
pie crusts, and care instructions are printed on it. The exible
silicone dough thickness guides elevate your rolling pin so
you can roll dough evenly. They are 18 long and offered as a
set of three thicknesses: 3/32 for pies, 1/16 for tarts and
galettes, and 1/8 for cookies.
The rolling pin, at 18 long and
2 wide, lets you roll large
pieces of dough and has a
nonstick surface. Lightweight
(about 8 oz) and easy to 1/16 3/32 1/8
Dough thickness guides
maneuver, it has removable
end caps so you can store the dough guides inside. The tools
are available as a kit or individually.
EV208 Pastry Kit $55.00 D
EV206 Dough Mat $19.95
EV207 Dough Thickness Guides, 3 pr. $ 9.95
EV205 Rolling Pin $29.50
247
 A

Gentle suction pulls away yolk.

A. Silicone Egg Separator B

One of the fastest (and cleanest!) ways to remove an
egg yolk intact is with this ingenious device. Essentially
a silicone bulb with a narrow opening, it uses gentle
suction to pull the yolk away from the egg white and into
the bulbs reservoir. To suction the yolk, just squeeze the
bulb, gently touch the yolk and release your grip. Squeeze
the bulb again to release the yolk. The reservoir can hold
multiple yolks before it needs to be emptied. Made from
food-grade silicone, it is dishwasher safe. About 31/2 tall.
Highly recommended.
EV168 Egg Separator $7.95
B. Staybowlizer
This sturdy ring provides a stable base to steady a mixing bowl. Its no-slip surface grips the
bowl (minimum 6 diameter), leaving both hands free to mix or pour ingredients. Its
tapered opening lets you tilt the bowl for more effective whisking. If inverted and pressed
between the bowl and another smooth, non-porous surface, the ring can act as a suction cup
to hold the bowl rmly for vigorous mixing. Made of FDA-approved silicone, it is dish-
washer safe and heat-resistant to 500F/260C, so it can be placed over a pot of boiling
water to support a smaller pot, forming a simple double boiler.
EV197 Staybowlizer, ea. $19.50

Cookie Scoops
Widely used in the food-service industry for portioning ingredients or servings in consis-
tent amounts, scoops of this type are hard to beat for neatly dispensing sticky foods such
as cookie dough or ice cream. The deep, rounded scoop is more reliable than a spoon for
C quickly doling out uniform quantities while keeping ngers free of mess. As you squeeze
the handles, a gear-driven arm sweeps the inner surface closely, releasing the contents.
These are well made from German stainless steel, with comfortable, rounded gripping
surfaces, a sturdy spring and a smooth, precise mechanical action. We offer them in four
D standard sizes; the numbered sizes are used in the food-service industry for estimating
purposes, based on the number of scoopfuls per Scoop size is stamped
quart of material (approximate diameters listed). on the arm.
A useful aid when making anything from meat-
balls to mufns and cookies, of course! C
E
C. EV355 #10 Scoop, 21/2 dia. $12.50
D. EV354 #20 Scoop, 2 dia. $11.95
E. EV353 #40 Scoop, 15/8 dia. $11.50
F F. EV352 #100 Scoop, 11/8 dia. $11.50

Mufn Pans
These arent just good silicone mufn pans theyre
H
good mufn pans, period.
Each is made of exible,
non-stick silicone, so you
can easily release the
contents. But unlike mufn
pans made entirely of sili-
cone, these have the added
advantage of an integrated
G steel frame, giving them the
rigidity needed for ease of
handling. In our testing, they not only cooked evenly,
but they also browned effectively, which is especially
important when baking tarts or mini-quiches. Heat
resistant to 428F (220C), they are safe in the freezer
and dishwasher, and come in two styles: one makes
12 regular-size mufns, the other 20 mini mufns
(also great for bite-size appetizers).
G. EV700 Mufn Pan $24.50
H. EV701 Mini Mufn Pan $24.50
248 Kitchen
 A. Marcato Pasta Machine
Manufactured in Italy since the 1930s, this
A
traditional hand-crank pasta machine lets you
quickly roll and cut uniform strands of fresh
homemade pasta with ease. Simply feed the
dough into the 55/8 wide rollers to press it into
a thin sheet (from 1/32 to 5/32 thick), and then
pass the sheet through the removable cutter to
make 1/16 tagliolini (at spaghetti) or 1/4
fettuccine. Pressed dough can also be hand cut
to make dishes such as lasagna or ravioli.
Weighing 6 lb, the unit has a heavy-duty Electric motor
chromed steel housing, and stainless-steel mounts in place
rollers and cutters. An included screw clamp of the handle.

attaches the 71/25 base to a counter or table

top for stability. Instructions and recipes
included. Simply wipes clean with a soft brush B
or dry cloth. Sold separately, the optional A
100W electric motor mounts in place of the
handle to drive the pasta machine a great help
when you have a large batch of pasta to
prepare. Its 80 power cord plugs into any stan-
dard household outlet. CUL/UL listed.
EV339 Pasta Machine $74.50
B. EV349 Electric Motor $96.50 C

C. Marcato Pasta Cutter

For those who make their own pasta, this cutter is a real time
saver it lets you cut up to eight uniform strands at once from
rolled pasta sheets. The steel axle supports nine removable
cutting wheels that can be positioned for various widths of pasta,
from just under 1/2 to 43/4. By cutting in two directions, you can even make squares for lled
pasta such as tortellini or ravioli. Also suitable for use with pastry to make lattice pie tops and
other decorative touches. Hand wash only. Made in Italy.
EV348 Pasta Cutter $29.50

D. Bread Dough Mixer

We have been asked many times to carry a D
hand-crank dough mixer, but few exist on the
market. Easy to operate, this two-loaf model is
compact and cleans up in seconds. The plastic
bucket, nylon frame, dough hook and handle
are all BPA free, and meet the food-container
recommendations of both Health Canada and
the FDA. Around ve minutes of cranking is
sufcient for most dough; it can be done with
the mixer on a countertop, or you can sit down
with the bucket under your arm or between
your knees. The latter is the easiest since the
bucket (like all the components) is very rigid,
even though the complete assembly weighs
only half a kilogram (just over 1 lb). Detailed
instructions and 12 recipes are included. Made
in USA.
09A04.28 Bread Dough Mixer $39.95

E. Shortbread Pan
This shortbread pan has a traditional thistle
pattern (the thistle being Scotlands
national ower). Made from red, non-
porous ceramic, it renders the pattern in
ne detail while preventing the cooked
shortbread from sticking to the mold.
Shortbread is baked directly in the 8
diameter by 1/2 deep pan; then, after
cooling slightly, it is simply tapped
out and cut into pie-shaped pieces. The
E mold is extremely strong and will not Shortbread recipe book
break when tapped. A pleasure to use. included with pan.
EV126 Shortbread Pan $38.50
Kitchen 249
 A. Cookie/Bacon Racks
Our original intent was to design a nesting set of stainless-steel
cookie racks that had a ne mesh to avoid distortion of cookies
and mufns when set out to cool. The racks are 101/216 and
3/4 high, but nest to a total thickness of only 7/8, minimizing
storage space. Along the way we discovered they were ideal
for spatter-free cooking of bacon in the oven. The advantage of
cooking bacon in the oven is that it produces evenly cooked
bacon with no scorching, no fat pockets and no mess. We then
A discovered that putting the bacon between the racks produces
perfectly at bacon as well. The racks come with complete
cooking instructions and are dishwasher safe. Supplied as a set
of two, they t in a standard half-sheet cookie pan that
measures 11161/2.
Prevents food from falling Spatter-free cooking 09A04.25 Cookie/Bacon Racks, set of 2 $29.50
through barbecue grill. of bacon
A
B. Pie Weight Chain
When making crusts for cream pies, professional bakers weigh
down the unlled pastry to prevent it from rising unevenly and
bubbling during baking. To achieve the same result, just coil this
simple chain of stainless-steel beads into the pie shell before it
A goes in the oven; when the crust is done, the chain is easy to
gather, clean and store. (For best results, lay parchment paper on
the shell or lightly coat the chain with cooking spray before
B placement.) Measures 10 long and weighs 7 oz a good size and
weight for standard pies (about 9 in diameter). Dishwasher safe.
EV143 Pie Weight Chain $15.95

C. Expandable Cooling Rack

A common complaint with cooling racks is that they are never big enough
C
when in use but are always too big and awkward to store. This cooling
rack expands from 1414 to a fully extended length of 1435,
providing extra cooling space when required, and easily collapses for
storage. Three nickel-plated steel mesh panels slide like drawers to nest
Expands from 1414 to a fully one under the other, the top rack standing 11/2 high and the bottom
extended length of 1435.
rack 1 high. The 1/2 mesh holds even the smallest cookies and
chocolates. Since the lengthwise wires overlay the crosswise wires, there
can be slight ridges or waves left in thin cookies. Nonetheless, this is an
excellent all-purpose cooling rack.
EV125 Expandable Cooling Rack $22.50

D. Oven Guards My Pizza

Anyone who has burned a forearm on a hot by Jim Lahey with Rick Flaste
oven rack will appreciate these rack edge This book shows you how to make delicious, out-of-
covers. Made from NOMEX, the same re- the-ordinary pizza right at home. The key is a unique
retardant fabric used by reghters, they are no-knead dough recipe that simply requires a slow
safe for temperatures up to 500F (260C). overnight fermentation. Many of the 40 recipes use
Measuring 1821/2 when open, they snap unusual ingredients or
over the leading edge of an oven rack to insu- those you can grow in
late you from accidental contact. Machine your garden from fennel
washable. Sold in pairs. to leeks, potatoes, pumpkin
EV144 Oven Guards, pr. $22.50 and more. There is also a
section on starters, salads
D and desserts that comple-
ment your pizza.
Hardcover, 810, 192
pages, 2012.
26L16.27 My Pizza $21.50

Epicurean Pizza Peel & Rocker

F For those who enjoy homemade pizza, these are sure to become well-used standbys in the
kitchen. The 14 wide paddle-shaped peel has a bevelled edge that slides neatly under the crust
so you can deftly pluck the pizza from a hot oven before bringing it to the table, where you can
slice and serve the pizza right from its cut-resistant surface. The rockers 16 arc-shaped blade
slices the pizza in neat, straight lines with a simple back-and-forth rocking motion unlike a
wheel-style cutter, it wont drag toppings across the pizza like a snowplow. Both tools are made
of a durable, lightweight wood-ber and resin composite thats dishwasher safe, NSF-approved
for food safety, and resistant to stains, odors and temperatures up to 350F (176C). Each has a
hang hole for storage on a hook. Available individually or as a set. Made in USA.
E. EV240 Pizza Peel $35.00
F. EV241 Pizza Rocker $21.00
E EV242 Pizza Peel & Rocker Set $49.00

 B

Silicone Piping Bags

There are a number of reasons
these professional-grade piping
bags are considered the best on
the market. The thin yet strong
food-grade silicone is supple and
slightly elastic, making it not
only easier to fold and twist than
traditional piping bag materials but also more
durable it wont split or tear. Because they are
heat resistant, the bags can be used with hot ll-
ings (and reheated in a microwave). The inside
surface is smooth to allow the lling to ow
through consistently, while the outer surface is
textured for sure grip. The silicone material
resists absorbing stains or avors and is quick to
clean by hand or in a dishwasher. The small bag
is about 14 long and the large bag is 18
long. Both bags are compatible with standard
decorating tips. Made in Italy.
For those who need decorating tips, we offer
two stainless-steel sets. The small set includes
ve patterns for adding ne detail such as A.
lettering, owers and borders. The large set B.
includes four patterns typically used for icing C.
cupcakes or broad textured surfaces on cakes. D.
Each set includes a plastic coupler to permit
quick, easy tip changes. Please note that both
sets can be used with either size of bag, but the
two sizes of couplers cannot be interchanged;
each requires its own bag, which must be cut to
a matching diameter.
EV346 Small Piping Bag $16.50
EV347 Large Piping Bag $18.50
EV340 Small Icing Tips, pkg. of 5 $ 6.50
EV341 Large Icing Tips, pkg. of 4 $ 8.95

E. Offset Frosting Spatula

The graduated exibility of this spatulas
E
stainless-steel blade makes it both effective
and versatile. Its offset handle lets you spread
frosting on cakes or cupcakes without collecting
it on your knuckles, as so often happens with a
straight knife. The exible tip on the 35/8 blade can
be used for embellishment after spreading. The spatula
can also serve as a lifter for small hors doeuvres and
appetizers, or as a scraper for the inside of preserving jars
to collect the last bits of jam or jelly, avoiding waste and E
making wash-up simpler.
09A04.40 Offset Frosting Spatula $7.95

F. Classic Stainless-Steel Cake Knife/Server

F
Based on a popular cake and pie server of the 1900s, this stainless-steel
model has a 6 blade that tapers from 0.010 (2 sheets of paper) at the tip F
to 0.015 (3 sheets) two-thirds of the way to the handle, making it perfect for both cutting and
serving. The exible front part of the blade combined with a much stiffer nal third makes it equally
useful for pie. It is 11 long overall and comes with a slip-on blade guard.
EV172 Classic Cake Knife/Server $10.95

G. Stainless-Steel Spatula
Virtually all spatulas sold today are made from either thick plastic with no ex or sheet metal with
minimal ex. This stainless-steel spatula is only 0.010 thick (the thickness of ve catalog pages) at
the leading edge, increasing to 0.035 at the tang. Wonderfully exible, it can slide under an egg or a G
warm cookie without acting like a snowplow. About 101/2 long overall, it has a 23/435/8 blade,
and comes with a tted guard for protection in drawer storage. For those who remember the wonder-
fully exible thin ippers of old, this is a modern rendition.
EV167 Stainless-Steel Spatula $10.95
G
H. Pie/Cake Server
Fitted guards
This thin, exible server solves the rst-piece- included.
H
of-pie removal problem. It closely conforms to
the shape of the pie plate, allowing that rst slice
to be freed for removal intact. It is equally useful
for cutting and serving cake. 10 overall. It has a
South American redwood handle and a 43/8 long H
stainless-steel blade that tapers from 11/2 to 3/4
wide at the tip. Blade guard included.
EV169 Pie/Cake Server $9.50
251
 A
B

Small funnel
screws to
bottom of
large funnel. E
A A. Pot Clip Flat end of spoon is
Any cook will immedi- E angled slightly.

ately recognize the utility of F

this handy device. Balancing
utensils on the edge of a pot
with this cantilevering technique
ensures the messy end of your stir spoon drips into the pot instead
of over the stove or countertop. Stainless steel, the spring clip attaches to
pot edges less than 3/8 thick. The silicone-coated hook insulates utensils
from the heat of the pot. Heat resistant to 428F (220C). Color may vary.
EV258 Pot Clip $7.95

Canning Essentials
This maslin pan has a three-layer base (aluminum central slab encased
in stainless steel) to evenly distribute heat. The bail, tipping handle and Jelly & Syrup Strainer
formed pouring spout make it easy to ll jars or molds without spilling. 8 The clearest jellies and syrups are made from juices
diameter base, 12 at the top; 9 litre (about 9 qt.) capacity. Safe for oven use. that drip through a jelly bag without being
We offer an optional stainless-steel lid for making soups or other dishes. squeezed. This Swedish-made strainer combines a
The canning funnel lets you pour from large pots into jars. Made from jelly bag with a plastic stand that sits on top of
food-grade stainless steel, it is 51/2 in diameter and ts jar openings 25/16 or most pots. Just pour cooked fruit into the
larger. The included smaller funnel lls bottles with openings as small as 1. bag and let clear liquid drip into the pot
These stainless steel slanted spoons have at ends sloped at the right below. Can be used over and over.
angle to make full contact with the bottom of a pot. Offered as a set, Replacement bags offered separately.
one solid and one perforated spoon, each is 13 long. Makes for easier EV401 Jelly & Syrup Strainer $15.95
stirring and serving. EV403 Replacement Bag $ 4.50
The intersecting ngers and thumb of these stainless-steel kitchen
tongs are ideal for plucking sterilized jars and lids out of a pot or
winkling pickles out of jars. Slightly over 10 long, they grip items
up to about 5 in diameter.
B. EV260 Maslin Pan $79.00
To order call
C. EV261 Lid for Maslin Pan $12.50 1-800-871-8158
EV269 Maslin Pan with Lid $89.00 or visit our website at
D. EV118 Canning Funnel $12.50 leevalley.com
E. EV255 Slanted Spoons, pr. $19.50
F. EV112 Kitchen Tongs $15.50
252
 A. One-Handed Jar Lifter
Anyone who preserves C
fruits or vegetables
will appreciate these
tongs. Designed with
a spring-loaded hinge,
they automatically
open as you relax your
grip, making them easy
to operate with a
single hand. Sized to A
t around the neck of
a standard Mason jar, C
the concave jaws are
made of steel with a
heat-resistant coating of C. Mehu-Liisa Steamer/Juicer
non-slip elastomer for Famous in Europe, this Finnish-made
good grip on wet glass. juicer uses a gentle steam process to
The handles are made of extract pure natural juices from fruit,
durable ABS plastic. Overall length is just over without the need to peel, core or de-stem.
8, and they can grip jars up to 4 in diameter. You can make juices, jellies and syrups
EV119 Jar Lifter $10.50 without squeezing, straining or making a mess.
It also blanches vegetables for freezing, and is great
B. Silicone Canning Mat for steam-cooking clams, lobsters, sweet corn, etc. Foods
A real improvement over conventional steel prepared in this way retain their avors, as well as much of the vitamin and mineral content usually
racks, our canning mat is entirely made of tough, lost in boiling. Instruction booklet included. 16 high by 12 in diameter. The bottom pot doubles as
exible silicone, so it will never rust or warp. It a 4 litre soup pot and has a 1/4 laminated stainless-steel base. Made of polished 18/10 stainless steel.
also cushions well, so jars wont rattle against the 10-year guarantee. An impressive juicer.
bottom as they boil or break if they tip over, and PS502 Mehu-Liisa Steamer/Juicer $199.00
the closer spacing of the 1/2 mesh helps keep jars
from tilting. The mat can also be rolled up so its
The Ultimate Dehydrator Cookbook
easier to store. Forming a snug t in standard 12
by Tammy Gangloff, Steven Gangloff &
diameter canners, it withstands temperatures up
September Ferguson
to 450F (232C).
B A complete guide to preserving food with a
Highly recommended.
dehydrator, this book not only teaches how to
Silicone Canning Mat dry a wide variety of edibles, but its also lled
09A04.26 $13.50 with ideas for using the dried foods afterwards.
It gives general advice on using a dehydrator,
avoiding waste and spoilage, estimating
drying times, and storage. It lists 28 kinds of
fruits and nuts that are commonly dried, with
specic tips for each one, and provides
detailed instructions for making fruit powders and leathers, drying jerky,
preparing just-add-water meals for camping and drying herbs, owers and
teas. The book even includes hundreds of recipes that can be made using
dehydrated ingredients, from main dishes to breads, mufns, soups, salsas,
desserts and much more. Softcover, 810, 352 pages, 2014.
LA828 Ultimate Dehydrator Cookbook $21.50

E D
D. Food Dehydrator
Using only 500 watts of electricity, this unit
sends a warm ow of air over and through four
included stacking trays, each of which holds
over 100 sq.in. of foodstuff. Great for making
lightweight snacks for camping, preserving
berries, or reducing tomatoes to dried slices.
An included smooth sheet lines a tray for
making fruit rolls. The thermostat adjusts from
95F to 160F (35C to 71C) to suit the food F
being dried. The dehydrator measures 131/2 in
diameter by 93/4 high and comes with a
manual full of recipes.
EV332 *Dehydrator $74.50
E. EV333 Extra Trays (2) $15.50
F. EV334 Extra Fruit Roll Sheets (2) $ 6.50
* A shipping surcharge of $10 applies in addition to
our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of
the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for
shipping rates.
Use fruit roll sheets to dry pured fruit.
Kitchen 253
 B

D
A

Stainless-Steel Canisters E. Fine-Mesh Skimming Ladle Ultra-ne mesh

These unbreakable canisters with see-through tops are superb for storing The ne 18/10 stainless-steel mesh on this shallow ladle
small items of any kind. The lid has a clear acrylic insert for quick identica- lets you easily strain ne solids from stocks, soups and
tion of contents and friction ts for a tight seal. Made from durable 22-gauge jellies it even captures partially solidied fat. It is also
polished stainless steel, the small canister measures about 2 tall by 21/4 in useful when removing vegetables or dumplings from the
diameter and holds 97ml (about 3.3 oz); the large is about 33/8 tall by 21/4 pot, since water drains readily. Measures 4 in diameter
in diameter and holds 200ml (about 6.8 oz). 1+ 10+ 25+ with a 9 gently curved chrome-steel handle. Sure to
A. 45K17.65 Large Canister, ea. $4.20 $3.80 $3.35 become a favorite tool in many kitchens. Made in Japan.
B. 45K17.63 Small Canister, ea. $3.90 $3.50 $3.10 EV256 Fine-Mesh Ladle $15.95

C. Beechwood Scoops Length Scoop Size F. Dissolvable Labels

Made in Poland of These labels dissolve under warm running water in 10 seconds without
European beechwood, Size 1 211/16 (68mm) 11/21/2 (38mm12mm) scrubbing or scraping, leaving no sticky lm. In fact, they work so well
these scoops are ideal Size 2 31/8 (80mm) 13/45/8 (44mm16mm) that the condensation formed by leaving a refrigerated jar out on a warm
for serving or transfer- Size 3 4 /4 (108mm) 2 /8 /8 (54mm22mm)
1 1 7 day is enough to start dissolving the labels slightly. As a result, we recom-
ring dry items such as mend them only for non-refrigerated items or for one-time freezer use.
Size 4 5 /8 (143mm) 3 /81 /8 (85mm28mm)
5 3 1
herbs, spices, salt, Labels are 12 and come in a dispensing box of 120.
sugar, nuts and candies. In a range of sizes, their long, narrow shape EV161 Dissolvable Labels (120) $9.95
makes them perfect for relling small jars from bulk, or as a useful
nishing touch to a gift of homemade soup mix or a spice blend. G. Herb & Spice Infuser
09A03.96 Beechwood Scoops, set of 4 $5.50 Used to add the avor of herbs and spices to hot dishes or mulled bever-
ages, this infuser is large enough to hold cinnamon sticks, bay leaves or
D. Spice Bottles other seasonings best used whole and removed after cooking. Also great
These glass bottles are ideal for organizing all your herbs or spices. The two- for making herbal teas that require a large quantity of fresh herb.
part ip-top lid lets you spoon or shake out the contents. Each 41/8 high by Measuring 41/211/22, it has a 71/2 chain and hook so you can hang it
17/8 dia. bottle holds about 41/2 oz. Dishwasher safe. 1+ 12+ 24+ from the side of a pot. Made from high-grade 18/8 stainless steel.
12K82.10 Bottle & Cap, ea. $1.80 $1.55 $1.25 EM241 Herb & Spice Infuser $7.95

254
 A. Oven Gloves
These are not your grandmothers oven
mitts. Made from cotton and aramid
(the insulating material used in re-
ghting gear), they stretch to t, affording
excellent protection without a loss of
dexterity. Better yet, you dont have
to remove them to open jars, use
utensils or adjust stove settings.
The long elasticized cuff protects your A
wrist and forearm, and the palm and
nger pads have silicone strips to enhance your
grip. Heat resistant up to 482F (250C).
Approximate glove sizes given.
EV272 Oven Gloves, Sm. (size 6-71/2) $34.50
EV273 Oven Gloves, Med. (size 8-9) $34.50
EV274 Oven Gloves, Lg. (size 91/2+) $34.50
To determine your glove size, measure (in inches) the
circumference of your hand (not including the thumb) and
order the closest size, e.g., a circumference of 73/4 would be size 8.

B. Take-Apart Roasting Rack

The design of this rack simplies lifting meat from a roasting pan
and transferring it to a platter. The two-piece construction lets the
rack divide so you can slide the two halves out from under the
B
meat. Just remove the connecting pin and the halves separate
neatly as you pull the handles to either side. For good heat circula-
tion, six legs about 1 tall raise the meat above the drippings while
it cooks. Made of heavy-gauge
steel with a non-stick coating, it is
131/2 long by 12 wide in use (ts
1613 or larger roasting pans).
The halves nest for compact
storage. 25 lb capacity. The pin
has a silicone coating for grip and
insulation against heat.
Take-Apart Roasting Rack
EV124 $22.50
C. Fat Separator
This fat separator drains directly from the bottom, so its easy to
pour off only the juices, leaving the lighter fats or oils behind.
Simply press a thumb trigger to let the liquid run, and release the
trigger to close the spring-loaded valve without any drips or leaks.
You can pour pan drippings directly
Press thumb
trigger to into the 6 wide top, which has a
drain. perforated lid to strain larger solids.
Made of Tritan, a BPA-free, food-
safe plastic that is resistant to heat,
impact and discoloration, the pitcher
is marked on the side with gradua-
tions up to 4 cups/1000ml/32 oz.
Disassembles for easy cleaning.
Dishwasher safe.
EV198 Fat Separator $34.50 C

D. Dripless Baster
Of the many basters we tested, this was our favorite. A snug-tting
valve in the tip and a gasket in the bulb ensure it wont leak or drip.
Its curved shape makes it easier to reach into the bottom of a
roasting pan, and the two feet near the tip and at-bottomed bulb
prevent it from rolling on a counter. The transparent tube has
Imperial and metric graduations to 11/2 oz and 40ml. Two basting
attachments (wide-tip and brush) and a cleaning brush are supplied.
The bulb, tip valve, gasket and basting brush are made of
durable food-grade silicone. All components
come apart for cleaning and are heat resis-
tant, BPA-free and dishwasher safe.
Dripless Baster
EV238 $20.00
D

Kitchen 255
 A. Barbecue Grill Spatula
16 long overall This robust, improved design of the standard restaurant grill spatula is 16
long with 8 of blade (7 of it at) and 8 of handle. The stainless-steel
blade is 0.048 thick at the heel, letting you handle large steaks, and tapers
to about 0.015 thick at the tip, so you can pick up a sh llet without
damaging it. The longer than normal blade and handle let you position or
Fitted guard remove food with less heat exposure to your hand. It comes with a tted
guard to protect the blade when not in use.
A 09A04.18 Barbecue Grill Spatula $13.50

7 at blade

B. Grill Tiles
When grilling chicken, sausage or similar fare on a gas barbecue, are-ups can blacken even the
most carefully attended food. The problem only gets worse as a barbecues lava rocks become old
and saturated with drippings. The solution is to replace the old lava rocks with these grilling tiles
made of a special cordierite ceramic that distributes heat uniformly. Their shape allows them to
catch drippings, reducing are-ups. They are even self-cleaning, as they can be simply ipped over
to burn off any residue. The 231/2 tiles come in packages of 30 (210 sq.in.) or 45 (315 sq.in.).
B Made in USA.
EM318 Grill Tiles, pkg. of 30 $19.50
EM319 Grill Tiles, pkg. of 45 $25.50 F
Pigtail Flippers
These stainless-steel tools have
To order call 1-800-871-8158 sharp, curved tips that snag food
or visit our website at leevalley.com for easy turning
with a ip of the
wrist. The 12
C. Magnetic Propane Tank Gauge version is an ideal
This simple device takes the guesswork out of length for stove-top
determining the level of propane gas remaining use or when reaching E
in a tank. A special thermochromic ink changes into a hot oven. The 19
from yellow to orange when you pour water model keeps your hands
down the length of the gauge. The top portion of away from the heat and
the gauge then returns to yellow and the rest of ames when cooking on a
the gauge remains orange for up to 30 seconds, barbecue or campre. Certain
indicating the level of propane in the tank. Apply to replace tongs, forks and
one magnetic gauge for a 20 lb tank and two for spatulas in many uses.
a 40 lb tank. Initially immersing or pouring hot E. EM341 Flipper, 12 $13.50
water over the magnetic tape will help atten any F. EM340 Flipper, 19 $17.95
kinks that have resulted from being packaged,
C allowing it to sit at on the surface of the tank.
Automatically resets within 30 seconds and can
be reused indenitely. (Avoid sharply bending
the magnetic tape, as it may crack.)
AD402 Mag. Propane Tank Gauges (2) $6.95

D. Double-Prong Skewers
With two prongs to pierce meat
Overall length is 12.

Overall length is 19.

and vegetables, these skewers

prevent food from spinning as
you rotate them. Made of 304
stainless steel, the skewers are 131/2
long with sharp points and a wide, rounded
handle for good grip when adding or removing
D
food. Dishwasher safe. Package of six.
EV290 Double-Prong Skewers (6) $12.50

256 Kitchen
 A. Bear Paws Meat Shredders A
These claw-like tools make short
work of shredding pulled pork or
other large, slow-cooked meat A
dishes a real timesaver when
youve got a gang to feed. Made
of strong reinforced nylon that is
heat resistant to 475F (246C),
they are dishwasher safe, BPA-free
and FDA approved for food safety.
The contoured handles provide a sure grip not only when separating the
meat but also when transferring it to a cutting board or platter. As effective
as they are erce looking. Sold in pairs. Made in USA.
EM347 Bear Paws, pr. $13.95

B. Grill-Surface Thermometer B
Made to rest directly on
a barbecue grill, this
bi-metal thermometer
reads the temperature
right where it counts
especially important
when searing foods
such as steaks or scal-
lops. It can also identify
hot and cool spots to help
avoid burning and inconsistent
cooking, and can even be used when grilling over a campre. The 21/4
diameter dial indicates temperatures up to 700F (370C) with ideal
grilling and searing ranges marked. NSF-certied, it has a stainless-steel
housing, a glass face and two projecting wire tabs to grasp with tongs.
FT125 Grill-Surface Thermometer $9.95 E

C
C. Barbecue Grilling Basket
This well-made perforated basket keeps food from falling
through the barbecue grill. The sloped sides and rounded
corners make it easy to stir, shake or toss foods while
cooking. The handle locks solidly onto the basket, yet
can be quickly detached for cooking with the grill lid
closed, or for cleaning and storage. The seamless formed
basket is 111/4 square by 17/8 deep; the handle projects
93/4. All stainless-steel construction, made to our design.
EV275 BBQ Grilling Basket $42.50
Locking bar slides down
to secure handle to basket.
Handle can be quickly
detached with one hand,
allowing you to close grill lid.
C the oven. Dishwasher safe. Calibrated to
E. Button Thermometers
With markings for beef, chicken, pork and
lamb, these thermometers take the guess-
work out of cooking meat and poultry. Just
insert the 21/4 long stem into the meat and
the 1 diameter dial will show when the
meat is medium rare, medium or well
done. Each of the four thermometers is
color coded, making it easy to keep track
of whose portion is whose when everyone
wants their meat done differently. Made
of 18/8 stainless steel with a bimetal ther-
mometer sensor and a glass lens, they can
be used on the barbecue or stovetop, or in
USDA standards for meat preparation.
A simple way to ensure everything is
cooked to your liking.
Button Thermometers, set of 4
FT111 $15.95

D. Barbecue Calculator Wheel D

This quick reference guide provides the basic guidelines for grilling a wide
variety of meats, poultry, sh and other seafood. Just turn the inner wheel
to line up the name of the item in the window and it shows cooking
times and heat intensities as well as the best methods for cooking, such
as whether the lid should be open or closed and if the item should be
supported by foil, in a basket or directly on the grill. Recommended
internal temperatures are shown on the outside edge of the wheel.
One side of the wheel lists a variety of meat and poultry with guide-
lines for grilling steaks, medallions, stuffed cutlets and skewers. The
reverse side lists a wide range of sh and seafood with guidelines for
grilling llets, steaks, whole sh and skewers. Printed on a sturdy
polyethylene so that spills can be wiped clean, the wheel is 59/16 in
diameter and has a metal grommet. Made in Canada.
09A04.80 Barbecue Calculator Wheel $4.95
257
 A. Lee Valley Muddler/Pestle
A A muddler (used like a pestle to mash fruits and
spices) has been standard bar equipment for
over a century. This muddler, which we
designed for home use, is much more versatile
than traditional designs. The ends closely match
the inside radius of drinking tumblers, which
can be used as mortars when crushing pepper-
corns, parsley, rosemary, sage, etc., in home
cooking. As the end sections are slightly
smaller in diameter than the central shaft, its an
excellent small rolling pin as well. Unnished
hard maple. 1+ 3+
45K22.28 Muddler/Pestle, ea. $8.95 $8.05

B. Pulltap Double-Lever Corkscrew C. Can Crusher

When you see a sommelier or waiter pull a
corkscrew out to uncork your wine, odds are its
a Spanish Pulltap. The parrot-shaped Pulltap is
so popular because of its quick and effective
B action. It has a 1 folding blade to cut the cork
cover, a non-stick corkscrew that inserts easily,
and a hinged double lever that removes the cork
with two quick pumping actions. The parrots
beak is a bottle opener. Just Google this cork-
screw made in Barcelona, Spain, to read about
its world-wide reputation. Beware of cheaply
made look-alikes; they tend to break easily.
09A03.35 Pulltap Corkscrew $11.95
This is the best can crusher that we have seen.
It quickly and easily crushes all popular sizes
of aluminum beverage cans (12 or 16 oz) for
space-efcient recycling. Just lift the handle,
insert a can, and then pull the handle forward
and down to crush it into a wafer one fth the
original size. Made of heavy-gauge steel with
a durable baked-enamel nish. The handle is
covered with industrial-quality neoprene.
Easily mounted on any wall stud with stan-
dard hardware. Weighs 4.6 lb and is 161/2
long by 33/4 wide.
EH701 Can Crusher $28.50

Wall-Mount Brew Basket

Bottle Opener Anyone who enjoys loose-leaf tea will appreciate this German-made
The best way to never lose your brew basket, which sits on any cup or teapot rim measuring 21/2 to
bottle opener is to attach it to a 33/4 in diameter. Simply load the basket with loose tea and steep in
D wall. In response to customer hot water. Its tight mesh prevents even ne leaves from escaping.
requests for a nostalgic-style wall- The lid helps retain heat during brewing and doubles as a saucer for
mount bottle opener, we found this the basket when done. Made of stainless-steel mesh with a durable
one, which is made of zinc alloy polypropylene frame and lid, it is dishwasher safe. Measures 3 tall
so it will not rust. Mounting it is with a 21/2 inside top diameter. Also suitable for brewing coffee or
just about as easy as using it. herbal infusions.
The cap catcher fastens below the EM244 Brew Basket $9.95
opener to spare you having to pick
up or chase after runaway caps. Teapot not
Made of stainless steel, it is included.
dishwasher safe. Both come with
mounting screws. Available sepa-
rately or as a set.
D. HK350 Bottle Opener $ 6.95
E. HK351 Cap Catcher $ 8.50
E
Opener & Cap Catcher Set
HK352 $14.95

258
 J
B
A

F
C
G
E
Stainless Insulated Mugs D K
Insulated and indestructible, these Tervis Tumblers
stainless-steel mugs function much Well insulated and virtually indestructible, these
like a vacuum bottle. The double-walled thermal tumblers keep hot beverages hot and cold beverages
construction prevents rapid temperature change of cold. The sealed, double-walled construction surrounds the contents
contents. This not only keeps coffee hot but, possibly more important, with an insulating air space that prevents rapid temperature change. The
keeps cold drinks from producing condensation, which can ruin a table clear BPA-free polymer is highly impact resistant and will also oat, even
nish. Even better, if you knock one of these off a table or bench, it wont when lled. Backed by a lifetime guarantee, the tumblers are safe for use
break. The 9 oz mug is available with a Lee Valley or Veritas logo or in a dishwasher, freezer or microwave oven. The 16 oz size is available
without a logo; the 12 oz stein has no logo. All have fully polished exteriors with a Veritas or Lee Valley logo, or plain (clear); the 12 oz tumbler is
and include a friction-t plastic lid with an O-ring type of seal. Destined to available in clear only. Available separately, the press-t travel lid (for the
Double-walled construction
become a favorite, they make excellent gifts. 16 oz size only) has a slide closure to help prevent spills. Made in USA.
(Liquid capacity noted includes use of the lid. E. 50K11.12 12 oz Tumbler, Clear $11.50
Replacement lids are available.) 1+ 4+ F. 50K11.16 16 oz Tumbler, Clear $11.50 To order call
A. 44K17.04 9 oz Mug, Lee Valley $13.95 $12.80 G. 50K11.30 16 oz Tumbler, Veritas $12.95 1-800-871-8158
B. 44K17.05 9 oz Mug, Veritas $13.95 $12.80 H. 50K11.31 16 oz Tumbler, Lee Valley $12.95 or visit our website
C. 44K17.06 9 oz Mug, no logo $13.95 $12.80 J. 50K11.17 Travel Lid, 16 oz, Black $ 4.00 at leevalley.com
D. 44K18.04 12 oz Stein, no logo $17.95 $16.50 K. 50K11.18 Travel Lid, 16 oz, Blue $ 4.00

L. Klsch Beer Glasses M. Duralex Picardie Glasses

Our buyers annually go to the worlds largest international tool and hard- If these tumblers seem familiar, youre not mistaken. Found in homes,
ware show in Cologne (Kln), Germany, and sooner or later each brings restaurants and hotels around the world, the iconic Picardie glasses are
home a dozen (or more) of the beer glasses of the region. The local beer, still produced in the French town of La Chapelle-Saint-Mesmin. Durable
Klsch, is brewed only in the Cologne region and must not only conform to for everyday use, they are made of tempered glass that is shatter and chip
the German Beer Purity Act of 1516, but must also be served only in these resistant, so they can hold hot or cold liquids and are safe for use in the
special slim, graceful 1/5 litre (6.8 oz) glasses called stangen (rods). These freezer, microwave and dishwasher. Their uted sides and tapered shape
are the champagne utes of the beer world, only 2 in diameter and just shy make them easy to hold and stack for storage. Available in four sizes and
of 61/2 tall. Their appeal comes not only from their history and their classic a set containing six of each size. Attractive and well made, these glasses
design, but also from the thin (0.040) sidewall glass; it is like drinking are sure to give years of service.
from ne porcelain or crystal. They are suited to any tall, cool drink. With a 44K08.05 160ml (5.4 oz) Glasses, set of 6 $11.50
3/8 thick bottom, they are both stable and sturdy, yet only half the weight of 44K08.06 250ml (8.5 oz) Glasses, set of 6 $14.50
usual glasses of the same volume. We have had these under test for many 44K08.07 360ml (12.2 oz) Glasses, set of 6 $18.00
years and nd their look and performance to be just right. 1+ 4+ 44K08.08 500ml (16.9 oz) Glasses, set of 6 $21.50
50K11.01 Beer Glasses, per doz. $16.50 $14.00 44K08.09 Set of 24 Glasses $54.50

259
 Walls fold up when
carried by handles.

FreeForm Folding Trays

This is a clever design for a serving tray. When you
carry it by the handles, the 2 high rigid walls help E. Ice Lantern Mold
keep everything contained, but as soon as you set it Designed in Norway, this polypro- E
down the walls atten, conveniently converting it to pylene mold freezes water to make a
a placemat. Easily stored at or upright, each Reversible candle lantern. The lanterns look
reversible tray (gray on one side, black on the other) trays lie at for storage. stunning outdoors along a walkway
has a durable imitation-leather surface thats heat resistant to in the evening. You can also make
194F (90C) and easy to clean with a damp cloth. It can also an ice cream bowl of solid ice, or
serve as a base for anything from a table centerpiece to a craft freeze a block of juice and fruit to
project you need to move out of the way without a fuss. The add to a bowl of punch. One mold
small tray measures 14102 (171/2131/2 when at); the can be used hundreds of times. Since
medium tray is 18122 (211/216 when at). it takes up to 24 hours to freeze one lantern, you may need
A. GB520 Small Tray $17.50 several molds to make all the lanterns you need in a reasonable
B. GB521 Medium Tray $19.95 amount of time. Instructions included. Mold is 8 high by 6
across the bottom and 7 across the top. 1+ 2+
C. Ice Cream Scoop 45K42.01 Ice Lantern Mold, ea. $14.95 $13.45
This is a very good ice cream scoop. It cuts through freezer-
hardened ice cream better than any other scoop weve tested, and F. Cheese Knife and Marker Set
releases it just as effortlessly. As opposed to the strange collection of orphan knives that many
It also creates uniform ice of us use on cheese trays, these purpose-built stainless-steel
cream balls a nice touch when knives look like they belong together. They perform better than
C presentation counts. Made from ordinary small knives, since they can be used both for cutting
food-grade aluminum, it has a cheese and picking it up. Better yet, they come in a case that
bevelled cutting edge and a non- holds the six knives plus six stainless-steel markers and a pack of
stick coating on the inner surface of the 30 marker cards. They may ultimately live in an assorted cutlery
scoop. The handle is comfortable and the drawer, but they have an orderly compartmented case of their
stout neck ensures you wont have to worry about own whether they live in a drawer or on a shelf.
it bending or breaking. Sure to become a favorite. For those who already have suitable cheese knives, we offer the
EV251 Ice Cream Scoop $23.50 six stainless markers and 30 marker cards separately.
EV280 Cheese Knife Set $19.95
G. EV282 Markers and Cards only $ 4.95

F
D

D. Nutcracker
This nutcracker doesnt just
look different, it works better than
others weve tried. Its 4 long beech
grips let you exert controlled pressure
to crack shells, leaving the meat of the
nut and your ngers intact. Its spring-
loaded aluminum jaws form a cup with a
tapered shape that readily accepts nuts of
various sizes (hazelnuts, walnuts, almonds
and more); simply upend the cup and tap
gently to release the contents. A well-made G
device thats easy to master. Made in Spain.
EV550 Nutcracker $22.50

260
 A
Gear-driven
stirring
C
device
D

A. Poptop Popcorn Popper

Making popcorn doesnt get any simpler than this.
No oil is required; just add kernels and any
seasonings you want,* and put it in the micro- Hand crank turns
wave. Two to three stirring device.

minutes later, the

popcorn is ready to eat.
You can make up to 10
cups or just enough for a
snack. The all-silicone
popper is dishwasher
safe and takes little room
in a cupboard; when
folded it measures only
6 in diameter and 4
tall. Quick, easy and
healthy too (if you can
resist the temptation to add butter!).
ET252 Popcorn Popper $22.50 C.
* Not for toppings that require stirring, such as caramel.
Popcorn Poppers
Making popcorn on a stove top can be tricky. To avoid burning it, you need to keep the kernels
moving, usually by vigorously shaking the pot back and forth the entire time. These two poppers use
built-in stirring devices to mix the corn as you turn a crank. We found both were simple to use and
worked better than microwave ovens, hot-air poppers or other methods. Virtually every kernel pops
and nothing sticks to the bottom.
The original Whirley-Pop stove-top popper, produced since the 1920s, is a true classic. Sturdily made
of aluminum, it has a light-duty gear-driven stirring device operated by turning a crank at the end of the
handle. A more recent innovation, the stainless-steel Sweet & Easy snack maker makes regular popcorn
and lets you prepare gooey coated treats, such as caramel corn, right inside the pot. Its direct-drive crank
mechanism with a top-mounted handle is robust, so you can easily stir thick contents briskly. Includes a
booklet of 23 recipes for avored popcorn as well as stove-top roasted nuts. Each popper holds 6 quarts.
ET250 Whirley-Pop $27.50
D. ET251 Sweet & Easy Snack Maker $52.50

B. Pocket Shopping Bag Ripple Towels

This Canadian-made reusable shopping bag conveniently stuffs into an Oversize and highly absorbent, these are the best dish towels we have
integral pouch for compact storage, making it easy to bring along any time ever used. Made of 100% Turkish cotton, their ribbed weave offers extra
you shop. Weighing only 1 oz, it packs down to 331/211/2 to t tidily surface area to soak up an impressive amount of moisture. In addition to
in a purse or pocket. Similar in size to a regular plastic grocery bag, it is making fast work of drying dishes, they are durable enough to handle jobs
161/2 wide by 14 tall, with 3 side gussets and generous 61/2 diameter such as cleaning up workshop spills or drying a newly washed car.
handles. A small loop between the handles holds it open on checkout-bag Machine washable, they do not shrink or change shape and will provide
racks, helpful when bagging groceries. Made from washable, durable years of service. Offered in sets of three; each measures 1828.
polyester with a reinforced bottom seam for strength, it carries up to 20 lb. E. 88K58.57 Set of 3 Towels (yellow, red, green) $23.50
Ensures you always have a bag on hand when needed. Colors may vary, F. 88K58.58 Set of 3 Towels (blue, gray, beige) $23.50
depending on supply. G. 88K58.59 Set of 3 Towels (white) $23.50
45K16.88 Pocket Shopping Bag $4.95

E G

Comfortable handles

Reinforced
bottom seam

261

A DB307 Two Kitchen Brushes $7.95
Straw Brushes
Designed for cleaning reusable drinking straws, these narrow, long-handled
brushes are versatile and inexpensive. Well made of exible stainless steel wire
with stiff plastic bristles, theyre great cleaners for teapot, travel cup and water
bottle ports. Overall length is 101/4.
DB406 Straw Brushes, set of 2
E The portable 1822 mat has a molded handle so its easy to
262
A. Two Kitchen Brushes
Developed for scouring
baked- or burned-on food
from pans and utensils, these
are effective for any number
of other tasks that call for a
rm scrubber. Each is about
5 long overall with a 1
diameter brush head; one has
galvanized steel bristles for
cleaning uncoated metal
surfaces (cast iron,
aluminum) while the
other, with plastic bris-
tles, works well on coated or
non-stick surfaces. Versatile tools for
tough cleaning jobs. Made in USA.
$3.95
F absorb liquids and resists staining. Made in USA.
F extended time. The smaller mat provides one person enough
3/4
G Closed-cell
polyurethane foam
C
B
Fridge magnet will
hold a number of
pages to a fridge door.
Super Magnets for the Fridge
No longer do you have to deal with weak-kneed fridge magnets.
This chrome-plated steel magnet, which has a powerful 1/2 rare-
earth magnet in the base, is strong enough to hold more than a
dozen pages to a fridge. Also excellent for holding engineering
or architectural drawings on chalkless blackboards and enam-
elled steel panels. The base is covered with a soft high-friction
disc to prevent marring. 5/8 dia. base by 3/4 high. Sold individ-
ually, or in a set of three in a snap-lid style tin press the center
to open, press the edge to close. 1+ 3+
B. 50K02.02 Magnet, ea. $ 5.50 $4.95
C. 50K02.04 Magnets (3) & Tin $15.50
D. Magnetic Spring Clip
This strong magnetic clip will hold up to 100 sheets of paper in its
spring coil. When you pull on the knob, the steel spring stretches
to accept anything from a single sheet to a clutch of paper between
the coils. Releasing the knob closes the spring. The clip attaches to
any ferrous surface, making it excellent for use on a fridge or for
holding project plans and draw-
ings on chalkless blackboards and
enamelled steel panels. The knob
and base are turned stainless steel.
The 7/8 diameter base houses a
powerful 5/8 rare-earth magnet
and has a soft high-friction disc.
Overall height is 3/4. Made in
Canada.
Magnetic Spring Clip, ea.
Non-marring
50K03.01 $7.95
high-friction disc D
Anti-Fatigue WellnessMats
These are the same cushioning mats used in commercial settings
for workers who stand for long periods. Made from a resilient
3/4 thick closed-cell polyurethane foam designed to suspend and
distribute body weight, they help minimize pressure points on
your feet and reduce strain on joints and muscles. Their thick-
ness ensures that you wont bottom out when standing on them,
as can happen with thinner mat materials. The foam has enough
mass and traction to provide stable footing, and immediately
returns to its original form after being compressed. The mats lie
at with no tendency to curl at the corners, and have gently
beveled edges to provide a smooth transition to the oor.
Resistant to punctures and abrasion, the non-slip material wont
carry to the garage, garden or jobsite. A convenient size to serve
as a standing mat or kneeler, it can also double as a soft, insu-
lating seat cushion at outdoor events. Available in gray only.
The 2436 and 2472 stationary mats are suitable for
kitchens, workshops or anywhere you are on your feet for an
room to work and maneuver within a localized area, while the
longer mat is suitable in areas where you have to move about,
such as alongside a workbench or kitchen counter, or in locations
used by more than one person at a time. Both sizes are available
in brown; the 2436 mat is also available in a granite color.
E. HB163 2436 Stationary Mat, Granite $130.00
HB162 2436 Stationary Mat, Brown $120.00
F. HB168 1822 Portable Mat, Gray $ 70.00
G. HB165 2472 Stationary Mat, Brown $250.00

A. Tree Banding Kit C. Tomato Pots
This kit is an ingenious way to combat caterpillars
and other destructive pests. Wrap foam around the
trunk with heavy-duty tape and coat with the gum
(made from natural gum resins, castor oil and
vegetable wax). The tape holds the foam snugly
to the bark, blocking crevices so pests must crawl
over the gum to pass the barrier. Non-toxic,
waterproof, weatherproof and incredibly sticky,
it stops crawling insects in their tracks. After the
season, the entire band is disposed of, leaving no
residue on the tree. Includes 45 of 3 wide foam,
58 of heavy-duty tape and a 425g (15 oz) tub of D. Walk-In Garden Cage
gum. Components available separately. Effective
on gypsy moths, tent caterpillars, canker worms,
climbing cutworms, ants and other climbing pests.
AA502 Tree Banding Kit (all below) $39.50
SC303 Tub of Gum, 425g $15.50
AA501 45 of Foam $22.50
AA402 58 of Heavy-Duty Tape $ 7.95
B. Butter Grating & Spreading Knife
If youve ever tried to wait out cold,
hard butter chunks on your rapidly
cooling toast, you know its just
not the best way to start the day.
Thats why we like this knife
that lets you spread butter straight
from the fridge. As you draw the
blade across the surface, thin
ribbons of butter spiral through the
small grating holes and collect on
the blade, and because theyre so
thin, the butter strands soften more
quickly for spreading. The opposite
edge of the blade is serrated for
cutting. Slightly longer than 8 and
made of stainless steel, this is an
excellent alternative to a regular
butter knife.
09A04.04 Butter Knife $6.50
LATE ADDITIONS
Pots can be placed
directly in soil.
C
Commercial growers and nurseries use these oversize starting pots to give
tomatoes the extra depth and space needed to develop robust root systems
before transplanting. Composed of wood bers (spruce), peat and lime-
stone, they have permeable walls that roots easily penetrate, becoming
naturally air-pruned to form a dense, healthy root structure. When ready
to be planted out, the pots can be placed directly in the soil, minimizing Roots are naturally
air-pruned.
transplant shock. Once planted, the pots break down quickly, allowing
unrestricted root growth. 7 deep by 4 square at the top. OMRI* certied. Made in France.
XB786 Tomato Pots, pkg. of 6 $11.95
* Organic Materials Review Institute for the U.S. National Organic Program
One of the reasons we really like this garden cage is that you can stand upright while working
in it; another is that it is designed for harsh weather conditions. Made in the U.K., it has a
tubular aluminum frame with reinforced corner bracing for stability and a heavy-duty woven
mesh enclosure that is UV resistant. Specially designed clips suspend the netting from the frame,
and in storms or strong winds they release and allow the netting to fall, continuing to protect the
plants while preventing damage to the frame. You simply lift and re-clip the mesh to the frame
after a storm. To access the enclosure without having to lift up the netting (and inadvertently
expose your plants to pests), a supplied 5 6 long zipper lets you add a portal to any side of
the cage. Comes with 24 galvanized steel stakes to secure the netting to the ground. Stands
180cm tall, 150cm wide and 250cm long (about 5 114 118 2). A great way to keep
insects, birds and other uninvited guests from your garden without blocking air, sun or rain.
PA235 *Walk-In Garden Cage $169.00
* A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in addition to our regular shipping charges. For areas outside of
the Continental USA, contact Customer Service for shipping rates.
Corner bracing
D
Clips release in
strong wind.
Zipper
Mesh
263
 Recyclable
Printed in Canada
Copyright Lee Valley Tools Ltd. 02/17
Key #U0217G
Bound Printed Matter

Lee Valley Tools Ltd.

U.S. Postage
PRSRT
24 blade

PAID
folds into
handle.

P.O. Box 1780, Ogdensburg, N.Y. 13669-6780

5 tpi

Folding Trail Saw

While hikers, snowmobilers and ATV riders rely

Keep your unique customer number handy when placing your order.
on this type of rugged portable saw for clearing
trails, this ones long reach and aggressive cut
cover a much wider range of tasks. You can

CALL 1-800-871-8158 or SHOP ONLINE at leevalley.com

almost think of it as a manual chain saw; it
makes fast work of cutting timber up to 11 in
diameter, but without the noise and smell of a
bulky gas-powered tool. It leaves a surprisingly
clean cut in both green and dry wood, so its also

Mailing list changes? Call 1-800-871-8158.

suitable for pruning trees or trimming lumber.

We will happily correct our mailing list.

Well balanced, the saw is 52 long overall and
has a 24, 5 tpi Japanese-style blade that cuts on
the pull stroke, tapered from haft to tip to reduce
binding. To allow compact transport and to
shield the teeth when not in use, the blade folds
into the handle, which has a tough non-slip

Customer Number
coating for grip. Weighing only 1kg (just over
2 lb), it comes with a nylon shoulder holster to
carry it hands-free. An impressive saw!
PB340 Folding Trail Saw $79.50

Folding Outdoor Clothes Dryer

This Austrian-made clothes dryer is a far cry
from the space-hogging rotary clothes lines
of decades past. It folds into a slim tower
when not in use, and has a UV-resistant
nylon cover to protect the lines and frame
from dirt and weathering; the dryer can be
easily removed to leave your yard obstacle-
Nylon free, or for off-season storage. Strong and
cover lightweight, it is made largely of powder-
coated aluminum with drying lines that have
a UV-resistant coating for durability. A gas
spring mechanism makes opening or closing
the arms an easy task; when open, the dryer
rotates freely, allowing you to hang laundry
from a single position. With six detents that
let you set the height between 63 and 71
to accommodate your reach, the dryer spans
nearly 10 and provides a total of about
162 linear feet of line. The removable ground
screw anchor supplied is suitable for most
soil conditions, but can also be permanently
Easy to set in a concrete base you make.
open and 01S17.58 *Folding Clothes Dryer $289.00
close.
* A shipping surcharge of $15 applies in addition
Ground screw to our regular shipping charges. For areas
anchor included. outside of the Continental USA, contact Customer
Service for shipping rates.